This is a modern-English version of Frank Merriwell's Bravery, originally written by Standish, Burt L..
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
"The outlaws entered Cade's Canyon amid the mountains and finally reached an old hut." (See page 63)
"The outlaws made their way into Cade's Canyon in the mountains and eventually arrived at an old hut." (See page 63)
FRANK MERRIWELL'S BRAVERY
BY BURT L. STANDISH
Author of "Frank Merriwell's School Days," "Frank Merriwell's Chums," etc.
Author of "Frank Merriwell's School Days," "Frank Merriwell's Chums," etc.

PHILADELPHIA
PHILLY
DAVID McKAY, PUBLISHER
David McKay, Publisher
610 South Washington Square
610 S Washington Square
Copyright, 1903
Copyright, 1903
By STREET & SMITH
By STREET & SMITH
Frank Merriwell's Bravery
Frank Merriwell's Courage
CONTENTS
Chapter | Page | ||
I | — | Two Travelers | |
II | — | "Hands up!" | |
III | — | A Thrilling Accusation | |
IV | — | For Life and Honor | |
V | — | Hurried to Jail | |
VI | — | Solomon Shows His Nerve | |
VII | — | In Jail | |
VIII | — | The Lynchers | |
IX | — | The Assault on the Jail | |
X | — | In Cade's Canyon | |
XI | — | Black Harry Appears | |
XII | — | A Chance in a Thousand | |
XIII | — | A Thrilling Rescue | |
XIV | — | Walter Clyde's Story | |
XV | — | Professor Septemas Scudmore | |
XVI | — | The Mad Inventor | |
XVII | — | Gone | |
XVIII | — | Miskel | |
XIX | — | Old Solitary | |
XX | — | Mouth of the Cave | |
XXI | — | Human Beasts | |
XXII | — | Professor Scudmore Returns | |
XXIII | — | Last of the Danites | |
XXIV | — | Yellowstone Park | |
XXV | — | Fay | |
XXVI | — | Old Rocks | |
XXVII | — | The Hermit | |
XXVIII | — | Vanishing of Little Fay | |
XXIX | — | Face to Face | |
XXX | — | Search for the Trail | |
XXXI | — | A Fight with Grizzlies | |
XXXII | — | Trailed Down | |
XXXIII | — | The Rescue | |
XXXIV | — | In Sand Cave | |
XXXV | — | A Peculiar Girl | |
XXXVI | — | Friends and Foes | |
XXXVII | — | Boy Shadowers | |
XXXVIII | — | "Queer" Money | |
XXXIX | — | Pursued | |
XL | — | Eluded | |
XLI | — | Big Gabe | |
XLII | — | Over the Precipice | |
XLIII | — | A Frightful Peril | |
XLIV | — | A Girl's Mad Leap | |
XLV | — | Queen of the Counterfeiters | |
XLVI | — | After the Fight |
[Transcriber's Note: The following list of illustrations has been created for this electronic edition. Some illustrations have been moved to positions closer to their appearance in the text.]
[Transcriber's Note: The following list of illustrations has been created for this electronic edition. Some illustrations have been moved to positions closer to where they appear in the text.]
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
"The outlaws entered Cade's Canyon amid the mountains and finally reached an old hut." (See page 63)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (See page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__)
"You must not linger here. * * * Even now the Destroying Ones may be moving to fall upon you." (See page 124)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (See page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__)
"The grizzly folded Frank in his embrace, crushing the lad against his shaggy breast." (See page 205)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (See page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__)
"Frank brought the butt of his Winchester to his shoulder, and began to work the weapon." (See page 296)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (See page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__)
Frank Merriwell's Bravery.
CHAPTER I.
TWO TRAVELERS.
"Well, that's a pretty nervy piece of business!"
"Well, that's a pretty bold move!"
It was Frank Merriwell who spoke the words, more to himself than to any one else.
It was Frank Merriwell who said those words, more to himself than to anyone else.
Frank was westbound, from Oklahoma City at the time, continuing the extensive tour mapped out after his Uncle Asher had died and left him so much money.
Frank was heading west from Oklahoma City, continuing the big trip planned after his Uncle Asher passed away and left him a lot of money.
As readers of former books in this series know, Frank was not making the tour alone. Professor Scotch, his guardian, was with him as was also Barney Mulloy, his old schoolmate from Fardale. But, as the professor and Barney had not wanted to stop at Oklahoma, they had gone on ahead, leaving Frank to catch up with them later.
As readers of earlier books in this series know, Frank wasn't on the tour by himself. Professor Scotch, his guardian, was with him, along with Barney Mulloy, his old schoolmate from Fardale. However, since the professor and Barney didn't want to stop in Oklahoma, they went ahead, leaving Frank to catch up with them later.
The "nervy piece of business" to which Frank referred was the following account of a hold-up published in a leading Oklahoma newspaper:
The "nerve-wracking situation" that Frank mentioned was the following report of a robbery featured in a prominent Oklahoma newspaper:
"BLACK HARRY'S LATEST STROKE.
"BLACK HARRY'S LATEST CRIME."
"HE HOLDS UP AN EXPRESS TRAIN, AND SHOOTS AN EASTERN BANKER.
"HE STOPS AN EXPRESS TRAIN AND SHOOTS A BANKER FROM THE EAST."
"As we go to press, an imperfect account of Black Harry's latest outrage reaches us from Elreno. Ten days ago this youthful desperado was unknown to fame, but within that number of days he has left a red trail from[Pg 10] the Texas Panhandle to the Canadian River. He began by raiding Moore's ranch, and killing a cowboy, and he and his band of desperadoes, which he calls his 'Braves,' have robbed and plundered and burned and murdered at their own sweet will, till the climax was capped last night by the holding up of the northbound express on the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific, shortly after leaving Chickasha and crossing the Washita. Between Chickasha and Minco is a twenty-mile stretch of desolate track, and a better place for a train hold-up could not be found.
"As we go to press, we have an incomplete report about Black Harry's latest crime from Elreno. Just ten days ago, this young outlaw was a complete nobody, but in that brief time, he has left a violent path from[Pg 10] the Texas Panhandle to the Canadian River. He began by raiding Moore's ranch and killing a cowboy, and he and his gang of outlaws, whom he calls his 'Braves,' have robbed, looted, burned, and murdered without restraint, with the peak happening last night when they held up the northbound express on the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific shortly after leaving Chickasha and crossing the Washita. Between Chickasha and Minco lies a twenty-mile stretch of barren track, making it an ideal location for a train robbery."
"Just how the express was stopped we do not know at present, but the trick was accomplished, and Black Harry and his Braves boarded the cars. Strangely enough, they did not attempt to enter the express car, but were satisfied to go through the train hastily and relieve the passengers of their valuables. In this work, Black Harry took the lead; but Mr. Robert Dawson, an Eastern banker, who happened to have quite a sum on his person, objected, and snatched the mask from the young ruffian's face. Before the eyes of Miss Lona Dawson, who was traveling with her father, Black Harry deliberately shot the banker down, and then relieved him of his watch, diamond pin, and pocketbook, having first re-covered his face with the mask.
"We don't yet know how the express was stopped, but it happened, and Black Harry and his gang got on board. Strangely, they didn’t attempt to get into the express car; instead, they quickly moved through the train and took valuables from the passengers. Black Harry was at the forefront, but Mr. Robert Dawson, an Eastern banker carrying a substantial amount of cash, objected and pulled the mask off the young thug's face. Right in front of Miss Lona Dawson, who was traveling with her father, Black Harry shot the banker and then took his watch, diamond pin, and wallet, putting his mask back on afterward."
"The robbers made a hasty but very thorough job of it, leaping from the train at a signal from their boy leader, and quickly disappearing in the darkness. But Black Harry's face was seen fairly by the banker's horrified daughter, and by several other passengers, so there will be no trouble in identifying him if he is captured. Sheriff Kildare, of Canadian County, is aroused, and Burchel Jones, an Eastern detective, has promised to round up Black Harry within a very short time. Let us hope, for the good of the Territory, that the young ruffian's career may be quickly terminated, and that he may receive his just due at the hands of the law.[Pg 11]
"The robbers completed their task quickly but efficiently, jumping off the train at a signal from their young leader and disappearing into the night. However, Black Harry's face was clearly seen by the banker's terrified daughter and several other passengers, so identifying him shouldn't be difficult if he gets caught. Sheriff Kildare from Canadian County is on high alert, and Burchel Jones, an Eastern detective, has vowed to catch Black Harry very soon. Let's hope, for the sake of the Territory, that this young criminal's spree ends quickly and that he faces justice from the law.[Pg 11]
"Mr. Dawson was taken to Elreno, where a surgical operation was performed. He is still alive, but his chance of recovery is small. His daughter, who seems to be a girl of spirit, has stated that, if her father dies, she will know no rest nor spare no expense till Black Harry is run to earth."
"Mr. Dawson was taken to Elreno, where surgery was performed. He is still alive, but his recovery chances are slim. His daughter, showing strong determination, has declared that if her father dies, she will not rest and will spare no expense until Black Harry is found."
The article terminated abruptly, showing it had been hastily written, and had been inserted at the last moment before publication.
The article ended suddenly, indicating it was written quickly and added at the last minute before publication.
"Truly an outrage!" Frank continued. "It would be a good scheme to organize a hunting party, and give this Black Harry a run for it."
"That’s just outrageous!" Frank went on. "We should totally organize a hunting party and give this Black Harry a run for his money."
"Just my idea," said an oily voice, as a man slipped into the seat beside the young traveler, without as much as saying "by your leave." "The people out here do not seem to mind these things. I suppose they are used to them."
"Just my thought," said a slick voice, as a man slid into the seat next to the young traveler without so much as asking to join. "The people around here don’t seem to care about these things. I guess they’re just used to it."
Frank glanced the speaker over, with a pair of searching, brown eyes. He saw a slender figure in a well-worn suit of gray. The striking features of the man's face were his eyes and his nose. His eyes were too near together, and his nose was long and pointed. He was smooth-shaved, and there was a cunning, foxy look about his face.
Frank scanned the speaker with his sharp brown eyes. He noticed a slim figure in a faded gray suit. The most notable features of the man’s face were his eyes and nose. His eyes were too close together, and his nose was long and pointed. He was clean-shaven, and there was a sly, crafty look to his face.
Frank did not seem in any hurry about speaking; he continued to inspect the man, who moved restlessly beneath the scrutiny, and said:
Frank didn’t seem in any rush to talk; he kept examining the man, who shifted uncomfortably under the gaze, and said:
"I have not been very long in this country, but I have noted the peculiarities of the people. They do not seem to have time to bother much about an affair like this train hold-up, and the shooting of an occasional tenderfoot, as they call all Easterners. If they should happen to capture Black Harry, they would give him their full attention for a short time—a very short time. They would[Pg 12] be pretty sure to lynch him, as they would consider that the easiest way of disposing of him, and they would not consider it worth while to spend time in giving him a regular trial. To be sure, this train robbery and tragedy occurred in Indian Territory, but I understand that Hank Kildare, the sheriff at Elreno, has offered three hundred dollars reward for the capture of Black Harry himself, and fifty dollars each for his men. Er—ah—ahem! My name is—Walker. I am from Jersey."
"I haven't been in this country for very long, but I've noticed some quirks about the people. They don't seem to have the time to worry too much about something like this train robbery or the occasional shooting of a newcomer, as they call all Easterners. If they happen to catch Black Harry, they'd give him their full attention for a little while—a very little while. They'd likely just lynch him, thinking that's the easiest way to deal with him, and they wouldn't see the point in taking the time to give him a proper trial. Sure, this train robbery and tragedy took place in Indian Territory, but I've heard that Hank Kildare, the sheriff in Elreno, has put up a three hundred dollar reward for Black Harry himself, and fifty dollars each for his men. Uh—um—my name is—Walker. I'm from Jersey."
Frank bowed.
Frank bowed.
"How do you do, Mr.—er—ah—Walker. I presume that what you say about Black Harry's chances, if he is captured, is quite true—he will be lynched."
"How’s it going, Mr.—uh—Walker? I assume what you’re saying about Black Harry's chances, if he's caught, is totally accurate—he’ll be lynched."
"Oh, it is not certain, of course; he might obtain protection by officers of the law. But he would stand a good show of being lynched. And Elreno is the worst place in Oklahoma for him to show his face in at present."
"Oh, it's not definite, of course; he might get protection from law enforcement. But there's a good chance he could be lynched. And Elreno is the worst place in Oklahoma for him to be right now."
"I should presume it might be. Dawson, the wounded banker, is there?"
"I guess it could be. Is Dawson, the injured banker, there?"
"And his daughter—can she identify this young desperado the moment she sees him?"
"And his daughter—will she recognize this young troublemaker as soon as she sees him?"
"Without doubt."
"Definitely."
"Black Harry will be very foolish if he goes to Elreno."
"Black Harry will be really foolish if he goes to Elreno."
"He is not likely to go there, I fancy."
"He probably won't go there, I think."
"I don't know about that. He is a dare-devil fellow."
"I’m not so sure about that. He’s a real daredevil."
"So it seems."
"Looks like it."
"And he might take a fancy that Elreno would be the last place where he would be expected to appear, and so he would go there."
"And he might think that Elreno would be the last place anyone would expect him to show up, so he would go there."
"He might do that."
"He might do that."
"Now, in your own case, if you were Black Harry, for instance, you might put on a bold face, and show yourself in Elreno, while everybody outside that town would be on the lookout for you."[Pg 13]
"Now, if you were Black Harry, for example, you might act confidently and show yourself in Elreno, while everyone outside the town would be watching for you." [Pg 13]
"Possibly, you are right."
"You might be right."
"I think such a trick would be very like Black Harry. He might go so far as to take the train to Elreno from some place that would make it seem that he could not have been in the locality where the hold-up was committed. If he were to come into Elreno on this train, for instance, it would be a blind."
"I think that kind of trick would really suit Black Harry. He might even take the train to Elreno from somewhere that would make it look like he couldn't possibly have been near where the robbery happened. If he were to arrive in Elreno on this train, for example, it would be a perfect cover."
"How far is Oklahoma City from the place where the train was robbed?"
"How far is Oklahoma City from where the train was robbed?"
"Between thirty and forty miles, direct."
"About thirty to forty miles, straight."
"That distance could be made on horseback between the time of the robbery and this morning—do you think so?"
"Do you think that distance could be covered on horseback from the time of the robbery until this morning?"
"Well, it is very likely. What do you think, Mr.—ah—er—I beg your pardon?"
"Well, that's very likely. What do you think, Mr.—uh—sorry, could you remind me your name?"
"My name is Frank Merriwell."
"I'm Frank Merriwell."
"Really?"
"Seriously?"
Walker lifted his eyebrows in a very odd manner, which Frank did not fail to observe.
Walker raised his eyebrows in a very strange way, which Frank definitely noticed.
"You appear as if you doubted me," came a trifle warmly from the lad's lips, while the color rushed to his cheeks.
"You look like you doubt me," the boy said a bit warmly, as color rushed to his cheeks.
"Oh, not at all—not at all! You are in Oklahoma on business?"
"Oh, not at all—not at all! You're in Oklahoma for work?"
"No, sir."
"No, thanks."
"Not?"
"Really?"
"No."
"Nope."
"Pleasure?"
"Enjoyment?"
"Yes, sir."
"Yes, sir."
"How? Traveling?"
"How? Traveling?"
"I am."
"I'm here."
"Alone?"
"By yourself?"
"No."
"Nope."
"Didn't notice you had company."
"Didn't see you had guests."
"I have not, at present."
"I haven't, at the moment."
"H'm! Ha! Your friends—are they on this train?"[Pg 14]
"Hmm! Ha! Are your friends on this train?"[Pg 14]
"No, sir."
"No, thanks."
Walker elevated his eyebrows again. His nose seemed longer and more pointed than ever. It was a nose that reminded the boy of an interrogation point. It seemed built to thrust itself into other people's business.
Walker raised his eyebrows again. His nose appeared longer and sharper than ever. It was a nose that reminded the boy of an interrogation point. It seemed designed to poke into other people's affairs.
"Ha! Not on the train?"
"Ha! Not on the subway?"
"No."
"No."
"You expect to meet them?"
"Are you expecting to meet them?"
"Yes."
"Absolutely."
"Where?"
"Where at?"
"In Elreno."
"In El Reno."
"How many of them?"
"How many are there?"
"Two."
"2."
"No more?"
"Is that it?"
"No."
"Nope."
Frank was answering curtly, and his manner announced his dislike for his inquisitive companion. Still, he was courteous and cool, holding himself in check.
Frank was responding sharply, and his attitude made it clear that he didn't like his curious companion. Still, he remained polite and composed, keeping his emotions in check.
"I presume your companions are older than yourself?" questioned the prying Jerseyite, his small eyes glistening.
"I assume your friends are older than you?" asked the curious New Jerseyan, his small eyes shining.
"One is; the other is a boy about my age."
"One is; the other is a guy around my age."
"Ha! H'm! Just so. You are from the East, I presume?"
"Ha! H'm! Exactly. You're from the East, I take it?"
"Yes, sir."
"Yes, sir."
"It seems to me that I have seen you before, but I cannot remember where it was. And I do not remember your name. Do you mind giving me the names of your traveling companions?"
"It feels like I’ve seen you before, but I can’t recall where. And I don’t remember your name. Would you mind telling me the names of your travel companions?"
"Not at all. They are Professor Horace Orman Tyler Scotch, of Fardale Military Academy, sometimes known as 'Hot' Scotch, as he has a peppery temper, and the initials of his first three names form the word 'hot.' The other is Barney Mulloy, a youth who was born in Ireland, and has not recovered from it yet. The latter was a classmate of mine at Fardale, and he is traveling with me as a[Pg 15] friendly companion, which he can afford to do, as I pay all the bills."
"Not at all. They are Professor Horace Orman Tyler Scotch from Fardale Military Academy, often called 'Hot' Scotch because he has a fiery temper, and the initials of his first three names spell out 'hot.' The other is Barney Mulloy, a young man who was born in Ireland and hasn't quite gotten over it yet. The latter was a classmate of mine at Fardale, and he is traveling with me as a[Pg 15] friendly companion, which he can afford to do since I handle all the expenses."
"Haw!" exclaimed Walker. "You must have money to burn!"
"Haw!" Walker shouted. "You must be loaded!"
"No, I have not. My uncle left me a comfortable fortune, and his will provided that, in order to broaden my knowledge of the world, I should travel in company with my guardian. He selected Professor Scotch as a proper man to become my guardian, and specified that I might take along a schoolmate as a companion, if I so desired."
"No, I haven’t. My uncle left me a nice inheritance, and his will stated that, to expand my understanding of the world, I should travel with my guardian. He chose Professor Scotch to be my guardian and mentioned that I could bring a schoolmate along as a companion if I wanted."
"Re-e-markable!" cried Walker. "A most astonishing will! And how does it happen that you have become separated from your guardian and friend?"
"Re-e-markable!" shouted Walker. "What an amazing will! How did you end up separated from your guardian and friend?"
"We were going through to Texas on the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific. I wished to visit Guthrie, the capital of Oklahoma, and they did not care to do so. I left them at Caldwell, in Kansas, with the understanding that they were to proceed to Elreno, and wait for me there."
"We were traveling to Texas on the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific. I wanted to visit Guthrie, the capital of Oklahoma, but they weren’t interested. I left them at Caldwell, in Kansas, knowing they would continue to Elreno and wait for me there."
"H'm!"
"Hmm!"
Walker's nose seemed pointing at the boy like an accusing finger. Doubt was expressed all over that foxy face.
Walker's nose pointed at the boy like an accusing finger. Doubt showed all over that sly face.
"You tell it well," said the man, with another queer lifting of his thin eyebrows.
"You tell it well," the man said, lifting his thin eyebrows in a strange way again.
"What do you mean by that?" demanded the youth, sharply, wheeling squarely toward Walker. "Do you insinuate that I am not telling the truth?"
"What do you mean by that?" the young man asked sharply, turning directly toward Walker. "Are you suggesting that I'm lying?"
Before Walker could reply, a commotion arose in the seat directly behind them.[Pg 16]
Before Walker could respond, there was a disturbance in the seat right behind them.[Pg 16]
CHAPTER II.
"HANDS UP!"
"Aw! Thay, weally, this ith verwy impudent, don't yer know!" drawled a languid voice. "What wight have you to cwout yourthelf into a theat bethide a gentleman, thir?"
"Aw! That’s really very rude, don’t you know!" drawled a lazy voice. "What right do you have to crowd yourself into a seat next to a gentleman, sir?"
"I don'd seen der shentleman anyvere," replied a nasal voice, a voice that had the genuine Jewish sound.
"I haven't seen the gentleman anywhere," replied a nasal voice, a voice that had a distinctly Jewish tone.
"Thir! Do you mean to thay I am no gentleman, thir?"
"Sir! Are you saying that I'm not a gentleman, sir?"
"Vell, I don'd mean to say nodding aboud id. I don'd vant to hurd your veelings."
"Well, I don't mean to say anything about it. I don't want to hurt your feelings."
"You insulting w'etch!"
"You insulting witch!"
"Don'd get excided, mein friendt."
"Don't get excited, my friend."
"Will you leave thith theat, thir?"
"Will you leave this seat, sir?"
"Cerdinly I vill—ven I leaf der drain."
"Certainly I will—even I leave the drain."
"I thall call the conductor!"
"I'll call the conductor!"
"Don'd vaste your preath—peckon to him."
"Don't waste your breath—listen to him."
"Thir, I would have you understand that my name ith Cholly Gwayson De Smythe."
"Sir, I want you to know that my name is Cholly Gwayson De Smythe."
"Vell, I vos bleased to meed you. Anypody vould be pleased shust to dake a look ad you."
"Well, I was pleased to meet you. Anybody would be pleased just to take a look at you."
"Thir!"
"Thanks!"
"My name vas Solomon Rosenbum, vid the accent on der bum. Shake handts vid yourself."
"My name is Solomon Rosenbum, with the emphasis on the 'bum.' Shake hands with yourself."
By this time everybody in the car was staring at the Jew and the dudish fellow beside whom Solomon had taken a seat. The latter was a youth of uncertain age, with an insipid mustache, a sallow face, and spectacles of colored glass, which seemed to indicate that he had weak eyes.[Pg 17] He was dressed, as far as possible, in imitation of an English tourist.
By this point, everyone in the car was staring at the Jewish man and the stylish guy sitting next to Solomon. The latter was a young man of indeterminate age, with a bland mustache, a pale face, and colored glasses that suggested he had poor eyesight.[Pg 17] He was dressed as much as possible to look like an English tourist.
The Jew, who had given his name as "Solomon Rosenbum, vid der accent on der bum," was a rather disreputable-looking man of about thirty, having the appearance of the Jew peddler, and carrying a pack, which he had stuffed down between his knees and the back of the next seat, thus completely fencing in Cholly De Smythe.
The guy who introduced himself as "Solomon Rosenbum, with the emphasis on der bum," looked pretty sketchy and was around thirty. He had the vibe of a Jewish peddler and was carrying a pack that he stuffed between his knees and the back of the next seat, totally trapping Cholly De Smythe.
"Will you wemove yourthelf fwom this theat?" squawked the dude, in a flutter.
"Will you remove yourself from this seat?" squawked the guy, in a flutter.
"Say, mein friendt, you vas nervous. Now, I dell you vat you do vor dat. Shust dake a pottle of Snyde's Shain-Lighdning Nearf Regulardor. Id vill simbly gost you von tollar a pottle, dree bottles vor dwo tollars. I haf shust dree pottles left. Vill you dake 'em?"
"Look, my friend, you were nervous. Now, I'll tell you what to do about that. Just take a bottle of Snyde's Shine-Lightning Nerve Regulator. It will only cost you one dollar a bottle, or three bottles for two dollars. I only have three bottles left. Will you take them?"
Solomon began to untie his pack.
Solomon started to unpack his bag.
"Stop it!" squealed Cholly, in terror. "I don't want your nawsty stuff, don't yer know!"
"Stop it!" Cholly shouted, terrified. "I don’t want your nasty stuff, don’t you know!"
"Berhaps I know petter dan vat you do. I haf studied to pe a horse toctor, und I make a sbecialty uf shack-asses."
"Perhaps I know better than you do. I have studied to be a horse doctor, and I specialize in jackasses."
"You wude thing!"
"You rude thing!"
The other passengers in the car were enjoying all this, and the laughter that had begun with the first passage between the two now threatened to swell to a tumult.
The other passengers in the car were loving all of this, and the laughter that started with the first exchange between the two now threatened to grow into chaos.
"Uf one pottle don'd gure you, der dree pottles vill—or kill you, und nopody vill mindt dot."
"One bottle won't get you, but three bottles will—or they'll kill you, and nobody will care about that."
"Go'way!"
"Go away!"
"Vill you half der dree pottles?"
"Will you have the three bottles?"
"No, thir!"
"No, sir!"
"Veil, dake von uf dem ad sefenty-fife cends."
"Veil, dake von uf dem ad sefenty-fife cends."
"Get out!"
"Leave!"
"I alvays haf von brice vor all uf mine goots, und I nefer make a bractice uf dakin' off a cend; but I see dat you vas on der verge uf nerfus brosdration, und I vant[Pg 18] to safe your life, so I vill sell you von pottle vor a hellufer-tollar."
"I always have one price for all of my goods, and I never make a practice of taking off a cent; but I see that you are on the verge of nervous breakdown, and I want[Pg 18] to save your life, so I will sell you one bottle for a hell of a dollar."
"I don't want it—I won't take the nawsty stuff!"
"I don't want it—I won't take the nasty stuff!"
"Dat vas too sheap at hellufer-tollar, but in your gase I vill make an eggsception, und you may haf von pottle vor a qvarter. Dake id qvick, before I shange my mindt."
"That was too cheap at half a dollar, but in your case, I will make an exception, and you may have one bottle for a quarter. Take it quick, before I change my mind."
"Help! Take the w'etch away!"
"Help! Take the witch away!"
"Moses in der pulrushes! Vat you vant? Vas you dryin' to ruin me? Dot medicine gost me ninedy-dree cends a pottle, und I don'd ged a cend discoundt uf I puy dwo pottles. Dake a pottle ad dwenty cends, und I vill go indo pankrupcy."
"Moses in the rushes! What do you want? Are you trying to ruin me? That medicine costs me ninety-three cents a bottle, and I don't get a cent discount if I buy two bottles. Take a bottle at twenty cents, and I will go into bankruptcy."
"Conductaw! Conductaw!" squawked Cholly.
"Conducting! Conducting!" squawked Cholly.
"What is all this noise about?" demanded the conductor, as he came hastily down the aisle and stood scowling at Cholly.
"What’s all this noise about?" the conductor asked as he hurried down the aisle, frowning at Cholly.
He had overheard all that passed, and he was enjoying it as much as any of the passengers.
He had heard everything that happened, and he was enjoying it just as much as any of the other passengers.
"Conductaw," said the dude, with great dignity, "I wish you to instantly wemove this verwy insolent cwecher. He cwoded in thith theat without awsking leave."
"Conductaw," said the guy, with great dignity, "I need you to immediately remove this very rude creature. He crowded in this theater without asking for permission."
"Have you paid for a whole seat?"
"Did you pay for a full seat?"
"I have paid one fare, thir, and ——"
"I have paid one fare, three, and ——"
"So has this gentleman. He is entitled to half of this seat, if he chooses to sit here. Don't bother me again."
"So has this guy. He's entitled to half of this seat if he wants to sit here. Don't bother me again."
The conductor walked away, and Cholly looked at Solomon, faintly gasping:
The conductor walked away, and Cholly looked at Solomon, slightly out of breath:
"Thith gentleman! Gweat Scott!"
"This gentleman! Great Scott!"
Then he seemed to collapse.
Then he appeared to faint.
Solomon grinned, and lifted his hat to the conductor. Then he turned to Cholly.
Solomon smiled and tipped his hat to the conductor. Then he turned to Cholly.
"Vill you half a pottle uf der Nearf Regulador ad dwendy cends?"
"Will you have a bottle of the Nerf Regulator at twenty cents?"
"Let me out!" gurgled the dude. "I will not stay heaw and be inthulted!"[Pg 19]
"Let me out!" gurgled the guy. "I won't stay here and be insulted!"[Pg 19]
"Set down," advised the Jew. "You ain'd bought a pottle uf medicine, und I can'd boder to mofe vor you."
"Sit down," suggested the Jew. "You didn't buy a bottle of medicine, and I can't be bothered to move for you."
Cholly fell back into his seat, giving up the struggle. He turned his head away, and looked out of the window, while Solomon talked to him for ten minutes, without seeming to draw a breath. Cholly, however, could not be induced to purchase a single bottle of the "Nearf Regulador."
Cholly slumped back in his seat, surrendering to the situation. He turned his head away and gazed out the window while Solomon talked nonstop for ten minutes without taking a breath. However, Cholly was not convinced to buy a single bottle of the "Nearf Regulador."
All through this, Mr. Walker had not seemed to remove his keen eyes from the face of the boy at his side. The lad apparently enjoyed the affair between the Jew and the dude as much as any one in the car, laughing merrily, and seeming quite at ease.
All this time, Mr. Walker had kept his sharp gaze on the boy next to him. The kid seemed to be enjoying the interaction between the Jew and the dude just as much as anyone else in the car, laughing happily and looking completely relaxed.
Somehow, Walker did not seem to be pleased at all. He appeared like a man with a very little sense of humor, or he had so much of grave importance on his mind that he did not observe what was going on behind him.
Somehow, Walker didn’t seem pleased at all. He looked like a guy with very little sense of humor, or maybe he had so much serious stuff on his mind that he didn’t notice what was happening behind him.
When Cholly De Smythe had collapsed, and the Jew had ceased to talk, the boy squared about in his seat, and seemed to settle to take things in the most comfortable manner possible. He pulled his hat over his forehead, and continued his perusal of the newspaper.
When Cholly De Smythe collapsed, and the guy stopped talking, the boy shifted in his seat and appeared to settle in to take things in the most relaxed way possible. He pulled his hat down over his forehead and kept reading the newspaper.
This did not satisfy his seat mate.
This didn't satisfy his seat mate.
"You seem to be very interested in that paper," said Walker.
"You seem really interested in that paper," said Walker.
"I am," was the curt return, and the boy continued reading.
"I am," was the brief reply, and the boy kept reading.
"You are not much of a talker."
"You don't say much."
"You are."
"You are."
"H'm! Ha! I am; I am very sociable."
"Hmm! Ha! I am; I'm very social."
"So I observed."
"So I noticed."
"I have been wondering what we would do if a band of robbers was to hold up this train."
"I've been thinking about what we would do if a group of robbers tried to rob this train."
"I am sure I cannot tell what I would do. I scarcely[Pg 20] think any person can tell what he would do in such a case till he meets the emergency."
"I honestly can't say what I would do. I hardly[Pg 20] think anyone can know what they would do in that situation until they're faced with it."
"I presume you go armed?"
"Do you carry a weapon?"
"In the West—yes."
"In the West—definitely."
Walker's thin nose seemed to resemble a wedge which he was driving deeper and deeper with each question.
Walker's skinny nose looked like a wedge that he was pushing deeper and deeper with every question.
"Would you mind permitting me to look at your revolver?"
"Could I please take a look at your revolver?"
"Yes."
"Yeah."
The boy uttered that word, and remained silent, without offering to take the weapon out.
The boy said that word and stayed silent, not offering to take out the weapon.
Walker coughed.
Walker coughed.
"H'm! Ha! I think you misunderstood me."
"Hmm! Haha! I think you misunderstood me."
"I think not."
"I don't think so."
"I asked you if you would mind letting me look at your revolver."
"I asked you if you would mind letting me see your revolver."
"And I said I would mind."
"And I said I would care."
"Oh!"
"Oh!"
The Jew's voice sounded in Walker's ear.
The Jew's voice echoed in Walker's ear.
"I haf a revolfer vat I vill sell you sheep. Id vas a recular taisy, selluf-cocker, und dirty-dwo caliber. Here id vas, meester. Id vas loated, so handle id vid care. Vat you gif vor dat peautiful revolfer, meester?"
"I have a revolver that I will sell you cheap. It was a regular Daisy, self-cocking, and dirty two caliber. Here it is, mister. It is loaded, so handle it with care. What will you give for that beautiful revolver, mister?"
Walker took the weapon, glanced into the cylinder, to see that it was actually loaded, and then suddenly thrust it against the head of Frank, crying, sharply:
Walker grabbed the weapon, looked into the cylinder to check that it was loaded, and then suddenly pressed it against Frank's head, shouting sharply:
"Hands up, Black Harry! You are my prisoner!"[Pg 21]
"Hands up, Black Harry! You’re my prisoner!"[Pg 21]
CHAPTER III.
A THRILLING ACCUSATION.
The words rang through the car, startling the passengers, and causing them to stare in astonishment at the man and the boy.
The words echoed in the car, shocking the passengers and making them stare in disbelief at the man and the boy.
The man with the revolver was quivering with excitement, while Frank, at whose head the weapon was held, seemed strangely calm.
The man with the revolver was shaking with excitement, while Frank, at whom the gun was pointed, looked unusually calm.
Exclamations were heard on all sides.
Exclamations were heard from all around.
"Black Harry!"
"Black Harry!"
"Is it possible?"
"Can we do it?"
"Not that beardless boy!"
"Not that kid without a beard!"
"It's a mistake!"
"That’s a mistake!"
"If that's Black Harry, his Braves are near, and there is liable to be some shooting before long."
"If that's Black Harry, his crew is close by, and there’s likely to be some shooting soon."
"Sufferin' Moses!" came from the Jew, who owned the revolver. "Ish dat der ropper vat ve read apout der baper in? Stop der cars! I vant to ged off!"
"Suffering Moses!" shouted the Jewish man who owned the revolver. "Is that the paper we read about in the news? Stop the cars! I want to get off!"
"What do you mean by this crazy act?" calmly demanded Frank, looking straight into Mr. Walker's eyes.
"What do you mean by this crazy act?" Frank asked calmly, looking straight into Mr. Walker's eyes.
"I mean business, and I am not going to fool with a fellow of your reputation a minute! If you don't put up your hands, I'll send a bullet through your head immediately!"
"I mean business, and I'm not going to mess around with someone like you for even a second! If you don't put up your hands, I'll shoot you in the head right now!"
"Then I shall put up my hands, for I have no fancy for having the top of my head blown off."
"Then I'll raise my hands, because I don't want the top of my head blown off."
Up went the boy's empty hands.
Up went the boy's empty hands.
"That's where you are sensible," declared the man with the foxy face. "I have dealt with your kind before, and I know better than to let 'em monkey with me. I am a[Pg 22] man with a reputation for catching criminals. At the sound of my name, the professional crooks in the East tremble."
"That's where you're smart," said the guy with the sly face. "I've dealt with your type before, and I know better than to let them mess with me. I'm a[Pg 22] man who has a reputation for catching criminals. When they hear my name, the professional crooks in the East get scared."
"Walker does not seem to be such a very terrible name."
"Walker doesn’t seem like such a bad name."
"Walker—bah! That's not my name!"
"Walker—ugh! That's not my name!"
"No?"
"Nope?"
"Not much!"
"Not much going on!"
"Pray, what is your name, then?"
"Please, what is your name then?"
"I am Burchel Jones, the famous detective," declared the owner of the gimlet eyes, swelling with importance. "Out in this country the fools call me a tenderfoot, but I will show them the kind of stuff I am made of. When they want to catch their desperadoes and robbers, they should send for a tenderfoot detective."
"I’m Burchel Jones, the famous detective," proclaimed the man with the piercing eyes, puffing out his chest. "Out here, the locals call me a newbie, but I’ll show them what I’m made of. When they need to catch their criminals and thieves, they should call a rookie detective."
The boy laughed outright.
The boy laughed out loud.
"You are more sport than a barrel of monkeys," he said, merrily. "What do you think you have done, anyway?"
"You’re more fun than a barrel of monkeys," he said, cheerfully. "What do you think you’ve done, anyway?"
"I have captured Black Harry, the terrible desperado, who has been giving them so much trouble out here of late."
"I've captured Black Harry, the notorious outlaw, who has been causing them so much trouble around here lately."
"You think I am Black Harry?"
"Do you think I'm Black Harry?"
"I do not think anything about it—I know it."
"I don't think anything about it—I know it."
"How do you know it?"
"How do you know that?"
"By your face."
"By your expression."
"Have you ever seen Black Harry?"
"Have you ever seen Black Harry?"
"Yes."
"Yep."
"When?"
"When is it?"
"Last night."
"Last night."
"Where?"
"Where at?"
"On the northbound Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific express."
"On the northbound Chicago, Rock Island, and Pacific express."
"You were on that train?"
"Were you on that train?"
"I was, and I saw Black Harry's face when he was un[Pg 23]masked by Robert Dawson—saw it distinctly. You are Black Harry!"
"I was there, and I saw Black Harry's face when Robert Dawson took off his mask—saw it clearly. You are Black Harry!"
"You were never more deceived in all your life. My name is Frank Merriwell, as I can easily prove."
"You've never been more misled in your life. My name is Frank Merriwell, and I can easily prove it."
"Your real name may be Frank Merriwell, but you are the boy desperado who is known as Black Harry, and you are the chap who shot Mr. Robert Dawson."
"Your real name might be Frank Merriwell, but you’re the young outlaw known as Black Harry, and you’re the guy who shot Mr. Robert Dawson."
The detective spoke with conviction, and it was plain that he really believed what he said. The boy began to look grave, as the situation was not exactly pleasant.
The detective spoke with certainty, and it was clear that he truly believed what he was saying. The boy started to look serious, as the situation wasn’t exactly enjoyable.
"You came from Elreno to Oklahoma City on the first train this morning, did you?" asked the youth.
"You took the first train this morning from Elreno to Oklahoma City, right?" the young man asked.
"I did."
"I did."
"How did it happen that you took this train back?"
"How did it happen that you took this train back?"
"I spotted you. The moment I saw your face I knew you, and I shadowed you till the train started. I boarded the train with the determination to capture you. I seldom fail when I have resolved on a thing, and I did not fail this time."
"I saw you. The moment I saw your face, I recognized you, and I followed you until the train started. I got on the train with the determination to catch you. I rarely fail when I'm set on something, and I didn't fail this time."
"Then this is no joke?"
"Is this for real then?"
"You will find it is no joke."
"You'll see it's no laughing matter."
"Well, I can't ride from this place to Elreno with my hands held above my head, as you must very well know."
"Well, I can't ride from here to Elreno with my hands held above my head, as you must know very well."
"Of course you can't. I'll have to put the irons on you. Here, young man, hold this revolver to his head while I handcuff and search him."
"Of course you can’t. I’ll need to put handcuffs on you. Here, young man, hold this gun to his head while I handcuff him and search him."
He spoke to Cholly De Smythe, who had been watching, with staring eyes, his jaw dropped, and a look of amazement on his face.
He talked to Cholly De Smythe, who had been watching with wide eyes, his mouth hanging open, and a look of shock on his face.
"Haw?" squawked the dude, aghast. "What ith that you want, thir?"
"Haw?" squawked the guy, shocked. "What is it that you want, sir?"
"Take this revolver, and hold it to this boy's head. If he moves, shoot him as if he were a dangerous dog."
"Take this revolver and hold it to the boy's head. If he moves, shoot him like you would a dangerous dog."
"Good gwacious!" gurgled Cholly. "I nevah touched[Pg 24] a wevolver in awl my life! You will hawve to excuse me, thir."
"Good gracious!" gurgled Cholly. "I've never touched[Pg 24] a revolver in all my life! You'll have to excuse me, sir."
"If you are determined to treat me as if I were a mad beast, I beg you to let some one who knows something about firearms handle that revolver," said the captive. "I will give you my word not to make any trouble if you lower the weapon."
"If you’re set on treating me like I’m some wild animal, please let someone who knows about guns handle that revolver," said the prisoner. "I promise I won’t cause any issues if you put the weapon down."
"Your word does not count with me," declared the crafty detective. "I wouldn't trust you a second—not a second."
"Your word doesn't mean anything to me," said the sly detective. "I wouldn't trust you for a second—not even a second."
"I can show you my card, letters, and other papers to prove my claim that I am Frank Merriwell, a traveler."
"I can show you my card, letters, and other documents to prove that I am Frank Merriwell, a traveler."
"Black Harry would be likely to have such letters and papers ready for just such an emergency. That trick will not count."
"Black Harry would probably have those letters and documents prepared for just this kind of emergency. That trick won't work."
"Oh, well, don't fool around with that loaded gun held up against my head! Put on the irons, and give me a chance to rest my arms. Hurry up!"
"Oh, come on, don't mess around with that loaded gun pointed at my head! Put on the handcuffs, and let me rest my arms. Hurry up!"
"Shust led me dake dat revolfer, mine friendt," said the voice of the Jew. "Uf dot poy tries any funny pusiness, he vill be deat, vid der accent on der deat."
"Shust let me take that revolver, my friend," said the voice of the Jew. "If that guy tries any funny business, he will be dead, with the emphasis on dead."
"Can I trust you?" cautiously asked Burchel Jones.
"Can I trust you?" Burchel Jones asked cautiously.
"Vell, I dunno. You can uf you vant to. I alvays make a bracdice uf doin' a cash pusiness."
"Well, I don't know. You can if you want to. I always make a practice of doing cash business."
After some hesitation, the tenderfoot detective decided that he could not do better than trust Solomon, and the revolver was surrendered to the Jew.
After some hesitation, the inexperienced detective decided he couldn't do better than trust Solomon, so he handed the revolver over to the man.
"Don'd you vink!" commanded Solomon, as he screwed the muzzle of the weapon up against the lad's head. "Uf you do, you vas a deat poy!"
"Don't you think!" commanded Solomon, as he pressed the muzzle of the weapon against the boy's head. "If you do, you're a dead kid!"
The detective searched the youth, removing a handsome revolver from one of his pockets. That was the only weapon found anywhere on his person.
The detective searched the young man, pulling out a sleek revolver from one of his pockets. That was the only weapon located on him.
Burchel Jones was disappointed, for he had expected to find "guns" and knives concealed all over the lad.[Pg 25]
Burchel Jones was let down because he had anticipated discovering "guns" and knives hidden all over the kid.[Pg 25]
"Oh, you're slick—you're slick!" he said. "But you can't fool me. I know how to deal with rascals like you. I have handled hundreds of 'em—hundreds upon hundreds."
"Oh, you're smooth—you’re smooth!" he said. "But you can't trick me. I know how to handle troublemakers like you. I've dealt with hundreds of them—hundreds and hundreds."
"You must be a very old hand in the business," said the captive, with a laugh. "Still, you seem to need assistance to capture a boy, who has made no offer to resist you, although he knows very well that you have no legal right to arrest him."
"You must be really experienced in this business," the captive said with a laugh. "Still, you seem to need help to catch a boy who hasn’t even tried to fight back, even though he knows you have no legal right to arrest him."
"Oh, you are ready with your tongue—altogether too ready."
"Oh, you're way too quick with your words."
Having searched the lad, Jones produced some manacles, and snapped them on the wrists of his prisoner.
Having searched the boy, Jones took out some handcuffs and snapped them onto his prisoner's wrists.
"There," he said to Solomon, "you needn't hold the revolver to his head any longer. I have him foul now."
"There," he said to Solomon, "you don't need to hold the gun to his head anymore. I've got him trapped now."
"Dank you," nodded the Jew. "You vas much opliged vor der use of my revolfer."
"Thank you," nodded the man. "You were very kind for letting me use my revolver."
"Of course, of course."
"Sure, sure."
"V'y you don'd puy dot revolfer, den, und gif a poor man a drade?"
"Why don't you put down that revolver, then, and give a poor man a break?"
"Oh, get out. I don't want it any longer."
"Oh, just leave. I don't want it anymore."
"Vell, I am glad uf dat, vor it vas long enough alretty. Uf you like id so vel, v'y you don'd bought id?"
"Well, I’m glad about that, because it was long enough already. If you like it so much, why didn’t you buy it?"
"I have one of my own."
"I have one of my own."
"Vell, haf dwo. I gif you a drade on dat revolfer. I sell you dat revolfer vor elefen tollar."
"Well, how about this? I'll give you a trade for that revolver. I'll sell you that revolver for eleven dollars."
"Don't want it."
"Don't want that."
"Ten tollar."
"Ten dollars."
"Don't want it."
"Don't want it."
"Nine."
"9."
"No."
"No."
"Eight."
"8."
"Say, shut up! I wouldn't take it for five!"
"Shut up! I wouldn't take it for five bucks!"
"Vell, you may haf him vor your tollar, und dot vas[Pg 26] less dan haluf vat id vas vort'. Shall I put a biece uf baper roundt id?"
"Well, you can have him for your dollar, and that was[Pg 26] less than half what he was worth. Should I wrap it in a piece of paper?"
"I won't buy it at any price."
"I won’t buy it for any price."
"Moses in der pulrushes! Do you vant me to gif him to you? I vill dake tree tollar, und dat vas der rock-pottom brice. Here you haf him."
"Moses in the rushes! Do you want me to give him to you? I'll take three dollars, and that was the rock-bottom price. Here you have him."
But the detective still declined to take the weapon, which made Solomon exceedingly disgusted and angry.
But the detective still refused to take the weapon, which made Solomon extremely disgusted and angry.
"You vas der meanest man vat I nefer met!" he cried. "Uf I hat known how mean you vas, I vouldn't helluped you capture dot ropper! I hat better do pusiness vid der ropper anyhow."
"You were the meanest man I ever met!" he cried. "If I had known how mean you were, I wouldn't have helped you capture that robber! I would have been better off doing business with the robber anyway."
Burchel Jones was well satisfied with himself. At Yukon he sent a dispatch to Hank Kildare, the sheriff at Elreno, saying:
Burchel Jones was pretty pleased with himself. At Yukon, he sent a message to Hank Kildare, the sheriff in Elreno, saying:
"Have captured Black Harry. Bringing him in irons. Have Miss Dawson at station to identify him when train arrives.
"I've captured Black Harry. I'm bringing him in handcuffs. Have Miss Dawson at the station to identify him when the train arrives."
Burchel Jones,
"Private Detective."Burchel Jones,
"Private Detective."
Jones was surprised at the quiet manner in which Frank had submitted to arrest, but he felt that the lad had been cleverly taken by surprise, and had seen by the eye of the man with the revolver that the best thing he could do was to give in without a struggle.
Jones was surprised by how calmly Frank accepted his arrest, but he sensed that the kid had been caught off guard. He realized that by looking into the eyes of the man with the gun, Frank understood that the best choice was to surrender without putting up a fight.
The boy saw it was quite useless to attempt to convince the man that any mistake had been made, and so, after the first effort, ceased to waste his time in the vain struggle. He remained calm and collected, much to the dismay of the some nervous passengers, who were certain the train would be held up by Black Harry's Braves, who would be on hand to rescue their chief.
The boy realized it was pointless to try to convince the man that any mistake had been made, so after the initial attempt, he stopped wasting his time on that futile struggle. He stayed calm and collected, much to the annoyance of some anxious passengers, who were convinced that the train would be delayed by Black Harry's Braves, who would come to rescue their leader.
Jones heard one man declaring over and over that he knew the train would not reach Elreno without a hold-up, and the detective immediately declared:[Pg 27]
Jones heard one guy repeating that he was sure the train wouldn't make it to Elreno without being stopped, and the detective quickly replied:[Pg 27]
"If an attempt is made to rescue Black Harry, it will be very unfortunate for Harry, as I shall immediately shoot him. I do not propose to let him escape, to continue his career of crime and devastation."
"If anyone tries to rescue Black Harry, it will be really unfortunate for him because I will shoot him right away. I’m not planning to let him escape to keep on with his life of crime and destruction."
The boy smiled, in a scornful and pitying way.
The boy smiled, both mockingly and sympathetically.
When the train drew into Elreno, a great crowd was seen on the platform of the station, and, for the first time, a troubled look came to the face of the youthful prisoner.
When the train arrived in Elreno, a large crowd was gathered on the station platform, and, for the first time, a worried expression appeared on the face of the young prisoner.
"The whole town has turned out to see Black Harry and the man who captured him," said Jones, swelling with importance.
"The entire town has gathered to see Black Harry and the guy who caught him," said Jones, puffing up with pride.
Frank said nothing; he knew well enough that such a crowd was dangerous in many cases. What if it were generally believed that he was, in truth, Black Harry, and the mob should take a fancy to lynch him? His chance of escaping a speedy death would be slim, indeed!
Frank said nothing; he knew that a crowd like that could be dangerous in many ways. What if people actually thought he was Black Harry, and the mob decided to lynch him? His chances of getting out alive would be really slim!
The train stopped, and, with his hand clutching the boy's shoulder, Jones descended to the platform.
The train stopped, and with his hand gripping the boy's shoulder, Jones got off onto the platform.
"Thar he is!"
"There he is!"
The cry went up, and the crowd surged toward the two.
The shout went out, and the crowd pushed forward toward the two.
"Stan' back hyar!"
"Stand back here!"
A man that was six feet and four inches in height, and weighed at least two hundred and fifty pounds, forced his way through the throng, casting men to the right and left with his muscular arms. He had a hard, weather-tanned face, and looked as if he did not fear the Evil One himself.
A man who stood six feet four inches tall and weighed at least two hundred fifty pounds pushed his way through the crowd, shoving people aside with his strong arms. He had a rough, sun-weathered face and seemed like he wasn’t afraid of the Devil himself.
"Are you Burchel Jones, ther detective?" asked this man, as he loomed before Jones and his captive.
"Are you Burchel Jones, the detective?" asked the man, as he stood over Jones and his captive.
"I am, sir," was the dignified reply; "and this is Black Harry. I surrender him to you, and claim the reward offered for his capture."
"I am, sir," was the dignified reply; "and this is Black Harry. I give him up to you and request the reward that was promised for his capture."
"Thet ther skunk known as Black Harry?" said the giant sheriff, in evident surprise. "He don't look like a desperado. Wal, we'll soon settle all doubts on thet yar[Pg 28] point, fer Miss Dawson is hyar, an' she will recognize him ef he is Black Harry. Come on, boy."
"The guy they call Black Harry?" said the giant sheriff in obvious surprise. "He doesn’t look like a criminal. Well, we’ll clear up any doubts on that point soon, because Miss Dawson is here, and she will recognize him if he is Black Harry. Come on, kid."
Kildare, the sheriff, for such the giant was, again forced a path through the crowd.
Kildare, the sheriff, as the giant was known, pushed his way through the crowd again.
In the station door, a woman and a girl were standing. The girl was not more than seventeen, and was very pretty, despite the traces of grief upon her face.
At the station door, a woman and a girl were waiting. The girl couldn't have been more than seventeen and was really beautiful, even with the signs of sadness on her face.
Kildare led the boy up before the woman and girl, and he spoke to the latter:
Kildare brought the boy up in front of the woman and girl, and he addressed the girl:
"Take a good, squar' look at this yar kid, Miss Dawson, an' see ef yer ever saw thet face afore."
"Take a good, square look at this kid, Miss Dawson, and see if you’ve ever seen that face before."
The girl looked at Frank, and then fell back, horror and loathing depicted on her face. She stretched out one hand, with a repellent gesture, as if warning them to keep him away, and with the other hand she clutched at her throat, from which came a choking sound. The woman offered to support her, but she sprang up in a moment, pointed straight at the youthful captive, and literally shrieked:
The girl looked at Frank, then fell back, her face showing horror and disgust. She reached out one hand, making a repellent gesture, as if to warn them to stay away from him, while with the other hand she clutched her throat, letting out a choking sound. The woman offered to help her, but she quickly stood up, pointed directly at the young captive, and literally screamed:
CHAPTER IV.
FOR LIFE AND HONOR.
A sudden, mad roar went up from the crowd on the station platform. They swayed, surged, struggled, and shouted:
A sudden, crazy cheer erupted from the crowd on the station platform. They swayed, surged, struggled, and shouted:
"Lynch him!"
"Get him!"
That cry was like the touching of a torch to dry prairie grass. Men climbed on each others' shoulders; men fought to get nearer the prisoner, and the mob seemed to have gone mad in a moment.
That shout was like lighting a torch to dry prairie grass. People climbed on each other's shoulders; they fought to get closer to the prisoner, and the crowd seemed to go crazy in an instant.
"Lynch him!"
"Hang him!"
A hundred throats took up the shout, and it became one mighty roar for blood, the most appalling sound that can issue from human lips.
A hundred voices joined in the shout, turning it into a powerful roar for blood, the most horrifying sound that can come from human lips.
The face of the menaced boy was very pale, but he did not cower before that suddenly infuriated mob. He showed that he had nerve, for he stood up and faced them boldly, helpless as he was.
The boy’s face was very pale, but he didn’t shrink away from that suddenly angry mob. He showed he had guts, as he stood up and faced them bravely, even though he was defenseless.
Burchel Jones, the detective, looked as if he would give something to get away from that locality in a hurry.
Burchel Jones, the detective, looked like he would do just about anything to get out of that area quickly.
A black scowl came to the face of Hank Kildare, and his hands dropped to his hips, reappearing from beneath the tails of his coat with a brace of heavy, long-barreled revolvers in their grasp. The muzzles of the weapons were thrust right into the faces of the men nearest, and the sheriff literally thundered:
A dark scowl crossed Hank Kildare's face, and his hands fell to his hips, emerging from under the tails of his coat, holding a pair of heavy, long-barreled revolvers. The barrels of the guns were aimed straight at the faces of the men closest to him, and the sheriff roared:
"Git back thar, you critters, or by thunder, thar'll be dead meat round hyar! You hyar me chirp!"
"Get back there, you creatures, or I swear, there'll be trouble around here! Do you hear me loud and clear?"
Lona Dawson, the banker's daughter, was badly frightened by the sudden outbreak of the mob, and, with her[Pg 30] older companion, she retreated into the waiting-room of the station.
Lona Dawson, the banker's daughter, was really frightened by the sudden outburst of the mob and, with her[Pg 30] older companion, she moved back into the waiting room of the station.
"Death to Black Harry!"
"Kill Black Harry!"
A man with strong lungs howled the words above all the uproar and commotion.
A man with a powerful voice shouted the words above all the noise and chaos.
"Bring the rope!" screamed another.
"Grab the rope!" yelled another.
And then, as if by magic, a man struggled to the shoulders of those about him, waved a rope in the air, and yelled:
And then, as if by magic, a man pushed his way to the front of the crowd, waved a rope in the air, and shouted:
"Hyar's ther necktie fer Black Harry!"
"Hyar's the necktie for Black Harry!"
And then, once more, there was a roar, and a surge, and a struggle to get at the handcuffed boy.
And then, once again, there was a loud noise, and a rush, and a fight to reach the handcuffed boy.
"Stiddy!" sounded the voice of Hank Kildare. "Back! back! back! or, by the eternal skies, I'll begin ter sling lead!"
"Stay back!" shouted Hank Kildare. "Back! Back! Back! Or, I swear to god, I'll start shooting!"
But twenty hands seemed reaching to clutch the lad and drag him away. The sheriff saw that he would not be able to retain his prisoner if he remained where he was.
But twenty hands seemed to reach out to grab the kid and pull him away. The sheriff realized he wouldn’t be able to keep his prisoner if he stayed where he was.
"Inter ther station, boy!" came from the giant sheriff's lips. "It's yer only chance ter git clear o' this yar gang!"
"Get out of there, boy!" shouted the giant sheriff. "It's your only chance to get away from this gang!"
"Howly shmoke!" cried a familiar voice just behind the handcuffed youth. "Pwhat are they doin' wid yez, Frankie, me b'y?"
"Holy smoke!" shouted a familiar voice just behind the handcuffed young man. "What are they doing with you, Frankie, my boy?"
"Yes," quavered another voice, likewise familiar, "what is this crazy mob trying to do? This is something appalling!"
"Yeah," another familiar voice trembled, "what is this crazy crowd trying to do? This is unbelievable!"
"Barney! Professor!" cried the boy, joyously. "Now I can prove that I am what I claim to be!"
"Barney! Professor!" the boy shouted happily. "Now I can show that I'm exactly who I say I am!"
"I've got him!"
"I have him!"
A big ruffian roared the words, as he fastened both hands upon the manacled lad, and tried to drag him into the midst of the swaying mob.
A large thug shouted the words as he grabbed the shackled boy and tried to pull him into the middle of the crowd.
"Thin take thot, ye spalpane!" shouted the Irish boy, who had appeared in company with a little, red-whiskered man at the door of the station.[Pg 31]
"Get out of here, you pest!" shouted the Irish boy, who had shown up with a little man with red whiskers at the station door.[Pg 31]
Out shot the hard fist of the young Irishman, and—smack!—it struck the man fairly in the left eye, knocking him backward into the arms of the one just behind him.
Out shot the young Irishman's hard fist, and—smack!—it hit the guy square in the left eye, sending him staggering backward into the arms of the person right behind him.
"It's toime ye got out av thot, me b'y," said Barney Mulloy, as he grasped the imperiled youth by the collar, and drew him into the waiting-room of the station.
"It's time you got out of that, my boy," said Barney Mulloy, as he grabbed the endangered youth by the collar and pulled him into the train station's waiting room.
"That's right, that's right!" fluttered the little man, who was Professor Scotch. "Let's hurry out by the back door, the way we came in. We were detained, so we did not arrive in time for the train, but we came as quickly as we could."
"That's right, that's right!" exclaimed the little man, who was Professor Scotch. "Let’s rush out the back door, the way we came in. We got held up, so we didn’t make it in time for the train, but we came as fast as we could."
"And arrived just in time," said Frank. "I am in a most appalling position."
"And arrived just in time," said Frank. "I'm in a really terrible situation."
"Well, well!" fluttered the professor. "You can explain that later on. Let's get away from here."
"Well, well!" the professor exclaimed. "You can explain that later. Let's get out of here."
"Look!"
"Check it out!"
Frank held up his hands, and, for the first time, his friends saw the irons on his wrists. They cried out in amazement.
Frank raised his hands, and for the first time, his friends saw the shackles on his wrists. They gasped in shock.
"Pwhat th' ould b'y is th' m'anin' av thot?" demanded Barney Mulloy, in the most profound astonishment.
"Pwhat does that old guy mean by that?" demanded Barney Mulloy, in the most profound astonishment.
"It means that I have been arrested; that's all."
"It means I've been arrested; that's all."
"Pwhat fer?"
"What for?"
"Robbing, shooting, murdering."
"Robbing, shooting, killing."
"G'wan wid yez!"
"Go on with you!"
"This is no time to joke, Frank," said Professor Scotch, reprovingly. "Are you never able to restrain your propensity for making sport?"
"This isn't the time for jokes, Frank," said Professor Scotch, disapprovingly. "Can you never control your urge to make fun?"
"This is a sorry joke, professor. I am giving you the straight truth."
"This is a pathetic joke, professor. I'm telling you the honest truth."
"But—but it is impossible—I declare it is!"
"But—it's impossible—I swear it!"
"It is the truth."
"It’s the truth."
"Who arristed yez?" asked Barney, as if still doubtful that Frank really meant what he was saying.
"Who arrested you?" asked Barney, as if still unsure that Frank actually meant what he was saying.
"A private detective, known as Burchel Jones. He[Pg 32] surrendered me to the sheriff of Canadian County, Hank Kildare. That's his voice you can hear above the howling. He is trying to beat the mob back, so he can get me to the jail before I am lynched."
"A private detective named Burchel Jones. He[Pg 32] handed me over to the sheriff of Canadian County, Hank Kildare. That's his voice you hear above the noise. He's trying to keep the mob at bay so he can get me to jail before they decide to lynch me."
"Before you are lynched!" gurgled the little professor, in a dazed way. "What have you done that they should want to lynch you?"
"Before you get lynched!" gurgled the little professor, dazed. "What did you do that would make them want to lynch you?"
"Nothing."
"None."
"Pwhat do they think ye have done?" asked Barney.
"What do they think you have done?" asked Barney.
"I presume you have heard of Black Harry?"
"I assume you've heard of Black Harry?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"Well, they say I am that very interesting young gentleman."
"Well, they say I'm that really interesting young guy."
Small man though he was, Professor Scotch had a deep, hoarse voice, and he now let out a roar of disgust that drowned the stentorian tones of Hank Kildare.
Small as he was, Professor Scotch had a deep, hoarse voice, and he now let out a roar of disgust that drowned out the loud tones of Hank Kildare.
"This is the most outrageous thing I ever heard of!" fumed the professor, in a rage. "Somebody shall suffer for it! You Black Harry! Why, it is ridiculous!"
"This is the most outrageous thing I've ever heard!" the professor fumed, furious. "Someone will pay for this! You Black Harry! It's just absurd!"
Barney Mulloy seemed to regard it as extremely funny, for he laughed outright.
Barney Mulloy found it really funny, so he burst out laughing.
"Thot bates th' worruld!" he cried. "But it's dead aisy ye kin prove ye're not Black Harry at all, at all!"
"Thot bates the world!" he shouted. "But it's really easy to prove you're not Black Harry at all!"
"I don't know about that. I have been identified."
"I’m not so sure about that. I’ve been identified."
"Pwhat's thot?"
"What's that?"
"I have been recognized by a person who has seen Black Harry's face."
"I've been recognized by someone who has seen Black Harry's face."
"Who is that fool person?" demanded Scotch, furiously. "Show me to him, and let me give him a piece of my mind!"
"Who is that idiot?" demanded Scotch, angrily. "Take me to him, and let me tell him what I think!"
"There is the person."
"Here is the person."
Frank pointed straight at Lona Dawson, who was regarding him with horrified eyes from a distant corner of the waiting-room.
Frank pointed directly at Lona Dawson, who was looking at him with horrified eyes from a distant corner of the waiting room.
"The young lady?"
"The girl?"
"Yes."
"Yep."
"Who is she?"
"Who is she?"
"Miss Dawson, daughter of Robert Dawson, the banker, whom Black Harry shot during the train hold-up last night. Dawson tore the mask from the young robber's face, and she saw it. A few moments ago she declared that I was the wretch who shot her father."
"Miss Dawson, daughter of Robert Dawson, the banker, who Black Harry shot during the train robbery last night. Dawson pulled off the mask from the young robber's face, and she recognized him. Just a few moments ago, she claimed that I was the scoundrel who shot her father."
The girl heard his words, and she started forward, panting fiercely:
The girl heard him and stepped forward, breathing heavily:
"You are! You are! I will swear to it with my dying breath! I saw your face plainly last night, and I can never forget it. You are the murderous ruffian from whose face my father tore the mask!"
"You are! You are! I will swear to it with my dying breath! I saw your face clearly last night, and I can never forget it. You are the murderous thug from whose face my father ripped off the mask!"
Professor Scotch was fairly staggered, but he quickly recovered, and swiftly said:
Professor Scotch was pretty shocked, but he quickly bounced back and said:
"My dear young lady, I assure you that you have made the greatest mistake of your life. I know this boy—I am his guardian. It is not possible that he is Black Harry, for——"
"My dear young lady, I promise you that you've made the biggest mistake of your life. I know this guy—I’m his guardian. There’s no way he is Black Harry, because——"
"Were you with him last night?"
"Were you with him last night?"
"No. We were——"
"No. We were—"
"Don't talk to me, then! Black Harry or not, he shot my father!"
"Don't talk to me, then! Whether it's Black Harry or not, he shot my dad!"
"But—but—why, he would not do such a thing!"
"But—why would he do something like that?"
"He did!"
"He really did!"
It seemed that nothing could shake her belief.
It seemed that nothing could change her mind.
"Av yez plaze, miss," said Barney, lifting his hat, and bowing politely, "it's thot same b'y Oi have known a long toime. Oi went ter school with thot lad, an' a whoiter b'y nivver drew a breath. He'd foight fer ye till he died, av he didn't git killed, an' it's nivver would he shoot anybody at all, at all, onless it wur in silf-definse. Oi give ye me wurrud thot is th' truth, th' whole truth, an' nothing but th' truth."[Pg 34]
"Of course, miss," said Barney, tipping his hat and bowing politely, "it’s that same guy I’ve known for a long time. I went to school with that kid, and a better guy never drew a breath. He’d fight for you until he died, if he didn’t get killed first, and he’d never shoot anyone at all unless it was in self-defense. I give you my word that this is the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth."[Pg 34]
The girl was unmoved.
The girl was unfazed.
"I have sworn to avenge my poor father!" she declared. "He shall not escape!"
"I've vowed to get revenge for my poor dad!" she declared. "He won't get away!"
"It is useless to talk here," said Frank. "She believes she is right, and her mind will not be changed till she sees the real Black Harry at my side. It must be that the fellow is my double, and so my life will be in peril till he is captured, and meets his just deserts. From this time on for me it is a fight for life and honor."[Pg 35]
"It’s pointless to discuss this here," Frank said. "She thinks she’s right, and her mind won’t change until she sees the real Black Harry next to me. He must be my doppelgänger, so my life will be in danger until he’s caught and gets what he deserves. From now on, it’s a fight for my life and honor."[Pg 35]
CHAPTER V.
HURRIED TO JAIL.
At this moment another wild roar rose outside the station, telling that something had again aroused the mob:
At that moment, another loud shout came from outside the station, signaling that something had stirred the crowd again:
Hank Kildare was in the doorway, blocking it with his gigantic form, his long-barreled revolvers holding the crowd at bay, while he hoarsely cried:
Hank Kildare stood in the doorway, his massive frame filling the entrance, his long-barreled revolvers keeping the crowd at a distance, as he shouted hoarsely:
"You galoots know me! Ef yer crowd me, some o' yer will take his everlastin' dose o' lead!"
"You guys know me! If you crowd me, some of you will get a fatal dose of lead!"
They dared not crowd him. He could hold them back at that point, but there were other ways of reaching the interior of the waiting-room, where the prisoner was.
They didn’t dare crowd around him. He could keep them away at that moment, but there were other ways to get to the inside of the waiting room, where the prisoner was.
"Ther back door!" howled a voice. "We kin git at him thet way!"
"The back door!" shouted a voice. "We can get to him that way!"
"Hear that?" fluttered Professor Scotch. "They're coming, Frank! We must get out before they get in that way! Quick!"
"Hear that?" Professor Scotch said, excitedly. "They're coming, Frank! We need to leave before they come in that way! Hurry!"
He caught hold of the boy, and started to urge him toward the rear door; but Lona Dawson placed herself squarely in their path, flinging up one hand.
He grabbed the boy and started to push him toward the back door; but Lona Dawson stepped right in their way, raising one hand.
"Stop!" she cried, her eyes flashing. "You cannot pass! You shall not escape!"
"Stop!" she shouted, her eyes blazing. "You can't get past! You won't get away!"
A look of admiration came into Frank's eyes, for she was very beautiful at that moment.
A look of admiration crossed Frank's face, because she looked really beautiful in that moment.
"As you will," he bowed, gallantly. "I may get my neck stretched by remaining, but your wish is law."
"As you wish," he said, bowing with flair. "I might get in trouble for staying, but your wish is my command."
"Well, I like that!" roared the professor, in a manner that plainly indicated he did not like it.
"Well, I like that!" the professor shouted, clearly indicating he did not like it at all.
"Av ye choose ter make a fool av yersilf, Frank, it's not[Pg 36] yer friends thot will see ye do it in this case!" cried Barney.
"IF you choose to make a fool of yourself, Frank, it's not[Pg 36] your friends that will see you do it in this case!" cried Barney.
The Irish lad grasped Frank by one arm, while the professor clutched the other, and they were about to rush him toward the door, for all of any opposition, when the door flew open with a bang, and a man pitched headlong into the room. This person carried a bundle, which burst open as he struck the floor, scattering its contents in all directions.
The Irish guy grabbed Frank by one arm, while the professor held onto the other, and they were about to rush him toward the door, despite any resistance, when the door swung open with a bang, and a man fell into the room. This guy was carrying a bundle, which exploded open as he hit the floor, spreading its contents everywhere.
"Moses in der pulrushes!" exclaimed the nasal voice of Solomon Rosenbum, and the Jew sat up in the midst of the wreck. "Dat vas vat I call comin' in lifely, vid der accent on der lifely!"
"Moses in the reeds!" exclaimed the nasal voice of Solomon Rosenbum, and the Jew sat up in the midst of the wreck. "That’s what I call coming in lively, with the emphasis on lively!"
"The dure!" shouted Barney. "They're coming round to get in thot way!"
"The door!" shouted Barney. "They're coming around to get in that way!"
The frightened station agent thrust his head out of an inner office, and said:
The scared station agent poked his head out of an office and said:
"The door can be braced. The brace is just behind it."
"The door can be reinforced. The support is right behind it."
Not a moment was to be lost, for the mob was at the very door, and would be pouring into the station in a moment. Barney sprang for the heavy brace, but he would have been too late if it had not been for the singular Jew.
Not a second could be wasted, since the crowd was right at the door and would be flooding into the station any moment now. Barney rushed for the heavy brace, but he would have been too late if it hadn't been for the unusual Jew.
Solomon leaped to his feet, sprang for the door, and planted his foot with terrific force in the stomach of the first man who was trying to enter, hurling that individual back against those immediately behind.
Solomon jumped to his feet, rushed to the door, and kicked the first guy trying to enter right in the stomach, knocking him back into the people behind him.
"Good-tay!" cried the Jew. "Uf I don'd see you some more, vat vos der tifference!"
"Good day!" shouted the Jew. "If I don't see you again, what’s the difference!"
Slam! The door went to solidly. Bang! The bar went against it, being held in position by heavy cleats on both door and floor.
Slam! The door shut hard. Bang! The bar slammed against it, secured in place by heavy brackets on both the door and the floor.
"Holdt der vort!" rasped Solomon, with great satisfaction. "Dot was very well tone. I didn't vant dose beople comin' und drampin' all ofer mine goots. Id vould haf ruint me."[Pg 37]
"Hold it there!" rasped Solomon, feeling very pleased. "That was very well done. I didn't want those people coming and trampling all over my goods. It would have ruined me." [Pg 37]
The mob beat against the door, howling with baffled rage.
The crowd pounded on the door, screaming with confused anger.
"Thot wur a narrow escape, Frankie, me b'y!" said Barney.
"That was a close call, Frankie, my friend!" said Barney.
"That's what it was," admitted Frank, who realized that his chance for life would have been less than one in a thousand if the crowd had burst into the room.
"That's exactly what it was," Frank admitted, realizing that his chances of survival would have been less than one in a thousand if the crowd had come rushing into the room.
"Vell, I don'd sharge nodding vor dat, uf you puy a goot pill uf goots vrom me," said the Jew.
"Well, I don’t charge anything for that, if you buy a good pile of goods from me," said the Jew.
"The window!" came from Professor Scotch. "They are about to come through the window!"
"The window!" shouted Professor Scotch. "They're about to come through the window!"
Crash! Jingle! Jangle! The window was smashed, and the mob was seen swarming toward it.
Crash! Jingle! Jangle! The window was shattered, and the crowd was seen rushing toward it.
Suddenly, Solomon Rosenbum sprang toward the opening, a revolver in his hand.
Suddenly, Solomon Rosenbum rushed toward the entrance, a handgun in his hand.
"Holdt on, mine friendts!" he cried, waving the weapon. "Uf anypody dried to get in py dis vindow, he vill ged shot, vid der accent on der shot!"
"Hold on, my friends!" he shouted, waving the weapon. "If anybody tries to come in through this window, they're gonna get shot, with an emphasis on the shot!"
"Begobs, thot is roight!" shouted Barney Mulloy, as he suddenly produced a "gun," and took his place at Solomon's side. "Kape off, me jools, av ye want ter kape whole skins!"
"Wow, that's right!" shouted Barney Mulloy as he suddenly pulled out a "gun" and took his place beside Solomon. "Back off, my jewels, if you want to keep your skins intact!"
The mob hesitated. Thus it had been baffled at every turn, and the mad heat of the moment was beginning to subside. Still, it could be aroused again in a twinkling.
The crowd hesitated. It had been confused at every turn, and the intense heat of the moment was starting to fade. Still, it could be stirred up again in an instant.
Hank Kildare alone could not have protected his prisoner from the crowd, but he had done all one man could possibly do. Now, of a sudden, he retreated into the station, closing and bolting the door.
Hank Kildare couldn't have kept his prisoner safe from the crowd on his own, but he had done everything a single person could do. Suddenly, he stepped back into the station, locking and bolting the door behind him.
"That," he said, with a breath of satisfaction, "so fur, everything is all right. An' now it is ter see ef——"
"That," he said, with a breath of satisfaction, "so far, everything is all right. And now it's time to see if——"
He was interrupted by pistol shots outside, and bullets began whistling in at the broken window.
He was interrupted by gunshots outside, and bullets started whizzing in through the broken window.
With an exclamation of anger, the fearless sheriff flung his massive body into the window, roaring:[Pg 38]
With a shout of anger, the fearless sheriff threw his large body against the window, yelling:[Pg 38]
"Hold up thar, you critters! Don't you know anything a tall? Thar is ladies in hyar, an' yer might shoot 'em ef yer keep flingin' lead round so promiscuous like!"
"Hold up there, you guys! Don't you know anything at all? There are ladies here, and you might hit them if you keep shooting your guns so carelessly!"
"We want Black Harry!" yelled a voice.
"We want Black Harry!" shouted a voice.
"Wa-al, ye'll hev ter want!" returned the sheriff. "You galoots know me purty well, an' ye know I ain't in ther habit o' talkin' crooked. I tells yer right yar an' now thet ye can't hev Black Harry. I offered ther reward fer ther critter, an' I'm goin' ter hold him, you bet! He'll be lodged in jail, ur Canadian County will be minus a sheriff!"
"Well, you’ll have to want!" replied the sheriff. "You bunch know me pretty well, and you know I’m not in the habit of talking nonsense. I’m telling you right here and now that you can’t have Black Harry. I offered the reward for the creature, and I’m going to keep him, you can count on that! He’ll be locked up in jail, or Canadian County will be without a sheriff!"
It was plain that his words impressed them, but they were reluctant to give over the hope of lynching the boy prisoner.
It was clear that his words had made an impact, but they were hesitant to let go of the idea of lynching the boy prisoner.
"Look yere, Kildare," said a thin, wiry, iron-jawed man, who wore a huge sombrero and leather breeches, "I'm Bill Buckhorn, o' 'Rapahoe, an' thet's a place whar we don't 'low no critter like this yere Black Harry ter go waltzin' round more then sixteen brief second by ther clock. We ketches such cusses, an' then we takes 'em out an' shows 'em how ter do a jog on empty air. Over in 'Rapahoe we allows thet thar is ther way ter dispose o' sech cases, and I'm ready ter show you people o' Elreno ther purtiest way ter tie a runnin' knot in a hemp necktie. Whatever is ther use o' foolin' around an' dallyin' with ther law when it's right easy ter git rid o' critters like this yere Black Harry without no trouble a tall, an' make things lively in ther town at ther same time? Pass him out, sheriff, an' I'll agree not ter do ye ary bit o' damage!"
"Listen here, Kildare," said a thin, wiry man with a strong jaw, wearing a big sombrero and leather pants. "I'm Bill Buckhorn from 'Rapahoe, and that's a place where we don't let any troublemaker like this Black Harry hang around for more than sixteen seconds. We catch guys like him, and then we take them out and show them how to dance in the air. Over in 'Rapahoe, we believe that’s the way to handle such situations, and I’m ready to show you folks in Elreno the best way to tie a noose. What’s the point of wasting time with the law when it’s so easy to get rid of guys like Black Harry without any hassle and liven things up in town at the same time? Hand him over, sheriff, and I promise I won’t cause you any trouble!"
"Wa-al, you are kind!" returned Kildare, contemptuously. "You're mighty kind, an' I allows thet I 'preciates it. I reckons you galoots over in thet forsaken, 'way-back, never-heard-of hole called 'Rapahoe sets yerselves up fer a law unto ther rest o' Oklahoma an' all other parts o' creation! You allows thar don't nobody else but you[Pg 39] critters know what is right an' proper, an' so you has ther cheek ter come over hyar an' tell us what ter do! You even offers ter show me how ter tie a runnin' knot in a rope, an' I will admit thet I've tied more knots o' thet kind then you ever heard of! Take my advice, my gentle stranger frum 'Rapahoe, an' go get right off ther earth, afore something happens ter yer which yer won't like none whatever!"
"Well, you are really kind!" Kildare replied, mockingly. "You're super kind, and I have to say I appreciate it. I guess you guys over in that forgotten, out-of-the-way place called 'Rapahoe think you're a law unto the rest of Oklahoma and everywhere else! You act like no one else but you[Pg 39]
This bit of sarcasm was appreciated by the assembled citizens of Elreno, and they raised a howl at Bill Buckhorn, scores of voices hurling derisive epithets at the lank stranger.
This bit of sarcasm was appreciated by the gathered citizens of Elreno, and they erupted in outrage at Bill Buckhorn, a chorus of voices throwing insults at the tall stranger.
Buckhorn grew intensely angry, and he howled:
Buckhorn got really angry, and he shouted:
"You galoots make me sick! You're short on fer hawse sense, an' thet's plain enough!"
"You guys make me sick! You lack common sense, and that's pretty obvious!"
"Take a tumble!"
"Take a fall!"
"Puckachee!"
"Puckachee!"
"All right! All right!" cried the man from 'Rapahoe, waving his hands, each of which clutched a huge revolver. "You kin run yer blamed old town ter suit yerselves, an' I allows thet Black Harry fools yer all an' gits erway! I hopes he does, an' I draws out o' this yere game right now."
"Okay! Okay!" shouted the man from 'Rapahoe, waving his hands, each gripping a large gun. "You can run your damn old town however you want, and I bet Black Harry is tricking all of you and escaping! I hope he does, and I'm pulling out of this game right now."
He thrust his revolvers into leather holsters made to receive them, and strode away, forcing a passage through the crowd, and pretending not to hear the derisive epithets hurled at him.
He shoved his revolvers into their leather holsters and walked away, pushing through the crowd while pretending not to hear the insults aimed at him.
Hank Kildare smiled, with grim satisfaction.
Hank Kildare smiled, feeling a grim sense of satisfaction.
"Thet wuz ther best thing could hev happened," he muttered. "It took their 'tention erway fer a minute, an' now it's likely I kin talk them inter reason."
"The best thing that could have happened," he muttered. "It drew their attention away for a minute, and now I can probably talk them into some reason."
He tried it, without delay. He urged them to disperse, promising that Black Harry should be lodged in Elreno jail, and properly tried for his life.
He quickly gave it a shot. He urged them to break up, promising that Black Harry would be taken to Elreno jail and given a fair trial for his life.
"This yar lynchin' is bad business," concluded the sher[Pg 40]iff. "I will allow thet I hev taken a hand in more than one lynchin' party, but I'm derned 'shamed o' it. Law is law, an' no gang o' human critters has a right ter take ther law in their han's. I hev swore never ter let one o' my prisoners be lynched, ef I kin help it, an' I'll set 'em free, an' furnish 'em with guns ter fight fer their lives, afore I'll see 'em strung up by a mob. At ther same time, I'd ruther be shot then forced ter do such a thing."
"This lynching is really bad news," the sheriff concluded. "I’ll admit I've been part of more than one lynching party, but I’m truly ashamed of it. The law is the law, and no group of people has the right to take the law into their own hands. I’ve sworn never to let any of my prisoners be lynched if I can help it, and I’ll set them free and provide them with guns to fight for their lives before I let them be hanged by a mob. At the same time, I’d rather be shot than be forced to do something like that."
Kildare was so well known that every one who heard him felt sure he was not "talking wind," that being something he never did.
Kildare was so well known that everyone who heard him was certain he wasn't just "blowing smoke," which was something he never did.
There was muttering in the crowd. The worst passions of the mob had been aroused, and now it hated to be robbed of its prey.
There was murmuring in the crowd. The worst instincts of the mob had been stirred up, and now it was furious at being denied its target.
"Hank Kildare means whatever he says," declared more than one. "He'll fight ter hold Black Harry."
"Hank Kildare means what he says," more than one person declared. "He'll fight to keep Black Harry."
Some cursed Kildare, and that aroused the anger of the sheriff's friends, so it seemed at one time as if the mob would fall into a pitched battle among themselves.
Some people cursed Kildare, which stirred up the anger of the sheriff's friends, making it seem for a moment like the crowd was about to break out into a full-on fight with each other.
"Let 'em fight," muttered the giant, who still held the broken window. "Ef they git at it, I'll find some way ter slip 'em and put my man inter ther jail."
"Let them fight," muttered the giant, who still held the broken window. "If they get into it, I'll find a way to slip past them and put my guy in jail."
But they did not fight. Kildare called on them to disperse, and a few went away; but a great crowd lingered in sullen silence outside the station, waiting and watching.
But they didn’t fight. Kildare told them to break up, and a few left; but a large crowd hung around in quiet frustration outside the station, waiting and watching.
"They want ter git another look at Black Harry," muttered the sheriff, knitting his brows. "Ef they do thet, they're likely ter break loose again, like a lot o' wild tigers. How kin I make 'em disperse, so I kin kerry him ter ther jail?"
"They want to get another look at Black Harry," muttered the sheriff, furrowing his brow. "If they do that, they're likely to break loose again, like a pack of wild tigers. How can I make them disperse, so I can take him to the jail?"
"I will appeal to them," said a musical voice at his elbow.
"I'll appeal to them," said a musical voice next to him.
He turned, and saw Lona Dawson there.
He turned and saw Lona Dawson standing there.
"You?"[Pg 41]
"You?"
"Yes. It is possible they will listen to me."
"Yes. They might actually listen to me."
"They mought. I'd clean forgot you wuz hyar. Go ahead an' try yer luck, little one."
"They might. I'd completely forgotten you were here. Go ahead and try your luck, little one."
He stepped aside, and she appeared in the window. The moment she was seen, all muttering ceased in the crowd, and every one gave her attention.
He moved aside, and she appeared in the window. As soon as she was seen, all the murmuring stopped in the crowd, and everyone focused on her.
"Gentlemen," she began, speaking clearly and loud enough for all to hear, "you must confess that I have as much interest as any one here in seeing this youthful ruffian brought to justice. I do not wish to see him lynched, but I wish him to receive such punishment as the law may give him."
"Gentlemen," she started, speaking clearly and loud enough for everyone to hear, "you have to admit that I care just as much as anyone here about making sure this young punk is held accountable. I don’t want him lynched, but I want him to face whatever punishment the law can give him."
"Ther law is slow!" cried a voice.
"Law takes its time!" shouted a voice.
"An' it often fails!" came from another direction.
"Often, it fails!" came from another direction.
"In this case there is no reason why it should fail, for there is proof enough to convict Black Harry. It will not fail."
"In this case, there's no reason it should fail, because there's enough evidence to convict Black Harry. It won't fail."
"He may escape from jail."
"He might escape from jail."
"That is not likely. Now, for my sake, I ask you all to disperse—to allow the officers to take Black Harry to jail. If you do not disperse, I shall remain here, and I will protect the prisoner with my own body and my life, for I am determined that he shall be legally tried and properly punished."
"That's unlikely. Now, for my sake, I ask all of you to leave—to let the officers take Black Harry to jail. If you don’t leave, I’ll stay here, and I will protect the prisoner with my own body and my life, because I’m determined that he will be legally tried and properly punished."
There was a moment of silence, and then a voice shouted:
There was a brief pause, and then a voice yelled:
"Thar's stuff fer yer, pards! Ther leetle gal has clean grit, an' I'm fer doin' as she asks. Who's with me?"
"There's stuff for you, guys! That little girl has real determination, and I’m all for doing what she asks. Who’s with me?"
"I am!" a hundred voices seemed to roar.
"I am!" a hundred voices seemed to shout.
"Then come on. Good-by, leetle gal; we're goin'."
"Then let's go. Bye, little girl; we're leaving."
Every head was bared, and the crowd began to disperse with swiftness, so that, in a very few minutes, all had departed.
Every head was uncovered, and the crowd started to break up quickly, so that, in just a few minutes, everyone had left.
Then came the deputy sheriffs, with horses, and ar[Pg 42]rangements for conveying the prisoner to the jail were swiftly completed.
Then the deputy sheriffs arrived on horseback, and arrangements for taking the prisoner to jail were quickly finalized.
Frank had advised the professor and Barney not to be too outspoken, for fear they might also be arrested. He advised them to keep quiet, but to work for him to the best of their ability, and lose no time.
Frank had warned the professor and Barney not to speak out too much, worried they might get arrested too. He told them to stay quiet but to do their best for him and not waste any time.
A handshake, a hurried parting, and the boy was borne away to jail.[Pg 43]
A handshake, a quick goodbye, and the boy was taken off to jail.[Pg 43]
CHAPTER VI.
SOLOMON SHOWS HIS NERVE.
The jail at Elreno was a wooden building, hastily constructed in the feverish days of the early boom, with many weak points and few strong ones.
The jail in El Reno was a wooden structure, quickly thrown together during the hectic early days of the boom, with plenty of weak spots and very few strong ones.
Not for long were prisoners confined there, as "justice" in the new Territory moved swiftly, and an arrest was quickly followed by a trial.
Not for long were prisoners kept there, as "justice" in the new Territory moved quickly, and an arrest was soon followed by a trial.
Hank Kildare and the guard moved swiftly with their prisoner, avoiding the most public streets, and taking the boy to the jail by a roundabout way.
Hank Kildare and the guard moved quickly with their prisoner, steering clear of the main streets and taking the boy to the jail by a longer route.
It was well they did so, for, although the mob had dispersed, at the request of Miss Dawson, the street along which it was believed the sheriff would take Black Harry was thronged with citizens eager to get a square look at the boy outlaw, who had become famous within ten days.
It was a good thing they did, because even though the crowd had broken up, at Miss Dawson's request, the street where the sheriff was thought to be taking Black Harry was packed with people eager to get a good look at the boy outlaw, who had become famous in just ten days.
It is possible that Frank might have been taken along that street without trouble, but it is much more likely that the sight of him would have aroused the mob once more, and brought about another attempt at lynching.
It’s possible that Frank could have walked down that street without any issues, but it’s much more likely that seeing him would have stirred the crowd up again and led to another lynching attempt.
In fact, Bill Buckhorn, the man from 'Rapahoe, had gathered an interested knot of tough-looking citizens about him, and he was dilating on the "double derned foolishness" of wasting time over a person like Black Harry by taking him to jail and giving him a trial.
In fact, Bill Buckhorn, the guy from 'Rapahoe, had gathered a group of tough-looking locals around him, and he was going on about the "double derned foolishness" of wasting time on someone like Black Harry by taking him to jail and putting him on trial.
"Over in 'Rapahoe we hang 'em first an' try 'em arterward," boastingly declared the man in leather breeches. "We find that thar is ther simplest way o' doin' business. Ef we makes a mistake, an' gits ther wrong galoot, nobody ever kicks up much o' a row over it, fer we're nater[Pg 44]ally lively over thar, an' we must hev somethin' ter 'muse us 'bout so often.
"Over in 'Rapahoe, we hang 'em first and try 'em afterward," the man in leather pants boasted. "We’ve found that’s the simplest way to do business. If we make a mistake and grab the wrong guy, nobody really raises a fuss about it, because we’re naturally lively over there, and we need something to entertain us every now and then."
"Now, ef we hed ketched this yere Black Harry—wa'al, say! Great cats! Does any critter hyar suspect thar'd been any monkey business with thet thar young gent? Wa'al, thar wouldn't—none whatever. Ef we couldn't found a tree handy, we'd hanged him ter ther corner o' a buildin', ur any old thing high enough ter keep his feet up off ther dirt.
"Now, if we had caught this Black Harry—well, let me tell you! Great cats! Does anyone here think there has been any funny business with that young man? Well, there wouldn’t be—none at all. If we couldn't find a tree nearby, we’d hang him from the corner of a building, or anything high enough to keep his feet off the ground."
"Hyar in Elreno, ye'll take ther varmint ter jail, an' it's ten ter one he'll break out afore twenty-four hours, arter which he'll thumb his nasal protuberance at yer, an' go cayvortin' 'round after ther same old style, seekin' whomsoever he kin sock a bullet inter. Then you'll hate yerself, an' wish ye'd tooken my advice ter hang ther whelp, sheriff or no sheriff. You hear me chirp!"
"Here in Elreno, you'll take that criminal to jail, and there's a good chance he'll break out within twenty-four hours, after which he'll mock you and go back to his old ways, looking for someone to shoot. Then you'll regret it and wish you had taken my advice to hang the guy, sheriff or no sheriff. You hear me?"
There were others who thought the same, and it was hinted that Hank Kildare might not be able to take his prisoner to the jail, after all.
There were others who felt the same way, and it was suggested that Hank Kildare might not be able to take his prisoner to jail, after all.
Burchel Jones, the private detective, was in the crowd, and he hustled about, loudly proclaiming that he was the man who captured Black Harry. Bill Buckhorn heard him, stopped him, looked him over searchingly.
Burchel Jones, the private detective, was in the crowd, and he was moving around, loudly claiming that he was the one who caught Black Harry. Bill Buckhorn heard him, stopped him, and gave him a thorough look.
"Look hyar!" cried the man from 'Rapahoe. "Is it a straight trail ye're layin' fer us?"
"Look here!" shouted the man from 'Rapahoe. "Is it a straight path you're setting for us?"
"What do you mean by that?" asked the man with the foxy face, in a puzzled way.
"What do you mean by that?" asked the man with the sly face, looking confused.
"Dern a tenderfoot thet can't understand plain United States!" snorted Buckhorn. "Ther same is most disgustin', so says I! Ye've got ter talk like a Sunday-school sharp, ur else ther onery critters don't hitch ter yer meanin'. Wat I wants ter know, tenderfoot, is ef yer tells ther truth w'en yer says yer roped Black Harry."
"Darn a newcomer who can't understand plain American!" snorted Buckhorn. "It's just plain disgusting, I say! You have to speak like a Sunday school teacher, or else those stubborn critters won't get what you mean. What I want to know, newcomer, is if you're telling the truth when you say you roped Black Harry."
Jones stiffened up, assuming an air of injured dignity.[Pg 45]
Jones tensed up, putting on a show of hurt pride.[Pg 45]
"The truth! Why, I can't tell anything but the truth! It's an insult to hint that I tell anything but the truth!"
"The truth! I swear I can't say anything but the truth! It's offensive to suggest that I say anything but the truth!"
"W'at relation be you ter George?"
"What relation are you to George?"
"George who?"
"Who is George?"
"Washington."
"Washington."
"Sir, this attempt at frivolity is unseemly! Why should it seem remarkable for me to capture Black Harry?"
"Sir, this attempt at being silly is inappropriate! Why should it be surprising for me to catch Black Harry?"
"Ef a galoot with his reputation let an onery tenderfoot like you rope him, it brings him down in my estimation complete!"
" If a guy with his reputation lets a clueless newcomer like you catch him, it totally lowers my opinion of him!"
"I took him by surprise. I clapped a loaded revolver to his head, and he could do nothing but put up his hands."
"I surprised him. I pressed a loaded gun to his head, and he had no choice but to raise his hands."
"Wa'al, you might ram a loaded cannon up ag'in my head, an' then I'd shoot yer six times afore you could pull ther trigger," boasted Buckhorn. "Black Harry ain't got no license ter live arter this, an' I thinks it's ther duty o' ther citizens o' this yere town ter git tergether an' put him out o' his misery."
"Well, you could put a loaded cannon against my head, and I'd still shoot you six times before you could pull the trigger," bragged Buckhorn. "Black Harry doesn’t have a right to live after this, and I believe it’s the duty of the people in this town to come together and put him out of his misery."
"That ith wight," drawled a voice that seemed to give the man from 'Rapahoe an electric shock. "The w'etch ith verwy dangerwous, and I weally hope you will hang him wight away, don't yer know. It ith dweadful to think that the cwecher might get away and stop a twain that I wath on, and wob me of awl my money—it ith thimply dweadful!"
"That’s the guy," drawled a voice that seemed to give the man from 'Rapahoe an electric shock. "That witch is really dangerous, and I sincerely hope you hang him right away, you know. It’s terrible to think that the criminal might get away and stop a train I was on, and rob me of all my money—it’s simply dreadful!"
"Great cats!" howled Buckhorn, staring in amazement at the speaker. "Is thar ary galoot hyar kin name thet critter?"
"Great cats!" Buckhorn yelled, staring in amazement at the speaker. "Is there anyone here who can name that creature?"
"Uf anypody vill name id, I vill gif id do 'em!" cried a nasal voice, and Solomon Rosenbum, with his pack, newly bound up, was seen on the edge of the crowd, having just arrived.
" If anybody will name it, I will give it to them!" cried a nasal voice, and Solomon Rosenbum, with his newly packed bundle, was spotted at the edge of the crowd, having just arrived.
"My name, thir, ith Cholly Gwayson De Smythe," haughtily declared the dude. "I do not apweciate youah inthulting manner, thir. I demand an apology, thir!"[Pg 46]
"My name, sir, is Cholly Gwayson De Smythe," the guy said proudly. "I do not appreciate your insulting tone, sir. I demand an apology, sir!"[Pg 46]
"Apology!" howled Buckhorn, looking savage. "Of me?"
"Apology!" Buckhorn shouted, looking fierce. "About me?"
"Ye-ye-yeth, thir," faltered Cholly, shivering.
"Y-yes, sir," faltered Cholly, shivering.
"Wa'al, I'll be derned!"
"Well, I'll be damned!"
"Do you apologize, thir?"
"Do you apologize, sir?"
"Ter a thing like you? No!"
"Have a thing like you? No!"
"Then I'll—I'll——"
"Then I'll—I'll—"
"What?"
"What?"
"Thee you lataw, thir."
"Thee you later, sir."
And the dude took to his heels, breaking from the crowd and running for dear life, literally tearing up the dust of the street in his frantic effort to get away in a hurry.
And the guy took off, breaking away from the crowd and running for his life, literally kicking up dust from the street in his frantic effort to escape quickly.
"Haw!" snorted Bill Buckhorn. "See ther varmint go! I reckon I'll hurry him up jest a little!"
"Haw!" snorted Bill Buckhorn. "Look at that critter go! I think I'll speed him up just a bit!"
Then the man from 'Rapahoe jerked out a big revolver, and sent three or four bullets whistling past Cholly's ears, nearly frightening the poor fellow out of his clothes.
Then the guy from 'Rapahoe pulled out a big revolver and fired three or four bullets whizzing past Cholly's ears, almost scaring the poor guy out of his clothes.
Buckhorn supplied the revolver with fresh cartridges, at the same time observing:
Buckhorn loaded the revolver with new cartridges while also noting:
"Over in 'Rapahoe such a derned freak as thet thar would be a reg'ler snap fer ther boys. They'd hev more fun with him then a funeral. Somehow, this yere place seems dead slow, an' it makes me long ter go back whar thar is a little sport now an' then."
"Over in 'Rapahoe, a guy like that would be a real treat for the boys. They’d have way more fun with him than at a funeral. For some reason, this place feels pretty dull, and it makes me want to go back where there’s a little excitement once in a while."
"Vell," said the Jew, with apparent honesty, "v'y don'd you go pack? Maype uf you sdop a vile, you don'd pe aple to do dat."
"Well," said the Jew, with apparent honesty, "why don't you go pack? Maybe if you stop for a while, you won't be able to do that."
"Haw? What do you mean, Moses?"
"Haw? What do you mean, Moses?"
"My name vas nod Moses."
"My name is not Moses."
"Wa'al, it oughter be, an' so I'll call yeh thet."
"Well, it should be, and so I'll call you that."
"All righd, Mouth; led her go."
"Okay, mouth; let her speak."
"Wat's thet?" shouted Buckhorn, surprised. "Whatever did you call me jest then, I want ter know."
"What's that?" shouted Buckhorn, surprised. "What did you just call me? I want to know."
"Mouth."
"Mouth."
"Dat vas righd."
"That was right."
"Thet ain't my name."
"That isn't my name."
"Vell, id oughter peen; your mouth vas der piggest bart uf you."
"Well, it should be; your mouth is the biggest part of you."
Buckhorn literally staggered. He looked as if he doubted his ears had heard correctly, and then, noting that the crowd was beginning to laugh, he leaped into the air, cracking his heels together, and roaring:
Buckhorn literally staggered. He looked like he couldn’t believe what he just heard, and then, noticing that the crowd was starting to laugh, he jumped up, clicked his heels together, and shouted:
"Whoop! Thet settles you, Moses! You'll hev a chance ter attend your own funeral ter-morre!"
"Whoop! That settles it for you, Moses! You'll have a chance to attend your own funeral tomorrow!"
The Jew quietly put down his pack, spat on his hands, and said:
The Jew quietly set down his bag, spat on his hands, and said:
"Shust come und see me, mine friendt, und I vill profe dat your mouth vas der piggest bart uf you."
"Just come and see me, my friend, and I will prove that your mouth is the biggest part of you."
"I ain't goin' ter touch yer with my hands," declared the man from 'Rapahoe, once more producing the long-barreled revolver; "but I'll shoot yer so full o' holes thet ye'll serve fer a milk-skimmer! Git down on yer marrerbones an' pray!"
"I’m not going to touch you with my hands," declared the man from 'Rapahoe, once again pulling out the long-barreled revolver; "but I'll shoot you so full of holes that you'll be useful as a milk skimmer! Get down on your knees and pray!"
"Look here, mine friendt," calmly said the Jew, as the crowd began to scatter to get out of the way of stray bullets, "uf you shood ad me, id vill profe dat you vas a plowhardt und a cowart. Uf you shood ad me, der beople uf dis blace vill haf a goot excuse to holdt a lynchings."
"Listen here, my friend," the Jew said calmly as the crowd started to disperse to avoid stray bullets, "if you add me, it will prove that you are a coward and a coward. If you add me, the people in this place will have a good excuse to hold a lynching."
"Wa'al, I'm good fer this hull derned county! This town is too slow ter skeer me any ter mention. Git down!"
"Well, I'm good for this whole darn county! This town is too slow to scare me at all. Get down!"
"Uf I don'd do dat?"
"If I don't do that?"
"I'll shoot yer legs out from under yer clean up ter ther knees!"
"I'll shoot your legs out from under you, right up to your knees!"
"Vell, then, I subbose I vill haf to—do this!" Solomon had seemed on the point of kneeling, but, instead of doing so, he ducked, leaped in swiftly beneath the leveled revolver, caught Buckhorn by the wrist, and[Pg 48] wrenched the weapon from his hand, flinging it aside with the remark:
"Well, I guess I have to—do this!" Solomon had looked like he was about to kneel, but instead, he ducked, jumped quickly under the aimed revolver, grabbed Buckhorn by the wrist, and[Pg 48] yanked the weapon from his hand, tossing it aside with the comment:
"I don'd vant to peen shot alretty, und, if you try dat again, you vill ged hurt pad, vid der accent on der pad!"
"I don't want to be shot already, and if you try that again, you will get hurt bad, with the emphasis on the bad!"
Buckhorn seemed to be stupefied, and then, uttering another roar, he lunged at the Jew, trying to grapple Solomon with his hands.
Buckhorn appeared stunned, and then, letting out another roar, he lunged at the Jew, attempting to grab Solomon with his hands.
"I'll squeeze ther life out of yer!" snarled the ruffian.
"I'll squeeze the life out of you!" growled the thug.
"Oxcuse me uf I don'd lofe you vell enough to led you done that," said the Jew, nimbly skipping aside. "Your nose shows you vas a greadt trinker; shust dry my electric punch."
"Excuse me if I don't love you well enough to let you do that," said the Jew, quickly stepping aside. "Your nose shows you were a great drinker; just dry my electric punch."
Crack! The knuckles of the Jew struck under the ear of the man from 'Rapahoe. It was a beautiful blow, and Buckhorn was knocked over in a twinkling, striking heavily on his shoulder in the dust of the street.
Crack! The Jew's knuckles landed under the ear of the guy from 'Rapahoe. It was a solid punch, and Buckhorn went down in an instant, hitting hard on his shoulder in the dust of the street.
The fall seemed to stun the man in leather breeches, but he soon sat up, and then, seeing Solomon waiting for him to rise, he asked:
The fall seemed to shock the man in leather pants, but he soon sat up, and then, noticing Solomon waiting for him to get up, he asked:
"Whar is it?"
"Where is it?"
"Vere vas vat?"
"Where was that?"
"Ther club you struck me with."
"That club you hit me with."
"Righd here," said the Jew, holding up his clinched hand.
"Right here," said the Jew, holding up his clenched hand.
"Haw! Ye don't mean ter say you didn't hit me with a club, or something like a hunk o' quartz?"
"Haw! You can’t be serious when you say you didn’t hit me with a club or something like a chunk of quartz?"
"Dat vas der ding vat I hit you vid, mine friendt. Shust ged up, und I vill profe id py hitting you again."
"That was the thing I hit you with, my friend. Just get up, and I will prove it by hitting you again."
"Say!"
"Speak up!"
"Vell?"
"Well?"
"I don't allow thet I'm as well as I might be, an' I ain't spoiling' fer trouble none whatever. I'm onter you. You're a perfessional pugilist in disguise. If you'll let me git up, I'll go right away and let you alone."
"I don't think I'm as good as I could be, and I'm not looking for trouble at all. I see through you. You're a professional fighter in disguise. If you let me get up, I'll leave you alone right away."
"Vell, ged up."[Pg 49]
"Well, get up."
"You won't hit me when I do so?"
"You won't hit me if I do that?"
"Nod if you don'd tried some funny pusiness."
"Nod if you haven't tried some funny business."
Buckhorn struggled to his feet, keeping a suspicious eye on Solomon all the while. He then picked up his revolver, but made no offer to use it, for the Jew was watching every movement, and he noted that Solomon had one hand in his pocket.
Buckhorn got to his feet, keeping a wary eye on Solomon the whole time. He then picked up his revolver but didn't try to use it, as the Jew was watching his every move, and he noticed that Solomon had one hand in his pocket.
"A critter thet knows tricks like he does, might be able ter shoot 'thout drawin'," muttered the man from 'Rapahoe. "I don't allow it'd be healthy ter try a snap shot at him."
"A critter that knows tricks like he does might be able to shoot without drawing," muttered the man from 'Rapahoe. "I don't think it would be healthy to try a snap shot at him."
A roar of laughter broke from the spectators, as they saw the ruffian put the revolver back into its holster, and turn away, like a whipped puppy.
A roar of laughter erupted from the crowd as they watched the thug put the revolver back in its holster and turn away like a defeated puppy.
"Hayar, you mighty chief from 'Rapahoe," shouted a voice, "do yer find this yar town so dead slow as yer did? Don't yer 'low yer'd best go back ter 'Rapahoe, an' stay thar? Next time, we'll set ther dude tenderfoot on yer, an' he'll everlastin'ly chaw yer up!"
"Hey there, you powerful chief from 'Rapahoe," shouted a voice, "do you think this town is as boring as you did before? Don't you think it's better for you to head back to 'Rapahoe and stay there? Next time, we'll send the city slicker after you, and he'll chew you up for good!"
"How low hev ther mighty fallen!" murmured Buckhorn, as he continued to walk away.[Pg 50]
"How low have the mighty fallen!" murmured Buckhorn as he kept walking away.[Pg 50]
CHAPTER VII.
IN JAIL.
Great was the disgust of the crowd when it was found that Hank Kildare had taken his prisoner to jail without passing along the main street of the town. It was declared a mean trick on Hank's part, and some excited fellows were for resenting it by breaking into the jail at once and bringing the boy out and "hangin' him up whar everybody could see him."
The crowd was really upset when they found out that Hank Kildare had taken his prisoner to jail without going down the main street of town. People called it a low move on Hank's part, and some heated guys wanted to take action by breaking into the jail right away to get the boy out and "hang him up where everyone could see him."
The ones who made this kind of talk had been "looking on the bug-juice when it was red," and they finally contented themselves by growling and taking another look.
The ones who were talking like this had been "looking at the bug juice when it was red," and they ultimately settled for grumbling and taking another look.
In the meantime, Frank found himself confined in a cell, and he began to realize that he was in a very bad scrape.
In the meantime, Frank found himself stuck in a cell, and he started to realize that he was in a really tough situation.
Throughout all the excitement at the railroad station, he had remained cool and collected, but now, when he came to think the matter over, his anger rose swiftly, and he felt that the whole business was most outrageous.
Throughout all the excitement at the train station, he had stayed calm and composed, but now, as he reflected on the situation, his anger surged quickly, and he realized that the whole thing was completely unacceptable.
Still, when he remembered everything, he did not wonder that the mob had longed to lynch him.
Still, when he thought about everything, he wasn't surprised that the mob had wanted to lynch him.
Black Harry was a youthful desperado of the worst sort. He had devastated, plundered, robbed, and murdered in a most infamous manner, his last act being the shooting of Robert Dawson, the Eastern banker.
Black Harry was a young outlaw of the worst kind. He had destroyed, looted, stolen, and killed in a truly notorious way, with his most recent act being the shooting of Robert Dawson, the Eastern banker.
And Lona Dawson, the banker's daughter, had looked straight into our hero's face and declared that he was Black Harry!
And Lona Dawson, the banker’s daughter, looked right into our hero’s face and said that he was Black Harry!
"It is a horrible mistake!" cried Frank, as he paced the cell into which he had been thrust. "She believed she[Pg 51] spoke the truth. This young outlaw must resemble me. I cannot blame her."
"It’s a terrible mistake!" Frank shouted, pacing the cell he had been thrown into. "She thought she[Pg 51] was telling the truth. This young outlaw must look like me. I can’t fault her."
The manacles chafed his wrists.
The cuffs rubbed his wrists.
"Are they going to leave those things on me, now that they have me safe in jail?" he cried.
"Are they going to leave those things on me now that they have me safely in jail?" he shouted.
His door opened into the corridor, and he called to the guard, asking that the irons might be removed.
His door swung open into the hallway, and he called out to the guard, requesting that the shackles be taken off.
"I believe Hank has gone fer ther key," said the guard "He didn't take it from ther detective what put them irons on yer."
"I think Hank has gone for the key," said the guard. "He didn't take it from the detective who put those cuffs on you."
"Will they be removed when he returns with the key?"
"Will they be taken away when he comes back with the key?"
"I reckon."
"I think."
"Then I hope he will hurry. I am tired of carrying the things."
"Then I hope he will hurry. I'm tired of carrying the things."
He turned back, to pace the cell once more.
He turned around to walk back and forth in the cell again.
"This is a flimsily-constructed building," he said. "It would be an easy thing to break in here and drag a prisoner out. I escaped death at the hands of the mob because I had friends at hand to fight for me, and because Hank Kildare is utterly fearless, and was determined to bring me here. But the whole town may become aroused, and to-night—— What if Robert Dawson should die!"
"This building is really weak," he said. "It would be easy to break in and drag a prisoner out. I narrowly escaped death from the mob because I had friends ready to fight for me, and because Hank Kildare is completely fearless and was determined to bring me here. But the whole town could get riled up, and tonight—— What if Robert Dawson dies!"
The thought fairly staggered him, for he knew the death of the wounded banker would again inflame the passions of the citizens, and a night raid might be made on the jail.
The thought nearly knocked him over, because he realized that the death of the injured banker would once again ignite the anger of the citizens, and there might be a night raid on the jail.
"They would stand a good show of forcing their way in here, and then it would be all up with me."
"They would probably manage to break in here, and then it would be all over for me."
It was a terrible thing to stand in peril of such a death. Frank felt that he could not die thus; he would live to clear his honor.
It was a terrible thing to be at risk of such a death. Frank felt that he couldn’t die like this; he would live to restore his honor.
But what could he do? He was helpless, and he could not fight for himself. Must he remain impassive, and let events go on as they might?[Pg 52]
But what could he do? He was powerless, and he couldn't fight for himself. Should he just stay indifferent and let things unfold as they would?[Pg 52]
"I do not believe fortune has deserted me," he whispered. "I shall be given a chance to fight for myself."
"I don't believe luck has abandoned me," he whispered. "I will get a chance to stand up for myself."
It seemed long hours before the sheriff appeared, accompanied by Burchel Jones, the foxy-faced private detective.
It felt like ages before the sheriff showed up, along with Burchel Jones, the sly-looking private detective.
"Has he been disarmed?" cautiously asked Jones, as he peered at the boy through the grating in the door.
"Has he been disarmed?" Jones asked carefully, as he looked at the boy through the grating in the door.
"Yep," replied Kildare, shortly. "Do you think I'm in ther habit o' monkeying with ther prisoners yar?"
"Yep," replied Kildare, briefly. "Do you think I usually mess around with the prisoners here?"
"H'm! Ha! No, no—of course not! But, you see, this fellow is dangerous—very dangerous. He is not to be trusted."
"Hmm! Ha! No, no—of course not! But, you see, this guy is dangerous—very dangerous. He can't be trusted."
"Wa'al, he's been mild as milk sense he fell inter my hands."
"Well, he's been as gentle as can be since he ended up in my care."
"Trickery, my dear sir—base trickery! By the time you have handled so many desperate criminals as I have, you will see through them like glass."
"Deception, my friend—cheap deception! Once you’ve dealt with as many desperate criminals as I have, you’ll see right through them."
Kildare grunted.
Kildare grunted.
"Now," continued Jones, with the wisdom of an old owl, "mark the curl of his lip, and the bold, defiant stare of the eye. Mark the covert smile on that face, as if he were really laughing at us now. All those things are significant—mighty significant. You do not dream of the treachery hidden beneath that boyish exterior; but I, sir, can see by his eye that he had rather cut a throat than eat a square meal. The peculiar shape of his lips denote blood-thirstiness, and his nose, which seems rather finely formed to the casual observer, is the nose of a person utterly without conscience. His forehead indicates a certain order of intelligence, but this simply makes him all the more dangerous. He has brain power and force, and that explains why he has succeeded in becoming a leader of desperadoes. That chin is a hard, cruel feature, while the shape of his ears indicates an utter disregard for anything sweet and harmonious of sound, like music. That[Pg 53] is an ear which finds more music in the shrieks of murdered victims than in anything else."
"Now," continued Jones, with the wisdom of an old owl, "look at the curl of his lip and the bold, defiant stare in his eyes. Notice the sly smile on that face, as if he’s really laughing at us right now. All these things are significant—extremely significant. You have no idea of the treachery hiding behind that boyish exterior; but I, sir, can see in his eyes that he would rather cut a throat than eat a proper meal. The unique shape of his lips shows a thirst for blood, and his nose, which might seem nicely shaped to the casual observer, belongs to someone completely without conscience. His forehead suggests a certain level of intelligence, but that just makes him even more dangerous. He has brain power and ambition, which explains why he has managed to become a leader of outlaws. That chin is a hard, cruel feature, and the shape of his ears shows a total disregard for anything sweet and harmonious, like music. That[Pg 53] is an ear that finds more music in the screams of murdered victims than in anything else."
Frank literally staggered.
Frank was really staggering.
"Great Scott!" he gasped. "I never before dreamed that I was such a villainous-looking creature!"
"Wow!" he exclaimed. "I never imagined I looked like such a villain!"
Kildare began fitting a key to the lock of the door.
Kildare started inserting a key into the door lock.
"Are you sure he is disarmed?" asked the private detective.
"Are you sure he's unarmed?" asked the private detective.
"Yep."
"Yeah."
"Well, you are at liberty to do as you like, but I should not remove those irons. It would be far better to keep them on him."
"Well, you can do whatever you want, but I wouldn’t take off those cuffs. It would be much better to leave them on him."
"Why?"
"Why?"
"Well, you see—that is—hum!—ha!—such a creature cannot be held too fast. There is no telling what he is liable to do."
"Well, you see—that is—hmm!—ha!—this kind of person can't be held down too tightly. You never know what they might do."
Kildare gave a grunt of disgust, entered the cell, and removed the manacles from Frank's wrists.
Kildare made a disgusted grunt, walked into the cell, and took the handcuffs off Frank's wrists.
"Thank you," said the boy, gratefully. "They were beginning to get irksome. I am glad to get them off."
"Thanks," the boy said, feeling grateful. "They were starting to get annoying. I’m glad to be rid of them."
"Ther man what calls hisself Professor Scotch has dispatched East fer yer," said the sheriff. "He sw'ars thar has been a mistake made, an' he kin prove you are what ye claim, an' not Black Harry at all."
"The man who calls himself Professor Scotch has sent for you from the East," said the sheriff. "He swears there has been a mistake, and he can prove you are who you say you are, not Black Harry at all."
"That can be easily proven," smiled Frank. "All we want is a little time."
"That can be easily proven," Frank smiled. "All we need is a little time."
"Trickery! Trickery!" cried Jones from the corridor. "They will do their best to get his neck out of the noose; but he is Black Harry, and I shall receive the reward for his capture."
"Deception! Deception!" shouted Jones from the hallway. "They'll do everything they can to save him, but he’s Black Harry, and I’ll be the one to get the reward for capturing him."
"You'll receive it when it is proved thet he is Black Harry, so don't yer worry," growled Kildare, who had taken a strong dislike to the foxy-faced detective.
"You'll get it once it's proven he's Black Harry, so don’t worry," grumbled Kildare, who had really taken a dislike to the cunning-faced detective.
"He has been identified by Miss Dawson; that is proof enough."[Pg 54]
"He has been identified by Miss Dawson; that’s proof enough."[Pg 54]
To this Kildare said nothing; but he spoke again to the boy:
To this, Kildare said nothing; instead, he spoke again to the boy:
"Make yerself as easy as yer kin, an' be shore ye'll hev a fair show from Hank Kildare. Thar's talk in town about lynchin', but they don't take yer out o' hyar so long as I kin handle a shootin' iron. I'm goin' ter stay hyar ter-night, an' I'll be reddy fer 'em ef they come."
"Make yourself comfortable as you can, and be sure you'll get a fair chance from Hank Kildare. There's talk in town about lynching, but they won't take you out of here as long as I can handle a gun. I'm going to stay here tonight, and I'll be ready for them if they come."
"Thank you again," said Frank, sincerely. "All I ask is a square deal and a fair show. I know it looks black against me just now, but I'll clear my honor."
"Thanks again," Frank said earnestly. "All I want is a fair chance and a good deal. I know it seems bad for me right now, but I'll clear my name."
Burchel Jones laughed, sneeringly.
Burchel Jones laughed mockingly.
Kildare said nothing more, but left the cell, locking the door behind him.
Kildare didn't say anything else and left the cell, locking the door behind him.
At noon Frank was brought an assortment of food that made his eye bulge. He asked if that was the regular fare in the jail, and was told it had been sent in by his friends.
At noon, Frank was given a variety of food that made his eyes widen. He asked if that was the usual food in the jail and was told it had been sent in by his friends.
"The professor and Barney, God bless them! I wonder why they have left me alone so long? But I know they are working for me."
"The professor and Barney, bless their hearts! I wonder why they’ve left me alone for so long? But I know they’re working for me."
It was late in the afternoon when Barney appeared, and was admitted to the cell. The Irish lad gave Frank's hand a warm squeeze, and cried:
It was late in the afternoon when Barney showed up and was let into the cell. The Irish guy gave Frank's hand a warm squeeze and said:
"It's Satan's own scrape, me lad; but we'll get ye out av it if th' spalpanes will let yez alone ter-noight. Av they joomp yez, we'll be here ter foight ter ther last gasp."
"It's Satan's own mess, my boy; but we'll get you out of it if the troublemakers will leave you alone tonight. If they jump you, we'll be here to fight to the last breath."
"I know you will, Barney!" said Frank, with deep feeling. "You are my friend through thick and thin. But, say, do you think there is much danger of lynchers to-night?"
"I know you will, Barney!" Frank said, with deep emotion. "You’re my friend no matter what. But, do you think there's a real chance of lynchers tonight?"
"Av Mishter Dawson dies, there will be danger enough, and, at last reports it wur said he could not live more than two ur thray hours."[Pg 55]
"Av Mishter Dawson dies, there will be enough danger, and, according to the latest reports, it was said he could not survive more than two or three hours."[Pg 55]
CHAPTER VIII.
THE LYNCHERS.
When Barney returned to the hotel he found Professor Scotch in a very agitated and anxious mood.
When Barney got back to the hotel, he found Professor Scotch in a really agitated and worried state.
"This is terrible—terrible!" fluttered the little man, wringing his hands. "How can we save him?"
"This is awful—awful!" exclaimed the little man, wringing his hands. "How can we save him?"
"Phwat has happened now, profissor?" asked Barney, anxiously.
"What's happened now, professor?" asked Barney, anxiously.
"I have received no reply to my telegrams."
"I haven't received any replies to my texts."
"Kape aisy; the reploies may come lather on."
"Kape aisy; the replies may come later on."
"And they may not till it is too late. I leaned out of the window a short time ago, and I heard a crowd talking in the street below. That horrible ruffian, Bill Buckhorn, was with them, and he was telling them how to make an attack on the jail. Some of the crowd laughed, and said Hank Kildare had been very slick about getting his prisoner under cover, but he would not be able to keep him long after night came."
"And they might not realize until it’s too late. I leaned out of the window a little while ago and heard a crowd talking in the street below. That terrible thug, Bill Buckhorn, was with them, and he was explaining how to attack the jail. Some people in the crowd laughed and said Hank Kildare had done a good job hiding his prisoner, but he wouldn’t be able to keep him safe for long once night fell."
"Av they make an attack on th' jail, it's oursilves as should be theer to foight fer Frankie," said the Irish lad, seriously.
"If they attack the jail, it's us who should be there to fight for Frankie," said the Irish guy, seriously.
"Fight!" roared Scotch, in his big, hoarse voice. "Why, I can't fight, and you know it! I can't fight so much as an old woman! I am too nervous—too excitable."
"Fight!" yelled Scotch, in his deep, rough voice. "Come on, I can't fight, and you know it! I can't fight as much as an elderly lady! I'm too anxious—too worked up."
"Arrah! Oi think we have fergot how ye cowed Colonel La Salle Vallier, th' champion foire-ater av New Orleans."
"Wow! I think we forgot how you intimidated Colonel La Salle Vallier, the fire-eater champion of New Orleans."
"No, I have not forgotten that; but I was mad, aroused, excited at the time—I had completely forgotten myself."[Pg 56]
"No, I haven't forgotten that; but I was angry, stirred up, excited at the time—I had totally lost myself."[Pg 56]
"Forget yersilf now, profissor."
"Forget yourself now, professor."
"I can't! I can't! It's no use! I would be in the way if I went to the jail. I shall stay away."
"I can’t! I can’t! There’s no point! I would just be a bother if I went to the jail. I’ll stay away."
The professor was an exceedingly timid man, as Barney very well knew, so he did not add to his agitation by telling him that, while returning from the jail, he had heard it hinted that the boy prisoner had two friends in the hotel who might be treated to a "dose of hemp necktie."
The professor was an incredibly nervous man, as Barney clearly understood, so he didn’t increase his anxiety by mentioning that, while coming back from the jail, he had overheard that the boy prisoner had two friends in the hotel who might get a "dose of hemp necktie."
The professor, however, suspected the truth, and he kept in his room. Danger could not keep Barney there, and, having reported the result of his conversation with Frank, he went out to learn what was going on.
The professor, however, suspected the truth, so he stayed in his room. Danger couldn’t keep Barney there, and after reporting the outcome of his conversation with Frank, he went out to see what was happening.
Two persons very much in evidence since the arrival of the train were the Jew and the dude. The Jew had a way of insinuating himself into the midst of any little knot that was gathered aside from the general throng, and, if they were speaking guardedly, he seemed sure to hear what they were saying and enter into the conversation. As a rule, this was not what would be called a "healthy" thing to do in such a place and on such an occasion; but the report of Solomon's encounter with Bill Buckhorn, the Man from 'Rapahoe, had been circulated freely, and the Jew was tolerated for what he had done.
Two people really stood out since the train arrived: the Jew and the dude. The Jew had a knack for inserting himself into any small group that gathered away from the larger crowd, and if they were talking quietly, he somehow always managed to catch what they were saying and join in the conversation. Usually, this wouldn’t be considered a “healthy” thing to do in a setting like this and on an occasion like that; however, the news about Solomon's run-in with Bill Buckhorn, the Man from 'Rapahoe, had spread widely, and the Jew was tolerated for what he had done.
While he appeared very curious to hear anything that seemed like private conversation, the Jew did not neglect any opportunity to transact business, and he made so many trades during the day that the size of his pack materially decreased.
While he seemed really interested in any private conversations, the Jew didn’t miss any chance to do business, and he made so many trades throughout the day that the size of his pack noticeably shrank.
The dude seemed scarcely less curious than the Jew. He had a way of listening with his eyes and mouth wide open, but he lost no time in getting out of the way if ordered to do so. For all of his curiosity, he seemed very timid.
The guy seemed just as curious as the Jew. He had a habit of listening with his eyes and mouth wide open, but he quickly stepped aside if told to do so. Despite his curiosity, he came across as really timid.
The day passed, and night came. Still Professor Scotch had received no answers to his telegrams.[Pg 57]
The day went by, and night arrived. Yet Professor Scotch still hadn't received any replies to his telegrams.[Pg 57]
Shortly after nine o'clock that evening, the report spread rapidly that Robert Dawson, the Eastern banker, was dead.
Shortly after nine o'clock that evening, the news quickly spread that Robert Dawson, the Eastern banker, had died.
Immediately there was a swift and silent stirring of men—a significant movement.
Immediately, there was a quick and quiet shifting of men—a notable movement.
"Thot manes throuble!" was Barney Mulloy's mental exclamation. "Th' sheriff should know av it."
"That man causes trouble!" was Barney Mulloy's mental exclamation. "The sheriff should be aware of it."
The Irish lad believed that he was watched, but he hurried to the professor's room, telling him to lock the door and keep within till the storm was over, and then he slipped out of the hotel.
The Irish young man thought he was being watched, but he rushed to the professor's room, asking him to lock the door and stay inside until the storm passed, and then he sneaked out of the hotel.
Barney did not hurry toward the jail at once, but he took a roundabout course, dodging and doubling, to bother any one who might attempt to follow him.
Barney didn’t rush straight to the jail; instead, he took a longer route, weaving and turning to throw off anyone who might try to follow him.
Finally, having doubled on his own course, he struck out for the jail.
Finally, after going back on his own path, he headed for the jail.
There was a moon, but it was obscured at times by drifting clouds, something rather unusual in that part of the country for a night that was not stormy, and did not threaten to become so.
There was a moon, but it was sometimes hidden by drifting clouds, which was pretty unusual for that area on a night that wasn't stormy and didn't seem likely to become one.
Coming suddenly to the main street of the town, which led straight from the hotel to the jail, Barney paused and listened.
Coming suddenly to the main street of the town, which went directly from the hotel to the jail, Barney paused and listened.
He heard a sound that caused his heart to beat faster, while he held his breath and strained his ears.
He heard a noise that made his heart race as he held his breath and listened intently.
Tramp! tramp! tramp! It was the swift and steady rush of many feet.
Tramp! tramp! tramp! It was the quick and steady sound of many footsteps.
There was no sound of voices, but the crouching boy knew a body of men was approaching.
There were no voices, but the crouching boy sensed a group of men was coming closer.
Barney drew back, concealing himself as well as he could, and waited.
Barney pulled back, hiding himself as best as he could, and waited.
Nearer and nearer came the sound.
Nearer and nearer came the sound.
A cloud passed from the face of the moon, and then the watching boy saw a band of men rushing swiftly past his place of concealment.[Pg 58]
A cloud moved away from the moon, and then the boy hiding saw a group of men sprinting quickly past his hiding spot.[Pg 58]
The men were masked, and all were armed.
The men were wearing masks, and they were all armed.
They were moving straight toward the jail.
They were heading straight for the jail.
"Th' lynchers!" panted Barney. "They are afther Frankie! Oi must get to th' joail ahead av thim!"
"Those lynchers!" gasped Barney. "They're after Frankie! I need to get to the jail before they do!"
He ran back along the side street till he came to another that led in the same direction as the one along which the mob was rushing. Turning toward the jail, he ran as he had never ran before in all his life.
He sprinted back down the side street until he reached another that went in the same direction as the one the crowd was rushing along. Turning toward the jail, he ran like he had never run before in his entire life.
On the front door of the jail was a push-button that connected by a wire with a gong within the building. A push on that button set the gong to clamoring loudly.
On the front door of the jail was a push-button that connected by a wire to a gong inside the building. Pressing that button made the gong sound loudly.
"Rattle-ty-clang-clang! rattle-ty-clang!
"Rattle-ty-clang-clang! rattle-ty-clang!"
"Wa'al, what's thet mean?" growled Hank Kildare, as he leaped up from the couch on which he had been reclining lazily. "What derned fool is punchin' away at thet thar button like he hed gone clean daft! Hyar ther critter ring!"
"Well, what does that mean?" growled Hank Kildare as he jumped up from the couch where he had been lounging lazily. "Which crazy fool keeps hitting that button like he's lost his mind! Here comes the creature!"
Kildare looked at his revolvers, then picked up a short-barreled shotgun, and went out into the corridor that led to the door. Reaching the door, he shot open a small panel and shouted:
Kildare glanced at his revolvers, then grabbed a short-barreled shotgun and stepped into the hallway that led to the door. When he reached the door, he opened a small panel and yelled:
"Whatever do yer think ye're doin' out thar? Will yer stop thet thar racket, ur shall I guv yer a dost out o' this yar gun!"
"Whatever do you think you’re doing out there? Will you stop that racket, or should I give you a taste of this here gun?"
"Mr. Kildare, is thot yersilf?" panted a voice, which the sheriff had heard before, and which he immediately recognized.
"Mr. Kildare, is that you?" panted a voice that the sheriff had heard before and instantly recognized.
"Wa'al, 'tain't nobody else."
"Well, there isn't anyone else."
"Will yes be afther lettin' me in?"
"Can I come in?"
"What's ther matter?"
"What's the matter?"
"Th' lynchers are comin'!"
"The lynchers are coming!"
Kildare peered out, and the moon, which did not happen to be hidden at that moment, showed him the boy who stood alone at the door.
Kildare looked out, and the moon, which just happened to be visible at that moment, revealed the boy standing alone at the door.
Clank, clank, clank!—the sheriff shot back the bolts[Pg 59] which held the door, open it swung a bit, out shot his arm, and his fingers closed on Barney Mulloy's shoulder.
Clank, clank, clank!—the sheriff shot back the bolts[Pg 59] that secured the door, swung it open a bit, and reached out his arm, grabbing Barney Mulloy's shoulder.
Snap—the boy was jerked into the jail. Slam—the door closed, and the bolts shot back into place.
Snap—the boy was yanked into the jail. Slam—the door shut, and the bolts slid back into position.
"Howly shmoke!" gasped Barney. "Is it all togither Oi am, ur be Oi in paces?"
"Holy smoke!" gasped Barney. "Am I all together here, or am I in pieces?"
"Ye're hyar," came in a growl from the sheriff's throat. "Now tell me w'at yer mean by wakin' me an' kickin' up all this yar row."
"You're here," came a growl from the sheriff's throat. "Now tell me what you mean by waking me and causing all this racket."
"Th' lynchers are comin'."
"The lynchers are coming."
"How do yer know?"
"How do you know?"
"Oi saw thim. Less than thray minutes ago."
"Hey, I saw them. Less than three minutes ago."
"Where?"
"Where's that?"
"Back a short pace."
"Take a step back."
"How many of them?"
"How many are there?"
"I didn't count, but it's a clane hundred, sure."
"I didn't count, but it's definitely a clean hundred, for sure."
Kildare asked Barney several more questions, and he was satisfied that the boy spoke the truth.
Kildare asked Barney a few more questions, and he felt confident that the boy was telling the truth.
The deputy sheriff had slept in the jail that night, and, together with the guard, he was now at hand.
The deputy sheriff had spent the night in the jail, and now, along with the guard, he was present.
"Look out fer this yar boy," directed Kildare. "One o' yer git ther hose ready. I'm goin' ter try my new arrangement fer repellin' an attack."
"Watch out for this kid," Kildare instructed. "Get the hose ready. I'm going to try my new setup for fending off an attack."
He rushed away.
He hurried away.
The deputy sheriff, whose name was Gilson, opened a small square door in the wall of the corridor, and dragged forth a coil of hose.
The deputy sheriff, named Gilson, opened a small square door in the wall of the hallway and pulled out a coil of hose.
"Pwhat are ye goin' ter do with thot?" asked Barney, in surprise.
"What are you going to do with that?" asked Barney, surprised.
"Wait, an' ye'll see," was the reply.
"Wait, and you'll see," was the reply.
Then the deputy spoke to the guard.
Then the deputy talked to the guard.
"Tyler, be ready ter let ther prisoner loose if the mob breaks in an' gits past me. You kin tell by watchin'.[Pg 60] You know it's Hank's order thet ther cell be opened an' ther poor feller give a chance ter fight fer his life."
"Tyler, be ready to release the prisoner if the mob gets in and gets past me. You can tell by watching.[Pg 60] You know it’s Hank’s order that the cell be opened and that the poor guy gets a chance to fight for his life."
"Where is he?" palpitated Barney. "Oi'll shtand by him till he doies!"
"Where is he?" Barney panted. "I'll stand by him until he dies!"
"Ye kin do better by stayin' hyar," declared the deputy. "Ye may be needed."
"You're better off staying here," said the deputy. "You might be needed."
Bang! bang! bang!
Bang! bang! bang!
The lynchers had arrived, and they were hammering on the door. The gong began to clang wildly.
The lynchers had shown up, and they were banging on the door. The gong started to ring loudly.
"Open this door!"
"Unlock this door!"
"Why don't Hank turn on ther water up above?" came anxiously from the lips of the deputy. "Kin it be thet his tank on ther roof has leaked dry? Ef so, his new scheme fer repellin' an attackin' party won't work very well."
"Why doesn't Hank turn on the water up top?" the deputy asked anxiously. "Could it be that his tank on the roof has run dry? If that's the case, his new plan for repelling an attacking party won't work very well."
"Open this door!" shouted a commanding voice outside.
"Open this door!" yelled a demanding voice from outside.
The deputy sprang to the small panel and flung it open.
The deputy rushed to the small panel and swung it open.
"What d'yer want yere?" he demanded.
"What do you want here?" he asked.
"We want to come in," was the answer.
"We want to come in," was the reply.
"Wa'al, yer can't."
"Well, you can't."
"We'll agree to stay out on one condition. If you will pass out something, we'll agree not to break in."
"We'll agree to stay out on one condition. If you distribute something, we'll agree not to break in."
"What's ther something?"
"What's there something?"
"Black Harry."
"Black Harry."
"I reckoned so."
"I thought so."
"Will you give him up?"
"Are you going to let him go?"
"No."
"Nope."
"Then we shall break down the door, and I warn you that it will be very unfortunate if any of us is injured. It might bring about the lynching of other parties besides Black Harry."
"Then we’ll break down the door, and I warn you that it will be very unfortunate if any of us gets hurt. It could lead to the lynching of others besides Black Harry."
"Wa'al, I warn yer ter keep away from yere. We're[Pg 61] goin' ter defend ther prisoner regardless, an' somebody's bound ter git hurt."
"Well, I warn you to stay away from here. We're[Pg 61] going to defend the prisoner no matter what, and someone is likely to get hurt."
"For the last time, will you open?"
"For the last time, will you open up?"
"No."
"Nope."
"Down with the door!"
"Beat the door down!"
Crash! crash!—the assault on the door began.[Pg 62]
Crash! crash!—the attack on the door started. [Pg 62]
CHAPTER IX.
THE ASSAULT ON THE JAIL.
"Why don't Hank put on ther water?" groaned the deputy sheriff. "Et'll be too late in a minute!"
"Why doesn't Hank turn on the water?" groaned the deputy sheriff. "It'll be too late in a minute!"
Crash! crash! The assailants were using a heavy battering ram, and the door was beginning to give.
Crash! Crash! The attackers were using a heavy battering ram, and the door was starting to give way.
"Oi'm afraid it's all up with poor Frankie!" gasped Barney.
"Sorry to say, but it looks like it's all over for poor Frankie!" gasped Barney.
A wild yell came from the mad mob at the door.
A loud shout erupted from the crazy crowd at the door.
"Death to Black Harry!"
"Death to Black Harry!"
Bang—splinter—crash! The door was breaking, and the battering-ram was being driven against it with renewed force.
Bang—splinter—crash! The door was breaking, and the battering ram was being slammed against it with even more force.
There was one last great shock, and down went the door before the assault.
There was one final huge impact, and the door fell down before the attack.
"No water yet!" cried Gilson. "Now it is too late!"
"No water yet!" shouted Gilson. "Now it's too late!"
He flung down the hose, taking to his heels before the gang of masked men that swarmed into the doorway.
He threw down the hose and ran away from the group of masked men that rushed through the doorway.
Barney Mulloy heard a hissing noise, and then he leaped forward and caught up the nozzle of the hose. He turned the large stop-cock, and a bar of water shot out, striking the leader of the lynchers in the neck, and hurling him, gasping and stunned, back into the arms of those behind.
Barney Mulloy heard a hissing sound, and then he jumped forward and grabbed the nozzle of the hose. He twisted the big stop-cock, and a stream of water surged out, hitting the leader of the mob in the neck and knocking him, gasping and dazed, back into the arms of those behind him.
"Hurro!" trumpeted the Irish lad, in delight, his blood aroused. "Come on, an' git washed off th' face av th' earth!"
"Hurro!" shouted the Irish boy, excited, his adrenaline pumping. "Come on, and get washed off the face of the earth!"
This method of defense proved unpleasantly surprising to the attacking party. The stream of water swept men off their feet and flung them, half-drowned, back from[Pg 63] the doorway into the night. In less than half a minute Barney had cleared the doorway.
This method of defense caught the attacking party off guard in a really unpleasant way. The water surged, knocking men off their feet and sending them, half-drowned, back from[Pg 63] the doorway into the night. In less than thirty seconds, Barney had cleared the doorway.
"Hurro!" he shouted, once more. "This is th' kind av sport! We'll howld th' fort till th' last drop av warther is gone!"
"Hurrah!" he shouted again. "This is the kind of fun! We'll hold the fort until the last drop of water is gone!"
There was a lull, and Hank Kildare came panting to the side of the lad with the hose. When he saw the broken door an exclamation of dismay came from the lips of the sheriff.
There was a pause, and Hank Kildare rushed to the side of the kid with the hose, breathing hard. When he saw the broken door, an exclamation of shock escaped the sheriff's lips.
"Something wuz ther matter, so I couldn't turn ther water on," he said. "An' now they've got ther door down!"
"Something was wrong, so I couldn't turn the water on," he said. "And now they've taken the door down!"
"But Oi bate 'em off!" shouted the Irish lad, triumphantly.
"But I beat them off!" shouted the Irish kid, triumphantly.
"They'll come in when ther water fails."
"They'll come in when their water runs out."
Barney had not thought of that, and his feeling of triumph turned to anxiety and dismay.
Barney hadn't considered that, and his sense of victory shifted to worry and disappointment.
"Pwhat kin we do?"
"What can we do?"
"Where is Gilson?"
"Where's Gilson?"
"Th' spalpane run whin the dure wur broke."
"Th' spalpane ran when the door was broken."
"We might fight, but what if we did shoot down a few o' ther critters? It w'u'dn't stop 'em, an' we'd hev killed somebody. Stay hyar—hold 'em back long as yer kin."
"We might argue, but what if we took down a few other animals? It wouldn't stop them, and we'd have killed someone. Stay here—hold them back as long as you can."
"Pwhat are ye goin' ter do?"
"Pwhat are you going to do?"
"Git ther prisoner up onter ther roof. Mebbe we kin hold 'em back from gittin' up thar."
"Get the prisoner up onto the roof. Maybe we can hold them back from getting up there."
"All roight. Oi'll do me bist here."
"Alright. I'll do my best here."
Kildare ran back along the corridor and disappeared.
Kildare sprinted back down the hallway and vanished.
Of a sudden rocks began to whistle about Barney's head, and then one struck him, knocking him down. The nozzle of the hose fell from his hands, and he lay prone and motionless on the floor.
Suddenly, rocks began to whiz past Barney's head, and then one hit him, knocking him down. The nozzle of the hose dropped from his hands, and he lay flat and still on the ground.
Wild yells of savage delight broke from the mob.
Wild screams of savage joy erupted from the crowd.
Then, with a clatter of hoofs, a band of masked horsemen came tearing down the street, whirled into the open[Pg 64] space before the jail, and began shooting into the mob. The horsemen were dressed in black, and every man was masked.
Then, with a noise of hoofs, a group of masked riders charged down the street, spun into the open[Pg 64] area in front of the jail, and started shooting into the crowd. The riders were all in black, and each one wore a mask.
"It's Black Harry's Braves!" screamed a voice that was full of fear.
"It's Black Harry's Braves!" shouted a voice that was filled with fear.
Twenty voices took up the cry, and the mob, utterly demoralized, broke and ran in all directions.
Twenty voices shouted, and the crowd, completely panicked, scattered in every direction.
Some of the masked horsemen sprang from their animals and dashed into the jail, springing over the prostrate body of the unconscious Irish lad.
Some of the masked horsemen jumped off their horses and rushed into the jail, leaping over the unconscious Irish boy lying on the ground.
Kildare was removing Frank from his cell when those masked men came upon them. In a moment the boy had been torn from the sheriff, and the men whirled him away.
Kildare was taking Frank out of his cell when those masked men showed up. In an instant, the boy was ripped away from the sheriff, and the men took him off.
Out of the jail rushed Black Harry's Braves, the boy was placed astride a horse, and away they went, with him in their midst.
Out of the jail rushed Black Harry's Braves, the boy was put on a horse, and off they went, with him in the center.
Frank had believed them lynchers, and he thought them lynchers as they bore him away.
Frank had believed they were lynchers, and he thought they were lynchers as they carried him away.
"It's all up with me," he mentally said.
"It's all over for me," he thought.
But his hands were free, and he was watching for an opportunity to escape. He meant to make one more effort for life, if given an opportunity.
But his hands were free, and he was watching for a chance to escape. He planned to make one more effort to survive, if he got the chance.
Through the town tore the wild horsemen, yelling like so many fiends, shooting to the right and left.
Through the town charged the wild horsemen, shouting like a bunch of maniacs, firing to the right and left.
Out of Elreno they rode, and then the man on the right of Frank leaned toward the boy, saying:
Out of Elreno they rode, and then the man on the right of Frank leaned toward the boy, saying:
"We came just in time, chief. If we'd been ten minutes later, the lynchers would have had you sure."
"We arrived just in time, boss. If we had been ten minutes later, the mob would have definitely gotten you."
"The lynchers?" gasped the bewildered boy. "Why, you——"
"The lynchers?" the confused boy gasped. "Why, you——"
"They had the door down when we reached the jail, but a dozen shots set them scattering."
"They had taken the door down by the time we got to the jail, but a dozen shots sent them running."
"But—but—I don't understand."
"But—I don’t get it."
"We didn't mean to strike before midnight, but Benson[Pg 65] brought word that they were liable to lynch you, and so we lost no time in getting here. We rode twenty miles like we were racing with an express train. You must allow we did a good job this time, chief."
"We didn't plan to arrive before midnight, but Benson[Pg 65] told us that they were likely going to lynch you, so we hurried to get here. We rode twenty miles as if we were racing against an express train. You have to admit we did a great job this time, chief."
"Chief? Why I——"
"Boss? Why I——"
Frank stopped short, choking the words back. At last he realized who these men were.
Frank stopped suddenly, holding back the words. Finally, he understood who these men were.
They were Black Harry's Braves, and they believed him to be Black Harry!
They were Black Harry's crew, and they thought he was Black Harry!
He reeled upon the horse he bestrode.
He stumbled on the horse he was riding.
"What's the matter?" asked the man, quickly. "Are you hurt any way?"
"What's wrong?" the man asked quickly. "Are you hurt?"
"No."
"No."
The boy's voice was hoarse and unnatural.
The boy's voice was scratchy and odd.
"What can I do?" he thought. "How long will it be before they discover their mistake? I must keep up the deception, and I may find an opportunity to escape."
"What can I do?" he thought. "How long will it be until they realize their mistake? I have to maintain the illusion, and maybe I'll find a chance to get away."
In a moment he had recovered his composure. As old readers know, Frank was a boy of nerve, and he began to feel very well satisfied with the situation.
In no time, he had regained his composure. As longtime readers know, Frank was a boy with guts, and he started to feel quite pleased with the situation.
"I have escaped lynching," he thought, "and these men believe me their leader. I am out of jail and now I shall be given a chance to fight for my life and honor. In order to prove my own innocence, I must capture Black Harry. This may lead me to the opportunity."
"I’ve dodged a lynching," he thought, "and these guys think I’m their leader. I’m out of jail, and now I’ll get a chance to fight for my life and honor. To prove my innocence, I need to catch Black Harry. This might lead me to that chance."
But for one thing his heart would have been filled with exultation. That one thing was the memory of Barney Mulloy, whom he had seen lying prone and motionless just within the broken door of the jail. Had they killed his faithful friend?
But if it weren't for one thing, his heart would have been filled with joy. That one thing was the memory of Barney Mulloy, whom he had seen lying face down and still just inside the broken jail door. Had they killed his loyal friend?
He feared the Irish lad had met death while trying to hold back the lynchers.
He was afraid the Irish guy had died while trying to stop the mob.
The outlaws did not seem to fear pursuit, and they slackened their pace somewhat as soon as they were out of town.[Pg 66]
The outlaws didn’t seem to be worried about being chased, and they slowed down a bit as soon as they left the town.[Pg 66]
"Where shall we go, chief?" asked one.
"Where should we go, chief?" one asked.
Frank was at a loss to answer, for he knew that a slip might betray him, and he was determined to be on his guard all the time. His hesitation was observed, and the man said:
Frank didn’t know how to respond because he realized that slipping up could expose him, and he was set on staying alert at all times. His uncertainty was noticed, and the man said:
"I reckon it will be safe to return to Cade's Canyon for a while."
"I think it will be safe to go back to Cade's Canyon for a bit."
"I reckon so," said Frank. "We'll go there."
"I think so," said Frank. "We'll go there."
"I warned you that you would make a mistake if you ventured into Elreno," said the talkative outlaw, "but you were determined to have another look at that girl, and so you took chances. Girls have caused more trouble in this world than everything else combined."
"I told you that you would mess up if you went into Elreno," said the chatty outlaw, "but you were set on getting another glimpse of that girl, so you took risks. Girls have caused more trouble in this world than anything else all put together."
"That's right," admitted Frank, who was wondering what girl the fellow meant.
"That's right," Frank admitted, wondering which girl the guy was talking about.
"Did you see her?" asked the man, with a sly chuckle.
"Did you see her?" the man asked, snickering quietly.
"Oh, yes, of course."
"Sure, of course."
"Ha, ha! I like the way you say that, chief. No offense, but Benson said you saw her in the railway station as soon as you landed in Elreno."
"Ha, ha! I like how you put that, boss. No offense, but Benson mentioned you spotted her at the train station right after you arrived in Elreno."
Now Frank knew that Lona Dawson was meant.
Now Frank realized that Lona Dawson was the one being referred to.
"Yes," he said, "she was there, and she informed the public in general that she had seen me before."
"Yes," he said, "she was there, and she let everyone know that she had seen me before."
"I don't suppose you will bother with her any more, and so we'll move on as soon as possible, and get out of this part of the country? It's getting right hot here."
"I don't think you'll be dealing with her anymore, so we'll move on as soon as we can and get out of this area? It's getting really hot here."
"It is all of that," admitted Frank; "but I am not for running away, as if we were scared out."
"It’s all of that," Frank admitted, "but I’m not about to run away like we’re scared off."
"Well, you know our original plan."
"Well, you know our original plan."
"Certainly."
"Definitely."
Frank spoke as if he knew it well enough, but he was wondering what it could be. However, the man soon explained.
Frank spoke as if he understood it well enough, but he was curious about what it could be. However, the man quickly clarified.
"We are to carry the expedition through into Indian Territory, and disband when the Arkansas line is reached.[Pg 67] Then we can scatter and defy pursuit, and we can come together at Ochiltree, in the Panhandle, at the time set."
"We're going to take the expedition into Indian Territory and break up when we reach the Arkansas line.[Pg 67] After that, we can disperse and avoid being tracked, and we can meet up at Ochiltree in the Panhandle at the scheduled time."
Frank felt like thanking the fellow for the information.
Frank felt like thanking the guy for the info.
"That's right," nodded the boy, speaking carefully; "but this little affair has made me rather mad, and I don't feel like running away so very fast."
"That's right," the boy nodded, speaking carefully; "but this little situation has made me pretty angry, and I don't feel like running away that quickly."
"Especially from the girl."
"Especially from the girl."
"Hang the girl!"
"Hang her!"
Frank felt that it would not do to allow the fellow to become so familiar.
Frank felt it wouldn't be right to let the guy become so familiar.
"You didn't talk that way after seeing her last night. Why, you were sorry we didn't carry her off when we left the train."
"You didn't talk like that after seeing her last night. In fact, you were upset we didn't take her with us when we left the train."
"Oh, well, a fellow has a right to change his mind. I have seen her by daylight."
"Oh, well, a guy has the right to change his mind. I've seen her in the daylight."
"And she didn't look so well?"
"And she didn't look so good?"
"Hardly."
"Not really."
"Still, she is something of a daisy."
"Still, she is somewhat of a sweetheart."
"She'll do; but I can't waste my time with her. There are others."
"She'll do, but I can't waste my time on her. There are others."
"Now you're beginning to talk right, chief. The boys felt a little doubtful of you when you went racing off after that girl, and they will be mightily relieved to know you have come to your senses."
"Now you're starting to get it, boss. The guys were a bit unsure about you when you took off after that girl, and they'll be really relieved to know you’ve come to your senses."
Frank grunted, but spoke no word. During the entire ride, he talked as little as possible, but he kept his ears open.[Pg 68]
Frank grunted but didn’t say anything. Throughout the whole ride, he spoke as little as he could, but he stayed alert.[Pg 68]
CHAPTER X.
IN CADE'S CANYON.
"You must be rather pegged, chief," said one of the men, addressing Frank.
"You must be quite stubborn, boss," said one of the men, speaking to Frank.
"Well, I am not feeling too frisky," said the boy. "I didn't sleep much in Elreno jail, for I wanted to be wideawake when the lynchers came."
"Well, I'm not feeling too great," said the boy. "I didn't get much sleep in Elreno jail because I wanted to be wide awake when the lynchers showed up."
The men had removed their masks, but their faces were shaded by wide-brimmed hats, and Frank was not able to study their features. However, he had heard the voices of several, and he felt sure he would not forget them.
The men had taken off their masks, but their faces were hidden under wide-brimmed hats, so Frank couldn't see their features clearly. Still, he recognized the voices of a few of them, and he was confident he wouldn't forget them.
He was not going to be in a hurry about escaping. There was plenty of time, and he was beginning to believe that he must be the perfect double of Black Harry, else why should these men be thus deceived?
He wasn't going to rush his escape. There was plenty of time, and he was starting to think that he must be the perfect lookalike of Black Harry; otherwise, why would these men be so fooled?
He wondered if none of them would detect the difference when daylight came.
He wondered if none of them would notice the difference when daylight came.
"If they do—well, I can't be worse off than I was in Elreno jail. I'll have weapons, and I can fight. I may be able to make it hot for them before they down me."
"If they do—well, I can't be in a worse situation than I was in Elreno jail. I'll have weapons, and I can fight. I might be able to give them a tough time before they take me down."
Frank was reckless, and he felt a strange delight in the adventure through which he was passing. Somehow, now that he had escaped being lynched, he believed he would be successful in bringing Black Harry to book and proving his own innocence.
Frank was impulsive, and he felt a weird thrill in the adventure he was experiencing. Now that he had escaped being lynched, he believed he could successfully bring Black Harry to justice and prove his own innocence.
Frank's first care was to obtain some revolvers, and he[Pg 69] was soon in possession of a pair of fine weapons. With these loaded and ready to his hand, he breathed easier.
Frank's first priority was to get some revolvers, and he[Pg 69] quickly ended up with a pair of great weapons. With these loaded and within reach, he felt more at ease.
Of course he had no idea of sleeping, but he entered the hut and looked the place over.
Of course, he had no intention of sleeping, but he walked into the hut and checked out the place.
Morning was not far away, and the time soon passed, while Frank pretended to sleep. At daybreak he was astir, and looking the place over.
Morning was approaching, and time quickly passed as Frank feigned sleep. At dawn, he got up and began surveying the area.
The cabin was built in a strange spot, standing close to the verge of a chasm that opened down into the lower depths of the canyon, through which ran a stream of water.
The cabin was built in an odd location, perched right on the edge of a chasm that dropped down into the depths of the canyon, where a stream of water flowed.
Dan Cade, the man who had built the cabin there, was said to have been crazy. He had lived there years before the opening of Oklahoma to settlement, and had died there in that wild gorge. His only friends were the Indians, as he hated and mistrusted his own race.
Dan Cade, the guy who built the cabin there, was rumored to be insane. He had lived there years before Oklahoma was opened for settlement, and he died in that wild gorge. His only friends were the Native Americans since he despised and distrusted his own people.
It had often been remarked by those who passed through the canyon that no man in his right mind would have built a cabin in such a place. It looked as if the building was crouching on the verge of the chasm, preparing to spring headlong into the creek below.
It was often said by those who traveled through the canyon that no sane person would choose to build a cabin in such a location. It seemed as though the structure was huddled on the edge of the cliff, ready to leap directly into the creek beneath.
Here the outlaws had camped.
The outlaws camped here.
Frank found a flight of stairs that led to the cabin loft. They were shaky, but he ascended to investigate.
Frank discovered a set of stairs that led up to the cabin loft. They were wobbly, but he climbed up to check it out.
There was a square door, shaped like a window, at the back end of the cabin, and this the boy opened. He thrust his head out, and found he was looking down the face of the bluff straight into the stream far below.
There was a square door, like a window, at the back of the cabin, and the boy opened it. He stuck his head out and saw that he was looking straight down the side of the bluff into the stream far below.
The light that shone into the loft revealed, to the boy's surprise and wonder, a coil of rope. He examined this, and found a stout clasp-hook at one end. The other end of the rope was made fast to a rafter.
The light that streamed into the loft showed, to the boy's surprise and amazement, a coil of rope. He looked it over and discovered a strong clasp-hook at one end. The other end of the rope was secured to a rafter.
For some time Frank wondered to what use old Cade had put the rope, but it came to him at last.[Pg 70]
For a while, Frank wondered what old Cade had done with the rope, but then he finally figured it out.[Pg 70]
"With this he drew his water from the stream down there."
"With this, he got his water from the stream down there."
This seemed evident, as there was no other apparent means of procuring water.
This seemed obvious, as there was no other clear way to get water.
The outlaws slept heavily, apparently fatigued by their exertions of the night. They had left sentinels in both directions, up and down the canyon, so that they could not be taken by surprise should they be followed by enemies.
The outlaws slept soundly, clearly worn out from their efforts during the night. They had stationed guards in both directions, up and down the canyon, to ensure they wouldn't be caught off guard if enemies followed them.
The sun had not risen when Frank went forth into the morning air.
The sun hadn't risen yet when Frank stepped out into the morning air.
The horses were tethered near the cabin, and a half-blood Indian was watching them. As Frank approached, the half-blood peered out from beneath the blanket, which was drawn up over his head. The boy saw the fellow's beady eyes regarding him, and then the blanket was drawn closer, indicating that the Indian was satisfied.
The horses were tied up near the cabin, and a mixed-heritage Native American was keeping an eye on them. As Frank got closer, the mixed-heritage man peeked out from under the blanket that was pulled over his head. The boy noticed the man's beady eyes watching him, and then the blanket was pulled tighter, showing that the Native American was content.
Once more Frank thought that he must be the perfect counterpart of Black Harry, else he would arouse the suspicion of the fellow who owned those eyes.
Once again, Frank thought he had to be the perfect counterpart to Black Harry, or else he would raise the suspicion of the guy who owned those eyes.
Frank believed it would be an easy thing to mount one of the horses and ride away, as if he was going a short distance. He believed he could do so without being challenged or questioned, and the desire to attempt it was almost ungovernable.
Frank thought it would be easy to hop on one of the horses and ride off, as if he were just going a short distance. He felt confident he could do it without being stopped or questioned, and the urge to try was almost overwhelming.
Then came another thought.
Then came another idea.
Where could he go?
Where can he go?
Surely he could not return to Elreno, for, now that he had been carried away by Black Harry's Braves, he was branded in that town as the youthful outlaw beyond the shadow of a doubt.
Surely he couldn't go back to Elreno, because now that he had been taken away by Black Harry's gang, he was definitely marked as the young outlaw in that town.
He did not know which way to turn, and the thought that his situation was most remarkable forced itself upon him. If he remained among the outlaws, they were liable to discover how they had been fooled, and that would make them furious. If he escaped and hastened to any of[Pg 71] the nearby towns, it was pretty certain that he would be taken for Black Harry and lynched.
He didn't know which way to go, and the realization that his situation was truly unusual hit him. If he stayed with the outlaws, they might find out how they had been tricked, and that would infuriate them. If he managed to escape and rushed to any of[Pg 71] the nearby towns, it was very likely that he would be mistaken for Black Harry and lynched.
"This is a real jolly scrape!" thought the boy, ruefully. "What can I do?"
"This is a real mess!" the boy thought, feeling sorry for himself. "What can I do?"
Well might he ask himself the question.
Well, he might ask himself that question.
He walked a short distance down the canyon, and thought it over. The impulse was on him to get away as soon as possible, but his sober judgment told him that he would leap from the frying-pan into the fire.
He walked a short distance down the canyon and thought about it. He felt the urge to get away as quickly as possible, but his rational mind warned him that he would be jumping from the frying pan into the fire.
Frank did not care to be lynched. He seemed helpless for the time. Although he longed to fight for his honor, he was unable to strike a blow.
Frank didn't want to get lynched. He felt powerless for the moment. Even though he wanted to defend his honor, he couldn't bring himself to fight back.
The result of his walk was a determination to stay with the outlaws and keep up the deception as long as he could.
The outcome of his walk was a decision to stick with the outlaws and maintain the charade for as long as possible.
Black Harry himself must appear sooner or later, and Frank longed to see the young rascal whom he so much resembled.
Black Harry himself has to show up sooner or later, and Frank was eager to meet the young troublemaker who looked so much like him.
Most boys would have improved the opportunity to get away, but Frank was not built of ordinary material, and it was like him to do the unexpected.
Most boys would have jumped at the chance to escape, but Frank wasn't made from ordinary stuff, and it was typical of him to do the unexpected.
He strolled back to the cabin, seeming quite at his ease.
He walked back to the cabin, looking completely relaxed.
It was not far from sunrise, and the men began to stir. Several of them came out of the hut, and a fire was built.
It was just before sunrise, and the men started to wake up. A few of them stepped out of the hut, and a fire was started.
Of a sudden, from far up the canyon, came the musical blast of a bugle, causing the outlaws to start and look at each other in surprise.
Of a sudden, from far up the canyon, came the musical blast of a bugle, causing the outlaws to jump and look at each other in surprise.
They listened, and it was repeated.
They listened, and it was repeated.
One of the men turned sharply on Frank, hoarsely crying:
One of the guys suddenly turned to Frank, shouting hoarsely:
"What does that mean?"
"What does that mean?"
"I don't know," replied the boy, at the same time feeling for his revolvers, with the idea that there was trouble on hand.
"I don’t know," replied the boy, as he reached for his revolvers, sensing that trouble was brewing.
"It is your signal!" burst from the man's lips. "And that means trickery! There is something wrong!"[Pg 72]
"It’s your signal!" the man exclaimed. "And that means something's off! There's trickery involved!"[Pg 72]
"You're right!" cried several voices.
"You're right!" shouted several voices.
More of the braves came running out of the cabin, there was a hustling for arms, and the men prepared for trouble.
More of the warriors rushed out of the cabin, scrambling for weapons, and the men got ready for trouble.
"My signal?" repeated Frank, to himself. "By that he must mean it is the signal of Black Harry! He is coming!"
"My signal?" Frank repeated to himself. "He must mean it's the signal from Black Harry! He's on his way!"
Frank felt the blood tingling in his veins.
Frank felt the blood buzzing in his veins.
Black Harry was coming!
Black Harry is coming!
"Now," muttered Frank, "I shall have a chance to strike a blow for myself! Let Black Harry come on!"[Pg 73]
"Now," Frank whispered, "I'll finally get a chance to fight for myself! Bring it on, Black Harry!"[Pg 73]
CHAPTER XI.
BLACK HARRY APPEARS.
There was a clatter of hoofs, and a doubly burdened horse swept into view, bearing straight down upon the Braves, who were waiting as if ready to fight or take to flight.
There was a sound of hooves, and a heavily loaded horse came into view, charging directly toward the Braves, who were poised as if they were ready to either battle or run away.
The horse was foam-flecked, and it was plain he had been driven to the limit of his endurance.
The horse was covered in foam, and it was obvious he had been pushed to his limits.
The person who handled the reins was a youthful chap, and, as he came nearer, Frank gasped with surprise.
The guy holding the reins was a young dude, and as he got closer, Frank gasped in surprise.
"Cholly Grayson De Smythe, the dude! Is it possible?"
"Cholly Grayson De Smythe, the guy! Can you believe it?"
In his arms, held upon the horse, was a bundle, like a human form, wrapped in a blanket.
In his arms, resting on the horse, was a bundle that resembled a person, wrapped in a blanket.
The outlaws looked for a posse of armed men to follow the boyish horseman, but he was not followed, and he did not hesitate or turn back when he saw the party awaiting him.
The outlaws searched for a group of armed men to track the young horseman, but he wasn't followed, and he didn't hesitate or turn back when he saw the group waiting for him.
Straight down upon them he rode, and Frank drew aside, shielding himself behind one of the men.
Straight down on them he rode, and Frank stepped aside, hiding behind one of the men.
"It can't be possible!" muttered Frank. "It's ridiculous!"
"It can't be true!" muttered Frank. "It's absurd!"
Straight down upon the desperadoes rode the dude, seeming utterly fearless.
Straight down upon the outlaws rode the guy, seeming completely fearless.
"Halt, thar!" cried one of the men, leveling a rifle at the young horseman. "Hold up, ur chaw lead!"
"Halt, there!" shouted one of the men, aiming a rifle at the young horseback rider. "Stop, or I’ll shoot!"
The youth gave a surge that flung the horse upon its haunches.
The young person jolted, causing the horse to rear up on its hind legs.
"Steady Bolivar!" his voice rang out. "Would you shoot me?"[Pg 74]
"Easy, Bolivar!" he called out. "Are you really going to shoot me?"[Pg 74]
"Who be you?"
"Who are you?"
"Don't you know me? Ha, ha, ha! Well, I do not wonder. I'll look different when I peel this mustache and wash off my make-up. I have her! See here, boys!"
"Don't you recognize me? Ha, ha, ha! Well, I’m not surprised. I’ll look different when I take off this mustache and wash off my makeup. I've got her! Check this out, guys!"
The blanket was flung back, and the face of Lona Dawson, the banker's daughter, was revealed!
The blanket was thrown off, revealing the face of Lona Dawson, the banker’s daughter!
The girl was not unconscious, and she suddenly squirmed from the grasp of her captor, slipped from the horse, and ran into the midst of the outlaws, crying:
The girl was not out cold; she suddenly twisted free from her captor's hold, jumped off the horse, and ran right into the middle of the outlaws, shouting:
"Save me! Protect me!"
"Help me! Keep me safe!"
"Stop her, boys!" laughed the youth on the horse. "Don't let her get away. I've had trouble enough, and taken risk enough to get her."
"Stop her, guys!" laughed the young man on the horse. "Don't let her escape. I've already had enough trouble and taken enough risks to get her."
"Wa-al, who be you?" roared one of the band.
"Well, who are you?" shouted one of the group.
"Who am I? Look here; do you know this sign?"
"Who am I? Check this out; do you recognize this sign?"
He made a swift motion with his hand, and nearly every man cried:
He quickly moved his hand, and almost every man shouted:
"The chief's sign! But you are not the chief! He is here with us! You are an impostor!"
"The chief's sign! But you're not the chief! He's here with us! You're a fraud!"
"Am I? Look!"
"Am I? Check this out!"
He tore off a false wig, jerked away a false mustache, took a vial from his pocket, turned some of its contents in his hand, and seemed to sweep the make-up from his face.
He ripped off a fake wig, yanked away a fake mustache, took a vial from his pocket, poured some of its contents into his hand, and appeared to wipe the makeup off his face.
The result was a wonderful transformation, and the face revealed was almost exactly like that of Frank Merriwell.
The outcome was an amazing change, and the face that appeared looked almost identical to that of Frank Merriwell.
The men stared in bewildered astonishment.
The men stared in confused amazement.
"It is the chief!" gurgled one of them.
"It’s the chief!" gurgled one of them.
"Of course I am," laughed the unmasked youth. "You wasted your time in carrying off that other fellow who looks like me. Why didn't you leave him to be lynched? Then the fools would have thought they had put Black Harry out of the way."
"Of course I am," laughed the unmasked young man. "You wasted your time taking that other guy who looks like me. Why didn't you just leave him to get lynched? Then the idiots would have thought they got rid of Black Harry."
"The other fellow?" repeated more than one of the men. "Who is the other fellow?"
"The other guy?" repeated several of the men. "Who is the other guy?"
"He is the fellow who looks like me," laughed Black[Pg 75] Harry, for the new arrival was the boy chief of the marauders.
"He’s the guy who looks like me," laughed Black[Pg 75] Harry, because the new arrival was the boy leader of the raiders.
In the meantime, while this unmasking was taking place Frank had not been idle. He had longed to meet Black Harry face to face, but now he realized that his situation was perilous in the extreme. He must act at once.
In the meantime, while this unmasking was happening, Frank hadn’t been sitting around. He had wanted to meet Black Harry in person, but now he understood that his situation was extremely dangerous. He needed to take action immediately.
But the sight of the captive girl and her appeal for aid had bestirred all the chivalry of his nature. He longed to do something to save her.
But seeing the captive girl and her plea for help stirred every bit of his nobility. He desperately wanted to do something to save her.
Swiftly moving near her, he suddenly caught her up, swung her over his shoulder, and, with her held thus, regardless of the shriek of terror that broke from her lips, he dashed straight for the open door of the hut.
Swiftly moving closer to her, he suddenly grabbed her, threw her over his shoulder, and, with her in that position, ignoring the scream of terror that escaped her lips, he sprinted straight for the open door of the hut.
Cries of amazement broke from the lips of the outlaws.
Cries of amazement escaped the outlaws' lips.
"There he goes!" shouted Black Harry. "That is the fellow who looks like me, and he has the girl! After him!"
"There he goes!" shouted Black Harry. "That's the guy who looks like me, and he's got the girl! After him!"
The men leaped in pursuit.
The men jumped in pursuit.
Into the hut bounded Frank, and the door went to with a slam. The foremost man, who flung himself against it, found it had been fastened.
Into the hut rushed Frank, and the door slammed shut behind him. The first man, who threw himself against it, discovered it was locked.
"Well, we have him fast," said Black Harry, easily. "He can't get away in a thousand years. We'll dig him out at our convenience."
"Well, we’ve got him trapped," said Black Harry with ease. "He can’t escape for a thousand years. We’ll get him out when it suits us."
The men now gathered round their boy chief, eager to hear his explanation. It was difficult for them to realize that they had been deceived—that the boy they rescued from the lynchers at Elreno jail was not their leader.
The men now gathered around their young chief, eager to hear his explanation. It was hard for them to accept that they had been fooled—that the boy they had rescued from the lynchers at Elreno jail was not their leader.
"I was not fool enough to go into Elreno without disguising myself," said Harry. "I knew I should be recognized if I did. I fixed myself up in the outfit I just threw off, and, with this English tourist rig and a sissy lisp, I succeeded in deceiving everybody.
"I wasn't foolish enough to go into Elreno without disguising myself," said Harry. "I knew I'd be recognized if I didn't. I got myself ready in the outfit I just discarded, and with this English tourist getup and a weak lisp, I managed to fool everyone."
"You may imagine how surprised I was when I saw[Pg 76] this other fellow, who is nearly my perfect double. He took the train at Oklahoma City, and I sat directly behind him. I was there when the private detective, Burchel Jones, who fancies he is so shrewd, arrested him.
You can imagine how surprised I was when I saw[Pg 76] this other guy, who is almost my exact double. He took the train at Oklahoma City, and I sat right behind him. I was there when the private detective, Burchel Jones, who thinks he’s so clever, arrested him.
"If they had lynched him, I could have disappeared, and it would have been thought that Black Harry had gone up the flume. But you fellows thought that I was in the scrape, and you came round in time to save him.
"If they had lynched him, I could have vanished, and people would have believed that Black Harry had met his end. But you guys thought I was in trouble, and you showed up just in time to rescue him."
"I watched my opportunity to scoop the girl, and I have brought her here, although I was hotly pursued for a time, and I did not know but I'd have to drop her and get away alone. I succeeded in fooling the pursuers, and I arrived here at last.
"I saw my chance to pick up the girl, and I brought her here, even though I was chased for a while, and I thought I might have to leave her behind and escape by myself. I managed to trick the pursuers, and I finally made it here."
"My double and the girl for whom I have risked so much are in that hut. I propose to break down the door and go in."
"My double and the girl I've risked so much for are in that hut. I'm planning to break down the door and go inside."
A wild shout came from the men. They were furious to think they had been so wonderfully deceived.
A loud shout erupted from the men. They were furious to realize they had been so cleverly tricked.
"Down with the door!"
"Take down the door!"
"Drag him out!"
"Pull him out!"
"Shoot him!"
"Shoot him!"
With a hoarse roar of rage the Braves rushed toward the cabin, and flung themselves against the door, which went down with a crash, letting them into the hut.[Pg 77]
With a loud roar of anger, the Braves charged at the cabin and threw themselves against the door, which collapsed with a bang, allowing them into the hut.[Pg 77]
CHAPTER XII.
A CHANCE IN A THOUSAND.
Frank, with his usual daring and gallantry, had resolved to make an effort to save the unfortunate girl—to rescue her from the clutch of Black Harry.
Frank, being his usual bold and chivalrous self, decided to make an effort to save the unfortunate girl—to rescue her from the grip of Black Harry.
Having determined on such an attempt, he lost no time in catching her up and dashing into the hut with her in his arms.
Having decided to go for it, he quickly caught up to her and rushed into the hut with her in his arms.
Dropping her upon her feet, he whirled, slammed the door shut, found the wooden bar with which old Cade had made it fast, dropped the bar into its socket, and cried:
Dropping her to her feet, he spun around, slammed the door shut, grabbed the wooden bar that old Cade had used to secure it, dropped the bar into its slot, and shouted:
"Hurrah for us! This is the first step to freedom!"
"Hooray for us! This is the first step toward freedom!"
Turning, he found the girl was leaning against the wall, staring at him in a wondering way, but without fear being expressed on her handsome face.
Turning, he saw the girl leaning against the wall, looking at him with a curious expression, but there was no fear on her beautiful face.
"I trust you are quite unharmed, Miss Dawson?" he said, swiftly. "My unsavory double has——"
"I hope you’re okay, Miss Dawson?" he said quickly. "My unpleasant double has——"
"He has not harmed me," she broke in, swiftly, "but I feel that I have done you a harm I can never repair."
"He hasn't hurt me," she interjected quickly, "but I feel like I've caused you a harm I can never fix."
"Nonsense! How have you harmed me?"
"Nonsense! How have you hurt me?"
"By declaring that you were the one who shot my father."
"By saying that you were the one who shot my dad."
"You believed it when you said so, and that——"
"You really thought it when you said that, and that——"
"Yes, I believed it, but that is nothing that will lessen the injury I did you. And to think of the terrible peril in which I placed you! Then, when it was reported that father was dead, they were determined to lynch you."
"Yes, I believed it, but that doesn't change the harm I caused you. And to think about the serious danger I put you in! Then, when they reported that my father was dead, they were set on lynching you."
"And your father is not dead?"
"And your dad isn't dead?"
"He was not when I last saw him, and the doctor said he might come out all right."[Pg 78]
"He wasn't when I last saw him, and the doctor said he might be okay."[Pg 78]
"That is indeed fortunate."
"That's really lucky."
"I heard them crying that he was dead, I saw them preparing to make an assault on the jail, and I left father's side to stop them if I could."
"I heard them crying that he was dead, I saw them getting ready to attack the jail, and I left my father's side to try to stop them if I could."
"Brave girl!"
"Brave girl!"
"Then it was that I fell into the hands of this wretch who brought me here—the real Black Harry. He was waiting for an opportunity to capture me—he told me so. He told me how I had imperiled the life of one who was innocent, and he laughed at my horror and remorse. He is a heartless creature!"
"Then I fell into the hands of this miserable person who brought me here—the real Black Harry. He was looking for a chance to catch me—he said so himself. He told me how I had put the life of an innocent person at risk, and he laughed at my fear and guilt. He is a heartless monster!"
"He seems to be all of that."
"He seems to be all of that."
"And you have placed your life in greater peril for me—you did so after what I did to you! Why should you do such a thing?"
"And you put your life at greater risk for me—you did that after what I put you through! Why would you do something like that?"
"Why, Miss Dawson, you were not to blame for thinking me Black Harry. The fellow is my double, and I ought not to have a double. Do you suppose I would think of leaving you in his power if there was any possible way for me to save you?"
"Why, Miss Dawson, you shouldn't blame yourself for thinking I was Black Harry. That guy is my lookalike, and I shouldn’t have a lookalike. Do you really think I would even consider leaving you at his mercy if there was any way for me to protect you?"
"You are a noble fellow! But you cannot save me—you cannot escape yourself! They will soon break in here, and then——"
"You’re a good guy! But you can’t save me—you can’t escape your own problems! They’ll be breaking in here any minute, and then——"
Frank was listening at the door, and he heard Black Harry complete his explanation to his Braves, heard their wild cries, and knew they were going to charge on the door.
Frank was eavesdropping at the door, and he heard Black Harry finish his explanation to his crew, heard their wild shouts, and realized they were about to charge at the door.
"It will not stand before them!"
"It won't hold up against them!"
He looked around and saw the stairs.
He looked around and saw the stairs.
"Up!" he cried to the girl. "Don't lose a moment!"
"Get up!" he yelled to the girl. "Don't waste any time!"
He motioned toward the stairs, and she ran toward them, hearing the roar that came from the outlaws as they made the rush for the cabin.
He gestured towards the stairs, and she sprinted toward them, hearing the shouting from the outlaws as they rushed for the cabin.
"Come!" she panted, looking over her shoulder, and[Pg 79] seeing Frank with a revolver in either hand. "Don't stay there! They will kill you!"
"Come on!" she gasped, glancing back, and[Pg 79] seeing Frank holding a revolver in both hands. "Don't just stand there! They’re going to kill you!"
"Up!" he shouted again. "I will follow!"
"Get up!" he shouted again. "I'm coming with you!"
She sprang up the stairs, which creaked and swayed beneath her.
She jumped up the stairs, which creaked and swayed under her.
There was a great shock, and the cabin seemed to totter on the brink of the chasm. Then the door fell, and the ruffians swarmed into the cabin.
There was a huge jolt, and the cabin appeared to teeter on the edge of the abyss. Then the door crashed down, and the thugs poured into the cabin.
Frank Merriwell was right behind the girl, and he seemed to lift her and fling her into the loft.
Frank Merriwell was right behind the girl, and he appeared to lift her and toss her into the loft.
"There they go!" rang the voice of the real Black Harry. "Up the stairs!"
"There they go!" shouted the real Black Harry. "Up the stairs!"
"This is no time for talk!" cried Frank, as he crouched at the head of the flight, his teeth set, and the light of desperation in his eyes.
"This isn't the time for talking!" Frank shouted, crouching at the top of the stairs, his teeth clenched and a look of desperation in his eyes.
The braves came rushing up the stairs, and the boy above thrust out both hands, each of which held a revolver.
The warriors rushed up the stairs, and the boy above extended both hands, each gripping a revolver.
Frank fired four shots, and the smoke shut out the faces of the fierce rascals on the stairs. He heard cries of pain and the sound of falling bodies.
Frank fired four shots, and the smoke obscured the faces of the fierce guys on the stairs. He heard cries of pain and the sound of bodies hitting the ground.
"I didn't waste my bullets," came grimly from his lips.
"I didn't waste my bullets," he said grimly.
But what could he do now? He had repulsed them for the time, but they were in the cabin, and it would not be for long that he could keep them back. They would soon find a way to reach him.
But what could he do now? He had pushed them back for the moment, but they were in the cabin, and it wouldn't be long before he couldn't hold them off. They would soon find a way to get to him.
He leaped to the swinging window and flung it open, thrusting the revolvers lightly into the side pockets of the coat he wore. He looked down into the depths of the chasm, through which ran the stream of water.
He jumped to the swinging window and flung it open, slipping the revolvers casually into the side pockets of his coat. He looked down into the depths of the chasm, where a stream of water flowed.
"It is a long distance down there," came hoarsely from the lad's lips. "I will try it! It is our last hope."
"It’s a long way down there," the boy said hoarsely. "I’ll give it a shot! It’s our only hope."
With a bound, he caught up the coil of rope, then he rushed to the window and flung it out. As one end was made fast to a rafter, it hung dangling from the window.[Pg 80]
With a leap, he grabbed the coil of rope, then hurried to the window and tossed it out. Once one end was secured to a rafter, it hung down from the window.[Pg 80]
Frank looked out, and he saw that the rope reached to the stream of water.
Frank looked out and saw that the rope extended to the stream of water.
At the same time, he heard Black Harry calling on his braves to follow him up the stairs.
At the same time, he heard Black Harry urging his men to follow him up the stairs.
"Come!" said Frank, hurrying to the side of the girl, and grasping her arm. "There is one chance in a thousand that we may do the trick and escape alive. We'll make a try for that chance."
"Come on!" Frank said, rushing to the girl's side and grabbing her arm. "There's a one in a thousand chance we might pull this off and escape alive. Let's go for it."
She did not question him, she did not hold back, but she bravely trusted everything to his judgment.
She didn't question him or hold back; she confidently trusted his judgment completely.
Frank passed through the window in advance. He twisted the rope around one leg, and he secured a good hold on it with his hands. Then he said to the girl:
Frank climbed through the window ahead of time. He wrapped the rope around one leg and gripped it tightly with his hands. Then he said to the girl:
"Be lively now! Get through the window, put your arms about my neck, cling for your life, and trust to Frank Merriwell and Providence."
"Be energetic now! Climb through the window, wrap your arms around my neck, hold on tight, and trust in Frank Merriwell and fate."
She did so, and they were soon descending the rope.
She did that, and they were soon going down the rope.
Frank went down, hand under hand, as he did not dare slide at first, knowing that his hands would be torn and bleeding, and that he must lose his hold before the bottom was reached. With the twist about his leg to aid him, he managed to sustain himself and his living burden very well.
Frank went down, gripping the rope carefully because he didn't want to slide at first, knowing it would cut his hands and leave them bleeding, and that he would eventually have to let go before reaching the bottom. With the wrap around his leg for support, he was able to hold on and carry his living burden quite effectively.
The girl whispered in his ear:
The girl whispered in his ear:
"Courage! You are the noblest fellow I ever saw—the greatest hero in the whole wide world!"
"Courage! You’re the bravest person I’ve ever seen—the greatest hero in the entire world!"
He made no reply, for his teeth were set, and he was mentally praying for strength and time.
He didn’t respond because his jaw was clenched, and he was mentally praying for strength and time.
Down they went—down, down. And then, when nearly half the distance had been covered, a shout came from above.
Down they went—down, down. And then, when they had covered almost half the distance, a shout came from above.
"Here they are! Ten thousand fiends! They shall not get away alive!"
"Here they are! Ten thousand monsters! They won't escape alive!"
It was the voice of Black Harry himself.
It was the voice of Black Harry himself.
"Oh, for a little more time!" panted Frank.[Pg 81]
"Oh, if only I had a little more time!" Frank breathed heavily.[Pg 81]
But no more time was to be given him. He heard the voice of the boy outlaw crying:
But he wasn't given any more time. He heard the boy outlaw's voice calling out:
"Look up here, Frank Merriwell—look up! I have a little trick to show you."
"Hey up here, Frank Merriwell—check this out! I've got a little trick to show you."
Frank looked upward, and he saw Black Harry leaning far out of the window. A knife glittered in the hand of the young desperado.
Frank looked up and saw Black Harry leaning far out of the window. A knife sparkled in the hand of the young criminal.
"I am going to cut the rope!" came down to the ears of the boy and girl. "Poor fools! Did you think to escape me! You will go down to your death in the creek!"
"I’m going to cut the rope!" echoed in the ears of the boy and girl. "Poor fools! Did you think you could escape me? You’re going to meet your end in the creek!"
Frank clung with one hand to the rope, although the strain was terrible. With his other hand he drew one of the revolvers from his pocket, lifted it, took aim, fired.
Frank held onto the rope with one hand, even though the strain was intense. With his other hand, he pulled out one of the revolvers from his pocket, raised it, aimed, and shot.
The weapon spoke just as Black Harry slashed at the rope.
The weapon fired just as Black Harry cut the rope.
There was a shriek of pain, a human body shot out from the window, and, as it went whirling downward, the rope parted!
There was a scream of pain, a person shot out from the window, and, as they spiraled down, the rope snapped!
Then down shot Frank and Lona to fall into the stream. They struck where the water was quite deep, and they were unharmed, although the girl was unconscious when our hero bore her to solid ground.
Then Frank and Lona jumped down and landed in the stream. They hit a spot where the water was pretty deep, and they were fine, though the girl was unconscious when our hero carried her to solid ground.
As for Black Harry, he struck where some jagged rocks reared their heads from the water, and he lay there, in a huddled heap, and dead, forever past harming any living creature.
As for Black Harry, he hit where some jagged rocks jutted out from the water, and he lay there, in a crumpled pile, dead, no longer able to harm any living creature.
And yet, as was afterward discovered by examination, he had not been touched by the bullet which Frank had fired up at him. He had been startled by the shot, had lost his balance, and had fallen to his death.
And yet, as was later shown by investigation, he hadn’t been hit by the bullet that Frank had shot at him. He had been startled by the gunfire, lost his balance, and fell to his death.
Frank was trying to restore Lona to consciousness when he heard the rattle of rifle and revolver shots, the sound coming down faintly from above. Following it there was wild and continued cheering, and still more shooting.[Pg 82]
Frank was trying to bring Lona back to consciousness when he heard the distant rattle of rifle and revolver shots coming from above. Following that, there were wild and continuous cheers, along with even more gunfire.[Pg 82]
"It sounds like a battle," thought the boy. "I believe the outlaws have been attacked."
"It sounds like a fight," thought the boy. "I think the outlaws are under attack."
He was right. For all that he fancied he had thrown his pursuers from the trail, Black Harry had been tracked to Cade's Canyon. The guard was captured while the assault on the hut was taking place, and then Hank Kildare, at the head of the trailers, swept down on the astonished braves.
He was right. Despite thinking he had lost his pursuers, Black Harry had been tracked to Cade's Canyon. The guard was captured while the attack on the hut was happening, and then Hank Kildare, leading the trackers, charged down on the surprised warriors.
The battle was short and sharp, and but few of the outlaws escaped. Some were killed, and some were captured.
The battle was brief and intense, and only a few of the outlaws got away. Some were killed, while others were caught.
One of the captured ruffians told them where to find Black Harry, Frank and the kidnaped girl.
One of the captured thugs told them where to find Black Harry, Frank, and the kidnapped girl.
Lariats were tied together, and a line was made long enough to reach the bottom of the chasm.
Lariats were connected, creating a line long enough to reach the bottom of the ravine.
Lona Dawson was drawn up first, and then Frank tied the rope about the body of his double, permitting them to draw him to the top of the bluff. Frank came up last, and he found the men from Elreno in a rather dazed condition.
Lona Dawson was pulled up first, and then Frank tied the rope around the body of his double, allowing them to haul him up to the top of the bluff. Frank came up last, and when he got there, he found the men from Elreno in a bit of a daze.
"Is thar two Black Harrys?" asked one, staring at the dead boy, and then at his living counterpart.
"Is there two Black Harrys?" asked one, looking at the dead boy and then at his living counterpart.
"Moses in der pulrushes!" groaned Solomon Rosenbum, who was on hand. "There vas only von, und he vas deat, vid der accent on der deat. Dat leds me oudt, und I don'd vas aple to take him pack East vor murter."
"Moses in the rushes!" groaned Solomon Rosenbum, who was present. "There was only one, and he was dead, with the emphasis on dead. That leads me out, and I don't feel able to take him back East for murder."
"Take him back East for murder?" questioned a man. "What do you mean by that."
"Take him back East for murder?" a man asked. "What do you mean by that?"
"I mean that he is wanted in the East, and I have been tracking him for the last two months," said the supposed Jew, suddenly speaking without a trace of accent.
"I mean that he's wanted in the East, and I've been tracking him for the last two months," said the alleged Jew, suddenly speaking without a hint of an accent.
"Who are you?"
"Who's that?"
"I am Burchel Jones, a detective."
"I'm Burchel Jones, a detective."
"Burchel Jones! Impossible! Jones was the fellow who arrested this boy for Black Harry."[Pg 83]
"Burchel Jones! No way! Jones was the guy who arrested this kid for Black Harry."[Pg 83]
"That fellow was not Burchel Jones; he is an impostor, and he was working for the reward offered for Black Harry's capture. If he is in Elreno when we get back there, I shall have a little settlement with him."
"That guy was not Burchel Jones; he's a fraud, and he was after the reward offered for capturing Black Harry. If he's in Elreno when we return, I’ll deal with him."
Then Lona Dawson, who had recovered, told them how bravely Frank had fought for her, and the boy suddenly found himself regarded as a hero by the very ones who had been fierce to lynch him a short time before.
Then Lona Dawson, who had recovered, told them how bravely Frank had fought for her, and the boy suddenly found himself seen as a hero by the very people who had been ready to lynch him just a short time before.
"Hurro!" cried Barney Mulloy, who was on hand. "Oi knew ye'd come out at th' top av th' hape in th' ind, Frankie, be b'y!"
"Hurro!" shouted Barney Mulloy, who was nearby. "I knew you'd come out on top in the end, Frankie, my boy!"
And the delighted Irish boy gave his friend a "bear's hug."
And the thrilled Irish boy gave his friend a "bear hug."
It was a triumphant party that returned to Elreno. Lona Dawson was restored to her wounded father, the body of Black Harry was placed on exhibition, and Frank was cheered and stared at by admiring eyes wherever he went.
It was a victorious group that returned to Elreno. Lona Dawson was reunited with her injured father, the body of Black Harry was put on display, and Frank was celebrated and gazed at by admiring eyes wherever he went.
The bogus detective heard what had happened in time to leave the place and avoid meeting the real Burchel Jones.
The fake detective heard what went down just in time to get out of there and avoid running into the real Burchel Jones.
Robert Dawson did not die from his wound. He recovered in time, but, as he lay on his bed, with his daughter restored to him, he held out a hand to Frank, who had been summoned to that room, saying, fervently:
Robert Dawson didn’t die from his wound. He got better over time, but as he lay on his bed with his daughter back by his side, he reached out a hand to Frank, who had been called to that room, saying earnestly:
"God bless you, young man! My daughter has told me everything. You shall be rewarded by anything it is in my power to give you."
"God bless you, young man! My daughter has told me everything. You will be rewarded with anything I can give you."
Frank laughed, his face flushing, as he gallantly returned:
Frank laughed, his face turning red, as he charmingly replied:
"Mr. Dawson, I have already been rewarded by the pleasure it gave me to be of service to your daughter in a time of peril."
"Mr. Dawson, I have already been rewarded by the joy it brought me to help your daughter during a dangerous time."
A week later Frank and his friends continued their journey westward, where fresh adventures awaited them.[Pg 84]
A week later, Frank and his friends kept heading west, where new adventures were waiting for them.[Pg 84]
CHAPTER XIII.
A THRILLING RESCUE.
"No, sir!" roared Professor Scotch, banging his clinched fist down on a rough wooden table that stood in the only "hotel" of the town of Blake, Utah. "I say no, and that settles it!"
"No way, sir!" shouted Professor Scotch, slamming his clenched fist down on a rough wooden table in the only "hotel" in the town of Blake, Utah. "I’m saying no, and that’s final!"
"But," urged Frank, who sat opposite the little professor at the table, "wait till I tell you——"
"But," urged Frank, who sat across from the little professor at the table, "wait until I tell you——"
"You have told me enough, sir! I do not want to hear any more!"
"You've said enough, sir! I don't want to hear anymore!"
Barney, who sat near, could restrain his merriment no longer.
Barney, who was sitting nearby, couldn’t hold back his laughter any longer.
"Begobs!" he cried; "th' profissor is on his ear this toime, Frankie, me b'y. He manes business."
"Wow!" he exclaimed; "the professor is really serious this time, Frankie, my boy. He means business."
"That's exactly what I do!" came explosively from the little man's lips. "It is my turn now. You boys have been having your own way right along, and you have done nothing but run into scrape after scrape. It is amazing the troubles you have been into and the dangers you have passed through. Several times you have placed me in deadly peril, and but for my coolness, my remarkable nerve, my extremely level head, I must have been killed or gone insane long ago."
"That's exactly what I do!" the little man exclaimed. "Now it’s my turn. You guys have had your way all along, and all you’ve done is get into one mess after another. It’s incredible the troubles you’ve faced and the dangers you’ve avoided. Several times, you’ve put me in serious danger, and if it weren’t for my calmness, my amazing nerve, and my very level-headedness, I would have either been killed or gone insane a long time ago."
Both boys laughed.
Both guys laughed.
"Allow me to compliment you on your remarkable nerve, professor," chuckled Frank. "You are bold as a lion—nit."
"Let me compliment you on your amazing nerve, professor," Frank laughed. "You're as bold as a lion—nope."
The final expressive word was spoken in an "aside," but the professor heard it, as Frank had intended he should.[Pg 85]
The last expressive word was said in an "aside," but the professor heard it, just as Frank had meant for him to.[Pg 85]
"Laugh, laugh, laugh!" shouted the little man, in a hoarse tone of voice. "The time has passed when you can have fun with me; I decline to permit you to have fun with me. I have decided to assert myself, and right here is where I do it."
"Laugh, laugh, laugh!" shouted the little man in a hoarse voice. "The time for having fun with me is over; I won't let you have fun with me anymore. I've decided to stand up for myself, and this is where I make it happen."
"Ye do thot, don't yez, profissor!" cried the Irish lad, in a way that made the little man squirm.
"Do you think so, professor?" cried the Irish boy, in a way that made the little man squirm.
"You can bet I do! Judging by the past, any one would think Frank my guardian. They'd never dream I was his. He has gone where he pleased, and done as he pleased. Look where he has dragged me! Where is this forsaken hole on the face of the earth? It's somewhere in Utah."
"You can bet I do! Looking at the past, anyone would think Frank was my guardian. They'd never believe I was his. He's gone wherever he wanted and done whatever he wanted. Just look where he's dragged me! Where is this godforsaken place on earth? It's somewhere in Utah."
"Blake is very easily located," said Frank, glibly. "Any schoolboy will tell you it is in Eastern Utah, on the line of the Grand Western Railway, at the point where the railroad crosses Green River. You are a little rusty on such things, professor, and so you fancy everybody else is as much a back number as yourself."
"Blake is super easy to find," Frank said casually. "Any schoolkid can tell you it's in Eastern Utah, right along the Grand Western Railway, where the train crosses Green River. You're a bit out of touch on this stuff, professor, so you think everyone else is just as outdated as you are."
"Back number!" howled the little man, leaping into the air and dashing his hat to the floor. "That is more than I can endure. You have passed the limit."
"Back number!" shouted the little man, jumping into the air and throwing his hat to the floor. "That's more than I can take. You've crossed the line."
Neither of the boys had ever before seen him so far forget his dignity without greater provocation, and they were not a little surprised.
Neither of the boys had ever seen him so willing to let go of his dignity without a bigger reason, and they were pretty surprised.
"Steady, professor," laughed Frank. "Don't fly off the handle."
"Easy there, professor," laughed Frank. "Don't lose your cool."
"Howld onter yersilf, profissor," chuckled Barney. "Av ye don't, ye may get broken."
"Hold on to yourself, professor," chuckled Barney. "If you don't, you might get hurt."
"This is terrible!" cried the professor, his face crimson with anger. "Frank Merriwell, you are an ungrateful, reckless, heartless young rascal!"
"This is awful!" shouted the professor, his face red with anger. "Frank Merriwell, you are an ungrateful, reckless, heartless young brat!"
"Oh, professor!"
"Wow, professor!"
Frank seemed deeply touched. He grew sober in a[Pg 86] moment, out came his handkerchief, he carried it to his eyes, and he began to sob in a pitiful way.
Frank looked really moved. He became serious in a[Pg 86] moment, pulled out his handkerchief, wiped his eyes, and started to cry helplessly.
Behind the handkerchief the mischievous lad was laughing still.
Behind the handkerchief, the cheeky boy was still laughing.
The professor rushed about the room a moment, and then he stopped, staring at Frank and beginning to look distressed.
The professor hurried around the room for a moment, then he stopped, staring at Frank and starting to look upset.
"That I—should—ev-ev-ever live—to—see—this sad—hour!" sobbed the boy, with the handkerchief to his eyes. "That I should be called ungrateful and heartless by a man I have loved and honored like—like a—a sister! If my poor uncle had not died——"
"That I should ever live to see this sad hour!" the boy cried, wiping his eyes with a handkerchief. "That I should be called ungrateful and heartless by a man I have loved and respected like a sister! If my poor uncle hadn't died——"
"Goodness knows you cannot feel worse about that than I do!" came from the little man's lips. "I suppose he fancied he was doing me a favor when he appointed me your guardian and directed that I should accompany you as your tutor in your travels over the world. Your tutor indeed! Why, you insist on giving me points and information about every place we visit. You do exactly as you please, and it is a wonder that either of us is alive to-day. You have dragged us through the most deadly perils, and now that I object when you want to go ranting away into a wild and unexplored region of Southern Utah, where you say there dwells the last remnant of the murderous and terrible Danites, you—you—you——"
"Honestly, you can't feel worse about this than I do!" the little man exclaimed. "I guess he thought he was doing me a favor by making me your guardian and telling me to travel with you as your tutor. Your tutor, really! You insist on teaching me about every place we visit. You do whatever you want, and it's a miracle that we're both still alive today. You've dragged us through the most dangerous situations, and now that I object to you wanting to charge off into a wild and unexplored area of Southern Utah, where you claim the last remnant of the violent and terrifying Danites lives, you—you—you——"
"What have I done?" sobbed Frank.
"What have I done?" Frank cried.
"Why, you've—you've said——"
"Why, you’ve—you’ve said——"
"What?"
"What do you mean?"
"I don't remember now; but I'd give seventeen million dollars if Asher Merriwell, your uncle, was living and had to travel around with you!"
"I can't remember right now, but I'd pay seventeen million dollars if Asher Merriwell, your uncle, were alive and had to travel with you!"
"Now my heart is broken!" came mournfully from behind that handkerchief.
"Now my heart is broken!" came sadly from behind that handkerchief.
That was more than Scotch could stand. He edged[Pg 87] nearer Frank, who fell face downward on the table, still laughing, but pretending to quiver with sobs.
That was more than Scotch could handle. He moved[Pg 87] closer to Frank, who had collapsed face down on the table, still laughing but pretending to cry.
"There, there, there!" fluttered the little man, patting the boy on the shoulder. "Don't feel so bad about it."
"There, there, there!" said the little man, patting the boy on the shoulder. "Don't feel so bad about it."
"I—I can't help it."
"I can't help it."
"Oh, I didn't mean anything—really I didn't. I'll take it back, and——"
"Oh, I didn’t mean anything—honestly, I didn’t. I’ll take it back, and——"
"Your cruel words have pierced my tender heart as the spear of the fisherman pierceth the unwary flounder."
"Your hurtful words have stabbed my sensitive heart like a fisherman’s spear pierces an unsuspecting flounder."
"I was too hasty—altogether too hasty."
"I was too quick—way too quick."
"That does not heal the bleeding wound."
"That doesn't heal the bleeding wound."
"Oh, well, say—I'll do most anything to——"
"Oh, well, say—I’ll do just about anything to——"
"Will you permit me to go on this expedition?"
"Will you let me go on this expedition?"
"No, never!" cried the little man. "There is a limit, and that is too much."
"No, never!" shouted the little man. "There’s a limit, and that’s too much."
"But you have not heard the story of this Walter Clyde, to whom I owe my very life," said Frank, pretending to dry his eyes with the handkerchief.
"But you haven't heard the story of Walter Clyde, to whom I owe my very life," said Frank, pretending to wipe away his tears with a handkerchief.
"You owe what?" shouted the professor, astonished. "How do you owe him so much?"
"You owe what?" the professor shouted, shocked. "How do you owe him that much?"
"Well, sir," spoke the boy, "it was like this: I had fallen into the hands of a band of murderous ruffians, and——"
"Well, sir," the boy said, "here's what happened: I got caught by a group of violent thugs, and——"
"When did this occur?"
"When did this happen?"
"At about half past six. Please do not interrupt me again. These ruffians, after relieving me of my valuables and wearing apparel, so that I was clad in nothing but a loose-fitting suit of air, proceeded, with fiendish design, to tie me to the railroad track."
"At around six-thirty. Please don't interrupt me again. These thugs, after taking my valuables and clothes, leaving me in nothing but a loose-fitting suit of air, then maliciously proceeded to tie me to the railroad track."
"Terrible!" gasped Scotch, his face pale and horrified. "But where did this take place?"
"That's awful!" gasped Scotch, his face pale and filled with shock. "But where did this happen?"
"Directly on the line of the railroad. Will you be good enough not to interrupt! I was helpless in their power, and I could do nothing to save myself. I begged them to spare me, but they laughed at my entreaties."[Pg 88]
"Right by the railroad tracks. Please don’t interrupt! I was completely at their mercy, and I couldn't do anything to save myself. I begged them to let me go, but they just laughed at my pleas."[Pg 88]
"The wretches!" roared the little professor. "Ah! Er! Excuse me for breaking in."
"The losers!" yelled the little professor. "Oh! Uh! Sorry for interrupting."
"Having tied me firmly across the polished rails," continued Frank, growing dramatic in his method of relating the yarn, "they told me the express would be along in fifteen minutes, and then they left me to my fate."
"After they had securely tied me across the shiny rails," Frank continued, getting dramatic as he told the story, "they said the express would be coming in fifteen minutes, and then they left me to face my fate."
"The dastardly scoun—— Beg pardon! Go on! go on!"
"The sneaky scoundrel— Excuse me! Keep going! Keep going!"
"I tried to wrench myself free, but it was impossible; they had tied the knots well, and I began to believe I was doomed. The rail sang beneath my head, and I knew the express was approaching at terrible speed."
"I tried to pull myself free, but there was no way; they had tied the knots tight, and I started to think I was done for. The rail hummed under my head, and I knew the express train was coming at a frightening speed."
"This is too much—too much!" groaned the little man, flopping down on a chair. "It actually overcomes me!"
"This is just too much—way too much!" groaned the little man, collapsing into a chair. "I can't take it anymore!"
"I fully expected the express would come over me," the boy went on. "I gave up hope. Looking along the track, I saw the engine swoop into view round a curve in the road. Down upon me with the speed of the wind it swept."
"I fully expected the train to come right at me," the boy continued. "I lost hope. Glancing down the track, I saw the engine rush into sight around a bend. It flew toward me with the speed of the wind."
No sound but a groan came from the lips of Professor Scotch.
No sound except a groan escaped from Professor Scotch's lips.
"Staring with horrified eyes and benumbed senses at the engine, I heard it shriek a wild note of warning. I had been seen! But the train was on a down grade, and it could not stop in time. I was doomed just the same."
"Staring with wide eyes and numbed senses at the engine, I heard it let out a loud warning scream. I had been spotted! But the train was heading down a slope, and it couldn’t stop in time. I was doomed just the same."
The professor was ready to fall off his chair.
The professor was about to fall off his chair.
"Then," cried Frank, dramatically, "out along the side of the engine crept a boy, who carried something in his hand. That boy was Walter Clyde, to whom I owe my very life. The something he carried in his hand was a lasso, and with that he saved me."
"Then,” Frank shouted dramatically, “a boy crept out along the side of the engine, holding something in his hand. That boy was Walter Clyde, to whom I owe my life. The thing he was holding was a lasso, and with it, he saved me."
"How—how could he do it?" palpitated the professor. "You were tied to the track!"
"How—how could he do that?" the professor stammered. "You were tied to the tracks!"
"Yes, but Walter Clyde is an ingenious fellow, and he saw how to get around that difficulty."[Pg 89]
"Yes, but Walter Clyde is a clever guy, and he figured out how to overcome that challenge."[Pg 89]
"But how—how?"
"But how?"
"Well, close beside the railroad was the stump of a great tree that had been cut down. I saw him point at it, and above the roar of the train I heard him shriek for me to lift my head and look at it."
"Right next to the railroad was the stump of a huge tree that had been cut down. I saw him point at it, and above the noise of the train, I heard him yell for me to lift my head and check it out."
"Yes, yes! Go on!"
"Yeah, yeah! Keep going!"
"I saw him whirling the lasso-noose about his head, making ready for the cast, having first hitched the other ends to the cow-catcher of the locomotive."
"I saw him spinning the lasso loop above his head, getting ready to throw it, having first attached the other ends to the cowcatcher of the train."
"Well, well?"
"Well, well?"
"I lifted my head as high as possible, and I saw the noose shoot through the air. Excuse me while I shudder a few seconds!"
"I lifted my head as high as I could, and I saw the noose fly through the air. Just a moment while I shudder for a few seconds!"
"Did he drag you from the track in time?" shouted the professor. "Did the noose fall over your head?"
"Did he pull you off the track in time?" the professor shouted. "Did the noose fall around your neck?"
"No," answered Frank; "but it fell over that stump, and, when the express reached the end of the lariat, having come so near that the nose of the pilot brushed my hair, the lariat brought up. It was a good stout rope, and it yanked that engine off the track in a second, and piled the entire train in the ditch. I was saved—saved by a brave boy, and only forty of the passengers on the train were killed."
"No," Frank replied. "But it tipped over that stump, and when the express train reached the end of the lariat, coming so close that the pilot's nose brushed my hair, the lariat stopped. It was a strong rope, and it yanked that engine off the track in an instant, sending the whole train into the ditch. I was saved—saved by a brave boy, and only forty of the passengers on the train lost their lives."
Professor Scotch gasped for breath and sank from his chair to the floor.[Pg 90]
Professor Scotch gasped for breath and collapsed from his chair to the floor.[Pg 90]
CHAPTER XIV.
WALTER CLYDE'S STORY.
Barney Mulloy had been holding on to keep from shouting with laughter, and now he exploded.
Barney Mulloy had been trying not to burst out laughing, but now he couldn't hold it in.
"Ha! ha! ha!" he roared. "Pwhat do yez think av thot, profissor? Thot wur th' narrowest escape ivver hearrud av, ur Oi'm a loier!"
"Ha! Ha! Ha!" he laughed. "What do you think of that, professor? That was the narrowest escape I've ever heard of, or I'm a liar!"
"Send for the undertaker!" came in a hollow groan from the lips of the professor.
"Call the undertaker!" came a hollow groan from the professor's lips.
"You do not seem to feel well?" said Frank, hastening to the man's assistance. "What is the trouble?"
"You don’t look like you're feeling well," said Frank, rushing to help the man. "What's the problem?"
"If I die of heart failure you will be responsible!" fiercely grated Scotch.
"If I die of heart failure, you're going to be responsible!" Scotch said fiercely.
"Doie!" cried Barney. "Whoy, ye'll live ter pick daisies on yer own grave, profissor."
"Doie!" shouted Barney. "Wow, you'll live to pick daisies on your own grave, professor."
"This is terrible!" faintly rumbled the little man, as he regained his chair, and began to mop cold perspiration from his face with a handkerchief.
"This is awful!" faintly grumbled the little man as he returned to his chair and began to wipe the cold sweat from his face with a handkerchief.
There was a knock at the door.
There was a knock at the door.
"Come in," cried Frank.
"Come in," shouted Frank.
The door opened, and a boy about seventeen years of age entered the room. He was a slender, delicate-appearing fellow, but he had a good face and steady eyes.
The door opened, and a boy around seventeen walked into the room. He was slender and had a delicate appearance, but he had a good-looking face and steady eyes.
"Hurrah!" cried Frank. "Here is my preserver! Professor Scotch, permit me to introduce you to Mr. Walter Clyde."
"Hooray!" shouted Frank. "Here’s my savior! Professor Scotch, let me introduce you to Mr. Walter Clyde."
The professor held out a limp hand to the boy, saying:
The professor extended a weak hand to the boy, saying:
"Excuse me if I do not rise. Frank just robbed me of strength by telling how you saved his life by derailing an express train and killing forty passengers."[Pg 91]
"Sorry if I don't get up. Frank just drained my energy by saying you saved his life by derailing a train and killing forty people."[Pg 91]
Clyde was quick to catch on. A faint look of astonishment was followed by a smile, and he said:
Clyde quickly understood. A slight look of surprise was followed by a smile, and he said:
"Mr. Merriwell is mistaken."
"Mr. Merriwell is wrong."
"Ha!" cried the professor. "Then you denounce the whole story as false?"
"Ha!" exclaimed the professor. "So you claim the entire story is false?"
"I said Mr. Merriwell was mistaken—but thirty-nine passengers were killed," said the newcomer, who had caught the end of Frank's yarn.
"I said Mr. Merriwell was wrong—but thirty-nine passengers died," said the newcomer, who had overheard the end of Frank's story.
The professor came near having a fit, and Barney Mulloy held onto his sides, convulsed with merriment.
The professor was about to lose it, and Barney Mulloy was holding his sides, shaking with laughter.
"I beg your pardon, Mr. Clyde," said Frank. "I may have stretched the yarn a trifle."
"I’m sorry, Mr. Clyde," said Frank. "I might have exaggerated a bit."
"Just a trifle!" muttered the professor.
"Just a little bit!" muttered the professor.
"If I had used giant-powder instead of dynamite in blowing up the track," said Clyde, "it is possible there might have been a smaller loss of life."
"If I had used giant powder instead of dynamite to blow up the track," Clyde said, "it's possible there might have been fewer casualties."
"But you did not blow up the track at all," hastily put in Frank. "You yanked the train off the rails with a lasso."
"But you didn't blow up the track at all," Frank quickly interjected. "You pulled the train off the rails with a lasso."
"So I did! I was thinking of another case. In this instance, if I had not stood so far from the railroad——"
"So I did! I was thinking of a different case. In this situation, if I hadn't been standing so far from the railroad——"
"But you were on the pilot of the engine."
"But you were in charge of the engine."
"Was I? So I was. Excuse me if I do not attempt any further explanations."
"Was I? Yeah, I was. Sorry if I don't offer any more explanations."
Then the three boys laughed heartily, and the professor was forced to join in at last.
Then the three boys laughed loudly, and the professor had to join in eventually.
Having restored Scotch to good nature, Frank requested Walter Clyde to tell his story. Clyde's face clouded a little, and he slowly said:
Having put Scotch in a good mood again, Frank asked Walter Clyde to share his story. Clyde's expression darkened slightly, and he slowly replied:
"I will tell it briefly. Years ago, when I was a very small child, my father left his home in the East to make a trip to California. Business called him out there, and, on his way, he entered this Territory. He never reached California.
"I'll keep it short. Years ago, when I was just a little kid, my dad left our home in the East to go on a trip to California. He had business there, and on his way, he passed through this Territory. He never made it to California."
"My father had a deadly enemy—a man who had[Pg 92] sworn to kill him some day. That man's name was Uric Dugan. Father had been instrumental in sending him to prison for robbery, but he had escaped, fled to the West, and, it was said, joined the Mormons.
"My father had a dangerous enemy—a man who had[Pg 92] promised to kill him someday. That man's name was Uric Dugan. My father had played a key role in having him sent to prison for robbery, but he managed to escape, ran off to the West, and it was rumored that he became a Mormon."
"Fate led Uric Dugan and my father to meet in Utah. What happened then is known to Dugan alone. Months passed, and mother heard no word from father. She grew thin and pale and desperate. At length, a letter came to her. It was from Uric Dugan.
"Fate brought Uric Dugan and my father together in Utah. What happened next is known only to Dugan. Months went by, and my mother heard nothing from my father. She became thin, pale, and desperate. Finally, a letter arrived for her. It was from Uric Dugan."
"That letter told my mother that father had died in a living tomb, where he had been placed and kept by Dugan till he went mad. Dugan gloated over his frightful crime. He told how father had raved in his delirium, called wildly for his wife and his boy, and how her name was last on his lips when he died."
"That letter informed my mother that dad had died in a living tomb, where he had been put and kept by Dugan until he lost his mind. Dugan reveled in his horrific crime. He recounted how dad had shouted in his delirium, desperately calling for his wife and his son, and how her name was the last thing he said before he died."
"The monster!" broke in Professor Scotch, who was intensely interested.
"The monster!" interrupted Professor Scotch, who was very intrigued.
"He was in truth a monster," agreed Clyde. "The effect of that letter on my mother was terrible. It nearly drove her mad, and she was ill a long time. When she recovered, she took measures to find and punish Dugan, but she never succeeded. She learned, however, that Dugan, after joining the Mormons, had been one of that terrible organization known as the Danites. He had disappeared, and no trace of him could be found.
"He was really a monster," Clyde agreed. "That letter had a terrible effect on my mom. It nearly drove her crazy, and she was sick for a long time. When she got better, she tried to find and punish Dugan, but she never succeeded. However, she found out that Dugan, after joining the Mormons, had been part of that awful group called the Danites. He had vanished, and no one could find any trace of him."
"The detective who was in my mother's employ was aided by an old guide, miner, and fortune-hunter in general, known as Ben Barr. Barr learned the whole story of my father's disappearance, and it happened that he knew Uric Dugan—that Dugan had once done him an injury. He took a great interest in the case, and did his best to trace the man. As I have said, Dugan was not found, nor did the detective learn anything further of my father.
"The detective working for my mother was helped by an old guide, miner, and general fortune-hunter named Ben Barr. Barr learned the entire story of my father's disappearance, and it turned out that he knew Uric Dugan—Dugan had once wronged him. He became very invested in the case and did everything he could to track down the man. As I mentioned, Dugan was never found, and the detective didn't uncover any more information about my father."
"Years passed, and I grew up. The years wrought[Pg 93] their changes in Utah, and the Destroying Angels ceased to be a menace to every Gentile in the Territory. The younger Mormons regretted that such an organization had ever existed, and had been in any way connected with the Mormon Church. Danites who had been powerful and feared, found their former friends turning against them. Even the Mormon Church pretended to denounce them. John D. Lee, chief in the Mountain Meadow butchery, was captured, tried, found guilty, and shot. There were others as guilty as Lee, and they, who had been the hunters, found themselves hunted. They fled to the mountains, hid, disguised themselves, changed their names, and did everything they could to escape retributive justice.
"Years went by, and I grew up. The years brought[Pg 93] their changes in Utah, and the Destroying Angels stopped being a threat to every non-Mormon in the Territory. The younger Mormons wished that such an organization had never existed and had no ties to the Mormon Church. The Danites, who had once been powerful and feared, found their former friends turning against them. Even the Mormon Church pretended to denounce them. John D. Lee, the leader in the Mountain Meadow massacre, was captured, tried, found guilty, and executed. There were others just as guilty as Lee, and those who had once been hunters now found themselves being hunted. They fled to the mountains, hid, disguised themselves, changed their names, and did everything they could to escape justice."
"It seems that Dugan was still with them, and he found himself a fugitive like the others. Somewhere in Southern Utah, west of the Colorado, and amid the wild mountains that are to be found to the north of the Escalante River, the hunted Danites found a home where they believed they would be safe from pursuit, and there the last remnant of the once terrible Destroying Angels are living to-day.
"It seems that Dugan was still with them, and he became a fugitive like the others. Somewhere in Southern Utah, west of the Colorado River, and among the wild mountains north of the Escalante River, the hunted Danites found a place they thought would keep them safe from being chased, and there the last remnants of the once-feared Destroying Angels are living today."
"In his wanderings, Ben Barr came upon this retreat of the Danites, and there he saw Uric Dugan, who is now the chief of the band. Barr barely escaped with his life, and he lost no time in writing to my mother, telling her what he had discovered.
"In his travels, Ben Barr stumbled upon this hideout of the Danites, and there he encountered Uric Dugan, who is now the leader of the group. Barr narrowly escaped with his life, and he quickly wrote to my mother, informing her of what he had found."
"This was enough to revive old memories and set mother to brooding over it. Her health was not very good, and I am sure that she worried herself to death. Before she died she told me of a dream that had come to her for three successive nights. In that dream she had seen my father, and he was still living, although he was unable to return to her. Just why he could not return was not very clear, but it was because of Dugan.[Pg 94]
"This was enough to bring back old memories and make my mother think deeply about it. Her health wasn’t great, and I’m sure she worried herself sick. Before she passed away, she told me about a dream she had for three nights in a row. In that dream, she saw my father, and he was still alive, even though he couldn't come back to her. The reason he couldn't return wasn't very clear, but it had something to do with Dugan.[Pg 94]
"As she was dying, my mother called me to her side and told me of the dream. 'My boy,' she said, 'I know your father is still living, and I want you to find him. Something has told me that you will be successful. Promise me that when I am gone you will not rest until you have found him or have satisfied yourself beyond the shadow of a doubt that he is dead.'
"As she was dying, my mother called me to her side and told me about the dream. 'My son,' she said, 'I know your father is still alive, and I want you to find him. I've had a feeling that you will succeed. Promise me that when I'm gone, you won't stop until you've found him or have figured out for sure that he is dead.'"
"I gave that promise, and I am here to search for my father and for Uric Dugan. If father is not living, I may be able to avenge him, and that will set me at rest.
"I made that promise, and I'm here to look for my father and Uric Dugan. If my father is no longer alive, I might be able to avenge him, and that will give me some peace."
"By accident I was thrown in with Mr. Merriwell, and we became somewhat friendly. I told him my story, and he was intensely interested in it. He asked me to let him go along. I did not refuse, and he said he would obtain your consent. That is all."
"By chance, I ended up with Mr. Merriwell, and we became kind of friends. I shared my story with him, and he was really interested. He asked if he could join me. I didn't say no, and he said he would get your approval. That's all."
"Young man," said Professor Scotch, "I sympathize with you, and I sincerely hope you may be successful; but I do not care to have Frank thrust himself into such perils as you may encounter on that search."
"Young man," said Professor Scotch, "I feel for you, and I really hope you succeed; but I don’t want Frank to get involved in the dangers you might face on that search."
"Hold on, professor!" cried Frank. "Just wait and——"
"Wait a second, professor!" Frank shouted. "Just hold on and——"
Scotch waved his hand.
Scotch waved his hand.
"The time has come for me to assert my authority," he said, sternly; "and I propose to assert it."
"The time has come for me to establish my authority," he said firmly; "and I intend to do so."
"You will not let me go?"
"You’re not going to let me go?"
"No, sir!"
"No way!"
"All right. You'll be sorry, professor."
"Alright. You'll regret this, professor."
"That sounds like a threat, young man. Don't threaten me. This search looks like a wild-goose chase. How do you propose to reach this retreat of the Danites?" he asked, turning to Clyde.
"That sounds like a threat, young man. Don't threaten me. This search seems like a wild-goose chase. How do you plan to get to this Danite retreat?" he asked, turning to Clyde.
"By cruising down the river in a strong boat which I have bought and provisioned for the trip."
"By traveling down the river in a sturdy boat that I bought and stocked for the journey."
"And did you boys think of going alone?"
"And did you guys think about going by yourselves?"
"Oh no."[Pg 95]
"Oh no."
"Who was going with you?"
"Who was with you?"
"Two explorers."
"Two adventurers."
"Their names."
"Their names."
"Colton Graves and Caleb Kerney."
"Colton Graves & Caleb Kerney."
"What do you know about them?"
"What do you know about them?"
"Nothing, except that they wish to take a cruise through the canyons."
"Nothing, except that they want to go on a cruise through the canyons."
"Young man," said the professor, "let me give you a bit of advice."
"Hey, young man," the professor said, "let me offer you some advice."
But before he could do so there came a sharp knock on the door.[Pg 96]
But before he could do that, there was a loud knock on the door.[Pg 96]
CHAPTER XV.
PROFESSOR SEPTEMAS SCUDMORE.
The door opened with a quick, jerky movement immediately after the knock, and, without waiting to be invited to enter, a tall, angular, thin-legged, knock-kneed man walked into the room with a peculiar movement that seemed to indicate that his legs were in danger of breaking at every step.
The door swung open abruptly right after the knock, and without waiting for an invitation, a tall, skinny man with thin legs and knock-knees entered the room. He moved in a way that suggested his legs might break with every step.
This man had a very long, thin neck, on which was set a long, narrow head, crowned with an out-of-date silk hat. He wore a suit of rusty black, a flaring high collar, that was sadly wilted and lay out over the collar of his coat, and a black string necktie, which was tied in a careless knot. His face was shaven smooth, and a pair of gold-bowed spectacles clung convulsively to the end of a long, thin nose.
This guy had a really long, skinny neck, topped with a long, narrow head wearing an old-fashioned silk hat. He was dressed in a worn-out black suit, sporting a wide, high collar that drooped sadly over the collar of his coat, and a black string tie that was tied in a sloppy knot. His face was clean-shaven, and a pair of gold-bowed glasses clung tightly to the end of his long, thin nose.
"Excuse me," he said, in a high-pitched, cracked tin-pan sort of voice. "I seek a fellow laborer in the field of science. You know the Good Book says: 'Seek and ye shall find, knock and it shall be opened unto you.' I knocked—didn't stop for it to be opened—am in a hurry. Ahem! You"—pointing a long, slim finger at Scotch—"you must be the one I seek."
"Excuse me," he said, in a high-pitched, squeaky voice. "I'm looking for a fellow worker in the field of science. You know the Good Book says: 'Seek and you shall find, knock and it will be opened to you.' I knocked—didn't wait for it to be opened—I'm in a hurry. Ahem! You"—pointing a long, thin finger at Scotch—"you must be the one I'm looking for."
The little professor looked startled.
The young professor looked startled.
"What have I ever done to you?" he asked, hesitatingly.
"What have I ever done to you?" he asked, hesitantly.
"Not anything, my dear sir, but I believe you are Professor Scotch, are you not?"
"Nothing much, my dear sir, but I believe you are Professor Scotch, right?"
"I am Professor Septemas Scudmore, of Pudville Classical Institute, in the State of Ohio."
"I am Professor Septemas Scudmore, from the Pudville Classical Institute in Ohio."
"Never heard of you, sir."
"Never heard of you, dude."
"And I never heard of you till a few moments ago, when one of the polite and obliging citizens told me you were here, and asked me why I did not call on you, as you seemed to be a bigger fool than I am, and we might make good company for each other."
"And I hadn't heard of you until a few moments ago, when one of the friendly and helpful locals mentioned you were here and asked why I didn't come to see you, since you seemed to be an even bigger fool than I am, and we could have a good time together."
"What's that?" roared Scotch. "Who dared to say anything like that? The insulting wretch!"
"What's that?" yelled Scotch. "Who had the nerve to say something like that? That insulting jerk!"
Professor Scudmore waved a long, lank hand at the little man.
Professor Scudmore waved a long, thin hand at the little man.
"Do not get agitated," he chirped. "It is not well for a man of your years. You should preserve a calm and even demeanor. Excuse me if I do not always follow my own teaching. We tutors never do."
"Don't get worked up," he said cheerfully. "It's not good for someone your age. You should keep a calm and steady attitude. Sorry if I don't always practice what I preach. We teachers never do."
Scotch stared at the strange man as if doubting his sanity.
Scotch stared at the weird guy as if questioning his sanity.
"You seem to enjoy being called a fool!" he growled.
"You really seem to like being called a fool!" he said with a growl.
"Not at all—not at all. But I have been called that so much that I do not mind it. Genius is ever regarded as folly till it astounds the world. I am a man of genius. You may think that is boasting, but I assure you it is not. I am naturally modest—very modest. But I have found that, in order to be thought anything of by others, I must think well of myself. I am so exceeding frank and honest that I never hide my thoughts, therefore, I tell you candidly what I think of myself."
"Not at all—not at all. But I've been called that so often that I don't mind it anymore. People often see genius as nonsense until it blows them away. I am a man of genius. You might think that's bragging, but I promise it's not. I'm naturally modest—really modest. But I've realized that to be respected by others, I have to think highly of myself. I'm so incredibly open and honest that I never hide my thoughts, so I’m telling you honestly what I think of myself."
"Well, well!"
"Wow!"
"It is possible you do not believe in this sort of thing—few do. Duplicity I despise. You are not a man of genius yourself, but you have led others to think you pretty smart, and you have succeeded in getting through the world thus far pretty easy. You are naturally slothful; in fact, I may say you are lazy, and you——"[Pg 98]
"It’s likely you don’t believe in this kind of thing—most people don’t. I can’t stand dishonesty. You’re not a genius yourself, but you’ve managed to make others believe you’re pretty smart, and you’ve done well enough in life so far. You’re naturally lazy; in fact, I’d say you are lazy, and you——"[Pg 98]
"Hold on there!" thundered the little man. "You may be as frank as you please about yourself, but you had better be careful what you say about me!"
"Hold on there!" shouted the little man. "You can be as open as you want about yourself, but you should watch what you say about me!"
"Touchy, eh?" sniffed Septemas Scudmore. "Not strange at all. Studious inclination, close application to work, baffling researches, midnight oil—these things irritate the nerves and make a man crusty. But then, I don't think you ever hurt yourself by close application to work. You must be naturally irritable."
"Touchy, huh?" sniffed Septemas Scudmore. "Not strange at all. Being studious, focused on work, puzzling over research, burning the midnight oil—these things can get on your nerves and make someone grumpy. But honestly, I don't think you ever put yourself at risk by being so dedicated to your work. You must just be naturally irritable."
Professor Scotch pranced up and down the room like an angry bantam.
Professor Scotch paced back and forth in the room like an irritated rooster.
"Sir," he cried, "you are altogether too free with your mouth."
"Sir," he exclaimed, "you really need to watch what you say."
"The Scudmores are naturally generous, so I can't help it. Keep calm, sir. In some things we have an affinity. I can see it in your eye. I did not anticipate meeting an affinity out here in this wild and heathenish country."
"The Scudmores are naturally generous, so I can't help it. Stay calm, sir. In some ways, we have a connection. I can see it in your eyes. I didn't expect to find a connection out here in this wild and uncivilized land."
"Affinity!" cried Scotch, scornfully. "A man with your tongue would be an affinity for a cackling old woman!"
"Affinity!" scoffed Scotch. "A guy with your mouth would be a perfect match for a squawking old lady!"
"That is your hastily formed opinion. Permit me to warn you against forming opinions too quickly. It is a bad habit to get into, and——"
"That's your rushed opinion. Let me caution you against jumping to conclusions too quickly. It's a bad habit to develop, and——"
"Sir!" shouted the little man, "there is the door!"
"Sir!" shouted the little man, "there's the door!"
Scudmore bowed profoundly.
Scudmore bowed deeply.
"I noticed it when I came in," he chirped. "Very ordinary door, but I don't suppose we can expect anything better out in this wild section of the country."
"I saw it when I walked in," he said cheerfully. "Just a regular door, but I guess we can’t expect anything better out in this remote part of the country."
Scotch was ready to tear his hair.
Scotch was about to pull his hair out.
"Will you take a hint, or do you need a kick?" he bellowed, in his hoarsest tone.
"Will you take a hint, or do you need a wake-up call?" he shouted, in his roughest voice.
"A man with hair and whiskers colored like yours should always beware of undue excitement. Don't think of kicking anybody, for you may lose your dignity. Speaking about aërial navigation, beyond the shadow of[Pg 99] a doubt, I, Septemas Scudmore, A. M., B. A., LL. D., and B. C, have solved the problem. I say beyond the shadow of a doubt, and I mean exactly what I say. It is not a matter of fans and wheels——"
"A man with hair and a beard like yours should always be cautious about getting too excited. Don’t think about kicking anyone, as it might cost you your dignity. When it comes to aerial navigation, there’s no doubt that I, Septemas Scudmore, A. M., B. A., LL. D., and B. C., have figured it out. I say there’s no doubt, and I mean it. It’s not just about fans and wheels—"
"I think it is a matter of wheels," broke in Scotch, "and they are in your head."
"I think it's about the wheels," interrupted Scotch, "and they're in your head."
Scudmore waved one thin hand loftily, his nose high in the air.
Scudmore waved one slender hand dismissively, his nose lifted high.
"Peace, professor, peace," he said. "It ill becomes you to interrupt a fellow scientist. Hear me out."
"Calm down, professor, calm down," he said. "It's not right for you to interrupt a fellow scientist. Let me finish."
"I had much rather see you out—of the door."
"I would much rather see you out the door."
"I see you are skeptical—you doubt the practical and practicable value of my invention. But you shall be convinced—you shall be my fellow passenger on my first voyage through space."
"I see you are skeptical—you doubt the real-world value of my invention. But you will be convinced—you will be my fellow traveler on my first journey through space."
"Not if I know myself!" shouted the little man. "You may be a fool, but——"
"Not if I know myself!" shouted the little man. "You might be an idiot, but——"
"There are others, sir—there are others. I beg you to grant me this favor. Think what an honor it will be to have it go abroad that you accompanied Professor Septemas Scudmore on his first voyage in his new airship."
"There are others, sir—there are others. I sincerely ask you to grant me this favor. Just think about the honor it will bring to have it known that you joined Professor Septemas Scudmore on his first journey in his new airship."
"Oh, you make me very languid!" cried the little man, using a bit of slang which he had heard from the lips of one of his youthful companions.
"Oh, you make me so tired!" cried the little man, using a bit of slang he had heard from one of his younger friends.
"I am shocked—shocked beyond measure," declared the lank professor, sinking his chin upon his bosom and looking reproachfully over his spectacles at Scotch.
"I am absolutely stunned—stunned beyond belief," declared the tall professor, dropping his chin to his chest and looking at Scotch reproachfully over his glasses.
The three boys were enjoying this immensely. It was sport to Frank, who saw in Septemas Scudmore a character worth studying. Barney laughed heartily.
The three boys were having a great time. For Frank, it was like a sport; he saw something interesting to learn about in Septemas Scudmore. Barney laughed out loud.
"Begorra!" cried the Irish lad, "it's shocked we all are. Th' profissor has gone crazy, sure."
"Wow!" shouted the Irish kid, "we're all in shock. The professor has definitely lost his mind."
"If I have, it is not surprising, after what I have passed through. It has been enough to drive any man insane."[Pg 100]
"If I do, it's not surprising after everything I've been through. It's been enough to drive anyone insane."[Pg 100]
"I fancy you are a person whose brain would not stand a severe strain," put in Scudmore.
"I think you're someone whose mind wouldn't hold up under a lot of pressure," Scudmore said.
"Oh, you do! Well, I have stood just all of this I can from you! There is the door—get out!"
"Oh, you really do! Well, I’ve put up with all I can from you! There’s the door—leave!"
"And you decline the honor I have attempted to confer upon you?"
"And you refuse the honor I've tried to give you?"
"I decline to talk further with a crank. Get out!"
"I refuse to talk more with a weirdo. Leave!"
Septemas Scudmore shook his head dolefully.
Septemas Scudmore shook his head sadly.
"I will do as you have so politely requested; but you will regret this to your dying day. I shall hold no hardness against you. In fact, I am sorry for you, as you——"
"I'll do what you've asked so nicely; but you'll regret this for the rest of your life. I won't hold anything against you. Actually, I feel sorry for you, as you——"
The little man could stand no more, and he actually drove Scudmore from the room. When he came back, he found the boys laughing heartily, and this caused him to drive them out also.
The little man couldn't take it anymore, and he actually kicked Scudmore out of the room. When he returned, he saw the boys laughing hard, which led him to kick them out too.
"It is doubtful if he will consent to allow me to accompany you, Clyde," said Frank, when they were outside. "He is an obstinate man when he sets his mind on anything."
"It’s doubtful he’ll agree to let me go with you, Clyde," Frank said when they were outside. "He’s a stubborn man when he has his mind made up."
"Well," declared Walter, "I am sorry. We met by accident, and I took to you in a moment. When you had heard my story and expressed a desire to accompany me on my search for Uric Dugan, I was delighted."
"Well," said Walter, "I’m sorry. We met by chance, and I liked you right away. When you heard my story and said you wanted to join me in my search for Uric Dugan, I was thrilled."
"And I had no idea the professor would object. This is the first time he has done anything of the sort; but it is true that we have run into many perilous adventures, and he wishes to prevent such things in future."
"And I had no idea the professor would object. This is the first time he's done anything like this; but it's true that we've encountered many dangerous situations, and he wants to avoid such things in the future."
"Whoy not run away an' go, Frankie?" asked Barney, whose thirst for adventure was whetted to a keen edge. "It's mesilf thot would loike to go hunting fer this colony av Danites."
"Why not run away and go, Frankie?" asked Barney, whose thirst for adventure was heightened. "It's me who would like to go hunting for this colony of Danites."
Frank shook his head.
Frank shook his head.
"I hardly feel like doing that," he said. "There is a[Pg 101] bare chance that the professor will relent. We will wait and see."
"I really don't feel like doing that," he said. "There's a[Pg 101] slim chance that the professor will back down. We'll wait and see."
"There can be little waiting," said Clyde. "I start in the morning. Everything is ready, and Graves and Kerney are eager to be off."
"There can't be much waiting," Clyde said. "I'm starting in the morning. Everything's ready, and Graves and Kerney are excited to get going."
"Well, we'll see what the next few hours will bring forth."
"Well, we'll see what the next few hours will bring."
Little did they dream of the surprising things the next few hours would bring forth.[Pg 102]
Little did they know the surprising things the next few hours would bring.[Pg 102]
CHAPTER XVI.
THE MAD INVENTOR.
Frank and Barney were strolling about the place when they came upon Professor Scudmore.
Frank and Barney were walking around the area when they ran into Professor Scudmore.
"Ha, young gentlemen!" cried the eccentric old fellow; "come with me. I am about to start upon my trial voyage. The Eagle is inflated and ready to soar. I wish you to witness my triumph."
"Ha, young men!" shouted the quirky old man; "come with me. I'm about to set off on my test flight. The Eagle is inflated and ready to take off. I want you to see my success."
He took them outside the town to a secluded glen, in which was an old cabin and a huge, odd-shaped arrangement of silk, fine wires, and wickerwork. It was, in fact, a balloon, shaped like an egg, and inflated with gas. To it was attached a large and comfortable car, and there were two huge fore and aft rudders, together with some fan-like arrangements that seemed to be sails. This strange contrivance was secured to the ground by strong ropes.
He took them outside the town to a quiet glen, where there was an old cabin and a large, oddly-shaped structure made of silk, fine wires, and wicker. It was actually a balloon shaped like an egg and filled with gas. Attached to it was a spacious and comfortable car, and there were two big rudders at the front and back, along with some fan-like arrangements that looked like sails. This strange device was anchored to the ground with strong ropes.
"There!" cried Scudmore; "you now behold the Eagle, a flying-machine that will fly, or, rather, sail. With the wind it will travel at wonderful speed, and it can beat to windward like a vessel. I have been at work upon it for years. Some time ago I perfected it, and I brought it here for my trial voyage. I have set it up and inflated it without attracting attention or advertising myself. I should not have called on Professor Scotch, but I was full of enthusiasm, and thought it would be a fine thing to have an eminent man like him accompany me on my first voyage."
“There!” shouted Scudmore. “You’re looking at the Eagle, a flying machine that’s designed to fly—or rather, sail. With the wind, it will move at an incredible speed and can sail against the wind like a ship. I’ve been working on it for years. A while back, I perfected it, and I brought it here for my test flight. I set it up and inflated it without drawing any attention to myself. I shouldn’t have visited Professor Scotch, but I was so excited and thought it would be amazing to have someone like him join me on my first flight.”
The boys looked at each other.
The boys glanced at one another.
"Phwat do yez think av it, Frankie?" asked Barney.[Pg 103]
"Hey, what do you think of it, Frankie?" asked Barney.[Pg 103]
"Can't tell," was the reply. "Let's look her over."
"Can't say," was the reply. "Let's check her out."
"That's right, look her over," urged Professor Scudmore. "I am going to start at once, but I must first get aboard a few things that are in this hut."
"That's right, check her out," urged Professor Scudmore. "I'm going to get started right away, but first, I need to grab a few things that are in this hut."
So the boys examined the airship, while the inventor brought bundles from the hut and placed them in the car.
So the boys looked over the airship while the inventor carried bundles from the hut and put them in the cabin.
"Phwat do yez think now?" asked Barney, when they had looked it over quite thoroughly. "Will she sail?"
"Well, what do you think now?" asked Barney, after they had examined it closely. "Will it float?"
"She will rise in the air, like an ordinary balloon," said Frank; "but I am not satisfied that the rudders and sails will work."
"She'll float up like a regular balloon," said Frank; "but I'm not convinced that the rudders and sails will function."
"I will soon satisfy you on that point," said the professor, who happened to be near enough to overhear their words.
"I'll explain that to you soon," said the professor, who was close enough to hear what they were saying.
Immediately he set about explaining everything in connection with the handling of the singular craft, and it did not take him long to make it seem an assured thing that the Eagle could be steered in almost any direction, and that, with the aid of horizontal rudders, she could be brought to the ground or sent soaring into the air, without a change of ballast or the body of gas.
Immediately, he started explaining everything related to operating the unique craft, and it didn't take long for him to make it seem guaranteed that the Eagle could be steered in almost any direction, and that, with the help of horizontal rudders, it could land or take off into the sky without needing to change the ballast or the gas.
Frank was intensely interested.
Frank was really interested.
"It is remarkable, professor!" he cried. "Scotch made a mistake when he refused to accompany you on your trial trip."
"It’s amazing, professor!" he exclaimed. "Scotch was wrong to decline joining you on your test trip."
"Ha! You are a boy of sense! Saw it the first time my eye rested on you. I will make you famous."
"Ha! You're a sharp kid! I noticed it the first time I looked at you. I'll make you famous."
Frank looked surprised.
Frank was surprised.
"How?"
"How?"
"You shall accompany me on my trial trip."
"You will join me on my test trip."
"How long will it be?"
"How long will it take?"
"As long, or as short as we choose to make it. What do you say? Decide quickly. I am eager to be off."
"As long or as short as we want it to be. What do you think? Make your choice quickly. I’m ready to go."
"I can, but two is enough. I do not care for too many."
"I can, but two is plenty. I don't want too many."
"Can you drop us in Blake by nightfall?"
"Can you give us a ride to Blake by nightfall?"
"Yes."
"Yeah."
"Well, if you will take us both, we'll go along, professor."
"Well, if you're taking us both, we're in, professor."
Scudmore considered, his right elbow resting in the hollow of his left hand, the long forefinger of his right hand touching his forehead.
Scudmore thought, his right elbow resting in his left hand’s palm, the long finger of his right hand touching his forehead.
"I will do it!" he cried, with a snap. "Get in. We'll lose no more time. In a few moments we shall be sailing away like a bird."
"I'll do it!" he exclaimed, snapping his fingers. "Get in. We won't waste any more time. In just a few moments, we'll be sailing away like a bird."
"Here goes, Frankie," grinned the Irish lad. "Av we're both killed, Oi want yez to tell me ould mither how Oi died."
"Here goes, Frankie," the Irish kid grinned. ""If we both get killed, I want you to tell my old mom how I died."
They entered the car, and Scudmore prepared to cast off. He was full of anxiety and excitement.
They got into the car, and Scudmore got ready to take off. He was filled with a mix of anxiety and excitement.
At length but a single rope held the now swaying and surging air ship to the ground.
At last, only one rope kept the now swaying and surging airship grounded.
"Here goes the last strand that ties us to earth!" cried the professor, as, with the slash of a knife he severed the rope.
"Here goes the last connection we have to the ground!" shouted the professor as he cut the rope with a knife.
Up shot the air ship.
Up soared the airship.
"Ha! ha! ha!" laughed the inventor. "Who said I would fail! We are off!"
"Ha! Ha! Ha!" laughed the inventor. "Who said I would fail? We're on our way!"
"Thot's all right," muttered Barney; "but will we ivver come back?"
"That's all right," muttered Barney; "but will we ever come back?"
"Look!" cried Frank, pointing downward; "there is Professor Scotch! We are already passing over the town."
"Look!" Frank shouted, pointing down; "there's Professor Scotch! We're already flying over the town."
It was true; in a remarkably brief space of time the air ship had sailed out of the glen and was rising above the town. Looking downward, they saw Professor Scotch and a number of persons, including Walter Clyde and two rough-looking companions, staring up at the Eagle.
It was true; in just a short period, the airship had flown out of the valley and was climbing above the town. Looking down, they saw Professor Scotch and several people, including Walter Clyde and two tough-looking guys, gazing up at the Eagle.
"Good-by, professor," shouted Frank, leaning out of[Pg 105] the car and waving his hat. "We're off in search of the last of the Danites."
"Goodbye, professor," shouted Frank, leaning out of[Pg 105] the car and waving his hat. "We're heading out to find the last of the Danites."
They saw the professor dance wildly around and beckon to them. Then his voice came faintly to their ears:
They watched as the professor danced around energetically and waved them over. Then his voice reached their ears softly:
"Here, here, you rascals! come right back here this minute! If you don't, I shall have to——"
"Hey, you troublemakers! come back here right now! If you don't, I'm going to——"
They could understand no more, for the swiftly rising air ship carried them beyond the reach of his voice.
They couldn't understand anymore, because the quickly rising airship took them out of earshot of his voice.
Professor Scudmore was chuckling to himself, as he worked at the apparatus which controlled the sails and rudders.
Professor Scudmore was chuckling to himself as he worked on the equipment that controlled the sails and rudders.
"It is a success, and my fortune is made!" he was saying. "I shall become richer than Jay Gould ever was! Ha! ha! ha! I shall not only be rich, but I shall be honored!"
"It’s a success, and I’m set for life!" he was saying. "I’ll be richer than Jay Gould ever was! Ha! ha! ha! Not only will I be wealthy, but I’ll also be respected!"
"Oi don't loike th' way he is actin', Frankie," whispered Barney. "Thot laugh does not sound natural at all, at all."
"Hey, I don't like how he's acting, Frankie," whispered Barney. "That laugh doesn't sound natural at all."
"You are right," admitted Frank. "Is it possible we have started out on this kind of a cruise with a man whose brain has been turned?"
"You’re right," Frank admitted. "Is it possible we’ve set out on this kind of cruise with someone whose mind is messed up?"
"It may be thot."
"It might be thought."
"The situation will not be at all pleasant if it turns out that way."
"The situation won't be pleasant at all if it turns out that way."
"He is getting control av th' ship. See how he handles her now, me b'y."
"He’s taking control of the ship. Look at how he’s handling it now, my boy."
It was true that the inventor was getting control of the Eagle, and he was beginning to "put her through her paces," as it were. He ran before the wind, then luffed and took first one tack and then the other. The remarkable craft behaved very well.
It was true that the inventor was taking control of the Eagle, and he was starting to "test her out," so to speak. He sailed with the wind, then turned and tried one direction and then the other. The impressive vessel performed really well.
"Ha! ha! ha!" laughed the professor, wildly. "I am the king of the air! I am the first man to make a successful air ship. The world and all its countries are mine![Pg 106] I can destroy armies and change the destiny of nations! I am the greatest man who ever lived!"
"Ha! Ha! Ha!" laughed the professor excitedly. "I'm the king of the skies! I'm the first person to create a successful airship. The world and all its countries belong to me![Pg 106] I can wipe out armies and reshape the fate of nations! I'm the greatest person to ever live!"
"By Jove!" muttered Frank, in alarm; "I believe the man is going mad!"
"Wow!" muttered Frank, alarmed; "I think the guy is going crazy!"
"It looks loike thot," admitted the Irish boy.
"It looks like that," admitted the Irish boy.
"In which case, this will be the worst scrape we ever got into, Barney. That is plain enough to see."
"In that case, this will be the worst mess we've ever gotten into, Barney. That's pretty clear."
"Roight, me laddybuck! An' th' professor will soay it wur judgment on us fer runnin' away."
"Alright, my young friend! And the professor will say it was a judgment on us for running away."
"He will. But we ought to be able to handle this man between us, if it comes to a struggle with him."
"He will. But we should be able to deal with this guy together if it comes down to a fight."
"We can; but can we handle th' ship afther thot, Oi dunno?"
"We can; but can we handle the ship after that, I don’t know?"
"That is a question we cannot answer till we try the trick. But there may be no trouble at all with Scudmore if we do not anger him."
"That's a question we can't answer until we give it a shot. But there might not be any issue with Scudmore if we don't provoke him."
Below them lay a wild panorama of broken country, through which ran Green River to plunge deep into the winding mazes of Labyrinth Canyon, away to the southward.
Below them spread a wild view of rugged terrain, through which the Green River flowed, plunging deep into the twisting paths of Labyrinth Canyon, further to the south.
Away to the west, beyond the San Rafael Swell, rose the Wasatch Mountains; being much nearer than the Rockies to the eastward, and, therefore, looking nearly as lofty.
Away to the west, beyond the San Rafael Swell, rose the Wasatch Mountains; being much closer than the Rockies to the east, and, therefore, looking almost as tall.
To the north were Desolation Canyon and the Roan Cliffs, the latter rising brown and bleak at the southern boundary of the Ute Reservation.
To the north were Desolation Canyon and the Roan Cliffs, the latter rising brown and bare at the southern edge of the Ute Reservation.
To the south of mighty Colorado, rolling through the dark depths of canyons which seemed to sink deep into the bowels of the earth. Farther to the south, beyond the Fremont, which as yet could not be seen, Mount Pennell lifted its snow-capped summit eleven thousand feet in the air.
To the south of the powerful Colorado, flowing through the dark depths of canyons that seemed to sink deep into the earth. Further south, beyond the Fremont, which couldn’t be seen yet, Mount Pennell rose with its snow-covered peak eleven thousand feet high.
Mount Pennell was in the very heart of the mountain[Pg 107] region in which the last of the Destroying Angels had found homes.
Mount Pennell was in the very heart of the mountain[Pg 107] region where the last of the Destroying Angels had settled.
"Professor!" said Frank, speaking gently.
"Professor!" Frank said softly.
"Ha! ha!" muttered the inventor, as he threw over a lever and sent the Eagle scooting in a breathless sweep toward the earth. "She is like a bird! Up or down, to the right or left, she will sail in any direction."
"Ha! ha!" muttered the inventor as he flipped a lever and sent the Eagle speeding in a fast dive toward the ground. "It's just like a bird! Up or down, to the right or left, it will glide in any direction."
"Professor!"
"Professor!"
"Don't bother me now—don't bother me!" he almost snarled.
"Leave me alone right now—just leave me alone!" he almost growled.
"I was a fool to take you along! I should have retained all the honor for myself. Now you will share it. It will be published all over the world that you accompanied Professor Scudmore on his trial trip in his wonderful air ship."
"I was an idiot to bring you with me! I should have taken all the credit for myself. Now you’ll get to share it. It’s going to be reported everywhere that you went along with Professor Scudmore on his test flight in that amazing airship."
He glared at them a moment, as if he longed to cast them overboard, and then the handling of the craft claimed his entire attention.
He shot them a fierce look for a moment, as if he wished he could throw them overboard, and then the operation of the boat took all his focus.
"How do yez loike it, Frankie, me b'y?" asked Barney, with a sly nudge at his companion.
"How do you like it, Frankie, my boy?" asked Barney, giving his companion a sly nudge.
"It is decidedly uncomfortable."
"It's definitely uncomfortable."
"Phwat shall we do—jump th' son-av-a-goon at wance?"
" What should we do—jump the son-of-a-gun at once?"
"Nothing of the sort. We will keep still, as if we are quite satisfied and content. I will draw him into conversation when I think it proper, and he may be brought round all right."
"Nothing like that. We'll stay quiet, as if we’re completely satisfied and happy. I’ll start a conversation with him when I think it’s the right time, and he should come around just fine."
So the boys remained silent and passive, one of them constantly watching Scudmore, so that they might not be taken by surprise, in case he took a fancy to attack them.
So the boys stayed quiet and on edge, with one of them always keeping an eye on Scudmore, so they wouldn’t be caught off guard if he decided to make a move against them.
He continued to mutter and talk to himself, now and then laughing in a way that was not pleasant to hear.
He kept mumbling and talking to himself, occasionally laughing in a way that wasn't nice to listen to.
The boys fell to wondering what the various bundles[Pg 108] contained. Opening one of them, covertly, they found it was a supply of dried beef.
The boys started to wonder what the different bundles[Pg 108] held. When they secretly opened one, they discovered it was filled with dried beef.
"Great shmoke!" gasped Barney. "He has laid in a supply av provisions to larrust a wake!"
"Wow!" gasped Barney. "He has stocked up on enough supplies for a huge party!"
Frank nodded.
Frank agreed.
"It looks that way; but these things are not all provisions. See there at his side—one of those bundles contains firearms, for you may see the muzzles of two rifles protruding. I fancy the bundle next to that contains ammunition."
"It looks that way; but these things aren't just supplies. Look over there at his side—one of those bundles has firearms, since you can see the muzzles of two rifles sticking out. I think the bundle next to it has ammunition."
"Whoy, thot's enoogh to shtock a small arumy, Frankie!"
"Wow, that's enough to stock a small army, Frankie!"
"A man like Professor Scudmore has very little notion as to what he needs or desires, and so he is liable to obtain four or five times what is necessary."
"A guy like Professor Scudmore has little understanding of what he needs or wants, so he's likely to end up with four or five times more than what's necessary."
"Are you talking of me?" harshly demanded the inventor. "Then speak up distinctly. I may think you are plotting against me—plotting to keep me from reaching the land beyond the ice."
"Are you talking about me?" the inventor demanded sharply. "Then speak clearly. I might think you're scheming against me—scheming to prevent me from getting to the land beyond the ice."
"The land beyond the ice?" cried Frank.
"The land past the ice?" shouted Frank.
"That is what I said."
"That's what I said."
"Well, what did you mean? Whither are we bound?"
"Well, what did you mean? Where are we headed?"
"For the South Pole," was the answer. "Ha! ha! ha! We will pass over the ice floes and reach the land beyond them!"[Pg 109]
"For the South Pole," was the response. "Ha! Ha! Ha! We'll go over the ice floes and get to the land beyond them!"[Pg 109]
CHAPTER XVII.
GONE.
All that day and far into the night the mad inventor held control of the flying-machine, refusing to listen to reason or argument, and keeping the boys at bay.
All that day and deep into the night, the crazy inventor took charge of the flying machine, ignoring any reasonable discussions or arguments, and kept the boys at a distance.
Some time in the night he fell asleep, and, when he awoke, he was enraged to find himself bound hands and feet, while the boys were trying to handle the Eagle.
Some time during the night, he fell asleep, and when he woke up, he was furious to discover that he was tied up hand and foot, while the boys were attempting to manage the Eagle.
"Let me go!" howled the mad professor. "You will send us to destruction! You will plunge us to ruin!"
"Let me go!" screamed the crazy professor. "You're going to destroy us! You'll lead us to ruin!"
"Keep still!" commanded Frank, sternly. "You are no longer master here."
"Stay still!" Frank ordered firmly. "You’re not in charge anymore."
"Villain!" screamed the helpless man; "I know your scheme! You mean to steal the Eagle! You mean to get rid of me, and then you will steal the work of my brain and hands!"
"Villain!" screamed the helpless man; "I know your plan! You want to steal the Eagle! You want to get rid of me, and then you'll take the work of my brain and hands!"
"Don't fool yourself. If I ever get to solid ground again, you may have your old air ship and sail away to the South Pole with it. I am figuring on getting back to Blake."
"Don't kid yourself. If I ever get back on solid ground, you can have your old airship and head off to the South Pole with it. I'm planning on going back to Blake."
"Te, he!" laughed the madman, suddenly. "Is that all you ask? Why, it is very easy to fix that matter."
"Ha, ha!" laughed the madman, suddenly. "Is that all you want? Well, that's really easy to handle."
His voice was full of craft and deception.
His voice was filled with skill and trickery.
"How would you fix it?" asked Frank.
"How would you fix it?" Frank asked.
"Set me at liberty, and I will take you back there."
"Free me, and I’ll take you back there."
"That sounds all right, but it is plain enough that you cannot be trusted. I prefer to experiment a little myself, before letting you have charge again."
"That sounds fine, but it's clear that I can't trust you. I'd rather try a few things myself before I let you take charge again."
"Possibly I may. Keep still now, while I study out the working of these levers and wheels."
"Maybe I will. Stay quiet for a moment while I figure out how these levers and wheels work."
But Scudmore would not keep still. He shouted and talked, urging them to release him, begging and threatening by turns.
But Scudmore couldn’t sit still. He yelled and talked, urging them to let him go, alternately begging and threatening.
Meanwhile Frank and Barney were studying over the levers and wheels, and they finally discovered how to send the air ship down toward the earth, which lay asleep in the white moonlight.
Meanwhile, Frank and Barney were experimenting with the levers and wheels, and they eventually figured out how to bring the airship down toward the earth, which was resting under the white moonlight.
They were directly over a mountainous region, having been soaring over the loftiest peaks. The boys were somewhat benumbed by the chilly air, but, as they came nearer to the earth, this numbness passed away.
They were flying directly over a mountain range, having soared above the highest peaks. The boys felt a bit numb from the cold air, but as they got closer to the ground, that numbness faded away.
"Are yez goin' ter land here, Frankie?" asked Barney, anxiously.
"Are you going to land here, Frankie?" asked Barney, anxiously.
"I don't know," was the answer. "If we should happen to see a town——"
"I don't know," was the answer. "If we happen to see a town——"
"Where do yez think we are?"
"Where do you think we are?"
"That is another thing I don't know."
"That's another thing I don't know."
Down they went until Frank conceived a notion that they were near enough to the earth; but when he tried to reverse the lever and ascend again, it would not work.
Down they went until Frank had the idea that they were close enough to the ground; but when he tried to pull the lever to go back up, it wouldn’t work.
"Ha! ha! ha!" laughed the inventor. "It is retribution! We shall be smashed into a thousand pieces when we strike. You will never steal the Eagle from me!"
"Ha! ha! ha!" laughed the inventor. "It's payback! We'll be smashed into a thousand pieces when we hit. You'll never steal the Eagle from me!"
Frank worked with all his energy, for they were sweeping toward the earth at an alarming rate of speed.
Frank put in all his effort because they were hurtling toward the ground at a dangerously high speed.
The laughter of the deranged professor rang out louder and wilder than ever.
The laughter of the crazy professor echoed louder and wilder than ever.
"Oi think we're in fer it, me b'y!" gasped Barney.
"Hey, I think we're in trouble, buddy!" gasped Barney.
"It looks like that," confessed Frank, as they barely cleared the crest of a mountain and went diving down into the unknown depths of a valley. "This confounded thing——"[Pg 111]
"It looks like that," Frank admitted, as they barely topped the mountain and plunged into the mysterious depths of the valley. "This damn thing——"[Pg 111]
Snap!—something broke, and their swift descent was suddenly checked, but they continued to settle gently.
Snap!—something broke, and their rapid fall was abruptly stopped, but they kept settling down smoothly.
"Ah!" breathed Frank, with relief. "If this keeps up, we'll come down all right."
"Ah!" Frank breathed, feeling relieved. "If this continues, we'll be fine."
"But it's nivver a bit can we tell where we'll land, me laddybuck."
"But we can never really know where we'll end up, my lad."
"We'll have the satisfaction of getting on solid ground again, at least. I am yearning to feel it beneath my feet once more."
"We’ll finally feel stable again, at least. I’m longing to feel it under my feet once more."
It was not long before the Eagle sank gently into the valley, settling to the ground as lightly as a bird.
It wasn't long before the Eagle gently sank into the valley, landing on the ground as softly as a bird.
Out leaped the boys, ropes in their hands, and they quickly made the air ship fast.
Out jumped the boys, ropes in their hands, and they quickly secured the airship.
"Well, we are still living," said Frank.
"Well, we’re still alive," said Frank.
"It's mesilf thot belaves we've much to be thankful fer," declared Barney.
"It's me that believes we've got a lot to be thankful for," declared Barney.
"I wonder where we are, and how near we are to civilization. I am inclined to believe we cannot be far from the very region where the colony of Danites is said to be located."
"I wonder where we are and how close we are to civilization. I think we can't be far from the area where the Danite colony is supposed to be."
"Suffering cats!" gasped the Irish boy. "If thot is the case, how are we ivver goin' to get out av here?"
"Suffering cats!" gasped the Irish boy. "If that's the case, how are we ever going to get out of here?"
"We'll have to trust to luck."
"We'll have to rely on luck."
"Oi'll nivver thrust mesilf to thot air ship again."
"Don't ever trust myself to that airship again."
"I do not care to do so, but we may have to do so whether we want to or not."
"I don't want to do that, but we might have to whether we like it or not."
"Well, we have enough to ate, an' some guns to protict oursilves with. Oi am fer ixplorin' th' country before we do anything ilse."
"Well, we have enough to eat, and some guns to protect ourselves with. I am for exploring the country before we do anything else."
"We can't do any exploring to-night."
"We can't do any exploring tonight."
"But we can early in th' marnin'."
"But we can early in the morning."
So they provided themselves with two of the rifles, plenty of ammunition, and much of the provisions in the car.[Pg 112]
So they got themselves two rifles, a lot of ammunition, and most of the supplies from the car.[Pg 112]
In the shelter of the valley the night was no longer cool, but was warm and pleasant.
In the valley, the night was no longer cool; it was warm and cozy.
They found an overhanging shelf of rock where they could get close up under a bluff, and it made quite a satisfactory camp.
They found a rock ledge where they could get right up under a cliff, and it made for a pretty good camp.
For some time the boys lay and talked over their adventure, wondering if they would get out of the predicament all right. At last they became drowsy, and finally fell asleep.
For a while, the boys lay there and talked about their adventure, wondering if they'd make it out of their situation okay. Eventually, they grew drowsy and finally fell asleep.
They slept soundly till morning. Frank was the first to awaken, and he shook Barney to rouse him.
They slept deeply until morning. Frank was the first to wake up, and he shook Barney to wake him up.
"Come, you bit of the Old Sod," called Frank. "Turn out and pay for your lodging."
"Come on, you piece of the Old Sod," called Frank. "Get up and pay for your room."
"Begobs! Oi fale loike th' bed had been shtuffed with bricks. Hurro! Oi must have fell out av bed in th' noight, an' dropped clane out av th' windy. It's a bit av a kink Oi have in th' small av me back."
"Wow! I feel like the bed was stuffed with bricks. Yikes! I must have fallen out of bed during the night and dropped straight out of the window. I've got a bit of a kink in my lower back."
Barney sat up, making a wry face, and staring about in a bewildered way.
Barney sat up, making a wry face and looking around in confusion.
"Phwat howtil is this, Oi dunno?" he cried. "Have Oi been slapin', or have Oi been in a thrance?"
"What's going on here? I don't know," he exclaimed. "Have I been sleeping, or have I been in a trance?"
"We came here in a flying-machine, you will remember."
"We arrived here in an airplane, you’ll remember."
"In a floying-machine? Oi thought Oi dramed it."
"In a flying machine? I thought I dreamed it."
"It was no dream."
"It wasn't a dream."
"Well, may Oi nivver live to see th' back av me neck!"
"Well, may I never live to see the back of my neck!"
It took some time for the Irish boy to recover from his amazement.
It took the Irish boy a while to get over his shock.
"Where is thot floying-machine, Frankie?"
"Where is that flying machine, Frankie?"
"It is just beyond this line of bushes, where we left it last night. Professor Scudmore is tied up in the car, and I fancy he must be a bit uncomfortable by this time. I did not mean to leave him that way so long. It was rather heartless."[Pg 113]
"It’s just past this line of bushes, where we left it last night. Professor Scudmore is tied up in the car, and I bet he’s feeling a bit uncomfortable by now. I didn’t mean to leave him like that for so long. It was pretty thoughtless."[Pg 113]
"Ye can't be aisy wid his koind, me b'y. There's no tellin' phwat they'll do."
"You can't be easy with his kind, my boy. There's no telling what they'll do."
"That is true; but it is our duty to handle him as gently as possible. He is a most unfortunate man. His air ship seems an assured success, and yet he has lost his reason working over it."
"That's true; but it's our responsibility to treat him as gently as we can. He's a really unfortunate man. His airship appears to be a definite success, yet he's lost his mind trying to work on it."
The boys arose and passed round the bushes, Frank being in advance. A cry of wonder and amazement broke from Merriwell's lips.
The boys got up and moved around the bushes, with Frank leading the way. A shout of surprise and awe escaped Merriwell's lips.
"The air ship!" he gasped.
"The airship!" he gasped.
"Phwat's th' matter?" asked Barney, quickly.
"What's the matter?" asked Barney, quickly.
CHAPTER XVIII.
MISKEL.
"Gone!"
"Lost!"
"That's what!"
"That's it!"
"Where?"
"Where at?"
"Sailed away."
"Sailed off."
It was true that the Eagle was not where they had left it the night before, and, looking all around, they could find no trace of it.
It was true that the Eagle was not where they had left it the night before, and, looking around, they could find no trace of it.
"Thot bates me!"
"Thought beats me!"
The knees of the Irish boy seemed to weaken beneath him, and he sank in a limp heap on the ground.
The knees of the Irish boy seemed to give out, and he collapsed in a limp heap on the ground.
"It beats the band!"
"It's amazing!"
Frank was scarcely less broken up than his companion.
Frank was almost as upset as his friend.
"How did it happen, Frankie? Th' ould thing didn't go off av itsilf, did it?"
"How did it happen, Frankie? The old thing didn't go off by itself, did it?"
"Not much!"
"Not much going on!"
"Phwat thin?"
"What’s that?"
"Professor Scudmore must have succeeded in releasing himself."
"Professor Scudmore must have managed to free himself."
"Roight, lad; an' thin he skipped."
"Right, kid; and then he skipped."
"As soon as he was free, he sailed away in the Eagle, and we are left here in the heart of this mountainous region."
"As soon as he was free, he set off in the Eagle, and we were left here in the middle of this mountainous area."
"Oi'm homesick! Oi wish Oi hadn't come!"
"Ugh, I'm really missing home! I wish I hadn't come!"
Frank laughed.
Frank chuckled.
"This is not the worst scrape we have been in, by any means. We'll pull out of this, with our usual good luck."
"This isn't the worst situation we've been in, not at all. We'll get through this, just like we always do."
But a feeling of loneliness and desolation did settle heavily upon them, for all that Frank made an effort to[Pg 115] throw it off. The mountains lifted their heads on every hand like mighty sentries that hemmed them in, and they felt shut off from all the rest of the world.
But a sense of loneliness and isolation weighed down on them, despite Frank's attempts to[Pg 115] shake it off. The mountains loomed around them like powerful guardians that enclosed them, and they felt cut off from everything else in the world.
When they fully realized that Professor Scudmore had released himself and escaped in the air ship, they walked round the place where the Eagle had been left the night before, but they discovered nothing beyond some severed bits of rope.
When they fully understood that Professor Scudmore had freed himself and flown away in the airship, they walked around the area where the Eagle had been left the night before, but they found nothing except some cut pieces of rope.
Then Frank became philosophical.
Then Frank got all philosophical.
"We may as well take it easy," he said. "It is useless to make a fuss about it. Here we are, and—-"
"We might as well relax," he said. "There's no point in making a big deal about it. Here we are, and—-"
"Where we are Oi dunno!"
"Where we are? I dunno!"
"You know quite as well as I do, old man."
"You know just as well as I do, old man."
"All roight. Phwat will we do?"
"Okay. What should we do?"
"Find some water to wash down our breakfast to start with. After we have eaten, we will feel better. Then we can settle on what we'll do next."
"Let's find some water to wash down our breakfast first. Once we've eaten, we'll feel better. Then we can decide what to do next."
By rare good luck, they were near a spring of clear water, and it was found without trouble.
By a stroke of luck, they were close to a spring of clear water, and it was easily found.
"It was fortunate we took the rifles and provisions out of the car last night," said Frank.
"It was a good thing we took the rifles and supplies out of the car last night," said Frank.
"Thot it wur," nodded Barney.
"Thought it were," nodded Barney.
For all of their situation, they ate heartily, and, breakfast over, they felt better. Then they sat and talked the matter over a while, finally deciding to make an effort to get somewhere, and trust to fortune.
For all their troubles, they ate well, and once breakfast was finished, they felt better. Then they sat and discussed the situation for a while, ultimately deciding to make an effort to move forward and leave it up to luck.
With the aid of the pieces of rope, they tied the provisions into bundles, which were easily carried, and before long they struck out.
With the help of the ropes, they bundled up the supplies, making them easy to carry, and before long, they set out.
Barney trusted everything to Frank who took the lead, and they headed for what seemed to be an outlet to the valley, away to the west.
Barney relied completely on Frank, who took charge, and they moved toward what looked like an exit to the valley, heading west.
During the next five days the boys passed through a few adventures, none of which, however, have any bearing on this story. They wandered round and round amid[Pg 116] the mountains, finally coming back to the valley from which they had started.
During the next five days, the boys went through a few adventures, but none of them relate to this story. They wandered around the mountains and eventually returned to the valley where they had started.
This was discouraging, but they started over again, and they finally came to a narrow cut that seemed to lead into the very heart of the mountain that loomed before them.
This was disheartening, but they started over again, and they eventually found a narrow path that appeared to lead into the very center of the mountain towering in front of them.
"We will try it," said Frank, leading the way.
"We'll give it a shot," said Frank, taking the lead.
They passed through the cut, after traveling many miles, and came into a vast basin, with mountains looming on every hand.
They went through the gap after traveling many miles and entered a huge basin, with mountains towering all around.
"Pwhat do yez think, me b'y?" asked the Irish lad.
"Pwhat do you think, my boy?" asked the Irish lad.
"It is not easy to tell what to think," was the reply. "However, I fear we are in Water Pocket Canyon."
"It’s not easy to know what to think," was the reply. "But I’m afraid we’re in Water Pocket Canyon."
"Phwat about Water Pocket Canyon?"
"What about Water Pocket Canyon?"
"It is said to be fifty miles in length to ten or fifteen in width, and to have no outlets."
"It is said to be fifty miles long and ten to fifteen miles wide, with no outlets."
"Well, this can't be th' place, me b'y, fer it has an outlet roight here."
"Well, this can't be the place, my boy, because it has an outlet right here."
"But one that would not be easy to find, and so it might go forth there were no outlets to the place."
"But one that wouldn't be easy to find, and so it might go out there were no ways to get to the place."
"Begorra! it looks loike we naded Profissor Scudmore's floying-machane to git out av this scrape."
"Wow! It looks like we needed Professor Scudmore's flying machine to get out of this mess."
"It does look that way. We seem to be getting tangled more and more. All we can do is to make the attempt to get out."
"It really seems like that. We appear to be getting more and more tangled up. All we can do is try to find a way out."
"Av this is Warter Pocket Canyon, we may not be able to foind this pass if we lave it."
"At this point in Warter Pocket Canyon, we might not be able to find this path if we leave it."
"We will mark the spot some way."
"We'll mark the spot."
"How?"
"How?"
"That is the question. Wait till I find a way."
"That's the question. Just wait until I figure it out."
It was not easy, but Frank finally decided that he could tell the mountain through the base of which the pass had seemed to wind.
It wasn't easy, but Frank finally decided he could explain the mountain that the pass seemed to weave through at the base.
Then they went into the wild and picturesque valley,[Pg 117] while Frank continued to look back at intervals in order to impress the appearance of the mountain on his mind.
Then they entered the beautiful and scenic valley,[Pg 117] while Frank frequently glanced back to etch the sight of the mountain into his memory.
That night they camped beside a little stream that bubbled out from beneath the base of a cliff, and it was found that their stock of provisions was getting very low, even though they had preserved it as far as possible by shooting and cooking wild game.
That night, they set up camp next to a small stream that flowed out from under the base of a cliff, and they realized that their supply of food was running really low, even though they had tried to make it last by hunting and cooking wild game.
"We have got to get out av here soon, Frankie," said the Irish boy, soberly.
"We need to get out of here soon, Frankie," said the Irish boy, seriously.
Frank nodded.
Frank agreed.
"That is evident; but we are doing our best, and so we can do no better."
"That's clear; but we're doing our best, and that's all we can do."
Frank was somewhat disheartened, but he did not wish Barney to know it, and so he pretended to be cheerful.
Frank felt a bit down, but he didn't want Barney to know, so he acted cheerful.
Darkness settled over the canyon, and the light of a tiny fire shone on the faces of the young adventurers.
Darkness fell over the canyon, and the glow of a small fire illuminated the faces of the young adventurers.
Frank seemed to be dreaming, for, with a far-away stare, he was gazing straight into the flames, apparently quite unaware of his surroundings.
Frank seemed to be in a dream, as he stared off with a distant look, gazing right into the flames, apparently oblivious to everything around him.
In the flaring fire he saw strange pictures of events in his own career—a career such as had never before fallen to the lot of a boy of his years.
In the flickering flames, he saw unusual images of moments from his own life—a life like no other that had ever been experienced by a boy his age.
He seemed to behold the scores of perils through which he had passed, and before him seemed to flit the faces of the many friends and foes he had made.
He appeared to see all the dangers he had faced, and in front of him seemed to pass by the faces of the many friends and enemies he had encountered.
He saw the foes of his school days—Snell, Bascomb, Gage, and all the others—skulk past in procession. Snell had a sneaking, treacherous look on his face, Bascomb swaggered along in the old bullying manner, and Gage seemed to be driven along by the Evil One, who was constantly goading him to rash and desperate things. Then he saw the face of his most deadly enemy, his own cousin, Carlos Merriwell; but it no longer bore a look of malignant hatred, for it was white and cold in the last long sleep.[Pg 118]
He watched the enemies from his school days—Snell, Bascomb, Gage, and the rest—sneak by in a line. Snell had a sneaky, deceitful look on his face, Bascomb strutted up in his usual bullying way, and Gage seemed to be pushed along by some dark force, constantly pushing him towards reckless and desperate actions. Then he saw the face of his greatest enemy, his own cousin, Carlos Merriwell; but it no longer showed any sign of malicious hatred, as it was pale and cold in eternal rest.[Pg 118]
There were other enemies who had sprung up along his path, but they seemed like shadows in comparison to the ones of his school days.
There were other enemies that had appeared along his journey, but they felt insignificant compared to those from his school days.
Following these came others, and the dark look faded from his countenance. He saw Bart Hodge, who had once been his bitter enemy, but who had become his stanchest friend. Hodge held out a hand to him, as if longing to render aid in this hour of need.
Following these came others, and the dark look faded from his face. He saw Bart Hodge, who had once been his bitter enemy but had become his strongest friend. Hodge reached out a hand to him, as if eager to help in this time of need.
Then came scores of others, the cadets at Fardale, the professors, and, last of all, the girls who had admired him and believed him noble and true.
Then came many others, the cadets at Fardale, the professors, and finally, the girls who had looked up to him and thought he was noble and genuine.
Elsie Bellwood smiled at him sadly, and pointed to a mighty barrier that lay between them; Kate Kenyon tried to reach him, and then drew back, with a hopeless shake of her head; others came and flitted past, and last of all Inza Burrage was there, holding out her hands to him, her dark eyes full of trust.
Elsie Bellwood looked at him with a sad smile and pointed to the huge wall that stood between them. Kate Kenyon tried to get to him but then pulled back, shaking her head in despair. Others came and moved by, and finally, Inza Burrage was there, reaching out her hands to him, her dark eyes filled with trust.
"Inza!"
"Inza!"
The name fell from his lips, and it aroused him. Barney had fallen asleep, and was snoring beside the fire.
The name slipped out of his mouth, and it excited him. Barney had fallen asleep and was snoring next to the fire.
But what was that? Did he still dream?
But what was that? Was he still dreaming?
Just beyond the fire, within the outer circle of light, stood a girl!
Just past the fire, in the outer circle of light, stood a girl!
Frank rubbed his eyes and looked again.
Frank rubbed his eyes and looked again.
She was still there, and she was pressing a finger to her lips, as if asking for silence.
She was still there, and she was putting a finger to her lips, as if asking for quiet.
"Great Scott!" muttered Frank, in a dazed way.
"Wow!" muttered Frank, in a dazed way.
"Sh!" came back across the fire. "Do not wake him." She motioned toward the sleeping Irish lad.
"Sh!" came back across the fire. "Don't wake him." She gestured toward the sleeping Irish guy.
Frank pinched himself.
Frank pinched himself.
"Yes, I am awake myself," he said, guardedly. "And it is a girl—a pretty girl at that! How in the name of all that is wonderful does it happen there is a girl here?"
"Yeah, I'm awake too," he said cautiously. "And it’s a girl—a pretty one at that! How in the world did a girl end up here?"
"You have no time to ask questions," came back[Pg 119] swiftly, in a low, musical voice. "You are in a bad snare, Frank Merriwell."
"You don't have time to ask questions," replied[Pg 119] quickly, in a soft, melodic voice. "You're caught in a tough spot, Frank Merriwell."
The boy started violently.
The boy reacted violently.
"How is it that you know my name?" he demanded, astonished beyond measure.
"How do you know my name?" he asked, completely shocked.
"I tell you you have no time to ask questions. Why did you come here?"
"I’m telling you, you don’t have time to ask questions. Why did you come here?"
"You seem inclined to ask questions. I came because I could not help it."
"You seem curious to ask questions. I came because I couldn't resist."
"That is not true. You came to search for the hiding place of the last of the Danites. You may as well confess it."
"That's not true. You came to look for the hiding spot of the last of the Danites. You might as well admit it."
"But I tell you I had no idea of coming here when I started."
"But I promise you, I had no intention of coming here when I began."
"I know more than your name, Frank Merriwell; I know that you were eager to come in search of the place where Uric Dugan and a few of his former friends have hidden themselves from the world, hoping to remain there in peace to the end of their days."
"I know more than just your name, Frank Merriwell; I know that you were determined to find the spot where Uric Dugan and some of his old friends are hiding from the world, hoping to stay there in peace for the rest of their lives."
Frank was filled with wonder unutterable.
Frank was overwhelmed with indescribable awe.
"Are you a supernatural creature—a phantom?" he demanded. "If not, how do you know that I ever heard of Uric Dugan?"
"Are you a supernatural being—a ghost?" he asked. "If you're not, how do you know I ever heard of Uric Dugan?"
"I am not the only one who knows. Uric Dugan and his companions know it. They are ready for you, and you have walked into their snare. You are meshed."
"I’m not the only one who knows. Uric Dugan and his friends know it. They’re ready for you, and you’ve walked right into their trap. You’re caught."
"What do you mean by that?"
"What do you mean by that?"
"I mean that there is not one chance in ten thousand that you will ever be able to escape alive."
"I mean that there’s almost no chance at all that you’ll ever be able to escape alive."
"By Jove! the prospect is pleasant!"
"Wow! The view is great!"
"I am in earnest. The pass by which you entered this basin is already guarded, and you cannot get out that way."
"I’m serious. The way you came into this area is already blocked off, and you can’t leave that way."
"Then we will have to get out some other way."[Pg 120]
"Then we’ll have to find another way out."[Pg 120]
"There is but one other way, and that is also guarded. Do you see you are snared?"
"There’s only one other way, and that’s also blocked off. Do you realize you’re trapped?"
"If you are not mistaken, it looks that way. What can I do?"
"If you're not wrong, it seems that way. What can I do?"
The girl made a despairing gesture.
The girl made a hopeless gesture.
"I don't know," she admitted. "I have begged them to spare you—to shed no more blood; but they say it is absolutely necessary in order that we may continue to live here in peace. The world at large must not know where to find the last of the Danites."
"I don't know," she admitted. "I've begged them to spare you—to spill no more blood; but they say it's absolutely necessary for us to keep living here in peace. The outside world must not know where to find the last of the Danites."
"If I give my pledge——"
"If I make my promise——"
"It will not be accepted. You are not the first to stray in here. Not one of them has ever gone away to tell the tale."
"It won't be accepted. You're not the first to wander in here. Not a single one of them has ever left to share the story."
Frank shuddered a bit, beginning to realize that the situation was indeed a desperate one.
Frank shivered a little, starting to understand that the situation was really a desperate one.
"If there is no chance for us to escape, why are you here to tell us?"
"If there's no way for us to escape, why are you even here to tell us?"
"I could not help warning you. I saw your fire twinkling, and I knew that you would sleep beside it. In the night death would come down upon you, and you would never awaken."
"I couldn't help but warn you. I saw your fire flickering, and I knew you would sleep beside it. In the night, death would come for you, and you would never wake up."
"Jupiter! That is interesting! I won't sleep for a week."
"Wow, Jupiter! That’s really interesting! I won’t sleep for a week."
"Ah, but you cannot escape, even though you never again close your eyes in sleep. You can only avoid your doom for a little time. My heart is full of pity for you, but I am unable to do anything."
"Ah, but you can't escape, even if you never close your eyes to sleep again. You can only dodge your fate for a little while. My heart is full of pity for you, but there's nothing I can do."
Her voice told him that she was sincere, and Frank thrilled with gratitude toward her.
Her voice showed him that she was genuine, and Frank felt a rush of gratitude toward her.
"Who are you?" he asked.
"Who are you?" he asked.
"I am Miskel," she answered.
"I'm Miskel," she replied.
"Miskel! What an odd name! But you seem to be[Pg 121] a most remarkable girl. How does it happen that you are here?"
"Miskel! What a strange name! But you seem to be[Pg 121] an exceptional girl. How did you end up here?"
"My father is one of the last of the Danites, and I live here with him."
"My dad is one of the last of the Danites, and I live here with him."
"Your father—who is he?"
"Who is your father?"
"Uric Dugan!"[Pg 122]
"Uric Dugan!"
"You must not linger here. * * * Even now the Destroying Ones may be moving to fall upon you." (See page 124)
"You shouldn't stay here any longer. * * * Even now, the ones who destroy might be coming for you." (See page 124)
CHAPTER XIX.
OLD SOLITARY.
Frank uttered a low cry, causing Barney to start up.
Frank let out a quiet cry, making Barney jump.
"Pwhat's th' matter?" asked the Irish boy, reaching for his rifle. "Is it Injuns, Oi dunno?"
"Pwhat's the matter?" asked the Irish boy, reaching for his rifle. "Is it Indians? I don't know?"
"Easy, Barney!" cried Frank. "You will frighten her away from—Cæsar's ghost! She's gone!"
"Take it easy, Barney!" Frank shouted. "You're going to scare her off—Cæsar's ghost! She's vanished!"
"Pwhat's thot? Who is she, me b'y? Is it dramin' ye wur, or have ye wheels in yer head?"
"Pwhat's that? Who is she, my boy? Are you dreaming, or do you have wheels turning in your head?"
"Neither. She was here a moment ago, and I was talking with her."
"Neither. She was just here a minute ago, and I was chatting with her."
"Who is she?"
"Who is she?"
"Miskel."
"Miskel."
"An' a broth av a name thot is! It's wheels ye have in yer head, me b'y; Oi can hear thim goin' round."
"Now that's a great name! You've got some ideas in your head, my boy; I can hear them spinning around."
Frank sprang up and passed round the fire.
Frank jumped up and walked around the fire.
"She disappeared like a phantom. I cannot understand how she came here, or how she went away so swiftly."
"She vanished like a ghost. I can't figure out how she arrived here or how she left so quickly."
Not a trace of her could be seen.
Not a trace of her could be seen.
All at once, Frank whirled about and kicked the burning brands in all directions.
All of a sudden, Frank spun around and kicked the burning logs in every direction.
"That fire shall provide no beacon for Uric Dugan and the Danites!" exclaimed the boy.
"That fire won't be a signal for Uric Dugan and the Danites!" the boy shouted.
"Pwhat do yez mane by thot?" asked the puzzled Irish lad. "Is it daft ye have gone all at wance?"
"Pwhat do you mean by that?" asked the puzzled Irish boy. "Have you gone completely crazy all of a sudden?"
Frank came swiftly to the side of his companion, a hand falling on Barney's shoulder, as he said:
Frank quickly moved to his friend's side, placing a hand on Barney's shoulder as he said:
"We must get out of this, for it is likely our fire has[Pg 123] been seen by the Danites, who are somewhere near at hand."
"We need to leave this place, because it's likely that our fire has[Pg 123] been spotted by the Danites, who are close by."
"How do yez know thot, Frankie?"
"How do you know that, Frankie?"
"Know it? Why, she told me. She was here a minute ago, and you frightened her away when you awoke."
"Know it? Of course, she told me. She was here just a minute ago, and you scared her off when you woke up."
Barney looked at his friend in a doubting way.
Barney looked at his friend with skepticism.
"Be aisy now, Frankie, and if ye can't be aisy, whoy jist be aisy as ye can. This loife has affected yer brain, me b'y."
"Be easy now, Frankie, and if you can't be easy, then just be as easy as you can. This life has affected your brain, my boy."
Frank saw Barney really thought he spoke the truth.
Frank noticed that Barney genuinely believed he was speaking the truth.
"You are wrong," he said. "I will explain what I mean, and I assure you that I am in my sober senses."
"You’re mistaken," he said. "Let me explain what I mean, and I promise you that I’m completely sober."
Whereupon, he told Barney everything, and the Irish lad listened with drooping jaw.
Whereupon, he told Barney everything, and the Irish guy listened with his mouth hanging open.
"Th' saints protict us!" he cried. "Pwhat are we goin' to do, Frankie?"
"Saints protect us!" he shouted. "What are we going to do, Frankie?"
"Get out of this before Uric Dugan and his gang make us a call."
"Get out of this before Uric Dugan and his crew reach out to us."
"They move swiftly as an arrow, and strike deep and sure. You have no time to spare."
"They move quickly like an arrow and hit hard and accurately. You have no time to waste."
The voice was hollow and blood-chilling, coming out of the darkness as from the depths of a mighty cavern, causing both lads to whirl, clutching their weapons, ready for an attack.
The voice was empty and chilling, emerging from the darkness like it was coming from the depths of a huge cave, making both guys spin around, gripping their weapons, prepared for an attack.
"Who is there?" challenged Frank, sharply.
"Who's there?" Frank asked.
"One who will do you no harm," was the answer. "And I alone am able to save you from Uric Dugan."
"Someone who won't hurt you," was the reply. "And I'm the only one who can save you from Uric Dugan."
"Who are you?"
"Who are you?"
"I am known as Old Solitary."
"I'm called Old Solitary."
Not far away could be seen the figure of a man, who seemed to be leaning on a stout staff. He made no menacing move.
Not far away, you could see a man who appeared to be leaning on a sturdy stick. He didn’t make any threatening movement.
Barney's teeth were chattering.
Barney's teeth were chattering.
"Tin to wan it is th' Ould B'y himsilf!" gasped the Irish lad.[Pg 124]
"Wow, it's the Old Boy himself!" gasped the Irish kid.[Pg 124]
Barney was very superstitious. While he was not afraid of anything made of flesh and blood, whatever seemed supernatural filled him with the greatest terror.
Barney was really superstitious. While he wasn’t afraid of anything physical, anything that seemed supernatural scared him to death.
"Steady," warned Frank. "It is a human being, and he seems to be alone. One man will not harm us."
"Easy there," Frank cautioned. "It's a person, and he looks like he’s on his own. One guy won't hurt us."
"Not av he is a man."
"Not av he is a man."
"I am a man, and I mean you no harm," declared the same deep voice. "If you will trust me, I may be able to save you. Look—I will advance, and you may keep your weapons turned upon me."
"I’m a man, and I don't mean you any harm," said the same deep voice. "If you can trust me, I might be able to save you. Look—I’ll step forward, and you can keep your weapons pointed at me."
The figure came forward through the gloom, and in a few moments he stood close at hand, so they could see he was a man whose head was bare, and whose white beard flowed over his chest. What seemed to be a staff at first glance, proved to be a long-barreled rifle.
The figure stepped out of the shadows, and in a moment, he was right in front of them, so they could see he was a man with a bare head and a white beard that flowed down to his chest. What looked like a staff at first turned out to be a long-barreled rifle.
Barney was intensely relieved.
Barney felt a huge relief.
"It must be Santy Claus himsilf!" exclaimed the Irish lad.
"It must be Santa Claus himself!" exclaimed the Irish boy.
"You must not linger here," said the stranger. "Even now the Destroying Ones may be moving to fall upon you. They would wipe you from the face of the earth, as they have wiped away hundreds and thousands. They are terrible, and they are merciless. Their tongues are forked, and the poison of adders lies beneath their lips. For the Gentile they know not mercy. If the Mormon Church decrees that they destroy the babe at its mother's breast, they snatch it away and dash out its brains. On their knees innocent girls have pleaded in vain to be spared. Fathers and mothers have fallen before them. Old men with snowy hair have been slaughtered without pity. And chief among these inhuman monsters is Dugan of the dark face. I know him, and I know that his heart is made of adamant. But he shall not always escape the wrath to come. His days are numbered, and the days[Pg 125] of his merciless comrades are numbered! All are doomed! Not one shall escape!"
"You need to get out of here," the stranger said. "Even now, the Destroying Ones might be coming for you. They would erase you from existence, just as they have done to countless others. They are terrifying and ruthless. Their tongues are forked, and the venom of snakes lies beneath their lips. They show no mercy to Gentiles. If the Mormon Church orders them to kill a babe at its mother's breast, they will snatch it away and bash its head in. Innocent girls have begged on their knees to be spared, only to have their pleas ignored. Fathers and mothers have fallen before them. Old men with white hair have been slaughtered without pity. And the worst of these inhuman monsters is Dugan, with his dark face. I know him, and I know his heart is made of stone. But he won’t always escape the judgment that’s coming. His days are numbered, and so are the days[Pg 125] of his merciless comrades! All are doomed! None shall escape!"
"Easy, old man!" warned Frank. "Do you wish to bring them upon us? I shall think you are in league with them."
"Take it easy, old man!" Frank cautioned. "Do you want to attract them to us? I'll think you're working with them."
"Not I! Come; I will lead you to a place of safety."
"Not me! Come on; I'll take you to a safe place."
The boys hesitated.
The guys hesitated.
"Shall we thrust th' spalpane?" whispered Barney, doubtfully.
"Should we push the spalpane?" whispered Barney, unsure.
"I don't see as we can do better," returned Frank. "We must take chances."
"I don't think we can do any better," Frank replied. "We have to take risks."
"He may be wan av th' Danites, me b'y."
"He might be one of the Danites, my boy."
"He may be, but something tells me he is not."
"He might be, but something tells me he isn't."
"Thin how does it happen thot he is here?"
"Think about how it happened that he is here?"
"That is something you can answer as well as I. Come, we will follow him. Keep your weapons ready for instant use."
"That's something you can answer just as well as I can. Come on, let's follow him. Keep your weapons ready for action."
So they followed, and, old man though he was, they found it no easy task, for he moved with a swinging cat-like step that carried him swiftly over the ground.
So they followed, and even though he was an old man, they found it wasn’t easy, because he moved with a graceful, cat-like stride that took him quickly across the ground.
All at once, he turned, with a low hiss, motioned for them to follow, and, crouching low, crept behind some bowlders.
All of a sudden, he turned, let out a quiet hiss, signaled for them to follow, and, staying low, crept behind some boulders.
The boys followed, ready for a trap.
The boys followed, prepared for a trap.
When they were behind the bowlders, the stranger whispered:
When they were behind the boulders, the stranger whispered:
"They are coming—I hear their footsteps afar. They come swiftly, but they will not find their prey. They are the last of the Danites, and they are in hiding here amid these mountains, but they have not forgotten how to strike and destroy. Crouch low, keep still, and you shall see them pass."
"They're coming—I can hear their footsteps in the distance. They move quickly, but they won't find their target. They're the last of the Danites, hiding here in these mountains, but they haven't forgotten how to attack and conquer. Get low, stay quiet, and you'll see them go by."
It seemed that the old man's ears must be good, for it was quite a while before the boys heard a sound. At[Pg 126] length, with a sudden rush of feet, six or eight dark figures flitted past and quickly disappeared.
It seemed like the old man's hearing was pretty sharp, because it took the boys quite some time to hear anything. At[Pg 126] last, with a sudden rush of feet, six or eight dark figures darted by and quickly vanished.
"They come like shadows, and like shadows they go," softly breathed Old Solitary. "The day has passed forever when their power is felt and dreaded throughout Utah. Once they were far more dreadful than a pestilence. Started upon the trail of a man who had been doomed by the church, there was not one chance in ten thousand for him to escape. No man could seek his bed at night and be sure he would not become the victim of the Destroying Angels before dawn. No man could be sure he had not done something to offend Brigham Young. If by any means he became aware that 'the decree of death' had been made against him, it was no better than useless for him to take to flight. He might flee to the desert, but the Destroyers tracked him through shifting sands and across waterless wastes till he was run to earth and his body was left for the vultures and coyotes. If he plunged into the mountains, the canyons and ravines were not deep enough or dark enough to hide him from the keen eyes of the death-dealers on his track. Knowing his doom had been decreed, he might flee madly from his home and his loved ones, his heart alternating between hope and despair, knowing all the while that those deadly pursuers were on his track, hurrying on and on when he was in desperate need of rest, fearing to close his eyes in sleep, lest he open them to look upon his murderers, weak for want of food, his throat parched for a swallow of water, his blood pouring like melted lead through his veins, his brain on fire, and still all his struggles were unavailing. Relentless, unwearying, bloodthirsty and sure as death, the Destroying Ones tracked him down. He might begin to fancy that he had escaped, that he had thrown them off his trail. At last, overcome[Pg 127] by his terrible exertions, he might sleep, feeling certain that in a few more hours he would be beyond their reach. They would come upon him like shadows, and they would leave him weltering in his gore. A curse they have been, and a curse they shall remain till the last one of them all is perished from the face of the fair earth which they have polluted."
"They come like shadows, and like shadows they go," Old Solitary whispered softly. "The time has long passed when their power was felt and feared throughout Utah. They were once far more terrifying than a plague. Once they set their sights on a man marked by the church, there was almost no chance for him to escape. No man could go to bed at night and be sure he wouldn’t fall victim to the Destroying Angels before dawn. No man could be certain he hadn’t done something to anger Brigham Young. If he became aware that 'the decree of death' had been issued against him, fleeing was practically useless. He could run to the desert, but the Destroyers would hunt him through shifting sands and across barren wastes until they cornered him, leaving his body for the vultures and coyotes. If he dove into the mountains, the canyons and ravines wouldn’t be deep or dark enough to hide him from the sharp eyes of the death-dealers on his trail. Knowing his doom had been declared, he might flee desperately from his home and loved ones, his heart swinging between hope and despair, all the while aware that those deadly pursuers were tracking him, relentlessly moving on when he desperately needed rest, afraid to close his eyes lest he wake up to face his murderers, weak from lack of food, his throat dry with thirst, his blood running hot through his veins, his mind racing, and yet all his struggles would be in vain. Relentless, tireless, bloodthirsty, and as certain as death, the Destroying Ones would hunt him down. He might start to think he had escaped, that he had lost them. Finally, exhausted from his frantic efforts, he might fall asleep, convinced that in a few more hours he would be out of their reach. They would find him like shadows, and they would leave him in his own blood. A curse they have been, and a curse they will remain until the last one of them has vanished from the face of the earth they have tainted."
The boys were spellbound by the intense language of the strange man. All fears that he might be one of the Danites departed from their minds.
The boys were captivated by the strange man's intense speech. All their fears about him possibly being one of the Danites vanished.
"Begobs!" gasped Barney; "it's Satan's oun brewing they must be!"
"Wow!" gasped Barney; "it must be Satan's brew they're making!"
"Come," said Old Solitary, "we must move on again. They will not find you, and the morning will see them on your trail."
"Come on," said Old Solitary, "we need to keep moving. They won't find you, but by morning they'll be hot on your trail."
"If what you say is true, it were better to be trailed by bloodhounds or wild Indians," said Frank.
"If what you're saying is true, it would be better to be chased by bloodhounds or wild Indians," Frank said.
"Far better. The Destroying Ones hastened to the slaughter with no more mercy in their hearts than is to be found in the heart of a fierce Apache. If they were instructed to kill, they believed it their duty—more than that, they would suffer the tortures of hell if they shirked or shrank from committing the deed."
"Much better. The Destroying Ones rushed into the slaughter with as little mercy in their hearts as a fierce Apache. If they were told to kill, they saw it as their duty—more than that, they felt they would endure the torments of hell if they avoided or hesitated in carrying out the act."
"Oi'm not faling well at all, at all!" sighed Barney. "An' it's caught we are in a place where such craythurs be! Och, hone! Whoy didn't we shtay with th' profissor?"
"Oi'm not feeling well at all!" sighed Barney. "And we're stuck in a place where those creatures are! Oh no! Why didn't we stay with the professor?"
Old Solitary again flitted away, and they hastened along at his heels. Now he was silent of lip and silent of foot. He seemed more like a shadow than anything else.
Old Solitary slipped away again, and they rushed after him. Now he was quiet and moved without a sound. He seemed more like a shadow than anything else.
For more than an hour he led them forward with great swiftness, and then they came to a small stream.[Pg 128]
For over an hour, he quickly guided them forward, and then they arrived at a small stream.[Pg 128]
"You must cover your trail," said the old man. "Follow me."
"You need to hide your tracks," the old man said. "Come with me."
He stepped into the running water, walking along the bed of the stream.
He stepped into the flowing water, walking along the bottom of the stream.
They did not hesitate to follow in his footsteps.
They didn't think twice about following in his footsteps.
Before long they came to where the stream fell splashing and tinkling down the mountain.
Before long, they reached the spot where the stream splashed and tinkled down the mountain.
"Up," said Old Solitary.
"Up," said Old Solitary.
It was a difficult climb, but the boys were young athletes, and they would have been ashamed to let the man with the white hair and beard climb where they could not go.
It was a tough climb, but the boys were young athletes, and they would have felt embarrassed to let the man with the white hair and beard climb where they couldn't go.
The stream was left, and, clinging to the points of rock with hands and feet, the old man still mounted higher and higher. He seemed to know every inch of the way, which became more and more difficult for the lads.
The stream was to the left, and, holding on to the rocky outcrops with his hands and feet, the old man kept climbing higher and higher. He seemed to know every part of the route, which was getting tougher and tougher for the boys.
"Begorra!" gurgled Barney; "we'll nivver get down from here, Frankie, me jool."
"Wow!" gurgled Barney; "we'll never get down from here, Frankie, my jewel."
"Well, we'll have no call to kick, if the Danites do not get up to us."
"Well, we won’t have any reason to complain if the Danites don’t come after us."
"Thot's right."
"That's right."
"But I cannot help thinking of Miskel's words. She declared that we were hopelessly snared."
"But I can't stop thinking about Miskel's words. She said that we were hopelessly trapped."
"She may have troied to scare ye to death, lad."
"She might have tried to scare you to death, dude."
"Well, what Old Solitary has said about the Destroying Angels has not made me feel any easier."
"Well, what Old Solitary said about the Destroying Angels hasn't made me feel any better."
At last they came to a shelf of rock, along which they crept, inch by inch, clinging fast and feeling their way, with a blue void of night above and beneath them.
At last, they reached a rock ledge, where they slowly made their way, inch by inch, gripping tightly and feeling their way, with a deep blue night sky above and below them.
All at once a black opening in the face of the bluff yawned before them, and they saw the man of the white hair and beard standing in the mouth of a cave.
All of a sudden, a dark opening in the side of the cliff appeared before them, and they saw the man with white hair and a beard standing at the entrance of a cave.
"This is my home," declared Old Solitary. "They have not dared attack me here, even though they know where[Pg 129] to find me. They consider me harmless, but some day they shall know the difference. Uric Dugan shall know my power!"
"This is my home," said Old Solitary. "They haven't dared to come after me here, even though they know where[Pg 129] to find me. They think I'm harmless, but one day they'll realize that's not true. Uric Dugan will see my power!"
He turned and entered the cave, and, still trusting all to him, they felt their way along after him.[Pg 130]
He turned and walked into the cave, and, still relying on him completely, they carefully followed behind.[Pg 130]
CHAPTER XX.
MOUTH OF THE CAVE.
After a time, Old Solitary lighted a torch, and they were enabled to follow him with greater ease.
After a while, Old Solitary lit a torch, and they were able to follow him more easily.
He led them into a circular chamber, where there was a bed of grass and some rude furniture of his own manufacture.
He took them into a round room, where there was a patch of grass and some simple furniture he had made himself.
"This is my home," declared the strange man. "For the present, you are safe here; but there is no way of getting out of here without passing through territory where the Danites will be found."
"This is my home," said the strange man. "Right now, you’re safe here; but there's no way to leave without crossing through areas where the Danites will be."
"Then we are still in the meshes," said Frank.
"Then we are still caught in the web," said Frank.
"You are still in the very heart of Danite land."
"You are still in the very center of Danite territory."
"If what you say is true, then we cannot be safe here, for those human beasts know we are somewhere in the net, and they will find us, no matter what our hiding place may be."
"If what you’re saying is true, then we can’t be safe here, because those human beasts know we’re somewhere in the net, and they’ll find us no matter where we try to hide."
"That is true, but it will take time, and they fear me. They will not rush hither. You may sleep without fear to-night."
"That's true, but it's going to take time, and they're afraid of me. They won't come rushing here. You can sleep without worry tonight."
"Surely we have need enough of sleep."
"Surely, we need plenty of sleep."
"Then do not hesitate to slumber, for I need little sleep, and I will see that no harm comes to you."
"Then don’t hesitate to sleep, because I need very little rest, and I’ll make sure you’re safe."
Frank would have questioned the man, but when he tried to do so in a manner that would not be offensive, Old Solitary suddenly became dumb, paying no heed to anything that was said.
Frank wanted to ask the man questions, but when he attempted to do so without being rude, Old Solitary suddenly went silent, ignoring everything that was said.
Frank and Barney talked for a long time. They were impressed with the belief that they were in the gravest peril, and yet they could do nothing more to save them[Pg 131]selves till the opportunity came. To a large extent, they were in the hands of fate.
Frank and Barney talked for a long time. They were struck by the feeling that they were in serious danger, yet there was nothing more they could do to save themselves until an opportunity arose. For the most part, they were at the mercy of fate.[Pg 131]
Never before in all his life had Frank been utterly controlled by a feeling of utter inability to avert destruction by any effort of his own, even though his hands were free and he was armed. It seemed as if they had been doomed and were in a snare from which there could be no possible escape.
Never in his life had Frank felt so completely unable to prevent disaster despite being free and armed. It was as if they were doomed and trapped in a situation from which there was no escape.
Everything must be trusted to Old Solitary, that was certain. Feeling thus, Frank flung himself down on the bed of grass, and was soon sleeping soundly.
Everything had to be trusted to Old Solitary, that was clear. Feeling this way, Frank threw himself down on the bed of grass and quickly fell into a deep sleep.
It did not take Barney long to follow the example of his friend.
It didn’t take Barney long to follow his friend’s example.
They slept for hours. When they awoke the torch had burned out, and the chilly darkness of the cave was dense around them.
They slept for hours. When they woke up, the torch had gone out, and the cold darkness of the cave was thick around them.
"I wonder where Old Solitary is?" said Frank.
"I wonder where Old Solitary is?" Frank said.
They called to him and their voices echoed hollowly along the passages.
They called out to him, and their voices echoed faintly through the hallways.
No answer came.
No response came.
"Begorra!" cried the Irish boy; "It looks loike he had left us to oursilves."
"Wow!" cried the Irish boy; "It looks like he left us on our own."
"It does seem that way," admitted Frank.
"It really does seem that way," Frank admitted.
Our hero remembered seeing in a niche the night before a collection of sticks that he fancied were for torches, and so, lighting a match, he sought them. He had made no mistake, for one of them lighted readily.
Our hero recalled seeing a bunch of sticks in a nook the night before that he thought would work for torches, so he struck a match and went to find them. He was right, as one of them caught fire easily.
"Our weapons are all right," he said, having made an examination. "It is probable that Old Solitary will soon return."
"Our weapons are all good," he said after checking them. "It's likely that Old Solitary will be back soon."
They waited an hour, but the strange man did not appear. Both grew restless, and finally started out to explore the cave.
They waited an hour, but the strange man didn’t show up. Both of them became restless and eventually set out to explore the cave.
With the aid of the torch, they picked their way along one of the passages. They were surprised at the distance[Pg 132] traveled, and wondered when and where they would come out.
With the help of the flashlight, they carefully made their way down one of the corridors. They were surprised at the distance[Pg 132] they had traveled and wondered when and where they would end up.
Finally, a gleam of light was seen ahead, and, as they came nearer, the torch was extinguished.
Finally, a glimmer of light appeared ahead, and as they got closer, the torch was put out.
Climbing up a steep slope, they lay on their stomachs and peered out into the depths of a circular pocket that was inclosed by mountains on three sides.
Climbing up a steep slope, they lay on their stomachs and looked out into the depths of a circular pocket surrounded by mountains on three sides.
An exclamation broke from the lips of both.
An exclamation escaped from both of their lips.
"A camp!" cried Frank.
"A campsite!" shouted Frank.
"It's a town, me b'y!" Barney almost shouted. "We're all roight, afther all!"
"It's a town, my friend!" Barney almost shouted. "We're all good, after all!"
"Easy!" cautioned Merriwell, quickly. "Keep your voice down. It is a town, but it is not the kind of a town we care to enter."
"Easy!" Merriwell warned quickly. "Keep your voice down. It’s a town, but it’s not the kind of place we want to go into."
"Pwhat's th' matther wid it?"
"What's the matter with it?"
"It is the town of the Danites. This is their retreat, where they have hidden themselves from the rest of the world."
"It’s the town of the Danites. This is their hideaway, where they’ve kept themselves away from everyone else."
Barney was soon convinced that Frank was right, and the boys drew back a bit, taking care not to be seen by anybody below them.
Barney soon realized that Frank was right, and the boys stepped back a little, making sure they weren't seen by anyone below them.
There was a collection of eight buildings upon which the morning sun was shining, six of which were dwelling houses, and two of which seemed to be stables. Taken all together, they made quite a little village.
There was a group of eight buildings that the morning sun was shining on, six of which were homes and two that appeared to be stables. Altogether, they formed a small village.
The doors of many of the houses were open, and men were seen lounging about. Occasionally a woman could be seen, and there were a few children at play.
The doors of many houses were open, and men were seen hanging out. Occasionally, a woman could be spotted, and there were a few kids playing.
"Here live the last of the terrible organization that has shed the blood of hundreds of Gentiles," said Frank. "These men were known to be leaders, and the fate of John D. Lee was a warning to them. They saw the church could no longer protect them, and so they fled here. It is possible that some of those old men down[Pg 133] there were concerned in the Mountain Meadow Massacre."
"Here live the last of the brutal group that has spilled the blood of hundreds of non-believers," Frank said. "These men were recognized as leaders, and John D. Lee's fate served as a warning to them. They realized that the church could no longer shield them, so they escaped here. It's possible that some of those old men down[Pg 133] there were involved in the Mountain Meadow Massacre."
"It's the divvil's own set they are, to be sure."
"It's definitely a pack of trouble they're in, for sure."
"They have never hesitated to shed blood, and our lives will not be worth a pinch of snuff if we fall into their hands."
"They've never hesitated to spill blood, and our lives won't be worth anything if we end up in their hands."
"Pwhat are we goin' to do?"
"Pwhat are we going to do?"
"That remains to be seen. For the present, we seem to be safe where we are. It is plain this cave extends through a spur of the mountain, and we are looking out on a side far from where we entered. It is also possible that, even now, some of these creatures may be climbing to the other entrance."
"That’s something we’ll have to find out later. For now, we seem to be safe where we are. It’s clear that this cave runs through a part of the mountain, and we’re looking out on a side that’s far from where we came in. It’s also possible that, even now, some of these creatures could be climbing to the other entrance."
"Howly shmoke!"
"Holy smoke!"
"I said possible, not probable. I am trusting much to Old Solitary."
"I said it's possible, not likely. I'm relying a lot on Old Solitary."
The boys lay there a long time, talking and peering down into the village of the Danites. They did not see a lithe, agile figure that was climbing in their direction. At length, having climbed as far as possible, this figure reached a stopping place, still below and at one side.
The boys lay there for a long time, chatting and looking down at the village of the Danites. They didn’t notice a nimble, agile figure climbing up toward them. Finally, after climbing as high as it could, this figure found a stopping point, still below and off to one side.
"Great shnakes!" gasped Barney, clutching Frank's arm. "Will yez take a look at thot!"
"Wow!" gasped Barney, gripping Frank's arm. "Take a look at that!"
He pointed toward the figure.
He pointed at the figure.
"Cæsar's ghost! It is Miskel!"
"César's ghost! It’s Miskel!"
"Pwhat is she doin' there, me b'y?"
"Pwhat is she doing there, my friend?"
"She seemed to be looking this way. I wonder if she has seen us here?"
"She looks like she's glancing this way. I wonder if she has noticed us here?"
"Oi dunno."
"I don't know."
"She acts as if she has."
"She behaves as if she does."
"Thot she does."
"Thought she does."
"She is hidden from the camp below by that mass of bowlders beside her, and she acts as if she were trying to keep out of sight of them down there."
"She's hidden from the camp below by that pile of boulders next to her, and she behaves as if she's trying to stay out of their sight down there."
"A bow. That is a perfect picture of the nymph Diana."
"A bow. That is a great representation of the goddess Diana."
"Ay she ounly had some hounds an' a stag at hand."
"Ay, she only had some hounds and a stag nearby."
"See—she has taken an arrow from a quiver at her back, and she seems to be attaching something to it. By the way she looks up here I should say she is measuring the distance with her eye, to see if she can make the arrow reach."
"Look—she's taken an arrow from the quiver on her back, and it looks like she's attaching something to it. From the way she's looking up here, I'd say she's judging the distance with her eye to see if she can make the arrow hit its target."
It certainly looked that way, and the boys watched her every movement with the keenest interest, still keeping as far concealed as possible.
It definitely seemed like that, and the boys observed her every move with great interest, still trying to stay as hidden as possible.
Once Miskel lifted the bow and drew it taut, but something did not satisfy her, and she lowered it. After some moments the bow was lifted again, and then the arrow sailed upward through the air.
Once Miskel raised the bow and pulled it back, but something didn't feel right, so she lowered it. After a moment, she lifted the bow again, and then the arrow shot up into the air.
"It's coming!"
"It's arriving!"
Both boys dodged.
Both boys ducked.
Zip—click! The arrow cut through the air, sailed in at the opening of the cave, struck the face of the rock, and dropped to the ground.
Zip—click! The arrow shot through the air, flew into the cave entrance, hit the rock face, and fell to the ground.
Frank quickly picked it up.
Frank quickly grabbed it.
"Ha!" he exclaimed. "Look, Barney—a bit of paper is attached here! There is writing on it! Ten to one it is a message!"
"Ha!" he said. "Look, Barney—a piece of paper is stuck here! There's something written on it! Chances are it's a message!"
Eagerly he removed the bit of paper that was tied to the arrow, and he soon read aloud what was written on it.
Eagerly, he took off the piece of paper tied to the arrow, and he quickly read aloud what was written on it.
"Frank Merriwell: It is known that you are there, but you are safe for the present, although still meshed and unable to escape. My father fears Old Solitary; but there are others who do not, and your refuge will not long continue a safe one. Your friends have arrived, and they are already in the snare, so it is not likely you will ever see either of them alive.
"Frank Merriwell: We know you’re there, but for now, you’re safe, even though you’re trapped and can’t escape. My dad is scared of Old Solitary; however, some people aren’t, and your hiding spot won’t stay safe for long. Your friends have arrived, and they’re already caught in the trap, so it’s unlikely you’ll ever see either of them alive."
Miskel."
Miskel.
The last sentence filled both boys with the utmost wonder and perplexity.
The last sentence amazed both boys and left them completely confused.
"What does it mean?" asked Frank.
"What does it mean?" Frank asked.
"Thot Oi'll nivver tell!" cried Barney.
"That I'll never tell!" cried Barney.
"My friends? Whom can she mean? Who is it that is already within the snare?"
"My friends? Who could she be talking about? Who is already caught in the trap?"
"Ax me something aisy!"
"Ask me something easy!"
"And the Danites know where we are hidden!"
"And the Danites know where we've been hiding!"
"Thot's pwhat she says, av ye read it roight."
"That's what she says, if you've read it right."
"It is very comforting to know it! Uric Dugan fears Old Solitary, but there are others who do not."
"It’s really reassuring to know that! Uric Dugan is afraid of Old Solitary, but there are others who aren’t."
"It's the others we nade to be afeared av, me lad."
"It's the others we need to be afraid of, my boy."
"You are right. We must be constantly on our guard. Both of us must not sleep at the same time; we must take turns at sleeping. In that way we should be able to know when they try to come upon us, and we will sell our lives as dearly as possible."
"You’re right. We need to stay alert all the time. We can’t both sleep at the same time; we have to take turns. That way, we’ll be able to tell when they try to sneak up on us, and we’ll fight to the very end."
"Av we've got to doie, Oi'd loike to wipe out the gang av spalpanes down there."
"Av, we've got to do it. I'd like to wipe out the gang of troublemakers down there."
"Were they other than the murderous wretches they are, I should feel pity for them; but, as it is, there is no pity in my heart. It is a just retribution that they are outcast from their fellow-creatures, are forced to hide like hunted beasts, that they live in terror each day and each night of their lives."
"Were they anything other than the ruthless monsters they are, I might feel pity for them; but as it stands, I have no compassion in my heart. It's a fair consequence that they are shunned by others, forced to hide like hunted animals, living in fear every single day and night."
"But this will nivver tell us who our friends are thot have entered th' snare, Frankie."
"But this will never tell us who our friends are that have fallen into the trap, Frankie."
"No; nor do I know how we are to find out."
"No, and I have no idea how we're going to figure it out."
"Th' girrul——"
"The girl—"
"Is descending."
"Is going down."
It was true. Having accomplished her purpose in climbing up there, Miskel was descending. She was as sure-footed and agile as a mountain goat, and it was a pleasure to watch her.[Pg 136]
It was true. After successfully reaching her goal by climbing up there, Miskel was coming down. She was as sure-footed and quick as a mountain goat, and it was a joy to watch her.[Pg 136]
"Frankie, she is a jool! An' do yez soay her fayther is ould Uric Dugan hissilf?"
"Frankie, she's a gem! And did you hear her father is old Uric Dugan himself?"
"So she told me."
"She told me."
"It's a shame! Av it weren't fer thot, Oi'd thry me hand at makin' a mash on th' loikes av her."
"It's a shame! If it weren't for that, I'd try my hand at making a mash like hers."
Frank was silent; he seemed to be thinking.
Frank was quiet; he looked like he was deep in thought.
"I have it!" he finally cried, striking his hands together.
"I've got it!" he finally shouted, clapping his hands together.
"Kape it," advised Barney. "It's th' ounly thing ye're loikely to get around this place, my laddybuck."
"Keep it," advised Barney. "It's the only thing you're likely to get around this place, my lad."
"By my friends she must have meant Walter Clyde and his companions, Graves and Kerney. They have had time to cruise down the river, and they are here. I'll wager that I am right!"
"By my friends, she must have meant Walter Clyde and his buddies, Graves and Kerney. They’ve had enough time to cruise down the river, and now they’re here. I'll bet I’m right!"
"Ye may be. But soay! Look down there. So hilp me, there come some ay th' spalpanes, an' they have a prisoner!"
"Yeah, maybe. But seriously! Look down there. I swear, there are some guys coming, and they have a prisoner!"
Barney was right. Several Danites were entering the pocket, conducting in their midst a captive. He was a small man, with red hair and whiskers.
Barney was right. Several Danites were entering the area, leading a captive among them. He was a short man, with red hair and facial hair.
"Heavens above!" gasped Frank, thunderstruck. "It's Professor Scotch!"[Pg 137]
"Heavens above!" Frank gasped, stunned. "It's Professor Scotch!"[Pg 137]
CHAPTER XXI.
HUMAN BEASTS.
It was indeed the little professor, who had, in some unaccountable manner, fallen captive to the Danites.
It was definitely the little professor, who had, for some unknown reason, fallen into the hands of the Danites.
How it had happened the boys could not conceive.
How it happened, the boys couldn't understand.
"Be jabez! thot bates me!" gurgled Barney Mulloy, his eyes bulging. "It's hundreds av moiles from here Oi thought th' professor wur this minute."
"Be jabez! That beats me!" gurgled Barney Mulloy, his eyes bulging. "It's hundreds of miles from here. I thought the professor was here this minute."
"And I thought the same," said Frank. "How it comes that he is here I cannot understand."
"And I thought the same," Frank said. "I can't understand how he ended up here."
"It's a moighty bad scrape he is in, me b'y."
"It's a really bad situation he's in, my boy."
"That is right. Now I know what Miskel meant when she said my friends had arrived and were already in the snare."
"That's right. Now I understand what Miskel meant when she said my friends had arrived and were already caught in the trap."
"The profissor makes but wan, an' she said 'friends.'"
"The professor makes only one, and she said 'friends.'"
"That is right. She must have meant Clyde and the others. That would make it appear that the professor came with them."
"That's right. She must have meant Clyde and the others. That would make it seem like the professor came with them."
"Sure."
"Of course."
"In that case, where are Clyde and the two explorers, Graves and Kerney? Have they been killed already?"
"In that case, where are Clyde and the two explorers, Graves and Kerney? Have they already been killed?"
"It moight seem thot way."
"It might seem that way."
"It appears likely; but, if such is the case, I cannot understand why Professor Scotch was spared."
"It seems likely; but if that's true, I can't understand why Professor Scotch was spared."
"No more can Oi, Frankie."
"Not anymore, Oi, Frankie."
The boys were at their wits' end, and they were in an intensely agitated frame of mind.
The boys were completely stressed out, and they were feeling really worked up.
Suddenly Frank clutched Barney's arm, pointing down into the pocket, and crying:
Suddenly, Frank grabbed Barney's arm, pointing into the pocket and shouting:
"Look! look! the professor has broken away! He is[Pg 138] running for his life! But he cannot escape! They are hot after him."
"Look! Look! The professor has broken free! He is[Pg 138] running for his life! But he can't get away! They're right on his tail."
It was true. The little man had made a desperate break for liberty, but it was folly to do so, as the Danites soon overtook him. One of them, a stout man, with a short white beard, held a revolver in his hand. He reversed the weapon, grasping it by the barrel, and struck the professor down with the butt.
It was true. The little man had made a desperate bid for freedom, but it was foolish to do so, as the Danites quickly caught up to him. One of them, a burly man with a short white beard, held a revolver in his hand. He turned the weapon around, grabbing it by the barrel, and brought the butt down on the professor.
The sight made Frank's blood boil.
The sight made Frank mad.
"I will remember that wretch!" grated the boy, his eyes glowing. "If we do not get out of here, I may be able to square a score with him!"
"I'll remember that jerk!" the boy spat, his eyes blazing. "If we don't get out of here, I might just be able to settle the score with him!"
Barney was scarcely less wrought up.
Barney was just as worked up.
"Poor profissor!" he exclaimed. "It's loikely the divvils will finish him now."
"Poor professor!" he exclaimed. "It's likely the devils will finish him now."
The Danites stood over the man, who had fallen on his face, and lay in a huddled heap. They were talking loudly and making excited gestures. It was plain that they were discussing the advisability of dispatching Professor Scotch without delay, and, judging from his movements, the man with the short white beard was for finishing him without delay. Twice the man pointed his revolver at the prostrate figure, and twice a younger man seemed to urge him to spare the unlucky man's life.
The Danites stood over the guy who had fallen on his face, curled up in a ball. They were talking loudly and making wild hand gestures. It was clear they were debating whether to kill Professor Scotch right away, and judging by his actions, the guy with the short white beard wanted to do him in without hesitation. Twice he aimed his revolver at the downed figure, and twice a younger man seemed to suggest that he should let the poor guy live.
"If he shoots, I'll try a shot at him from here!" cried Frank. "I may not be able to reach him, but I'll try it."
"If he shoots, I'll take a shot at him from here!" yelled Frank. "I might not be able to hit him, but I'll give it a try."
A third time the man pointed his revolver at the motionless form of the man who lay huddled on the ground. This time no one of the group interfered; all stood back, and the younger man, who had twice saved Scotch's life, turned away, plainly unwilling to witness the deed.
A third time, the man aimed his gun at the unmoving figure of the person curled up on the ground. This time, no one in the group intervened; everyone stepped back, and the younger man, who had saved Scotch's life twice, turned away, clearly not wanting to see what was about to happen.
"He's going to shoot!" panted Frank, pulling forward his rifle, and bringing it to his shoulder. "I will——"[Pg 139]
"He's about to shoot!" Frank gasped, pulling up his rifle and aiming it at his shoulder. "I will——"[Pg 139]
"Wait a bit, me b'y. Look there! Th' litthle girrul is thrying to save him."
"Hold on a second, buddy. Look over there! The little girl is trying to save him."
"God bless her!"
"God bless her!"
Miskel had rushed into the midst of the men, and she was seen pleading with the man who seemed determined to kill the professor. At first, it seemed that she would fail, but she finally prevailed, and the man put up his weapon, with a gesture of angry impatience. Then he seemed to give some orders, and the unconscious captive was lifted and carried toward the camp.
Miskel rushed into the crowd of men, pleading with the guy who looked like he was set on killing the professor. At first, it seemed like she wouldn't succeed, but in the end, she did, and the man put away his weapon with an irritated gesture. Then he gave some orders, and the unconscious captive was lifted and carried toward the camp.
"He is saved for the time," breathed Frank, with relief; "but it is simply a respite."
"He is safe for now," Frank breathed, feeling relieved; "but it's just a temporary break."
"Thot is betther than nothing, me b'y."
"Thought is better than nothing, my boy."
"Yes, it is better than nothing. Barney, I have a scheme."
"Yeah, it's better than nothing. Barney, I've got a plan."
"Spake out, Frankie. Me ears are woide open to-night."
"Speak up, Frankie. My ears are wide open tonight."
"If they spare Professor Scotch till to-night, we will go down there and attempt his rescue."
"If they keep Professor Scotch alive until tonight, we’ll head down there and try to rescue him."
"Oi'm wid yes, me b'y, to th' ind."
"Okay, I'm with you, my friend, until the end."
They watched the men bear the unfortunate professor into the camp, and noted carefully the building into which the man was taken.
They watched the men carry the unfortunate professor into the camp and carefully noted the building where they took him.
"We must make no mistake to-night, Barney. It is our duty to do our best to save Professor Scotch."
"We can’t afford to make any mistakes tonight, Barney. It’s our responsibility to do everything we can to save Professor Scotch."
"An' we'll do our duty av we nivver do anything ilse, begorra!"
"Then we’ll do our duty even if we never do anything else, for sure!"
"You are bold lads," said a voice behind them; "but you cannot save him from Uric Dugan."
"You guys are pretty bold," said a voice behind them; "but you can't save him from Uric Dugan."
They whirled swiftly, and found Old Solitary had come up behind them, without being heard.
They spun around quickly and realized that Old Solitary had approached them quietly, without making a sound.
"I found you had awakened," said the strange man; "and I wondered if you had come here."
"I saw you were awake," said the strange man; "and I was curious if you had come here."
"And we wondered where you had gone."
"And we wondered where you went."
"I went forth to see what I should see," he said, in a[Pg 140] peculiar manner. "Voices far away in empty space were calling to me—calling, calling, calling!"
"I went out to see what I would see," he said, in a[Pg 140] strange way. "Voices distant in the void were summoning me—summoning, summoning, summoning!"
The boys shot hasty glances at each other, the same thought flitting through the minds of both.
The boys exchanged quick glances at each other, thinking the same thing.
They had dealt with one maniac, and now was it possible that they were to encounter another?
They had dealt with one maniac, and now was it possible that they were going to face another?
It had been dark when Old Solitary came upon them the night before, and so they were unable to study his face; but now they saw that his eyes were restless and filled with a shifting light, while his general appearance was that of a man deranged.
It had been dark when Old Solitary found them the night before, so they couldn’t see his face; but now they noticed that his eyes were restless and glowing with a flickering light, while overall he looked like a man who had lost his mind.
Quickly leaning toward Barney, Frank whispered:
Quickly leaning toward Barney, Frank whispered:
"He must be humored; don't anger him."
"He needs to be handled gently; don't upset him."
The man, although he could not have heard the words, noted that something was said, and he cried:
The man, even though he couldn't have heard the words, realized that something was said, and he shouted:
"Why do you whisper together. Would you betray me? Is there no one in the wide world I can trust?"
"Why are you whispering together? Are you plotting against me? Is there really no one in the world I can trust?"
"Betray you?" said Frank. "To whom can we betray you? You have us in your power, and you can betray us to the Danites, if you choose. You need not fear that we shall betray you."
"Betray you?" Frank said. "Who could we even betray you to? You have all the control over us, and you could turn us in to the Danites if you wanted. You don’t have to worry about us betraying you."
"Then it must be that you are afraid of me. All the world seems to fear me. Why is it so? What have I ever done to make men afraid of me?"
"Then you must be afraid of me. Everyone seems to fear me. Why is that? What have I ever done to make people afraid of me?"
"Nothing evil, I am sure."
"Nothing bad, I'm sure."
"And you are right. It cuts me to have men shrink from me; but they do, and I have become an outcast. There is something wrong about me—I feel it here."
"And you’re right. It hurts me that men pull away from me; but they do, and I’ve become an outcast. There’s something off about me—I can feel it here."
His hand was lifted to his head, and his face wore a look of deep distress. He seemed to realize, in an uncertain way, that he was not quite right in his mind.
His hand was raised to his head, and his face showed a look of deep distress. He seemed to vaguely realize that something was off with his mind.
"You have lived so much by yourself that you have grown unsocial," said Frank. "That must be the trouble."
"You've spent so much time alone that you've become unsocial," Frank said. "That has to be the problem."
Old Solitary shook his head.
Old Solitary shook his head.
"That is not it. Listen, and I will tell you something.[Pg 141] Uric Dugan hates and fears me. I do not care for that; it gives me satisfaction. Still I do not know why it gives me satisfaction, for it pains me when others shrink away in fear. Dugan would kill me if he could, and still he seems to regard me as one risen from death. Can you tell me why?"
"That's not it. Listen, and I’ll tell you something.[Pg 141] Uric Dugan hates and fears me. I don’t mind that; it actually gives me some satisfaction. But I still don’t understand why it makes me feel good, because it hurts me when others back away in fear. Dugan would kill me if he could, yet he seems to see me as someone who has come back from the dead. Can you explain that to me?"
He paused, looking at them in an inquiring way.
He paused, looking at them questioningly.
"You can't tell," came swiftly from his lips, as Frank was about to speak. "No one can tell. I do not know myself. My memory is broken into a thousand fragments. Some things I remember well; some things I do not remember at all. There was a time when I was young, and I had friends. Who were my friends? What has happened to rob me of my memory? I believe Uric Dugan can tell me. If I had not believed so, Dugan should have died long ago. Scores of times I have held his life in the hollow of my hand. I have longed to slay him—to kill him for some wrong he has done me. My hand has been held by a power I could not see. A voice has whispered in my ear, 'Wait.' I have waited. For what? I do not know."
"You can't know," he quickly interrupted as Frank was about to speak. "No one can know. I don’t even know myself. My memory is shattered into a thousand pieces. There are some things I remember clearly, and others I can’t recall at all. There was a time when I was younger and had friends. Who were my friends? What has happened to make me forget? I think Uric Dugan has the answers. If I hadn’t felt that way, Dugan should have died long ago. Countless times I've held his life in my hands. I've wanted to kill him—for some wrong he did to me. But something I can’t see has stopped me. A voice has whispered in my ear, 'Wait.' I’ve waited. For what? I don't know."
He bowed his head on his breast, over which flowed his long white beard, and his attitude was one of intense dejection.
He bowed his head to his chest, where his long white beard flowed, and he looked extremely downcast.
The boys were silent, wondering at the strange man who had befriended them.
The boys were quiet, curious about the unusual man who had become their friend.
Some moments passed.
A few moments later.
"By going forth early I saw many things," the man finally declared, speaking quietly. "You are not the only ones who have strayed into the net of the Danites."
"By heading out early, I saw a lot," the man finally said, speaking softly. "You’re not the only ones who have wandered into the trap of the Danites."
"We have been informed there are others," said Frank.
"We've been told there are others," Frank said.
"Informed? How?"
"How do you know?"
Frank told how Miskel had shot the message into the mouth of the cave.
Frank explained how Miskel had shot the message into the cave's entrance.
"I have seen her hundreds of times," slowly spoke Old[Pg 142] Solitary. "She has a good face. It does not seem possible that she is his daughter—the daughter of Uric Dugan. I think the memory of her face has spared his life at times. But it will not be ever thus. The time will come when I shall steel my heart."
"I've seen her hundreds of times," Old[Pg 142] Solitary said slowly. "She has a kind face. It doesn’t seem possible that she is his daughter—the daughter of Uric Dugan. I believe the memory of her face has saved him at times. But it won’t be like this forever. The time will come when I’ll harden my heart."
"We have just seen the Danites bear a captive into their village, and that captive is my guardian."
"We just saw the Danites bring a captive into their village, and that captive is my guardian."
"A small man with reddish hair and beard?"
"A short guy with reddish hair and a beard?"
"Yes."
"Yeah."
"I saw him captured. He had wandered from others. From a height I saw them all."
"I saw him get captured. He had strayed from the group. From above, I saw them all."
"How many are there?"
"How many are there?"
"There were four, but two of them are Danites."
"There were four, but two of them are Danites."
"What's that?"
"What's that?"
"It is true. The man of the sandy beard and the boy came here with two of Uric Dugan's wretched satellites."
"It’s true. The man with the sandy beard and the boy came here with two of Uric Dugan’s miserable followers."
"Howly saints!" gasped Barney.
"Holy saints!" gasped Barney.
"He must mean the explorers, Graves and Kerney," said Frank.
"He must be talking about the explorers, Graves and Kerney," said Frank.
"They were not explorers; if they said so, they lied. Caleb Kerney is one of the old band of Danites, as bloodthirsty and relentless as the worst of them. Colton Graves is the son of Pascal Graves, once a leader of the Destroying Angels—a man whose hands were dyed with innocent blood. They went forth, with others, to bring provisions from the settlements. All of the others have returned before them."
"They weren't explorers; if they claimed to be, they were lying. Caleb Kerney is one of the old group of Danites, just as vicious and unyielding as the worst of them. Colton Graves is the son of Pascal Graves, who was once a leader of the Destroying Angels—a man whose hands were stained with the blood of innocents. They set out, along with others, to bring supplies from the settlements. Everyone else has come back before them."
"And they led Walter Clyde and Professor Scotch into this snare!" said Frank. "They found out that Walter was coming this way to search for the retreat of the Danites, and they led him here, with the intention of destroying him."
"And they trapped Walter Clyde and Professor Scotch!" Frank exclaimed. "They discovered that Walter was heading this way to look for the Danites' hideout, and they brought him here, planning to kill him."
"Thot's roight, me b'y," nodded Barney.
"That's right, my boy," nodded Barney.
"Kerney slipped away, and hastened ahead to tell Uric Dugan who was coming," said Old Solitary, who seemed[Pg 143] to know all that had taken place. "Graves remained to guide the victims to their doom."
"Kerney slipped away and rushed ahead to tell Uric Dugan who was coming," said Old Solitary, who seemed[Pg 143] to know everything that had happened. "Graves stayed back to lead the victims to their fate."
"Is it possible such monsters can continue to live and carry on their murderous work?" exclaimed Frank.
"Is it possible for these monsters to keep living and continue their killing spree?" exclaimed Frank.
"Some day Ko-pe-tah will find the way in here," laughed Old Solitary.
"One day, Ko-pe-tah will figure out how to get in here," laughed Old Solitary.
"Who is Ko-pe-tah?"
"Who is Ko-pe-tah?"
"A Navajo chief who hates Uric Dugan, and has tried to kill him. Twice within two years has Ko-pe-tah brought his braves into these mountains, searching for some access to this valley. The last time he was here, he found the passage by which you entered. Four of the Danites held the passage against a hundred warriors, and the Navajoes were repulsed. But Ko-pe-tah swore he would come again. If he ever gets in here, woe unto the Danites!"
"A Navajo chief who despises Uric Dugan and has attempted to kill him. Twice in two years, Ko-pe-tah has led his warriors into these mountains, looking for a way into this valley. The last time he was here, he discovered the route you took to enter. Four of the Danites defended that passage against a hundred warriors, and the Navajos were driven back. But Ko-pe-tah vowed he would return. If he ever makes it in here, the Danites will be in serious trouble!"
"How did it happen that we came through that passage without being stopped?"
"How did we manage to get through that passage without being stopped?"
"You were alone, two boys. You were seen, and were allowed to enter, for they knew you could not escape. They made sure of you by letting you walk into the trap."
"You were alone, two boys. They saw you and let you in, knowing you couldn't get away. They made sure of that by letting you walk right into the trap."
"But Ko-pe-tah was held out."
"But Ko-pe-tah was sidelined."
"Because he had a hundred warriors behind him, and he would destroy the Danites if he got inside."
"Since he had a hundred warriors behind him, he would wipe out the Danites if he got through."
This was logical enough, and, at that moment Old Solitary scarcely seemed like a person deranged.
This made sense, and at that moment, Old Solitary hardly seemed like someone who was crazy.
Frank spent some moments in thought, and then asked:
Frank paused to think for a moment and then asked:
"Are Clyde and Graves still together?"
"Are Clyde and Graves still a couple?"
"They are."
"They're."
"And Clyde has no knowledge that Graves is other than what he represented himself to be?"
"And Clyde has no idea that Graves is anything other than who he said he was?"
"It is not likely that he has."
"It probably isn't the case that he has."
"He must be warned."
"He needs to be warned."
"It is too late.'
"It's too late."
"Before you can reach him the Danites will have him in their power."
"Before you can get to him, the Danites will have him under their control."
"That is not certain," cried Frank, starting up. "Come, we will try to save him. Lead us to him."
"That's not certain," Frank exclaimed, jumping up. "Come on, let's try to save him. Show us the way."
"You shall see that what I say is true," said Old Solitary.
"You'll see that what I'm saying is true," said Old Solitary.
He motioned for them to follow, and led the way back along the passage, the torch having been relighted.
He signaled for them to follow and led the way back down the hallway, the torch having been lit again.
Through the main chamber they passed, and came to another passage, which finally brought them out far from the mountain pocket in which was the home of the Danites.
Through the main room they walked, and reached another hallway, which ultimately led them far away from the mountain area where the Danites lived.
"Look," directed Old Solitary, touching Frank's arm and pointing across the wide canyon. "Away there you see figures moving amid the rocks. They are human beings with hearts of beasts. They are Danites, and they are creeping like panthers upon their victim, the boy you call Walter Clyde."[Pg 145]
"Look," said Old Solitary, touching Frank's arm and pointing across the wide canyon. "See those figures moving among the rocks? They're human beings with the hearts of beasts. They’re Danites, stalking their prey, the boy you call Walter Clyde."[Pg 145]
CHAPTER XXII.
PROFESSOR SCUDMORE RETURNS.
"We must aid him!" cried Frank.
"We have to help him!" shouted Frank.
"Thot's right," agreed Barney.
"That's right," agreed Barney.
"It's too late," declared Old Solitary.
"It's too late," said Old Solitary.
"Too late—why?"
"Why is it too late?"
"Long before we can get down into the valley the boy will be killed or captured."
"Long before we can get into the valley, the boy will be killed or taken."
"And must we remain idle and witness the butchery? It is terrible! I feel that I must do something."
"And should we just stand by and watch the slaughter? It's awful! I feel like I have to take action."
"An' Oi fale th' soame, Frankie, me b'y."
"And I feel the same, Frankie, my boy."
"Look again," directed the strange man of the mountains. "The boy has discovered his enemies. See—he has leaped behind some rocks! Graves is with him. The man is playing his part still. It must be that the boy has called on his enemies to halt. They are hiding. See there! one of them is preparing to shoot at the boy. Watch! The boy will be killed! No, he has changed his position. The man fired too late."
"Take another look," said the mysterious man from the mountains. "The boy has spotted his enemies. Look—he's jumped behind some rocks! Graves is with him. The man is still doing his part. It seems the boy has told his enemies to stop. They're hiding. Look! One of them is getting ready to shoot at the boy. Watch! The boy is going to be shot! No, he's changed his position. The man fired too late."
Frank and Barney were intensely excited as they watched what was taking place in the canyon. Clyde, after leaping to the shelter of the rocks, had changed his position just in time to save himself from being shot. One of the Danites took careful aim, a puff of smoke shot from the muzzle of his rifle, and, some time later, the report of the weapon reached the ears of the trio at the mouth of the cave.
Frank and Barney were really excited as they watched what was happening in the canyon. Clyde, after jumping to the safety of the rocks, had shifted his position just in time to avoid being shot. One of the Danites took careful aim, a puff of smoke erupted from the muzzle of his rifle, and, a moment later, the sound of the gunfire reached the ears of the three at the entrance of the cave.
But Providence must have watched over Walter Clyde then, for the boy moved a moment before the rifle sent forth its dead messenger, and he escaped the bullet.[Pg 146] Whirling swiftly, he brought the butt of his rifle to his shoulder, and fired straight into the midst of the puff of smoke.
But fate must have been looking out for Walter Clyde then, because the boy moved just before the rifle fired its deadly shot, and he dodged the bullet.[Pg 146] Spinning quickly, he raised the butt of his rifle to his shoulder and fired straight into the cloud of smoke.
"Hurro!" shouted Barney.
"Hey!" shouted Barney.
"He nailed the wretch!" cried Frank, with satisfaction.
"He got the loser!" shouted Frank, feeling satisfied.
It was true, Clyde's bullet knocked the man over in a twinkling, and he lay writhing amid the rocks.
It was true, Clyde's bullet knocked the man down instantly, and he lay twisting among the rocks.
"He is a brave boy," muttered Old Solitary. "It is a pity he cannot escape! He is but one of hundreds of brave hearts butchered by the Danites."
"He is a brave kid," muttered Old Solitary. "It's a shame he can't escape! He's just one of hundreds of brave souls slaughtered by the Danites."
There was a lull far across the canyon.
There was a pause far across the canyon.
"What is coming now?" speculated Frank. "The Danites seem dazed."
"What’s happening now?" wondered Frank. "The Danites look confused."
"Look, and you shall see what is coming," said Old Solitary, his fingers again closing on our hero's arm. "You can see Clyde's companion, the treacherous Graves. Watch; ah! I knew it!"
"Look, and you'll see what's coming," said Old Solitary, gripping our hero's arm again. "You can see Clyde's partner, the deceitful Graves. Watch; ah! I knew it!"
Graves was seen to rise behind Clyde, uplift some weapon in his hand, and strike the boy prostrate.
Graves was seen to stand up behind Clyde, lift a weapon in his hand, and bring it down on the boy, knocking him to the ground.
Then, with a yell that faintly reached the ears of the watching three, the Danites scrambled over the rocks.
Then, with a shout that barely reached the ears of the three watching, the Danites climbed over the rocks.
"The tragedy is over," said Old Solitary, solemnly. "The deadly work is done. Poor boy!"
"The tragedy is over," said Old Solitary, seriously. "The terrible task is finished. Poor kid!"
"Poor boy!" echoed Frank.
"Poor kid!" echoed Frank.
"It's dearly th' spalpanes will pay fer this noight!" grated Barney Mulloy. "It's nivver a bit will Oi hesitate about stoppin' wan av th' divvils from b'rathin' av Oi get a chance."
"It's surely the spalmers will pay for this night!" gritted Barney Mulloy. "I won't hesitate for a second to stop one of the devils from breathing if I get a chance."
"I do not think my conscience will trouble me much if I am forced to finish one of them," said Frank, huskily.
"I don't think my conscience will bother me too much if I have to finish one of them," Frank said hoarsely.
"They are beasts—human beasts!" declared Old Solitary. "It is not a sin to place such where they can do no harm to the rest of the world."
"They're monsters—human monsters!" declared Old Solitary. "It’s not wrong to put them where they can’t hurt anyone else in the world."
"Sin!" exclaimed Barney. "It's a deed av charity!"
"Sin!" exclaimed Barney. "It's an act of charity!"
The Danites were seen leaning over their victim. In a[Pg 147] few moments they lifted Clyde to his feet, and then it was evident that the boy had not been slain outright, but had been stunned long enough for them to make him their captive.
The Danites were seen bending over their victim. In a[Pg 147] few moments, they lifted Clyde to his feet, and it became clear that the boy hadn't been killed outright but had been knocked unconscious long enough for them to take him captive.
"It were better if they had killed him quickly," said Old Solitary.
"It would have been better if they had killed him quickly," said Old Solitary.
"I don't know about that," panted Frank. "Where there is life there is hope."
"I’m not so sure about that," Frank gasped. "As long as there’s life, there’s hope."
"All who enter this canyon may leave hope behind."
"Everyone who enters this canyon might leave hope behind."
"Av they let th' poor lad live till to-night, we'll do our bist fer him," said Barney.
"After they let the poor kid live until tonight, we'll do our best for him," said Barney.
"That we will," nodded Frank.
"We will," nodded Frank.
Clyde seemed to have recovered, and now he was marched along in the midst of his captors, who moved straight toward the pocket where the homes of the Danites were located.
Clyde appeared to be better, and now he was being led along with his captors, who were heading directly toward the area where the Danites lived.
For all of their situation, Frank Merriwell had not given up hope. He was young, and he still believed that all evil things come to an evil end, and all good things eventually triumph. He had not grown cynical and pessimistic.
For all their circumstances, Frank Merriwell had not lost hope. He was young, and he still believed that all bad things come to a bad end, and all good things eventually succeed. He had not become cynical or pessimistic.
Drawing back into the mouth of the cave, the trio watched the Danites march across the canyon with their captive.
Drawing back into the mouth of the cave, the three watched the Danites march across the canyon with their captive.
Graves was with the men, and he no longer pretended to be friendly to the boy. At last Clyde knew him for what he actually was.
Graves was with the guys, and he stopped pretending to be nice to the boy. Finally, Clyde recognized him for who he really was.
At length the entire party passed from view on their way to the pocket.
At last, the whole group disappeared from sight as they headed to the pocket.
Then Old Solitary led the boys back into the cave, where they ate breakfast, such as it was, and attempted to lay plans for the coming night.
Then Old Solitary took the boys back into the cave, where they had breakfast, whatever it was, and tried to make plans for the night ahead.
It was a long, dreary, wretched day they spent in the cave. Many times they went to the opening where they[Pg 148] could look down into the Danite village. Once they saw Uric Dugan, and once they saw Miskel, his daughter.
It was a long, gloomy, miserable day they spent in the cave. Many times they went to the entrance where they[Pg 148] could look down into the Danite village. Once they saw Uric Dugan, and once they saw Miskel, his daughter.
But the day passed on, and, to their intense relief, they saw nothing to indicate that the captives were executed.
But the day went on, and, to their great relief, they saw no signs that the captives had been executed.
Night came at last.
Night finally arrived.
The boys were eager to be astir. Their blood was throbbing hotly in their veins, and they felt capable of any deed of daring.
The boys were excited to get moving. Their blood was racing in their veins, and they felt ready to take on any daring challenge.
They looked to their weapons, making sure everything was ready for business, and then they followed Old Solitary from the cave.
They checked their weapons, ensuring everything was ready for action, and then they followed Old Solitary out of the cave.
The descent was slow and tedious, fraught with much peril, and long in the accomplishment. To the eager boys, it seemed that they would never get down.
The descent was slow and boring, filled with dangers, and took a long time to complete. To the eager boys, it felt like they would never make it down.
The task was finally accomplished, and then they moved onward, with Old Solitary in the lead.
The job was finally done, and then they moved forward, with Old Solitary in the front.
They had not gone far when a gasp of astonishment came from Frank's lips, and he clutched Barney, softly crying:
They hadn't gone far when Frank gasped in surprise, gripping Barney and quietly crying:
"Look up there! What do you make of that?"
"Look up there! What do you think of that?"
Barney looked upward, as directed, and, high in the air, he saw a bright light that was swiftly settling toward the earth.
Barney looked up, as instructed, and high in the sky, he saw a bright light that was quickly coming down to the ground.
"It's a shooting shtar, begobs!" exclaimed the Irish lad.
"It's a shooting star, for sure!" exclaimed the Irish boy.
"Not much!" broke from Frank. "That is no star. It looks like a light, with a reflector behind it."
"Not much!" Frank exclaimed. "That isn't a star. It looks like a light with a reflector behind it."
"Well, who knows but thot's th' woay a shtar looks?"
"Well, who knows if that's how a star looks?"
"It is not a star," said Old Solitary; "but what it is I cannot say."
"It’s not a star," said Old Solitary; "but I can’t say what it is."
"I know!" cried Frank.
"I know!" shouted Frank.
"What is it, then?"
"What's going on, then?"
"The Eagle."
"The Eagle."
"What is the Eagle?"
"What is the Eagle?"
"An air ship."
"Airship."
Old Solitary gave a muttered exclamation of incredulity.[Pg 149]
Old Solitary let out a quiet shout of disbelief.[Pg 149]
"Impossible!"
"No way!"
"It is not impossible," asserted Frank. "It was in the Eagle that we came here from Blake."
"It’s not impossible," Frank insisted. "We came here from Blake on the Eagle."
"Thot's roight," agreed Barney.
"That's right," agreed Barney.
Then in a few words Frank told the man of their trip from Blake, how Professor Scudmore had gone mad, and how they had captured the ship from the professor, who afterward escaped and got away with the Eagle in the night.
Then in a few words, Frank told the man about their trip from Blake, how Professor Scudmore had gone insane, and how they had taken the ship from the professor, who later escaped and got away with the Eagle in the night.
The boy's apparent sincerity convinced Old Solitary that he spoke the truth, and by the time Frank had finished, the air ship had settled close to the earth. They could see its outlines through the darkness, and could see a man in the car.
The boy's seeming sincerity convinced Old Solitary that he was telling the truth, and by the time Frank was done, the airship had landed close to the ground. They could make out its shape through the darkness and see a man in the cockpit.
The Eagle came down gently, and the man stepped out.
The Eagle landed softly, and the man got out.
"It was somewhere amid these mountains that I left those poor boys," he murmured. "There is not one chance in ten thousand that I shall ever find them again."
"It was somewhere in these mountains that I left those poor boys," he murmured. "There's probably not a chance in ten thousand that I’ll ever find them again."
"You have stumbled on that one chance," said Frank, speaking distinctly, and advancing fearlessly toward the man.
"You've found that one chance," Frank said clearly, moving confidently toward the man.
"Eh!"
"Ugh!"
Professor Scudmore seemed on the point of leaping into the air ship and taking to flight, but he suddenly changed his mind.
Professor Scudmore looked like he was about to jump into the airship and take off, but then he changed his mind.
"Can't get away quick enough to escape," he said. "Have let off enough gas so the ballast brought her down, and I could not throw out the rest of the ballast and get away. If enemies come, I am lost."
"Can't get away fast enough to escape," he said. "I've released enough gas so the ballast brought her down, and I couldn't jettison the rest of the ballast and leave. If enemies arrive, I'm finished."
"We are not enemies," assured Frank. "We are the boys you left not many miles from here."
"We're not enemies," Frank assured. "We're the guys you left just a short distance from here."
"It can't be possible!" cried the lank professor, in the greatest surprise and delight. "Then this is the work of Providence—it must be!"[Pg 150]
"It can't be true!" exclaimed the tall professor, filled with immense surprise and joy. "Then this is the work of Providence—it has to be!"[Pg 150]
His joy was almost boundless.
He was almost endlessly happy.
"I was mad at the time," he explained; "I must have been. Otherwise, I'd never done such a thing. I came to my sober senses after a time, and then I resolved to come back here, hoping to find you, but not expecting to."
"I was really angry back then," he said. "I must have been. Otherwise, I would never have done something like that. After a while, I came to my senses, and I decided to come back here, hoping to find you, but not really expecting to."
"Begorra! ye done a great thrick thot toime!" put in Barney Mulloy. "Frankie, me b'y we'll get away in th' 'Agle, an' th' Danite thot catches us will have to have wings."
"Wow! You pulled off a great trick that time!" said Barney Mulloy. "Frankie, my boy, we'll escape in the 'Eagle', and the Danite who catches us will need wings."
"That is right," said Frank. "This will provide a means of escape for us, if the professor will take us along."
"That's right," Frank said. "This will give us a way to escape if the professor will take us with him."
"I am here to take you along," assured Scudmore.
"I’m here to take you with me," Scudmore assured.
"But we cannot go till we have done our best to rescue Professor Scotch and Walter Clyde."
"But we can't leave until we've done everything we can to save Professor Scotch and Walter Clyde."
"Roight, me lad."
"Alright, my friend."
They then explained to Scudmore what had happened to the professor and the boy.
They then explained to Scudmore what had happened to the professor and the kid.
"If my gas generator is all right, so I can inflate the Eagle to its full extent, I shall be able to take four persons with me," said the tall professor. "While you are doing your best to rescue the captives, I will remain here and try to put the ship in condition to sail at short notice."
"If my gas generator is working fine, then I can inflate the Eagle completely, and I’ll be able to take four people with me," said the tall professor. "While you're working hard to rescue the captives, I'll stay here and try to get the ship ready to sail at a moment’s notice."
He seemed perfectly sane, and there was nothing to do but to trust him, and so this plan was agreed to by the boys.
He seemed completely sane, and there was nothing to do but trust him, so the boys agreed to this plan.
Old Solitary kept in the background, saying nothing.
Old Solitary stayed in the background, saying nothing.
When everything was arranged, Frank and Barney left the professor, and once more followed the strange man of the canyon on their way to the village of the Danites.
When everything was set, Frank and Barney left the professor and once again followed the mysterious man from the canyon on their way to the village of the Danites.
They urged Old Solitary to lose no time, for they were[Pg 151] eager to do their best in the effort to save Professor Scotch and Walter Clyde and get away from the canyon.
They urged Old Solitary to hurry, as they were[Pg 151] eager to do their best to save Professor Scotch and Walter Clyde and escape from the canyon.
It was not long before they drew near the pocket, and they advanced with great caution, although it was not thought absolutely necessary, as there was not one chance in a hundred that the Danites would expect them to make such an audacious attempt.
It wasn't long before they got close to the pocket, and they moved forward carefully, even though many didn't think it was really necessary, since the Danites probably wouldn't expect them to try something so bold.
Deep in the canyon the shadows lay thick, which was to their advantage. They succeeded in entering the pocket without being challenged.
Deep in the canyon, the shadows were heavy, which worked to their advantage. They managed to slip into the pocket without being confronted.
Lights twinkled from two or three windows. Somewhere in the village a beautiful but untrained voice was singing the chorus of a love song.
Lights sparkled from two or three windows. Somewhere in the village, a lovely but untamed voice was singing the chorus of a love song.
"That is Miskel," whispered Frank.
"That's Miskel," whispered Frank.
They lay in the darkness, watching and waiting.
They were lying in the dark, watching and waiting.
Of a sudden an unexpected thing happened. The door of the very building into which Professor Scotch had been carried was flung wide open, allowing a broad bar of light to shine out. Then, out of this lighted doorway streamed a dozen men, and a bell began to clang in a doleful manner.
Of a sudden, something unexpected happened. The door of the very building where Professor Scotch had been taken swung wide open, letting a strong beam of light spill out. Then, from this bright doorway, a dozen men rushed out, and a bell started to clang in a mournful way.
"What does it mean?" whispered Frank, wonderingly.
"What does it mean?" Frank whispered, full of curiosity.
"It means that the tribunal of death has pronounced doom upon the captives," answered Old Solitary. "The session has just broken up, and the captives will be executed without delay."[Pg 152]
"It means that the death tribunal has sentenced the prisoners," replied Old Solitary. "The session has just ended, and the prisoners will be executed promptly." [Pg 152]
CHAPTER XXIII.
LAST OF THE DANITES.
"How do you know?"
"How do you know that?"
"I have witnessed other executions here."
"I've seen other executions happen here."
"Then no time is to be lost."
"Then we shouldn't waste any time."
"What would you do?"
"What would you do?"
"I do not know—something, anything to save them!"
"I don't know—anything, just anything to save them!"
Old Solitary held Frank back.
Old Solitary stopped Frank.
"Do not throw your life away," he said. "Wait a while. See, they are lighting two bonfires, the piles of wood having been prepared in advance."
"Don't waste your life," he said. "Just wait a bit. Look, they’re lighting two bonfires, and the wood has been stacked up beforehand."
"What is that for?"
"What's that for?"
"That there may be plenty of light for the execution, which the entire camp will witness. See, a few moments ago the place seemed asleep, but now it is all astir with life."
"That there may be plenty of light for the execution, which the entire camp will witness. Look, a few moments ago the place seemed asleep, but now it is buzzing with life."
"I see," groaned the wretched boy; "and it seems to me that there is very little chance for us to get in there and save Scotch and Clyde."
"I get it," groaned the miserable boy; "and it looks like we have very little chance of getting in there to save Scotch and Clyde."
"Not one chance in a hundred. See those two posts in the full glare of light? Well, to those posts the captives are to be tied. It is plain that the tribunal have doomed them to death by shooting. What a farce!"
"Not a chance in a hundred. Do you see those two posts in the bright light? Those are where the captives are going to be tied up. It's clear that the tribunal has sentenced them to die by firing squad. What a joke!"
"That's right!" grated Frank; "it is a farce! As well might they have killed them in the first place. There was no chance for them to escape."
"That's right!" Frank said harshly. "It's a joke! They might as well have just killed them in the first place. They never had a chance to escape."
"Not the least."
"Not at all."
"Look, Frankie," whispered Barney, "there comes th' poor profissor, an' Cloyde is clost behindt him."[Pg 153]
"Look, Frankie," whispered Barney, "here comes the poor professor, and Cloyde is close behind him."[Pg 153]
The Danites were marching their captives out to execution!
The Danites were leading their captives out for execution!
In a very few moments the professor and the boy were tied to the death-posts.
In just a few moments, the professor and the boy were tied to the death posts.
Uric Dugan directed the movements of the Danites.
Uric Dugan led the actions of the Danites.
"Where is Miskel?" hoarsely breathed Frank. "Will she do nothing to prevent this?"
"Where is Miskel?" Frank rasped. "Won't she do anything to stop this?"
"She has done all she could," muttered Old Solitary. "It is probable she was not aware the tribunal was in progress. She will be prevented from interfering now."
"She has done everything she could," murmured Old Solitary. "It's likely she didn’t realize the tribunal was happening. She won’t be able to interfere now."
And now six men, with rifles in their hands, formed a line in front of the prisoners.
And now six men, armed with rifles, stood in a line in front of the prisoners.
Everything was done with startling swiftness.
Everything was done with surprising speed.
Frank Merriwell was trembling with eagerness and excitement, and he appealed to Old Solitary:
Frank Merriwell was shaking with anticipation and excitement, and he turned to Old Solitary:
"Are we to remain inactive and see this frightful deed? Are we to do nothing now that we are here?"
"Are we just going to stand by and watch this awful thing happen? Are we going to do nothing now that we’re here?"
"We will do what we can," declared the strange man. "The time has come for Dugan's career to end! I feel that I must strike. He shall never give the fatal signal!"
"We'll do what we can," said the strange man. "It's time for Dugan's career to end! I feel like I have to make my move. He will never give the fatal signal!"
The man lifted his old rifle, and the hammer clicked as he cocked it.
The man raised his old rifle, and the hammer clicked when he cocked it.
Dugan stepped forth to give the signal, and his harsh voice rang out distinctly:
Dugan stepped forward to give the signal, and his rough voice echoed clearly:
"Ready!"
"All set!"
The firing squad lifted their rifles.
The firing squad raised their rifles.
"Take aim!"
"Take your shot!"
The fatal moment was at hand.
The dangerous moment had come.
The butt of Old Solitary's rifle came to the man's shoulder. He was resting on one knee, and the weapon was held as steady as the hills. "One!" counted Dugan.
The butt of Old Solitary's rifle pressed against the man's shoulder. He was kneeling, and the weapon was steadier than the hills. "One!" Dugan counted.
It was the last word he ever uttered, for a spout of flame leaped from the muzzle of Old Solitary's weapon, and the bullet sped on its fatal mission.[Pg 154]
It was the last thing he ever said, as a burst of flame shot from Old Solitary's gun, and the bullet flew on its deadly path.[Pg 154]
Without a cry or a groan, Dugan flung up his hands and plunged headlong upon his face.
Without a sound, Dugan threw his hands up and fell flat on his face.
There was a wild shriek, and the form of a girl rushed into the firelight. Down beside the fallen man she dropped, lifting his head and staring wildly into his face.
There was a loud scream, and a girl rushed into the firelight. She dropped down next to the fallen man, lifted his head, and stared frantically at his face.
It was Miskel, but she could not save her wicked father, for the aim of Old Solitary had been accurate.
It was Miskel, but she couldn't save her evil father, because Old Solitary's aim had been true.
The Danites were thrown into the greatest confusion, and Frank Merriwell held back no longer.
The Danites were thrown into total chaos, and Frank Merriwell didn't hold back anymore.
"Come on, Barney!" he shouted.
"Let's go, Barney!" he shouted.
"Oi'm wid yez!" assured the undaunted Irish lad.
"I'm with you!" assured the fearless Irish boy.
Forward they rushed, each firing a shot as they did so, and adding to the dismay of the Danites.
Forward they rushed, each taking a shot as they went, adding to the panic of the Danites.
Straight up to Professor Scotch ran Frank, and, with one slash of a sharp knife he had drawn, he released the man.
Straight up to Professor Scotch ran Frank, and with one swift cut of a sharp knife he had pulled out, he freed the man.
Barney did the same thing for Walter Clyde, and the two were set at liberty before the Danites realized what was happening. Then bullets began to whistle around them.
Barney did the same thing for Walter Clyde, and the two were freed before the Danites knew what was going on. Then bullets started whizzing around them.
At that moment a wild, strange cry cut the night air, filling the hearts of the Danites with the utmost terror.
At that moment, a wild, eerie scream pierced the night air, filling the Danites' hearts with sheer terror.
It was the war cry of the Navajoes!
It was the battle cry of the Navajos!
A hundred dusky forms seemed to materialize from the darkness, and a hundred savage warriors, deadly enemies of the Danites, came charging into the camp.
A hundred shadowy figures appeared from the darkness, and a hundred fierce warriors, deadly foes of the Danites, charged into the camp.
Old Solitary had rushed to the side of Uric Dugan, into whose face he glared, as he cried:
Old Solitary had hurried to Uric Dugan's side, glaring into his face as he shouted:
"Look, Dugan, look! You robbed me of reason, of memory, of everything I held dear; but I have been avenged, for it was my hand that laid you low!"
"Look, Dugan, look! You took my reason, my memories, everything I cherished; but I've gotten my revenge, because it was my hand that brought you down!"
"He is dead!" screamed Miskel, and she fainted on her father's body.
"He’s dead!" screamed Miskel, and she collapsed on her father's body.
"Yes, he is dead!" said the avenger, in a half-regretful tone. "And he never knew who killed him."[Pg 155]
"Yeah, he's dead!" said the avenger, sounding partly regretful. "And he never found out who did it."[Pg 155]
Then he suddenly caught up the girl and rushed away into the darkness, with her flung over his shoulder.
Then he quickly grabbed the girl and ran off into the darkness, with her thrown over his shoulder.
How Frank and his companions escaped from that spot without falling before the Danites or the savages they scarcely knew. A dozen times they fancied all was lost. They emptied their weapons, they struck down every one who blocked their way, and they finally succeeded in getting out of the pocket.
How Frank and his friends managed to escape from that place without getting caught by the Danites or the unknown savages was a close call. They thought they were done for at least a dozen times. They fired their weapons, took down everyone in their path, and eventually managed to break free from the trap.
That they did so at all was due to the fact that the Navajoes, who had surprised and overcome the guard in the pass, believed they held the only exit from the canyon, which made it impossible for any one to get away, even though they might escape temporarily. If two or three were to escape for the time, the Indians felt that it was impossible for them to get away entirely.
That they did this at all was because the Navajo, who had shocked and defeated the guard in the pass, thought they controlled the only exit from the canyon. This meant no one could really get away, even if they managed to escape momentarily. If two or three managed to slip away for a while, the Indians believed it was still impossible for them to truly get away.
But Professor Septemas Scudmore, with his air ship, was in the canyon, and the boys, half lugging the exhausted Professor Scotch, found him waiting for them, greatly alarmed and excited by the sounds of the battle.
But Professor Septemas Scudmore, with his airship, was in the canyon, and the boys, half-carrying the exhausted Professor Scotch, found him waiting for them, very alarmed and excited by the sounds of the battle.
"What does it mean?" cried the lank professor, as the party rushed up. "What is all that shooting and yelling?"
"What does it mean?" shouted the thin professor as the group hurried over. "What’s all that shooting and shouting about?"
"There is no time to explain now," said Frank. "Get in, everybody, and let's get out of this infernal place as soon as we can! There is not a moment to lose."
"There’s no time to explain right now," Frank said. "Get in, everyone, and let’s get out of this awful place as quickly as we can! We can’t waste a second."
"I am bewildered," declared Scudmore. "A moment ago an old man with white hair and beard rushed up to me, bearing a girl in his arms. She had fainted, and he thrust her into the car, telling me to wait for you, and take her away with us."
"I’m confused," Scudmore said. "A moment ago, an old man with white hair and a beard ran up to me, carrying a girl in his arms. She had fainted, and he pushed her into the car, telling me to wait for you and to take her with us."
"It was Old Solitary, and the girl must be Miskel. Is she in the car now?"
"It was Old Solitary, and the girl must be Miskel. Is she in the car now?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"And the man?"
"And what about the man?"
"It was Old Solitary, sure enough, and he will be able to hide from the savages. We cannot wait for him."
"It was Old Solitary, for sure, and he’ll be able to hide from the savages. We can’t wait for him."
"The Eagle would not carry so many, even if we could wait. I have her inflated, and she is tied down. Get in, get in! We'll throw out every bit of ballast, and make the attempt to rise out of the canyon. It may be a failure, but I think it will succeed, if we can get high enough to strike the strong wind which is blowing above us. We can try."
"The Eagle can't carry that many, even if we wait. I've got her inflated, and she's tied down. Get in, get in! We'll toss out every bit of ballast and try to rise out of the canyon. It might not work, but I believe it will if we can get high enough to catch the strong wind blowing above us. We can give it a shot."
They got into the car, and the bags of ballast were tossed overboard. Then the ropes were cut, and the air ship rose slowly with its heavy burden.
They got into the car, and the bags of ballast were thrown overboard. Then the ropes were cut, and the airship rose slowly with its heavy load.
Four days later five persons were seated in a room in the town of Loa, which is located amid the mountains of Southern Utah. The five were Professors Scotch and Scudmore, and the three boys, Frank, Barney and Walter Clyde.
Four days later, five people were sitting in a room in the town of Loa, which is nestled in the mountains of Southern Utah. The five were Professors Scotch and Scudmore, along with three boys: Frank, Barney, and Walter Clyde.
"Then you are determined to go back to Water Pocket Canyon and the place where the camp of the Danites was, are you, Clyde?" asked Frank.
"Then you're set on going back to Water Pocket Canyon and the spot where the camp of the Danites was, right, Clyde?" asked Frank.
"I shall not be satisfied till I do so," was the answer. "I must find Old Solitary, if he is living, for I believe he is my father."
"I won't be satisfied until I do," was the reply. "I have to find Old Solitary, if he's alive, because I believe he's my father."
"I have thought that such might be the case," said Frank. "In some way he has been wronged by Uric Dugan. He did not seem to know exactly how, but he was sure of it. It was only at times that he seemed deranged, but he did not remember much of his past."
"I have thought that might be true," Frank said. "In some way, Uric Dugan has wronged him. He didn't seem to know exactly how, but he was certain of it. There were times when he seemed out of his mind, but he didn't remember much of his past."
"It would be most remarkable if he should turn out to be my father, whom I have believed dead all these years."
"It would be really surprising if he turned out to be my father, who I’ve thought was dead all these years."
"It would be a miracle," declared Professor Scotch. "But do you know you can find Water Pocket Canyon again?"[Pg 157]
"It would be a miracle," said Professor Scotch. "But do you know you can find Water Pocket Canyon again?"[Pg 157]
"Yes, for I have Ben Barr to guide me. He will take me there."
"Yeah, because I have Ben Barr to help me. He'll take me there."
"Well," said the little professor, "I wish you success, but I would not go back there for the worlds, and I absolutely refuse to let my boys go."
"Well," said the little professor, "I wish you all the best, but I wouldn't go back there for anything in the world, and I absolutely refuse to let my boys go."
"I suppose we'll have to humor the professor in this instance," laughed Frank. "Our last escapade came near being fatal for all of us."
"I guess we'll have to go along with the professor this time," Frank laughed. "Our last adventure almost turned deadly for all of us."
"You owe your salvation to Professor Septemas Scudmore," declared that individual, importantly. "But for his marvelous invention, the Eagle, you would have fallen victims to untamed savages."
"You owe your salvation to Professor Septemas Scudmore," declared that individual, with great importance. "If it weren't for his amazing invention, the Eagle, you would have fallen prey to wild savages."
"Begorra, thot's roight!" nodded Barney. "Th' 'Agle is a great birrud."
"Absolutely, that's right!" nodded Barney. "The 'Eagle' is an amazing bird."
"It is bound to make me famous the world over, and send my name ringing down the corridors of time."
"It’s sure to make me famous around the world and echo my name through history."
"But what of poor Miskel?" asked Frank. "She is heartbroken over the death of her father. She knows nothing of the world at large, and——"
"But what about poor Miskel?" asked Frank. "She's heartbroken over her father's death. She doesn't know anything about the bigger world, and——"
"Under the circumstances," said Walter, "I feel that it is my duty to see that she does not come to harm. As long as she wants it, she shall have a home with my folks, if she will accept."
"Given the situation," Walter said, "I feel it's my responsibility to make sure she stays safe. As long as she wants to, she can have a place with my family, if she agrees."
"Be aisy, me b'y!" chuckled Barney, roguishly. "It's a swate purty face she has, an' Oi'm thinkin' ye're a bit shtuck on her."
"Take it easy, buddy!" laughed Barney playfully. "She has a sweet, pretty face, and I’m thinking you have a little crush on her."
"Oh, come!" protested Walter, blushing. "I have known her but four days, and——"
"Oh, come on!" Walter protested, blushing. "I've only known her for four days, and——"
"Ye've made good progress, me lad. Oi notice thot you have done firrust-rate comfortin' her. It's an invoite to th' weddin' Oi warnt, an' Oi think Frankie would look foine as th' bist man."
"You're making great progress, my boy. I notice that you have been first-rate at comforting her. It's an invite to the wedding I wanted, and I think Frankie would look great as the best man."
"If the wedding ever takes place, you shall be invited."
"If the wedding ever happens, you will be invited."
The mystery of Old Solitary remains still, for he was never found; although Walter and Ben Barr did make[Pg 158] their way into Water Pocket Canyon once more. The ruins of the Danite village were found, also human bones, picked clean by wolves and vultures. No living thing seemed to remain in the vicinity, and the silence and shadow of death hung over the place.
The mystery of Old Solitary still persists, as he was never found; although Walter and Ben Barr made[Pg 158] their way back into Water Pocket Canyon. They discovered the ruins of the Danite village, as well as human bones, stripped bare by wolves and vultures. No living thing appeared to be left in the area, and a heavy sense of silence and death loomed over the place.
Old Solitary's cave was deserted. It is possible that, after all, the strange man fell a victim to the savages; but it is more likely that, being deranged, he was spared by them, and they made him a great medicine man among them. Perchance he is living with them to-day on the Navajo reservation.
Old Solitary's cave was empty. It's possible that, after all, the strange man became a victim of the savages; but it's more likely that, being mentally unstable, he was spared by them and became a powerful medicine man in their community. Maybe he's still living with them today on the Navajo reservation.
"I think we are well out of that," said Frank, when it was all over. "I want no more of the murderous Danites."
"I think we’re really done with that," Frank said when it was all over. "I don’t want anything to do with those murderous Danites again."
"Humph, I told you to keep off," grunted Professor Scotch. "But you'll soon run into equal peril, I'll warrant."
"Humph, I told you to stay away," grumbled Professor Scotch. "But you'll definitely be in just as much danger soon enough, I promise."
"No, professor—only sight-seeing in the future."
"No, professor—just sightseeing in the future."
"And where?"
"Where to?"
"Yellowstone Park, the great National reservation."
"Yellowstone Park, the amazing national reserve."
"Hurro!" cried Barney. "Just the sphot Oi've been wantin' to see."
"Hurro!" shouted Barney. "Just the person I've been wanting to see."
"Yes, I'd like to see the park myself," said the professor. "We'll be safe there."
"Yes, I want to check out the park myself," said the professor. "We'll be safe there."
CHAPTER XXIV.
YELLOWSTONE PARK.
"Hurro!"
"Hello!"
"What is it, Barney?"
"What's up, Barney?"
"Boofaloes, Frankie!"
"Buffaloes, Frankie!"
"Buffalo?"
"Buffalo?"
"Sure, me b'y!"
"Sure, buddy!"
"Where?"
"Where at?"
Frank scrambled eagerly to the crest of the ridge on which his friend was perched.
Frank hurried excitedly to the top of the ridge where his friend was sitting.
They were in the heart of that picturesque wonderland about the head waters of the Yellowstone River, known as the National Park.
They were in the heart of that beautiful wonderland near the headwaters of the Yellowstone River, known as the National Park.
Frank had a camera slung at his back, and for three days he had been trying to get a "shot" with it at a buffalo, having been told there was a small herd of the nearly extinct creatures somewhere in that region.
Frank had a camera hanging on his back, and for three days he had been trying to get a "shot" of a buffalo, having heard there was a small herd of the nearly extinct animals somewhere in that area.
Neither of the boys had the least desire to kill one of the animals, and a "shot" with the camera at close range would have satisfied them.
Neither of the boys had any desire to kill one of the animals, and a close-up "shot" with the camera would have satisfied them.
And now, in the grassy valley below them, at a distance of half a mile, they could see five of the animals they sought. The creatures were grazing, with the exception of the largest of the herd, which seemed to be standing on guard, now and then snuffing the wind.
And now, in the grassy valley below them, half a mile away, they could see five of the animals they were searching for. The creatures were grazing, except for the largest one in the herd, which appeared to be on guard, occasionally sniffing the wind.
The moment Frank saw them he clutched his companion, drawing him backward and down behind some bowlders.
The moment Frank saw them, he grabbed his friend and pulled him back and down behind some boulders.
"Pwhat's th' matther wid yez?" spluttered Barney, in surprise.[Pg 160]
"Pwhat's the matter with you?" spluttered Barney, in surprise.[Pg 160]
"If we expect to get near enough to photograph those creatures, we must get out of this right away."
"If we want to get close enough to take pictures of those creatures, we need to leave this place immediately."
"Whoy?"
"Why?"
"Did you observe the old fellow who is standing on guard? Peer out and you can see him. He is headed this way."
"Did you see the old guy who's standing guard? Look out and you can spot him. He's coming this way."
"Pwhat av thot? He can't see us, me b'y."
"Pwhat a thought? He can't see us, my boy."
"He might not see us, but he is liable to smell us."
"He might not see us, but he can probably smell us."
"At this distance? Go on wid yer foolin', Frankie!"
"At this distance? Knock it off with the joking, Frankie!"
"I am not fooling; I am in earnest when I say he is liable to smell us. We are on the wrong side of that herd, if so few may be called a herd."
"I’m not joking; I really mean it when I say he might catch our scent. We’re on the wrong side of that group, if you can even call it a group."
"Whoy on th' wrong soide?"
"Why are you on the wrong side?"
"We are to windward."
"We are upwind."
"Not doirectly."
"Not directly."
"No, not directly. If we had been, those creatures would be scampering off already. Their sense of scent is remarkable."
"No, not directly. If we were, those creatures would have already run off. Their sense of smell is incredible."
"Is it a jolly ye're givin' us?"
"Are you giving us a good time?"
"Not a bit of it, Barney; I am in earnest. Their power of sight is not particularly acute, but it is said that they 'can smell a man a mile.'"
"Not at all, Barney; I'm serious. Their eyesight isn't especially sharp, but I've heard that they 'can smell a man from a mile away.'"
"Thin how can we ivver induce th' bastes to sit fer their photygrafs?"
"Thin how can we ever get the beasts to sit for their photographs?"
"We'll have to get on the other side of them, and creep up behind that small clump of timber."
"We need to get past them and sneak up behind that little group of trees."
"It will take an hour to get round there, me b'y."
"It'll take an hour to get over there, my friend."
"All of that; but I shall be well repaid if I can obtain a picture of some real wild buffalo. What a sight it must have been to behold one of those immense herds which once covered the plains 'from horizon to horizon,' as we are told. Now it is a known fact that there are less than fifty wild buffaloes in existence. A little more than fifteen years ago it was said that about three hundred[Pg 161] thousand Indians subsisted almost entirely on the flesh of the buffalo."
"All of that, but I will be well rewarded if I can get a picture of some real wild buffalo. What a sight it must have been to see one of those massive herds that once stretched 'from horizon to horizon,' as we've been told. Now, it's a fact that there are fewer than fifty wild buffalo left. A little over fifteen years ago, it was said that around three hundred[Pg 161] thousand Native Americans lived almost entirely on buffalo meat."
"An' is thot roight?"
"Is that right?"
"It is right, Barney. The hide-hunter has destroyed the buffalo. The creatures were slaughtered by thousands, stripped of their hides, and their carcasses left to rot and make food for wolves and vultures."
"It’s true, Barney. The hide-hunter has wiped out the buffalo. The animals were killed by the thousands, their hides taken, and their bodies abandoned to decay, becoming food for wolves and vultures."
"An' wur there no law to stop th' killin' av thim?"
"Was there no law to stop the killing of them?"
"No. If there had been, it could not have been enforced on the great plains. The railroad, civilization, and the white man's lust for killing, which he calls sport, doomed the buffalo.
"No. If there had been, it couldn't have been enforced on the great plains. The railroad, civilization, and the white man's desire for killing, which he calls sport, doomed the buffalo."
"But this is not getting a picture of 'real wild buffalo.' I have pictures of Golden Gate Pass, Fire Hole Basin, Union Geysers, and almost everything else but wild buffalo, and I have vowed I would not leave the park till I had one of the latter. Come on."
"But this isn't capturing the essence of 'real wild buffalo.' I have photos of Golden Gate Pass, Fire Hole Basin, Union Geysers, and almost everything else, but no wild buffalo. I've promised myself I won't leave the park until I get a picture of one. Let's go."
He backed from the crest of the ridge and down the slope, Barney following. In a few moments the boys could rise to their feet and make their way along.
He stepped back from the top of the ridge and down the slope, with Barney following him. In a few moments, the boys were able to stand up and continue on their way.
Both were armed, for it was not known what danger they might encounter, and wild animals of all kinds were plentiful enough, from the beaver to the grizzly bear, thanks to the very effective policing of the park by two troops of United States Cavalry. Two regiments could not entirely prevent poaching, but two troops were very successful, and the boys had found sections of the American Wonderland exactly as primitive as when the lonely trapper Coulter made his famous journey through it.
Both were armed, since they didn't know what dangers they might face, and wild animals of all kinds were abundant, from beavers to grizzly bears, thanks to the efficient management of the park by two troops of the United States Cavalry. Two regiments couldn't completely stop poaching, but two troops were very effective, and the boys had discovered parts of the American Wonderland that were just as untouched as when the lone trapper Coulter made his famous journey through it.
Frank and Barney had taken care not to slaughter any of the game they saw, although they had been tempted by wild geese, which were so tame they would hardly get out of the way, and by deer and bears innumerable.
Frank and Barney made sure not to hunt any of the wildlife they encountered, even though they were tempted by the wild geese that were so tame they barely moved out of the way, as well as by countless deer and bears.
The lads believed in the laws which protected these creatures, and knew that this great game preserve and[Pg 162] breeding-ground, if not disturbed, must always give an overflow into Montana, Wyoming, and Idaho, which will make big game shooting there for years to come.
The guys believed in the laws that protected these animals, and they knew that this large game reserve and[Pg 162] breeding ground, if left undisturbed, would always create an overflow into Montana, Wyoming, and Idaho, ensuring great big game hunting there for years to come.
Frank led the way at a swift pace, keeping the ridge between them and the buffalo for a time, and then making use of other shelter.
Frank moved ahead quickly, staying on the ridge to keep some distance between them and the buffalo for a while, then using other cover.
It was nearly an hour before they came round to the windward side of the herd and began working in upon it.
It was almost an hour before they reached the windward side of the herd and started to work their way in.
All at once, with a low exclamation, Frank stopped, shifted his position quickly, and hissed:
All of a sudden, with a quiet exclamation, Frank stopped, quickly changed his position, and hissed:
"Down, Barney!"
"Calm down, Barney!"
"Pwhat is it, Frankie?"
"What is it, Frankie?"
"Be careful! Look there by the base of that bluff. Can you see them?"
"Watch out! Look over there by the bottom of that cliff. Can you see them?"
"Oi see something moving. Pwhat is it?"
"Hey, I see something moving. What is it?"
"Hunters, I reckon."
"Hunters, I guess."
"Afther th' boofalo?"
"After the buffalo?"
"Yes. They are nearer than we are, and they will be taking a shot at the creatures in a minute. It's a shame! If the soldier-police were only here!"
"Yes. They're closer than we are, and they're going to take a shot at the creatures in a minute. It's a shame! If only the soldier-police were here!"
"Nivver a bit do Oi loike th' oidea av seein' thim boofalo shot onliss Oi can do th' shootin'."
"Never a bit do I like the idea of seeing those buffalo shot unless I can do the shooting."
"No more do I, and I am not going to stand it! Come on, Barney. We'll get after those fellows. We may be able to stop them before they shoot, and then get a picture of the buffalo afterward. Lively now."
"No way am I going to put up with this any longer! Let’s go, Barney. We're going to chase those guys down. We might be able to stop them before they fire, and then we can get a photo of the buffalo afterward. Hurry up now."
The boys sprang to their feet and went running toward the spot near the base of the bluff, where they had seen men moving. As they ran, they crouched low, holding their rifles at their sides, and taking great pains not to be seen by the buffalo. In fact, they paid so much attention to this that they did not note how near they were to the bluff, till they almost ran upon the very men they had seen moving there.[Pg 163]
The boys jumped up and took off running toward the area near the base of the bluff, where they had noticed some men moving. As they ran, they bent down low, keeping their rifles at their sides, and focused hard on not being spotted by the buffalo. They were so intent on this that they didn’t realize how close they were to the bluff until they almost bumped into the men they had seen moving there.[Pg 163]
Then there was a shock and a surprise, for they found themselves face to face with a dozen Blackfeet Indians!
Then there was a shock and a surprise, because they found themselves face to face with a dozen Blackfeet Indians!
"Howly shmoke!" gurgled Barney, as he came to a sudden halt.
"Whoa, what a surprise!" gurgled Barney, as he came to a sudden halt.
"Jupiter!" muttered Frank, also stopping quickly.
"Jupiter!" Frank muttered, stopping suddenly.
The Indians stared at them, and grunted:
The Native Americans stared at them and grunted:
"How, how! Ugh!"
"How, how! Ugh!"
One of them, a villainous-looking half-blood, spoke up:
One of them, a shady-looking half-blood, spoke up:
"What white boys do? shoot buffalo?"
"What do white boys do? Shoot buffalo?"
"No," answered Frank, promptly, "we are not here to shoot them, but we want to get a picture of them."
"No," Frank replied quickly, "we're not here to shoot them; we just want to take a picture of them."
"Pic'ter? Hugah! No good!"
"Picture? Ugh! No good!"
The half-blood was doubtful; he believed they had intended to shoot the buffalo, and his eyes glittered with greed as he noted the handsome rifles carried by the lads.
The half-blood was uncertain; he thought they meant to shoot the buffalo, and his eyes sparkled with greed as he noticed the nice rifles the guys were carrying.
"Lemme looker gun," he said, stepping toward Frank, and holding out a hand, nearly one-half of which had been torn away by some accident.
"Lemme see your gun," he said, stepping toward Frank and holding out a hand, almost half of which had been ripped off in an accident.
Now Frank knew there would not be one chance in a thousand of getting back his rifle if he let the fellow have it, and so he decisively said:
Now Frank knew there wouldn't be a chance in a thousand of getting his rifle back if he let the guy take it, so he definitely said:
"No, I will not let you look at it. Keep off! The soldiers will have you for killing game in this park if you do not make tracks back to your reservation."
"No, I won’t let you see it. Stay away! The soldiers will track you down for hunting in this park if you don’t get back to your reservation."
"Ha! Soldiers fools! Half Hand not afraid of soldier. He watch up. They be way off there to north, ten, twenty, thirty mile. No soldiers round—nobody round. White boy lemme looker gun."
"Ha! Soldiers are fools! Half Hand isn't afraid of soldiers. He looks up. They are way off to the north, ten, twenty, thirty miles. No soldiers around—nobody around. The white boy lets me look at the gun."
Again he advanced, his manner aggressive, and the boys realized they were in a decidedly perilous situation.[Pg 164]
Again he moved forward, looking confrontational, and the boys understood they were in a really dangerous situation.[Pg 164]
CHAPTER XXV.
FAY.
"Th' spalpane manes ter kape it av he gits his hand on it," whispered Barney. "It's murther he has in his oies."
"That crazy guy will keep it if he gets his hands on it," whispered Barney. "He's got murder in his eyes."
Frank knew well enough that Barney was right, and he had no intention of relinquishing his hold on his rifle for a moment. He fell back a step, lifting the weapon in a suggestive manner, and Half Hand halted, scowling blackly and smiling craftily by turns.
Frank knew that Barney was right, and he had no plans to let go of his rifle for even a moment. He took a step back, raising the weapon in a suggestive way, and Half Hand stopped, his expression alternating between a dark scowl and a sly smile.
"Hold up!" came sharply from the lips of the boy. "Keep your distance, or you will get damaged."
"Hold up!" the boy said sharply. "Stay back, or you'll get hurt."
"Ha! White boy threaten Half Hand! Be careful! Half Hand good when him not threatened; heap bad when him threatened. White boys two; Injuns big lot more. White boys make Injuns mad, then where um be?"
"Ha! White boy is threatening Half Hand! Be careful! Half Hand is good when he’s not threatened; really bad when he is. There are two white boys; there are a lot more Injuns. If the white boys make the Injuns angry, then where will they be?"
"I have no desire to make you mad, but this is my rifle, and I mean to keep it."
"I don't want to make you angry, but this is my rifle, and I'm going to keep it."
"Half Hand want to look."
"Half Hand wants to see."
"You may look at a distance, but you can't lay a hand on it."
"You can look from a distance, but you can't touch it."
"White boy heap 'fraid. Give gun back pretty quick bimeby."
"White boy is really scared. He'll give the gun back pretty soon."
"I fancy it would be bimeby. No, you cannot take it, and that settles it."
"I think it will be soon. No, you can't take it, and that's final."
"Mebbe Half Hand trade with boy."
"Might Half Hand trade with the boy?"
"I do not wish to trade."
"I don't want to swap."
"Mebbe Half Hand give um heap good trade."
"Might Half Hand give them a lot of good business."
"Possibly, but that makes no difference."
"Maybe, but that doesn't change anything."
"White boy fool!" snarled the half-blood. "If um[Pg 165] don't lemme take gun, Half Hand take it anyhow, and then white boy no git a thing for it."
"White boy fool!" the half-blood sneered. "If you don't let me take the gun, Half Hand will take it anyway, and then the white boy won't get anything for it."
This was quite enough to startle Frank, and he sharply declared:
This was more than enough to shock Frank, and he quickly said:
"If you attempt to take this rifle, you will get a pill out of it in advance! That is straight business, Mr. Half Hand."
"If you try to take this rifle, you'll end up getting a bullet in advance! That's the bottom line, Mr. Half Hand."
"Hurro!" cried Barney, his fighting blood beginning to rise. "Av it's foight ye want, ye red nagurs, jist wade roight inter us! We'll give ye all th' foight ye want, begobs!"
"Hurro!" shouted Barney, feeling his fighting spirit kick in. "If it’s a fight you want, you red scoundrels, just come right at us! We'll give you all the fight you want, I swear!"
The Blackfeet jabbered among themselves a minute, and it was plain that they were not all of one mind. Some seemed to be for attacking the boys, while others opposed it. Half Hand hotly urged them on.
The Blackfeet chatted among themselves for a minute, and it was clear that they didn’t all agree. Some appeared ready to attack the boys, while others were against it. Half Hand passionately encouraged them.
"Fall back," said Frank, speaking softly to the Irish lad. "Be ready for a rush. If they come, give it to them. I will take Half Hand myself. You take the fellow with the red feather. If they kill us, we'll have the satisfaction of getting two or three of them in advance."
"Fall back," Frank said quietly to the Irish kid. "Get ready for a rush. If they come, give it to them. I’ll handle Half Hand myself. You take the guy with the red feather. If they kill us, at least we'll have the satisfaction of taking out two or three of them first."
The boy's voice was cool and steady, and his nerves seemed of iron. He glanced over his shoulder in search of some place of shelter, but could discover none near by, much to his disappointment.
The boy's voice was calm and steady, and he seemed completely unshaken. He looked over his shoulder, hoping to find some shelter, but was disappointed to see none nearby.
Barney was also cool enough, although the hot blood was rushing swiftly through his veins. He was holding himself in check, in imitation of his friend and comrade.
Barney was pretty cool too, even though adrenaline was pumping through his veins. He was keeping himself in control, just like his friend and buddy.
In truth, the two lads were in a tight corner. It was plain that the Indian poachers were made up of rebellious Blackfeet, who could not be kept on the reservation, and their faces showed they were the very worst sort. Having been caught almost in the act of killing game within the park, and believing the two lads had no friends near by, the dusky villains might not hesitate at outright murder spurred on by their greed for plunder, lust for blood,[Pg 166] and a desire to keep the boys from notifying the soldiers of the presence of Indians on forbidden ground.
In reality, the two boys were in a tough situation. It was clear that the Indian poachers were rebellious Blackfeet who couldn’t be controlled on the reservation, and their expressions revealed they were the worst kind. Having been caught almost in the act of hunting within the park, and thinking the two boys had no backup nearby, the dark-skinned criminals might not hesitate to commit murder motivated by their greed for loot, desire for violence,[Pg 166] and a wish to prevent the boys from alerting the soldiers about the presence of Indians in restricted territory.
Frank fully understood their peril, and he felt that they would be lucky indeed if they escaped with their lives.
Frank completely understood their danger, and he felt they would be extremely fortunate if they got out alive.
He blamed himself for running into the trap in such a blind manner, and still he felt that he was not to blame. He had seen moving figures at a distance, and, as the Indians were keeping under cover, in order to creep upon the buffalo, he had no more than caught a glimpse of them. They were dressed in clothes they had obtained by trade or plunder from white men, and so, at a distance and under such circumstances, it was not remarkable that Frank had not noted they were savages.
He blamed himself for getting caught in the trap so naively, yet he still felt he wasn't at fault. He had seen some figures moving in the distance, and since the Indians were hiding to sneak up on the buffalo, he only caught a brief glimpse of them. They were wearing clothes they had gotten through trade or by taking from white men, so given the distance and the situation, it wasn't surprising that Frank didn't realize they were savages.
In a few moments Half Hand seemed to bring the most of the Indians to his way of thinking, and he again turned on the boys.
In a few moments, Half Hand appeared to convince most of the Indians to agree with him, and he turned back to the boys.
"Good white boys," he croaked, craftily. "Don't be 'fraid of Injuns. Injuns won't hurt um."
"Good white boys," he said with a raspy voice, cleverly. "Don’t be afraid of Indians. Indians won’t hurt them."
"We are not afraid of you," returned Frank; "but you want to keep your distance, or you will get hurt by us."
"We're not scared of you," Frank replied, "but you should keep your distance, or you might get hurt by us."
"Thot's roight, begorra!" cried Barney, fingering his Winchester. "It's stoofed to th' muzzle, this ould shootin' iron is, wid grapeshot an' canister, an' av Oi leggo wid it, there won't be a red nagur av yez left on his pins."
"That's right, for sure!" shouted Barney, handling his Winchester. "It's packed to the brim, this old firearm is, with grapeshot and canister, and if I let loose with it, there won't be a single one of you left standing."
"Injuns want to talk with white boys," said the half-blood, edging nearer, inch by inch. "Injuns want to hold powwow."
"Injuns want to talk to white guys," said the half-blood, getting closer, little by little. "Injuns want to have a meeting."
"We are not at all anxious to hold a powwow with you. Stand where you are!"
"We're not interested in having a meeting with you. Stay right where you are!"
Up came Frank's rifle a bit.
Up went Frank's rifle a little.
It was plain that the red ruffians meant to make an assault, and the moment was at hand. They were handling their weapons in a way that told how eager some of them were to shed the blood of the boys.[Pg 167]
It was clear that the red thugs intended to attack, and the time had come. They were gripping their weapons in a manner that showed how ready some of them were to spill the boys' blood.[Pg 167]
Barney, in his characteristic, devil-may-care manner, began to hum, "My Funeral's To-morrow." He seemed utterly unable to take matters seriously, however great the danger.
Barney, in his typical carefree style, started to hum, "My Funeral's Tomorrow." He seemed completely unable to take anything seriously, no matter how great the danger was.
A moment before the rush and encounter must have taken place, all were startled to hear a merry, childish laugh, and a voice saying:
A moment before the rush and encounter happened, everyone was surprised to hear a happy, childlike laugh, followed by a voice saying:
"I knowed I'd find tomebody tomewhere. I wants to tome down. Tate me down, please."
"I knew I'd find somebody somewhere. I want to come down. Take me down, please."
On the top of the bluff, forty feet above the heads of the Indians, stood a little girl, dressed in white. She had golden hair and blue eyes, and, on her lofty perch, she looked like a laughing fairy.
On top of the bluff, forty feet above the heads of the Indians, stood a little girl dressed in white. She had golden hair and blue eyes, and from her high spot, she looked like a laughing fairy.
"Mother av Mowses!" gurgled Barney.
"Mother of Moses!" gurgled Barney.
"A child!" exclaimed Frank, astonished. "Here!"
"A kid!" Frank exclaimed, shocked. "Right here!"
The Indians muttered and hesitated. Half Hand still urged them on, but it was plain that they believed there was a party of white persons near at hand, and they feared to attack the boys. The urging of the half-blood was in vain, and he was forced to give it up.
The Indians whispered and hesitated. Half Hand kept pushing them forward, but it was clear they thought there was a group of white people close by, and they were scared to attack the boys. Half Hand's encouragement was pointless, and he had to let it go.
Then he turned fiercely on the boys, snarling:
Then he spun around aggressively at the boys, snapping:
"Good thing for you your friends come! They no come, we kill you and take your guns! Mebbe we see you 'gain some time bimeby."
"Good thing your friends showed up! If they hadn't, we would have killed you and taken your guns! Maybe we'll see you again sometime later."
Then the Indians turned and quickly scudded away, soon disappearing from view amid some pines.
Then the Native Americans turned and quickly dashed away, soon disappearing from sight among some pine trees.
Frank drew a breath of relief.
Frank breathed a sigh of relief.
"That was a close shave," he muttered.
"That was a close call," he muttered.
"Begorra! It was thot," nodded Barney. "Av it hadn't been fer th' litthle girrul, we'd lost our scoolps Oi belave."
"Wow! I thought," nodded Barney. "If it hadn't been for the little girl, we would have lost our minds, I believe."
"The little girl!" exclaimed Frank. "She appeared like a good fairy, and——"
"The little girl!" Frank exclaimed. "She looked just like a good fairy, and——"
"Dat's my name. Mamma talls me Fairy Fay."
"That's my name. Mom calls me Fairy Fay."
She was still standing on the bluff, and she had heard[Pg 168] Frank's words. Now she held out her arms to him, crying:
She was still standing on the cliff, and she had heard[Pg 168] Frank's words. Now she reached out her arms to him, crying:
"Tome tate me down. I wants to tome down."
"Tome take me down. I want to tome down."
"Get back from the edge, dear," Frank quickly called. "You may fall. We will come up to you as soon as possible."
"Back away from the edge, please," Frank called out quickly. "You might fall. We'll come to you as soon as we can."
"Tome wight away."
"Take the weight away."
"Yes, we will come right away."
"Yes, we'll be there right away."
"I's tired playing all alone—an' I's hundry," said the sweet little voice. "I's awsul hundry. You dot somet'ing dood to eat?"
"I’m tired of playing all alone—and I’m hungry," said the sweet little voice. "I’m really hungry. Do you have something good to eat?"
"You shall have something to eat very soon, if you will keep back from the edge, so you'll not fall down," assured Frank.
"You'll have something to eat really soon if you stay away from the edge so you don't fall," Frank assured.
He then directed Barney to remain there and watch her, cautioning her to keep back, while he found a way to reach the top of the bluff.
He then told Barney to stay there and keep an eye on her, warning her to stay back, while he figured out how to get to the top of the bluff.
Frank hastened away, looking for some mode of getting there. In a short time, he found a place to ascend, and lost no time in doing so.
Frank hurried off, searching for a way to get there. Shortly, he found a spot to climb up and wasted no time doing it.
When he came panting to the top of the bluff, the little girl was waiting, having seated herself contentedly on a stone, where she could call down to Barney.
When he arrived, breathless at the top of the hill, the little girl was waiting, sitting happily on a rock, so she could call down to Barney.
Seeing Frank, she held out her arms, crying:
Seeing Frank, she opened her arms, crying:
"I's awsul glad you tome! I'll be your Fairy now."
"I'm so glad you came! I'll be your Fairy now."
"You have been my good fairy to-day, little one," he earnestly said, as he lifted her in his arms and kissed her cheek. "Without doubt you saved my life."
"You've been my good luck charm today, little one," he sincerely said as he picked her up in his arms and kissed her cheek. "You definitely saved my life."
"Mamma says I's pritty dood Fairy all the time."
"Mama says I'm a pretty good fairy all the time."
"I haven't a doubt of it."
"I don't have a doubt about it."
"But I's awsul hundry now. I touldn't find mamma, and I walked and walked, and I falled down and tored my dress, and I dot tired and awsul hundry, and I cwyed some, and nen I 'membered mamma told me it wasn't[Pg 169] nice to cwy, and I walked again, and I heard somebody talkin', and I looked down and it was you."
"But I'm really hungry now. I couldn't find Mom, and I walked and walked, and I fell down and tore my dress, and I got tired and really hungry, and I cried a little, and then I remembered Mom said it wasn't nice to cry, so I walked again, and I heard someone talking, and I looked down and it was you."
She ended with a happy laugh, clasping her arms about his neck.
She finished with a joyful laugh, wrapping her arms around his neck.
"Where is your mamma?"
"Where's your mom?"
"Oh, I don't know now," she answered, a little cloud coming to her face. "I touldn't find her. You tate me to her."
"Oh, I don’t know now," she replied, a slight frown crossing her face. "I couldn’t find her. You take me to her."
"You do not live near here?"
"You don't live here?"
"We live in New Yort."
"We live in New York."
"New York?"
"NY?"
"Yeth, thir. Dat's a dreat bid place wif lots and lots of houses."
"Yes, sir. That's a great big place with lots and lots of houses."
"Then you must be traveling with your mamma?"
"Then you must be traveling with your mom?"
"I's trafeling wizout her now. We has had jes' the longest wides on the cars. And we stopped in lots of places, but we didn't find papa."
"I’m traveling without her now. We’ve had just the longest rides on the trains. And we stopped in a lot of places, but we didn’t find Dad."
"Then your papa is not with you?"
"Then your dad isn't with you?"
"Papa goed away long time ago, and that made mamma cwy. I seed her weadin' a letter and cwyin' awsul hard, and papa didn't tome bat some more. You know where to find my papa?"
"Papa went away a long time ago, and that made Mom cry. I saw her reading a letter and crying really hard, and Papa didn't come back some more. Do you know where to find my Papa?"
"No, little one, I do not; but I will help you find your mother. What did you say your name is?"
"No, kid, I don’t; but I’ll help you find your mom. What did you say your name is?"
"Fay. Tometimes mamma talls me Fairy."
"Fay. Sometimes Mom calls me Fairy."
"What is all your name—the rest of it besides Fay?"
"What’s your full name, other than Fay?"
"Why, jes' Fairy. I's awsul hundry. Dot a tookie?"
"Why, just Fairy. I'm really hungry. Got a cookie?"
Finding himself unable to learn her full name from her lips, Frank started for the foot of the bluff, bearing her in his arms.[Pg 170]
Finding that he couldn't get her full name from her, Frank headed toward the bottom of the bluff, carrying her in his arms.[Pg 170]
CHAPTER XXVI.
OLD ROCKS.
Barney was waiting, and he drew a breath of relief when Frank appeared with the child.
Barney was waiting, and he breathed a sigh of relief when Frank showed up with the child.
"Oi wur afraid th' litthle darlint would tumble off bafore ye could rache her," he said.
"Hey, I was worried the little darling would fall off before you could reach her," he said.
"But I tept wight away from the edge, same as you toldt me to," chirped Fay, cheerfully. "If I did tumbled, you tould catch me."
"But I kept right away from the edge, just like you told me to," chirped Fay, cheerfully. "If I did fall, you would catch me."
"Begorra! Oi wur ready to thry it, me swate."
"Wow! I was ready to try it, my sweet."
"You never wanted to see me fall and hurt myself bad, did you?"
"You never wanted to see me fall and get seriously hurt, did you?"
"Nivver a bit."
"Not a bit."
Frank told Barney how much he had been able to learn from her lips, and they were not long in deciding it would be folly for them to attempt to find Fay's mother.
Frank told Barney how much he had learned from her words, and they quickly agreed that it would be pointless for them to try to find Fay's mother.
"The guide is the one to do that," said Frank.
"The guide is the one to handle that," said Frank.
"Roight, me b'y. Ould Rocks knows ivery inch av th' parruk."
"Alright, my boy. Old Rocks knows every inch of the park."
"Then we had better return to camp at once."
"Then we should head back to camp right away."
"Sure."
"Absolutely."
"But the buffalo—I had forgotten them. We have not obtained that picture."
"But the buffalo—I had completely forgotten about them. We never got that image."
"An' nivver a bit we will this doay, Frankie."
"Not a chance we will today, Frankie."
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"Th' boofalo have shkipped."
"The buffalo have escaped."
"Gone?"
"Is it gone?"
"Thot's roight."
"That's right."
"Too bad!"
"That's a bummer!"
Frank felt that he must satisfy himself with his own[Pg 171] eyes, and so he hastened to a spot that commanded a view of the place where the creatures had been feeding.
Frank felt that he needed to satisfy himself with his own[Pg 171] eyes, so he quickly went to a spot that overlooked where the creatures had been feeding.
Sure enough, they were gone.
Sure enough, they were gone.
"That's hard luck!" he muttered. "Here we have been hanging a whole week in the park just to enable me to get a snap at some of the creatures, and we lost our only opportunity. Well, I suppose we should be satisfied to get off with our lives."
"That's tough luck!" he murmured. "We've spent an entire week in the park just so I could get a shot at some of the animals, and we blew our only chance. Well, I guess we should be grateful to get out of this alive."
He knew this was true, and so there was reason to be thankful, instead of grumbling.
He knew this was true, so there was a reason to be grateful instead of complaining.
He returned to where Barney was talking to Fay. The child was anxiously watching Frank's movements.
He went back to where Barney was chatting with Fay. The kid was nervously watching Frank's actions.
"You ain't doin' away and leave me, is you?" she asked.
"You aren't planning to leave me, are you?" she asked.
"No, dear."
"No, honey."
"I was 'fraid so, and I's awsul hundry."
"I was afraid so, and I'm really hungry."
"An' wouldn't ye go wid me av Oi'd take ye where ye'd get plinty to ate?" asked the Irish lad.
"Wouldn't you come with me if I took you somewhere you'd get plenty to eat?" asked the Irish boy.
"Him tome, too?" She held out her hands to Frank.
"Him too?" She reached out her hands to Frank.
"An' wouldn't ye go av he didn't come?"
"Wouldn't you go if he didn't come?"
"I dess not," she said. "I like you pitty well; but I kinder like him better. Him goin' to find my mamma. I dess him dit me somefin to eat."
"I guess not," she said. "I like you pretty well; but I kind of like him better. He's going to find my mom. I guess he’ll get me something to eat."
Frank caught her up in his arms.
Frank lifted her into his arms.
"Yes, dear," he laughed, his heart swelling with a feeling that convinced him he would lay down his life in defense of her, if needs be. "I will find you something to eat as soon as possible, and I will take you to your mother."
"Sure thing, darling," he chuckled, feeling a surge of love that made him certain he would give his life to protect her if it came to that. "I’ll get you something to eat as soon as I can, and I’ll take you to your mom."
"Dat's all wight. I ain't doin' to cwy. You don't like little dirls we'en they cwy, does you?"
"That's all right. I'm not going to cry. You don't like little girls when they cry, do you?"
"In your case, I do not think crying would change my feelings. Little girls have to cry sometimes."
"In your situation, I don't think crying would change how I feel. Sometimes, little girls just need to cry."
"I dess dat's wight," said Fay, very soberly.
"I guess that's right," said Fay, very seriously.
Frank surrendered his rifle to Barney, who insisted on[Pg 172] taking the camera also, and then, with the child in his arms, followed the Irish lad on the return tramp to camp.
Frank handed over his rifle to Barney, who insisted on[Pg 172] taking the camera too, and then, with the child in his arms, followed the Irish guy on the way back to camp.
It proved to be a long, tiresome trudge, and the sun was setting when the boys came in sight of a white tent that was pitched near a spring of cool water and a growth of pines down in a pretty valley.
It turned out to be a long, tiring hike, and the sun was setting when the boys spotted a white tent set up near a spring of cool water and a cluster of pines in a lovely valley.
Once or twice Fay had murmured that she was "so hundry," but when the camp was sighted, she was asleep in Frank's arms, her head of tangled golden curls lying on his shoulder.
Once or twice Fay had whispered that she was "so hungry," but when the camp came into view, she was asleep in Frank's arms, her head of messy golden curls resting on his shoulder.
A fire was blazing in front of the tent, sending a thin column of smoke straight up into the still air.
A fire was burning in front of the tent, sending a thin column of smoke straight up into the calm air.
Near the fire, with a pipe in his mouth, was sitting a grizzled old man, whose appearance indicated that he was a veteran of the mountains and plains.
Near the fire, with a pipe in his mouth, sat a gray-haired old man, whose look suggested that he was a seasoned veteran of the mountains and plains.
This was Roxy Jules, generally known as "Old Rocks." He was one of the professional guides who make a business of taking parties of tourists through the park and showing them its wonders.
This was Roxy Jules, commonly called "Old Rocks." He was one of the professional guides who earn a living by taking groups of tourists through the park and showing them its wonders.
Between two trees a hammock was strung, and another man, a little fellow with fiery-red hair and whiskers, was reclining. Gold-bowed spectacles were perched on his nose, and he was studying a book.
Between two trees, a hammock was hung, and another guy, a small dude with bright red hair and a beard, was lounging. Gold-framed glasses rested on his nose, and he was reading a book.
All at once Old Rocks gave a queer kind of a grunt. As it did not arouse the man in the hammock, he grunted again. That not proving effectual, he growled:
All of a sudden, Old Rocks let out a strange grunt. Since it didn't wake the guy in the hammock, he grunted again. When that didn't work, he growled:
"Wa-al, I wonders whut kind o' game them yar kids hev struck now?"
"Well, I wonder what kind of game those kids have come up with now?"
"Eh?" exclaimed the little man. "Did you speak to me? My name is Scotch, as you very well know—Professor Horace Scotch."
"Hey?" the little man exclaimed. "Did you just talk to me? My name is Scotch, as you already know—Professor Horace Scotch."
"Wa-al," drawled Old Rocks, with a sly grin, "I reckons I has heard them yar boys call yer Hot Scotch enough to know whut yer handle is."
"Well," drawled Old Rocks with a sly grin, "I reckon I've heard those guys call you Hot Scotch enough to know what your name is."
"Those boys are very disrespectful—very! They[Pg 173] should be called to account. I object to such familiarity from others, sir—I distinctly object."
"Those boys are extremely disrespectful—very! They[Pg 173] should be held accountable. I’m not okay with that kind of familiarity from others, sir—I clearly object."
Old Rocks grunted derisively, having come to regard the timid little man with contempt, which was natural with him, as he looked with disfavor on all "tenderfeet."
Old Rocks grunted dismissively, having come to view the timid little man with disdain, which was typical for him, as he looked down on all "tenderfeet."
That grunt stirred the blood of the quick-tempered little man, who sat up, snapping:
That grunt fired up the short-tempered little guy, who sat up, snapping:
"I should think there was a pig somewhere round, by the sounds I hear!"
"I bet there's a pig nearby, based on the sounds I'm hearing!"
The guide grunted again.
The guide grunted once more.
"I detest pigs!" fumed Scotch. "They're always grunting."
"I can’t stand pigs!" Scotch seethed. "They’re always snorting."
"Thar's only one thing I dislike wuss'n pigs," observed Old Rocks, lazily.
"There's only one thing I dislike more than pigs," Old Rocks observed lazily.
"What is that, sir; what is that?"
"What is that, sir? What is that?"
"Hawgs," answered the guide, with his small, keen eyes fixed on the professor. "Of course, I don't mean to be personal, nor nawthing, an' I don't call no names; but ef you want ter know who I mean, you kin see whar I'm lookin'."
"Hogs," the guide replied, his small, sharp eyes locked onto the professor. "I don’t mean to get personal or anything, and I’m not naming anyone; but if you want to know who I’m talking about, you can see where I’m looking."
"This in an insult!" squealed the little man, snapping himself out of the hammock. "I'll discharge you at once, sir—at once!"
"This is an insult!" squeaked the little man, jumping out of the hammock. "I’ll fire you immediately, sir—right now!"
"All right. Just you pay me whut you owe me, an' I'll leave ye ter git out o' ther park ther best way ye derned kin. You'll hev a heap o' fun doin' it."
"Okay. Just pay me what you owe me, and I'll let you figure out how to get out of the park the best way you can. You'll have a lot of fun doing it."
The professor blustered about, while Old Rocks sat and smoked, a patronizing smile on his leathery face.
The professor blustered around, while Old Rocks sat back and smoked, a condescending smile on his weathered face.
Suddenly Scotch observed the approaching boys, and saw the child Frank carried in his arms.
Suddenly, Scotch noticed the boys approaching and saw the child that Frank was carrying in his arms.
"Goodness!" gurgled the little man, staring. "What does that mean?"
"Wow!" gurgled the little man, staring. "What does that mean?"
"Oh, you have jest woke up!" said the guide, continuing to pull at his black pipe. "I wuz tryin' to call your[Pg 174] 'tention to thet thar. Whut has ther boy found? An' whar did he find it?"
"Oh, you just woke up!" said the guide, continuing to puff on his black pipe. "I was trying to get your[Pg 174] attention to that over there. What has the boy found? And where did he find it?"
"You know quite as well as I. It is surprising—very much so!"
"You know just as well as I do. It's quite surprising—very surprising!"
Frank and Barney came up, and explanations followed. Old Rocks pricked up his ears when Frank told of the Blackfeet, and how near they came to having a fight with the Indians.
Frank and Barney arrived, and they started explaining. Old Rocks perked up when Frank mentioned the Blackfeet and how close they were to getting into a fight with the Indians.
"Is thet onery skunk in hyar again?" exclaimed the guide. "Why, he's wuss'n sin, is ole Half Hand. He'd ruther cut a throat than do anything else, an' ye're derned lucky ter git away. It wuzn't by yer own nerve ye done it, howsomever. Ef ther gal hedn't 'peared jest as she did, you'd both be food fer coyotes now."
"Is that pesky skunk back here again?" exclaimed the guide. "Honestly, old Half Hand is worse than sin. He'd rather slice a throat than do anything else, and you're lucky to get away. It wasn't because of your own courage that you managed it, though. If that girl hadn't shown up just when she did, you'd both be coyote food by now."
"Two or three Indians, at least, would have kept us company," declared Frank.
"Two or three Native Americans, at least, would have hung out with us," Frank said.
Old Rocks grunted.
Old Rocks grunted.
"Yah! I'll bet a hawse you wuz so derned scat ye shivered clean down ter yer toes. Ef ther red skunks hed made a run fer ye, ye'd drapped right down on yer marrerbones an' squealed."
"Yeah! I bet you were so scared you shook all the way down to your toes. If those red skunks had come after you, you would have dropped straight down to your bones and screamed."
A bit of warm color came to Frank's face, and he said:
A bit of warmth colored Frank's face, and he said:
"It is plain you have a very poor opinion of my courage."
"It’s clear you have a low opinion of my courage."
Barney was angry, and he roared:
Barney was furious, and he shouted:
"Oi'd loike ter punch yer head fer yez, ye ould haythen! It's mesilf thot's got nerve enough fer thot!"
"Hey, I’d like to punch you in the head for that, you old heathen! It’s me who has the guts to do it!"
This awakened Fay, who looked about in a wondering manner with her big, blue eyes, and then half sobbed:
This woke Fay up, and she looked around with a puzzled expression in her big blue eyes, then she half sobbed:
"Where is my mamma? I was jes' finkin' I was wiz her, and she was divin' me somefin' dood to eat. I's awful hundry!"
"Where is my mom? I was just thinking I was with her, and she was giving me something good to eat. I'm really hungry!"
In the twinkling of an eye, Old Rocks changed his manner. His pipe disappeared, and he was on his feet, saying, softly:[Pg 175]
In the blink of an eye, Old Rocks changed his demeanor. His pipe vanished, and he stood up, saying softly:[Pg 175]
"Don't you go to cryin', leetle gal. You shell have something to eat in abaout two shakes, an' I'll see thet you finds yer mother all right. Ye're a little angel, an' thet yar's jest what ye are!"
"Don't start crying, little girl. You'll have something to eat in just a moment, and I'll make sure you find your mother just fine. You're a little angel, and that's exactly what you are!"
Straightway there was a bustle in the camp. Frank sat on the ground and entertained Fay, while Old Rocks prepared supper. The child was given some bread, and she proved that she was "awsul hundry" by the way she ate it.
Straightaway, there was a commotion in the camp. Frank sat on the ground and entertained Fay, while Old Rocks cooked dinner. The child was given some bread, and she showed that she was "really hungry" by the way she devoured it.
There was not a person in the camp who was not hungry, and that supper was well relished.
There wasn’t a single person in the camp who wasn’t hungry, and everyone really enjoyed that dinner.
Fay was questioned closely, but no one succeeded in obtaining much more information than Frank had already received.
Fay was questioned thoroughly, but no one was able to get any more information than what Frank had already gathered.
When she had eaten till she was satisfied, Old Rocks tried to coax her to him, but she crept into Frank's arms and cuddled close to him, whispering:
When she had eaten until she was full, Old Rocks tried to lure her over to him, but she snuggled into Frank's arms and cuddled up to him, whispering:
"I likes you the bestest."
"I like you the best."
So Frank held her, and sang lullaby songs in a beautiful baritone voice, while the blue shadows settled over the valley and night came on. Long after she was sound asleep he held her and sang on, while the others listened.
So Frank held her and sang lullabies in a beautiful baritone voice while the blue shadows settled over the valley and night fell. Long after she was sound asleep, he continued to hold her and sing, while the others listened.
Beyond the limits of the camp was a man who seemed enraptured by the songs, whose eyes were wet with tears, and whose heart was torn by the emotions which surged upward from his lonely soul.[Pg 176]
Beyond the camp's boundaries stood a man captivated by the songs, his eyes glistening with tears and his heart aching with the emotions rising from his solitary soul.[Pg 176]
CHAPTER XXVII.
THE HERMIT.
At last little Fay was placed within the tent on the softest bed that could be prepared for her.
At last, little Fay was settled into the tent on the softest bed that could be made for her.
"In ther mornin'," said Old Rocks, "I'll hunt up her mamma."
"In the morning," said Old Rocks, "I'll go find her mom."
The fire glowed pleasantly, being replenished now and then by Barney.
The fire flickered warmly, getting occasional fuel from Barney.
Professor Scotch occupied the hammock, Frank stretched himself at full length on the ground, and the guide sat with his back against a tree, still pulling away at the black pipe, his constant companion. He had smoked so much that his flesh seemed cured, like that of a ham.
Professor Scotch lounged in the hammock, Frank stretched out flat on the ground, and the guide leaned against a tree, still puffing on his black pipe, his ever-present companion. He had smoked so much that his skin looked cured, like that of a ham.
At heart Old Rocks was tender as a child, but he had a way of spluttering and growling that made him seem grouty and cross-grained. He seemed to take real satisfaction in picking a quarrel with any one.
At his core, Old Rocks was as gentle as a child, but he had a habit of spluttering and growling that made him come off as grumpy and irritable. He genuinely seemed to enjoy starting arguments with anyone.
Professor Scotch was alarmed by the story Frank had told of the encounter with the Blackfeet, and he was for leaving that vicinity as soon as possible.
Professor Scotch was disturbed by the story Frank shared about the encounter with the Blackfeet, and he wanted to get out of that area as soon as possible.
"Not till I get a photograph of real wild buffalo," said the boy, stiffly.
"Not until I get a picture of actual wild buffalo," the boy said, stiffly.
Old Rocks grunted derisively.
Old Rocks scoffed.
"I reckon you came as nigh it ter-day as ye will at all," he said. "You've clicked yer old machine at everything from one end o' ther park to t'other, an' I ain't seen nary picter yit."
"I think you came as close as you will today," he said. "You've captured everything from one end of the park to the other, and I haven't seen a single picture yet."
"They have not been developed."
"They haven't been developed."
Frank explained, and the guide listened, with an expression of derision on his face.
Frank explained, and the guide listened, looking at him with a mocking expression on his face.
"I'll allow you don't know northin' abaout takin' picters," drawled the man. "I hed my picter took up at Billings last winter, an' ther man as took it didn't hev ter go through no such fussin' as thet."
"I'll admit you don't know anything about taking pictures," the man said lazily. "I had my picture taken in Billings last winter, and the guy who took it didn’t have to go through all that fuss."
"How do you know?"
"How do you know that?"
"Wa-al, I know."
"Well, I know."
"But how do you know?"
"But how do you know?"
"I jest know, thet's how!"
"I just know, that's how!"
Frank laughed.
Frank chuckled.
"You are like some other people who know everything about anything they don't know anything about."
"You’re like some other people who know everything about things they actually don’t understand at all."
That was quite enough to start the old fellow, and he seemed ready to fight at the drop of the hat; but, at this moment, something happened to divert his attention.
That was more than enough to get the old guy going, and he looked like he was ready to throw down at any moment; but just then, something happened that caught his attention.
Out of the darkness stalked a man, who calmly and deliberately advanced toward the party.
Out of the darkness came a man, who moved toward the group calmly and purposefully.
"Halt thar!" cried Old Rocks, catching up a rifle and covering the stranger.
"Halt there!" shouted Old Rocks, grabbing a rifle and pointing it at the stranger.
The man did not pay the least attention to the command, but continued to advance.
The man paid no attention to the command and kept moving forward.
"Halt, or I'll shoot!" shouted the guide.
"Stop, or I’ll shoot!" yelled the guide.
Still the unknown refused to obey, and, to the bewilderment of Old Rocks, he walked straight up to the muzzle of the weapon, where he stopped, saying:
Still, the unknown wouldn't listen, and, to Old Rocks' surprise, he walked right up to the muzzle of the weapon, where he stopped and said:
"I knew you wouldn't shoot. If you had, you could not have killed me. Nothing can kill me, because I have sought death everywhere, and I have not been able to find it. It is he who flees from death who finds it first."
"I knew you wouldn’t shoot. If you had, you couldn’t have killed me. Nothing can kill me because I’ve searched for death everywhere and haven’t been able to find it. It’s the one who runs from death who finds it first."
Then he sat down.
Then he sat.
"Wa-al, dern me!" gasped Old Rocks. "I dunno why I didn't soak yer; but thar wuz somethin' held me back."
"Well, darn me!" gasped Old Rocks. "I don't know why I didn't soak you; but there was something that held me back."
"It was the hand of fate."
"It was destiny."
The man was dressed roughly, but he carried a hand[Pg 178]some rifle. His wide-brimmed hat was slouched over his eyes, so the expression of his face could not have been seen very well, even if it had not been covered by a full brown beard. His hair was long and unkempt.
The man was dressed ruggedly, but he carried a nice rifle. His wide-brimmed hat was tilted down over his eyes, so you couldn't see his expression very well, even if it wasn't hidden by a full brown beard. His hair was long and messy.
Having seated himself on the ground, he sat and stared into the fire for some moments before speaking again. Finally he turned a bit, saying:
Having settled himself on the ground, he sat and gazed into the fire for a few moments before speaking again. Finally, he shifted slightly and said:
"Who was singing here a short time ago?"
"Who was singing here just a little while ago?"
Frank explained that he had been singing, and the stranger said:
Frank explained that he had been singing, and the stranger said:
"I don't know why I should wish to take a look at you, for you caused me more misery than I have known for a year."
"I don’t know why I’d want to look at you, since you’ve caused me more pain than I’ve felt in a year."
"Thot's a compliment fer ye're singing, Frankie!" chuckled Barney.
"That's a compliment for your singing, Frankie!" chuckled Barney.
"I tried not to listen," said the stranger; "but I could not tear myself away. What right has a man without a home to listen to songs that fill his soul with memories of home and little ones!"
"I tried not to listen," said the stranger; "but I couldn’t pull myself away. What right does a man without a home have to listen to songs that fill his heart with memories of home and little ones!"
He bowed his face on his hands, and his body shook a bit, betraying that he was struggling to suppress his emotions.
He bowed his face into his hands, and his body trembled slightly, showing that he was trying hard to hold back his emotions.
After a moment, Old Rocks said:
After a moment, Old Rocks said:
"I reckons I knows yer now. You're the hermit."
"I think I know you now. You're the hermit."
The man did not stir or speak.
The man didn't move or say anything.
"Ain't yer the hermit?" asked the guide.
"Aren't you the hermit?" asked the guide.
"Yes," was the bitter reply, "I am a man without a home or a name. Some have said that there is trouble with my brain, but they are wrong. I am not deranged. This is the first time in a year that I have sought the society of human beings, unless it was to trade for such things as I need to sustain life. It was those songs that brought me here. They seemed to act like a magnet, and I could not keep away."[Pg 179]
"Yes," came the bitter reply, "I'm a man without a home or a name. Some have said I'm mentally troubled, but they're wrong. I'm not insane. This is the first time in a year that I've sought out the company of other people, except when I needed to trade for things to survive. It was those songs that drew me here. They acted like a magnet, and I couldn’t stay away."[Pg 179]
Then he turned to Frank, and asked him to sing one of the lullabys over again.
Then he turned to Frank and asked him to sing one of the lullabies again.
For all of his peculiar manner, the man seemed sane enough, and the boy decided to humor him.
For all of his strange behavior, the man seemed completely sane, and the boy chose to go along with him.
Frank sang, and the man sat and listened, his face still bowed on his hands. When the song was ended, and the last echo had died out along a distant line of bluffs, the man still sat thus.
Frank sang, and the man sat and listened, his face still resting on his hands. When the song was over, and the last echo faded along a distant line of bluffs, the man still remained in that position.
Those who saw him were impressed. Beyond a doubt, this man had suffered some great affliction that had caused him to shun his fellows and become one "without a home or a name."
Those who saw him were impressed. Without a doubt, this man had gone through some great hardship that had made him avoid others and become one “without a home or a name.”
All at once, with a deep sigh, he rose. He was finely built, and, properly dressed and shaved, he must have been handsome.
All of a sudden, with a deep sigh, he got up. He had a great build, and with the right clothes and a clean shave, he must have looked handsome.
"Thank you," he said, addressing Frank. "I will not trouble you longer. I am going now."
"Thanks," he said to Frank. "I won't bother you anymore. I'm leaving now."
"Look yar," broke in Old Rocks, in his harsh way; "I wants ter warn you ag'in comin' round yere ther way you done a short time ago. It ain't healthy none whatever."
"Listen up," interrupted Old Rocks, in his rough manner; "I want to warn you again about coming around here the way you did a little while ago. It’s not safe at all."
"What do you mean?"
"What are you talking about?"
"Jest this: I might take a fancy ter shoot fust an' talk it over arterward. I don't want ter shoot yer."
"Just this: I might feel like shooting first and talking it over afterward. I don't want to shoot you."
A strange, sad smile came to the man's face.
A strange, sad smile appeared on the man's face.
"You need not fear," he said. "If you were to shoot at me, you would not hit me."
"You don’t need to worry," he said. "If you tried to shoot me, you wouldn’t hit me."
The guide gave a snort.
The guide snorted.
"Whut's thet?" he cried. "I allow you hain't seen me shoot any to speak of, pard. I ain't in ther habit of missin'."
"What's that?" he shouted. "I doubt you've seen me shoot much, partner. I'm not in the habit of missing."
"That makes no difference. A man who seeks death cannot die. Fate would turn your bullet aside."
"That doesn't matter. A man who is seeking death can't actually die. Fate would just deflect your bullet."
"Wa-al, I don't allow thet I wants ter try it, fer Fate[Pg 180] might not be quick enough. Jest you keep away, 'less you hollers out ter let us know when ye're comin'."
"Well, I don't think I want to try it, because Fate[Pg 180] might not be fast enough. Just stay away unless you shout out to let us know when you're coming."
As the hermit turned away he happened to glance into the tent, the front of which was still open. The firelight shone in and fell on the face of the tired child, who was sleeping sweetly.
As the hermit turned away, he happened to look into the tent, the front of which was still open. The firelight shone in and illuminated the face of the weary child, who was sleeping peacefully.
The man paused, staring at the face revealed by the flickering light. His hand was lifted to his head, and he swayed unsteadily on his feet, his face marked by a look of astonishment and pain.
The man paused, staring at the face lit by the flickering light. His hand went to his head, and he swayed unsteadily on his feet, his face displaying a mix of shock and pain.
Old Rocks, Professor Scotch, and the boys watched the hermit's every movement with breathless wonderment. They were impressed, they were held spellbound, they scarcely breathed.
Old Rocks, Professor Scotch, and the guys watched the hermit’s every move in awe. They were amazed, they were captivated, they barely breathed.
For some moments the strange man stood there, and then, inch by inch, step by step, he advanced toward the tent. He seemed trying to hold back, yet there appeared to be some power dragging him toward the sleeping child.
For a while, the strange man stood there, and then, slowly but surely, he moved closer to the tent. It looked like he was trying to resist, but there seemed to be some force pulling him toward the sleeping child.
Frank's first thought was that the man might harm Fay, but the look on the face of the hermit told that he had no such intention. Into the tent he crept, and he knelt beside the bed on which little Fay was sleeping, gazing longingly into her pretty face. A sob came from the depths of his broad breast, and, finally, he stooped and lightly kissed the child's cheek. As he did so, the little girl murmured in her dreams:
Frank's first thought was that the man might hurt Fay, but the expression on the hermit's face showed he had no such intention. He crept into the tent and knelt beside the bed where little Fay was sleeping, gazing longingly at her pretty face. A sob escaped from deep within his broad chest, and finally, he leaned down and gently kissed the child's cheek. As he did, the little girl murmured in her dreams:
"Papa!"
"Dad!"
The hermit sprang up, leaped away, and, with a low cry of intense pain, fled into the darkness.[Pg 181]
The hermit jumped up, leaped away, and, with a soft cry of deep pain, ran into the darkness.[Pg 181]
CHAPTER XXVIII.
VANISHING OF LITTLE FAY.
For some moments after the strange man had disappeared the guide, the professor, and the boys sat staring into the darkness in the direction he had taken.
For a while after the strange man had vanished, the guide, the professor, and the boys sat staring into the darkness where he had gone.
"Wa-al, dog my cats!"
"Well, dog my cats!"
The exclamation came from Old Rocks, who had ceased to pull at the black pipe for the time being.
The shout came from Old Rocks, who had stopped tugging on the black pipe for the moment.
"Thot bates th' band!"
"Thot beats the band!"
Barney Mulloy could not express the astonishment he felt.
Barney Mulloy couldn't put into words the shock he felt.
"What can that mean?"
"What could that mean?"
Professor Scotch rose from the hammock, asking the question in a bewildered manner.
Professor Scotch got up from the hammock, asking the question in a confused way.
"I can tell you what it means," said Frank, also rising to his feet. "It seems to me there is but one explanation. Fay told me her father was not with her mother, that she had not seen him for a long time, and that her mamma cried when he went away. I believe there was some kind of trouble between the child's parents, and that the one who is known as the hermit, who calls himself 'the man without a name or a home,' is the father of that child."
"I can explain it," Frank said, also getting up. "It seems to me there's only one explanation. Fay told me her dad wasn't with her mom, that she hadn't seen him in a long time, and that her mom cried when he left. I believe there was some kind of trouble between her parents, and that the guy known as the hermit, who calls himself 'the man without a name or a home,' is that child's father."
"Wa-al," drawled Old Rocks, "you may be a tenderfoot an' a kid, but yer has a little hawse sense. Ef you ain't right, I'll chaw my boots fer terbacker!"
"Well," drawled Old Rocks, "you might be a newbie and a kid, but you've got a little horse sense. If I'm wrong, I'll chew my boots for tobacco!"
"It certainly seems that you are right, Frank," nodded the little professor. "The man was drawn into the camp by your songs, he was fascinated when he saw the sleeping child, and he fled, with a cry of pain, when she mur[Pg 182]mured 'papa.' Yes, it seems quite certain that the hermit is the child's father."
"It definitely looks like you're right, Frank," the little professor nodded. "The man was lured into the camp by your songs, he was captivated when he saw the sleeping child, and he ran away, crying out in pain, when she murmured 'papa.' Yes, it's pretty clear that the hermit is the child's father."
"Ef thet is right, things is comin' round sing'ler," said the guide. "Ef you kids hedn't seen ther Injuns crawlin' up on ther bufferler you wouldn't got inter ther scrape ye did; ef ye hedn't got inter thet scrape ye wouldn't found ther babby; if yer hedn't found ther babby it's likely she might hev starved ur bin eaten by wild critters; ef Frank hedn't sung them songs ther hermit w'u'dn't come inter camp; ef he hedn't come inter camp he w'u'dn't seen ther leetle gal; an' ef he hedn't seen ther leetle gal we'd never suspected he wuz her father."
"If that's true, everything is coming together," said the guide. "If you kids hadn't seen the Indians sneaking up on their buffalo, you wouldn't have gotten into the trouble you did; if you hadn't gotten into that trouble, you wouldn't have found the baby; if you hadn't found the baby, she might have starved or been eaten by wild animals; if Frank hadn't sung those songs, the hermit wouldn't have come into camp; if he hadn't come into camp, he wouldn't have seen the little girl; and if he hadn't seen the little girl, we would never have suspected he was her father."
This was an unusually long speech for Old Rocks, who was given to short, crusty sentences.
This was an unusually long speech for Old Rocks, who was known for his short, blunt sentences.
"Do you know where this man lives?" asked Scotch.
"Do you know where this guy lives?" asked Scotch.
"Wa-al, I dunno prezactly, but I reckon I kin find him ag'in."
"Well, I don't know exactly, but I think I can find him again."
"That is important; he must be found. The mother of this child must be taken to him. In that way a reunion may be brought about. Probably the unfortunate woman is quite distracted to-night. In the morning we will lose no time in finding her and restoring the child to her arms."
"That's important; he needs to be found. This child's mother has to be brought to him. That way, they can be reunited. It's likely that the poor woman is very upset tonight. In the morning, we won't waste any time finding her and bringing her child back to her."
For some time they sat about the fire, discussing the strange events of the day. Finally, all became sleepy, and it was decided that they had better "turn in."
For a while, they sat around the fire, talking about the weird things that had happened that day. Eventually, everyone started to feel sleepy, and they agreed it was time to "hit the hay."
As Old Rocks seemed to sleep "with one eye open," they had not found it necessary to have any one stand guard since he had been with them. No wild animal could come prowling about the camp without arousing the old fellow in a moment.
As Old Rocks seemed to sleep "with one eye open," they hadn't felt the need to have anyone stand guard since he joined them. No wild animal could wander around the camp without waking the old guy up instantly.
The fire was replenished, the flap of the tent left open, so the warmth might enter, as the nights were rather cool, and the party retired.
The fire was stoked, the flap of the tent was left open so the warmth could come in, since the nights were pretty cool, and the group settled in for the night.
Frank's slumber was dreamless, but he was finally aroused by being shaken fiercely.
Frank's sleep was undisturbed, but he was finally woken up by being shaken hard.
"Git up hyar!" commanded a snarling voice.
"Get up here!" ordered a growling voice.
In the twinkling of an eye he was wide awake and sitting up.
In the blink of an eye, he was wide awake and sitting up.
"What is the matter?" was the question that came from his lips, as, by the dim light that came from the dying fire, he recognized Old Rocks bending over him.
"What’s wrong?" was the question that slipped from his lips as, in the faint light from the dying fire, he recognized Old Rocks leaning over him.
"Ther dickens is ter pay!" grated the guide. "She's gone!"
"What's the deal!" snapped the guide. "It's over!"
"She? Who?"
"She? Who's that?"
"Ther leetle gal."
"The little girl."
"Fay?"
"Fay?"
"Yep."
"Yeah."
"Gone?"
"Missing?"
Frank was dazed. He looked around and saw Barney and the professor sitting up near at hand, but, sure enough, he could see nothing of the child.
Frank was bewildered. He looked around and saw Barney and the professor sitting close by, but he certainly couldn't see the child at all.
"Yep," nodded Old Rocks. "She ain't in this yar tent."
"Yep," nodded Old Rocks. "She’s not in this tent."
"But—but how——"
"But—how—"
"Dunno how she done it 'thout wakin' me, but she's gone."
"Dunno how she did it without waking me, but she's gone."
"It must be that the Hermit crept in here and kidnaped her."
"It has to be that the Hermit snuck in here and took her."
"Begorro!" cried Barney; "Oi belave thot is roight!"
"Wow!" cried Barney; "I believe that's right!"
"It seems reasonable," said the professor.
"It seems reasonable," the professor said.
"Whut d'yer think!" snarled Old Rocks; "fancy I'd snooze right along an' let anything like thet happen? Wa-al, I guess not! Dog my cats ef I know how it kem about, but there gal jest vanished."
"Whatcha think!" snarled Old Rocks; "you really think I'd just sit back and let something like that happen? Well, I guess not! I swear I don’t know how it happened, but that girl just vanished."
"She appeared like a fairy, and like a fairy she has disappeared," said Frank. "But she may be near the camp. We must lose no time in making a search for her."[Pg 184]
"She looked like a fairy, and just like a fairy, she's gone," Frank said. "But she might still be close to the camp. We need to act fast and start looking for her."[Pg 184]
"Right ye are!" cried Old Rocks, as he led the way from the tent.
"You're right!" shouted Old Rocks as he walked out of the tent.
Hastening outside, they called to the child, but received no answer.
Hurrying outside, they called to the child, but got no response.
"Wait a little," advised the guide, as he replenished the fire. "Don't go ter trompin' round yar too much. I wants ter look fer sign."
"Hang on a minute," said the guide, as he added more wood to the fire. "Don't wander around here too much. I need to look for signs."
In this emergency they knew it was best to rely on his judgment, and so they remained quiet, watching his movements.
In this emergency, they knew it was best to trust his judgment, so they stayed quiet, observing his actions.
Having started up the fire, the guide began looking for "sign." His eyes were keen, and it did not take him long to find what he sought.
Having started the fire, the guide began searching for "sign." His eyes were sharp, and it didn't take him long to find what he was looking for.
"Hyar's whar she left ther tent," he declared.
"Hyar's where she left the tent," he declared.
The others looked, but the ground told them nothing.
The others looked, but the ground gave them no clues.
"That's foolishness," said Professor Scotch, sharply. "You don't mean to say you can see anything here?"
"That's ridiculous," Professor Scotch said sharply. "You can't really be saying you see anything here?"
"Wa-al, thet's whut I mean. You're a tenderfut, an' so yer can't see anything. She wuzn't carried off."
"Well, that's what I mean. You're naïve, and so you can't see anything. She wasn't taken away."
"It is not likely she went away alone."
"It’s unlikely she left by herself."
"Likely or not, thet's whut she done."
"Likely or not, that's what she did."
Bending low, Old Rocks followed the trail as far as the light of the fire reached.
Bending down, Old Rocks followed the path as far as the firelight stretched.
"I reckon I kin torch her," he muttered.
"I think I can set her on fire," he muttered.
"What do you mean by torching her?" asked Scotch.
"What do you mean by torching her?" asked Scotch.
Old Rocks made no answer, but returned to the little pile of fuel he had accumulated. This he quickly pulled over, selecting several sticks. He thrust the end of one into the flames, and, in a few moments, had a lighted torch.
Old Rocks didn’t reply, but went back to the small stack of firewood he had gathered. He quickly grabbed a few sticks, pushed one end into the flames, and in a few moments, he had a lit torch.
"Git yer guns," he directed, "an' come erlong with me."
"Grab your guns," he said, "and come along with me."
They did so, with the exception of the professor, who[Pg 185] never touched a weapon if he could avoid it. However, he followed the others, and Old Rocks quickly took up the trail once more.
They did this, except for the professor, who[Pg 185] never used a weapon if he could help it. Still, he kept up with the others, and Old Rocks quickly picked up the trail again.
Frank was filled with anxiety for the safety of little Fay. He wondered greatly that the child should arise and creep from the tent without disturbing any one, and then flee into the darkness, but he did not doubt that Rocks had read the sign correctly.
Frank was filled with anxiety about little Fay's safety. He was really surprised that the child could get up and sneak out of the tent without waking anyone, only to run off into the darkness, but he didn’t doubt that Rocks had interpreted the signs correctly.
It almost seemed that the guide was able to follow the trail by scent, for he moved swiftly, bending low, and holding the torch close to the ground.
It almost seemed like the guide could follow the trail by smell, as he moved quickly, bending down and keeping the torch close to the ground.
In vain Frank looked for a footprint. The ground did not seem soft enough to yield such a mark, and still Old Rocks seldom hesitated a moment.
In vain, Frank searched for a footprint. The ground didn’t seem soft enough to leave a mark, and yet Old Rocks rarely hesitated for a moment.
Along the valley they went, stringing out one after the other, their hearts throbbing with anxiety.
Along the valley they walked, stretching out one after another, their hearts racing with anxiety.
In this manner they proceeded at least half a mile, and then they came to a stretch of timber. The trail led straight into the woods.
In this way, they moved forward for at least half a mile, and then they reached a section of woods. The path went directly into the forest.
Old Rocks growled and shook his head, and it was plain that he was quite as anxious as any of them.
Old Rocks growled and shook his head, making it clear that he was just as anxious as any of them.
For a moment they paused on the border of the strip of woods, while the guide got down on his hands and knees and closely inspected the trail.
For a moment, they stopped at the edge of the wooded area, while the guide knelt down and carefully examined the trail.
"Was she alone when she reached this spot?" asked Frank.
"Was she by herself when she got here?" asked Frank.
Old Rocks nodded.
Old Rocks agreed.
"It's ther dernedest thing I ever heerd of!" he grumbled. "How a little babby like thet should git up o' her own accord and go prowlin' off inter ther night gits me."
"It's the weirdest thing I ever heard of!" he grumbled. "How a little baby like that could get up on her own and wander off into the night just baffles me."
"It is ridiculous," said Professor Scotch. "Such a thing never happened before, and I can't believe it happened on this occasion. Why, she would have been[Pg 186] frightened out of her senses. Somebody must have lured her away. That man you call the Hermit must have done it, and I will wager something she joined him as soon as she left the tent."
"It’s ridiculous," said Professor Scotch. "This has never happened before, and I can't believe it happened this time. She would have been[Pg 186] terrified. Someone must have lured her away. That guy you call the Hermit must have done it, and I bet she joined him as soon as she left the tent."
The guide gave a snort.
The guide snorted.
"Thet's enough to say I'm a derned fool! Ef ther babby left a trail, you will allow ther man must hev done ther same."
"Thet's enough to say I'm a darn fool! If the baby left a trail, you’ll agree the man must have done the same."
"Of course he did."
"Definitely, he did."
"Wa-al, looker yere. Hyar's a bit o' soft ground, an' you kin see whar she crossed over, but I'll be derned ef you kin see any track but ther ones she made."
"Well, look here. Here's a bit of soft ground, and you can see where she crossed over, but I’ll be damned if you can see any tracks other than the ones she made."
He held the torch for them to examine the ground, and the tracks left by the child were plainly visible. It was true that she had passed into the timber alone.
He held the flashlight for them to look at the ground, and the tracks left by the child were clearly visible. It was true that she had gone into the woods alone.
"There's a mystery about this that I cannot understand," murmured Frank.
"There's something about this that I just can't figure out," Frank whispered.
"It looks loike she wur a sure enough fairy," said Barney. "Av not thot, thin this is th' Ould Nick's oun worruk!"
"It looks like she was definitely a fairy," said Barney. "If I didn't think that, then this is the Old Nick's own work!"
At this moment all were startled by a cry that came from the timber—the cry of a child, broken and smothered.
At that moment, everyone was startled by a cry that came from the woods—the cry of a child, choked and muffled.
Old Rocks straightened up, and the light of the torch fell on four pale, startled faces.
Old Rocks straightened up, and the torchlight illuminated four pale, surprised faces.
"Something has happened to her!" panted Frank. "Forward, man, forward! She may have been attacked by a wild beast!"
"Something's happened to her!" Frank gasped. "Come on, man, let’s go! She might have been attacked by a wild animal!"
In another instant the guide was striding swiftly along the trail, making it necessary for the others to run in order to keep up with him.
In no time, the guide was walking quickly along the trail, forcing the others to jog to keep up with him.
They penetrated the timber for a considerable distance, and then, of a sudden, Old Rocks stopped short,[Pg 187] stooping low to stare at the ground, grinding an exclamation of dismay through his teeth.
They pushed into the woods for quite a while, and then suddenly, Old Rocks came to a halt,[Pg 187] bending down to look at the ground, muttering an expression of frustration under his breath.
"What is it?" demanded Frank fearing the worst.
"What is it?" Frank asked, fearing the worst.
After a hasty survey of the ground, the guide replied:
After quickly looking over the area, the guide responded:
"Injuns! Ther leetle gal has been ketched by ther p'izen varmints, sure as shootin'!"[Pg 188]
"Injuns! The little girl has been caught by those poisonous creatures, for sure!"[Pg 188]
CHAPTER XXIX.
FACE TO FACE.
"Th' saints defind her!" cried Barney.
"Thank goodness for the saints!" cried Barney.
"Indians?" panted Frank. "Are you sure?"
"Indians?" Frank gasped. "Are you positive?"
"Wa-al, I reckon! Hyar's ther marks. See them hoof prints thar. Notice they toe in. Thet is Injun sign."
"Well, I guess! Here's the evidence. See those hoof prints there? Notice how they point inward. That's a sign of a Native American."
"I—I think we had better return to the camp at once," fluttered Professor Scotch.
"I think we should head back to the camp right away," Professor Scotch said nervously.
"Not much!" exclaimed Frank, fiercely. "If she has fallen into the hands of those red wretches, we must follow them and rescue her."
"Not much!" Frank exclaimed, fiercely. "If she’s fallen into the hands of those red scoundrels, we have to track them down and save her."
Old Rocks nodded.
Old Rocks agreed.
"You talk all right, youngster; but I reckon yer sand would ooze out on a pinch. All ther same, we must foller ther skunks."
"You're talking a big game, kid; but I bet when it comes down to it, you wouldn't hold up under pressure. Still, we need to track down those jerks.
"Go on!" came from Barney. "Begobs! we'll show yez av we've got sand!"
"Go on!" shouted Barney. "Honestly! We'll show you if we've got grit!"
"But I am not feeling well," protested the professor.
"But I'm not feeling well," protested the professor.
"Then ye'd better go back," snarled Old Rocks. "You'll be more bother then good, anyhow."
"Then you’d better go back," sneered Old Rocks. "You’ll just be more trouble than anything else, anyway."
"I—I can't go back through the darkness. I should lose my way. You must accompany me to the camp."
"I—I can't go back through the dark. I would get lost. You need to come with me to the camp."
"An' waste all thet time? Wa-al, I ruther guess not! Time is too valuable just now."
"And waste all that time? Well, I’d rather not! Time is too valuable right now."
"This is a terrible scrape!" fluttered Scotch. "I expect we'll all be killed before we get out of it!"
"This is a terrible mess!" panicked Scotch. "I bet we'll all be killed before we get out of this!"
The guide seemed to hesitate, casting a sidelong look at the professor, as if he longed to get rid of the man in some way, but did not know how.[Pg 189]
The guide appeared to hesitate, glancing sideways at the professor, as if he wanted to find a way to lose the man but wasn't sure how.[Pg 189]
"I kin do as much erlone as I kin with ther hull o' yer," he finally said. "I reckons ye'd best all go back."
"I can do as much alone as I can with all of you," he finally said. "I think you’d all better go back."
"I guess not!" cried Frank. "I am with you through thick and thin! You will remember that I found the child, and she called herself my fairy. It is my duty to help rescue her."
"I guess not!" shouted Frank. "I'm with you no matter what! You’ll remember that I found the kid, and she called herself my fairy. It’s my responsibility to help save her."
"Wa-al, I 'lows ye'll stick ter thet," growled Old Rocks; "an' so I'll hev ter take yer erlong."
"Well, I guess you'll stick to that," growled Old Rocks; "so I'll have to take you along."
"An' Oi'm wid him, begobs!"
"And I'm with him, for sure!"
But the guide would not agree to that.
But the guide didn't agree to that.
"Somebody's got ter go back ter camp an' look out fer things," he said. "I reckons you an' ther professor is ther ones."
"Someone needs to go back to camp and keep an eye on things," he said. "I think you and the professor are the ones."
Barney groaned.
Barney sighed.
"Profissor, can't yez go alone?" he asked. "It's nivver a chance have Oi had ter take a hand in a bit av a ruction loately, av ye will except th' chance Oi had th' doay."
"Professor, can't you go alone?" he asked. "I've never had the chance to be involved in any trouble lately, if you count the opportunity I had that day."
But Professor Scotch had no fancy to return through the darkness to the camp, and he insisted that Barney should accompany him. The Irish boy was forced to succumb, and he parted from Frank with the utmost reluctance and regret.
But Professor Scotch didn't want to head back to the camp through the darkness, and he insisted that Barney come with him. The Irish boy had no choice but to agree, and he separated from Frank with a lot of reluctance and sadness.
"We have fought an' bled togither," he said, "an' it's harrud to be parruted loike this."
"We've fought and bled together," he said, "and it's hard to be treated like this."
In a short time Barney and the professor were returning to the camp, while, with Frank Merriwell at his heels, Old Rocks again took up the trail.
In no time, Barney and the professor were heading back to the camp, while Old Rocks resumed the trail with Frank Merriwell right behind him.
Frank marveled at the swiftness with which Old Rocks swung over the ground.
Frank marveled at how quickly Old Rocks moved across the ground.
Through the timber they made their way, and then through a narrow ravine, and four or five miles had been covered before the guide paused to speak.
Through the woods they traveled, then through a narrow ravine, and they had gone four or five miles before the guide stopped to speak.
"They're makin' straight fer ther lake," he said. "I don't like that."
"They're heading straight for the lake," he said. "I don't like that."
"Ef ther p'izen varmints has canoes—wa-al, we won't be liable ter foller 'em farther than ther lake."
"if those pesky creatures have canoes—well, we won't be responsible for chasing them any farther than the lake."
"That is true. We will hope they have no canoes."
"That's true. Let's hope they don't have any canoes."
Onward they went once more, Old Rocks having lighted a fresh torch, which left but one remaining.
Onward they went again, Old Rocks lighting a new torch, leaving only one left.
The night was on the wane. Already the sounds of the middle night were hushed. The owls had stopped their hooting, and now, on noiseless wing, were making their last hunting rounds before day should come.
The night was coming to an end. The sounds of the late night had faded. The owls had ceased their hooting, and now, silently gliding, were making their final hunting rounds before daylight arrived.
Afar on the side of a mountain a wolf was howling like a dog baying to the moon. The stars which filled the sky seemed to prophesy of dawn.
A distance away on the side of a mountain, a wolf was howling like a dog barking at the moon. The stars that filled the sky seemed to signal the coming of dawn.
Bending low, now and then swinging his torch to fan it into a stronger flame, Old Rocks almost raced along the trail, while the boy at his heels kept close.
Bending down, occasionally swinging his torch to boost the flame, Old Rocks hurried down the trail, with the boy right behind him staying close.
They were like two tongueless hounds upon a hot scent.
They were like two silent dogs following a strong trail.
And thus they came, at last, to the lake.
And so, they finally arrived at the lake.
Not a word did Old Rocks say for several minutes, but he moved up and down the shore, reading the "sign," while his companion waited with the greatest anxiety.
Not a word did Old Rocks say for several minutes, but he moved up and down the shore, reading the "sign," while his companion waited with the greatest anxiety.
At length, with a grated exclamation of rage and dismay, the man flung himself on the ground.
At last, with a gritted exclamation of anger and shock, the man threw himself on the ground.
"It's jest as I feared," he growled. "Ther onery varmints hed canoes hid hyar, an' we kin trail 'em no farther."
"It’s just as I feared," he growled. "Those pesky critters had canoes hidden here, and we can’t track them any further."
"Then what can we do?" fluttered the discomfited boy.
"Then what can we do?" the embarrassed boy asked.
"Northin' but wait fer daylight."
"Nothing but wait for daylight."
Now on the still air very faintly was heard a distant tone of music; a sweet whistle, at first low, rising and falling, and then gradually becoming more distinct. It came nearer and nearer till it seemed to fill the air all about, and then, looking upward, they saw dark forms flitting between them and the stars.
Now on the still air, a distant tone of music was faintly heard; a sweet whistle, initially soft, rising and falling, and then gradually becoming clearer. It came closer and closer until it seemed to fill the air around them, and then, looking up, they saw dark shapes fluttering between them and the stars.
The musical note passed on, receded, grew fainter and fainter, till, at last, it died out in the distance.
The musical note lingered, faded, and became softer and softer until, finally, it completely disappeared in the distance.
From the lake came a far-off trumpet call, and then another—the mellow note of the wild geese.
From the lake came a distant trumpet call, and then another—the smooth sound of the wild geese.
The world was awakening; the day was near.
The world was waking up; the day was almost here.
The stars were growing paler now. In the eastern sky was a bit of gray, which slowly broadened, pushing upward and blotting out the stars.
The stars were fading now. There was a patch of gray in the eastern sky that slowly spread, rising up and covering the stars.
Where all before was dark, the morning twilight began to show the black forms of things.
Where everything was dark before, the morning light started to reveal the dark shapes of objects.
The outlines of tree trunks could be seen, and they seemed to stand like ghosts, reaching out shadowy arms, as if feeling their way through the dimness.
The shapes of tree trunks were visible, and they looked like ghosts, extending shadowy limbs, as if trying to navigate through the darkness.
The birds which through the long night had slept in the low bushes were beginning to chirp and flutter.
The birds that had slept in the low bushes all night were starting to chirp and flutter.
All at once, Old Rocks started and clutched Frank's arm.
All of a sudden, Old Rocks jumped and grabbed Frank's arm.
"Listen!" he whispered.
"Hey, listen!" he whispered.
The sound of footsteps told them some one was approaching.
The sound of footsteps indicated that someone was getting closer.
"Back!" whispered the guide, leading the way. "We must see who ther critter is, an' he musn't see us."
"Back!" whispered the guide, leading the way. "We have to see who that creature is, and he can't see us."
Hastily they drew into the deep shadows, holding their rifles ready for use in case they should need them.
Hastily, they slipped into the deep shadows, keeping their rifles ready in case they needed to use them.
Nearer and nearer came the footsteps, and then the dark figure of a man appeared, advancing through the dusky darkness.
Nearer and nearer came the footsteps, and then the dark figure of a man appeared, moving through the dimness.
The man was alone, and he halted on the shore of the lake, within a short distance of the crouching man and boy. They saw him bow his head on his breast and stand there in silence.
The man was alone, and he stopped at the edge of the lake, not far from the crouching man and boy. They watched him lower his head to his chest and stand there quietly.
Several minutes passed. At last, the unknown lifted his head, stretched out his arms, and uttered a long, mournful cry that seemed to come from a breaking heart.
Several minutes went by. Finally, the stranger lifted his head, stretched out his arms, and let out a long, sorrowful cry that felt like it came from a breaking heart.
Old Rocks rose and glided swiftly and silently toward[Pg 192] the stranger, who did not hear him approach. The guide's hand dropped on the man's shoulder, and he said:
Old Rocks rose and moved quickly and quietly toward[Pg 192] the stranger, who didn’t notice him coming. The guide's hand landed on the man's shoulder, and he said:
"Hello, Hermit. Whatever be yer doin' hyar?"
"Hello, Hermit. What are you doing here?"
The strange man turned, and Frank saw that it was indeed the Hermit of the Yellowstone.
The strange man turned, and Frank realized it was actually the Hermit of the Yellowstone.
"Doing?" he said, hoarsely. "I am seeking rest—seeking rest! I'll never find it till I rest in the grave!"
"Doing?" he said, his voice rough. "I'm looking for peace—looking for peace! I won’t find it until I rest in the grave!"
"You must hev a derned bad liver, or somethin' o' ther sort," sneered Old Rocks. "I don't understand a critter like you none whatever."
"You must have a seriously bad liver or something like that," scoffed Old Rocks. "I don't get a creature like you at all."
"I do not expect you to understand me. You do not know my story. If I were to tell you——"
"I don’t expect you to understand me. You don’t know my story. If I were to tell you—"
"We ain't got time ter listen; but I'll tell you a leetle story. You know ther babby-gal whut yer saw at our camp?"
"We don't have time to listen, but I'll share a little story. You know the baby girl you saw at our camp?"
The hermit bowed, and then, as if a suspicion of the truth had flashed over him, he fiercely grasped the guide with both hands, hoarsely demanding:
The hermit bowed, and then, as if a hint of the truth had struck him, he grabbed the guide with both hands and hoarsely demanded:
"Has anything happened to her? Tell me—tell me quick!"
"Has something happened to her? Tell me—tell me fast!"
With a few well-chosen words, Old Rocks told exactly what had happened. The hermit seemed overcome with horror and dismay.
With a few carefully selected words, Old Rocks explained exactly what had happened. The hermit appeared to be overwhelmed with fear and distress.
"She must be saved!"
"She needs to be saved!"
"You're right; but how wuz we ter foller ther red varmints 'thout a canoe. Now they hev got clean away."
"You're right; but how were we supposed to follow the red creatures without a canoe? Now they've gotten away completely."
"I will find her!" cried the hermit, with one hand uplifted, as if registering a vow. "I will find her and restore her to—hold! How did she happen to be with you?"
"I'll find her!" shouted the hermit, raising one hand as if making a vow. "I'll find her and bring her back to—wait! How did she end up with you?"
A further explanation was in order. Frank told how Fay had appeared in time to save himself and Barney from being attacked by Half Hand and the Blackfeet, what she had told them, how they had taken her to the[Pg 193] camp, and how Old Rocks had agreed to find her mother with the coming of another day.
A further explanation was needed. Frank described how Fay had shown up just in time to save him and Barney from being attacked by Half Hand and the Blackfeet, what she had said to them, how they had brought her to the[Pg 193] camp, and how Old Rocks had promised to find her mother with the arrival of a new day.
The guide and the boy believed the Hermit must be little Fay's father, and they watched him closely as he listened. When Frank had finished, the strange man eagerly asked:
The guide and the boy thought the Hermit had to be little Fay's father, and they kept a close eye on him as he listened. When Frank was done, the mysterious man quickly asked:
"Her name—her full name—did you learn it?"
"Did you find out her name—her full name?"
"No. She told us her name was Fay, and that her mother sometimes called her Fairy Fay; but we were unable to learn her last name."
"No. She told us her name was Fay, and that her mom sometimes called her Fairy Fay; but we couldn't find out her last name."
"From whut we saw in ther camp, we allowed as how it wuz likely you hed seen ther babby afore, an' you knowed her proper name," insinuated Old Rocks.
"From what we saw in their camp, we figured you had probably seen the baby before, and you knew her real name," suggested Old Rocks.
The Hermit did not answer the implied question.
The Hermit didn’t respond to the unspoken question.
"Come," he said, "follow me. I have a canoe."
"Come on," he said, "follow me. I have a canoe."
"I s'pose we can't do any wuss," mumbled Old Rocks; "though I don't prezactly know how we're goin' ter trail them critters through ther warter."
"I suppose we can’t do any worse," mumbled Old Rocks; "though I don’t exactly know how we’re going to track those creatures through the water."
The Hermit moved along at a swinging stride, and they followed him through the morning twilight.
The Hermit walked at a steady pace, and they followed him through the morning dimness.
Less than half a mile had been covered when the man in advance suddenly paused, uttering an exclamation of surprise.
Less than half a mile had been covered when the man in front suddenly stopped, exclaiming in surprise.
Straight ahead, amid the trees of a little grove on the shore, they beheld the snowy outlines of a tent.
Straight ahead, among the trees of a small grove by the shore, they saw the white shape of a tent.
In a little park beyond the camp could be seen the dusky outlines of horses feeding. Close to the open flap of the tent two dogs were curled, both sleeping soundly, so silent had been the approach of the trio.
In a small park beyond the camp, the dark shapes of horses could be seen grazing. Near the open flap of the tent, two dogs were curled up, both sleeping peacefully, so quiet had been the approach of the trio.
The light in the eastern sky was getting a pink tinge, and, with each passing moment, objects could be seen more distinctly.
The light in the eastern sky was turning pink, and with every passing moment, things could be seen more clearly.
A tiny column of blue smoke rose from the white ashes of the camp-fire, telling that a brand still smoldered there.
A small column of blue smoke rose from the white ashes of the campfire, indicating that a log was still smoldering there.
There was a stir within the tent. There were muffled[Pg 194] grunts, a yawn or two, the rustle of clothing, faint sounds of footsteps, and then the flap of the tent was flung wide open, and a man came out into the morning air. He paused and stretched his limbs, standing so the trio obtained a fair view of him.
There was a commotion inside the tent. There were muted[Pg 194] grunts, a couple of yawns, the sound of clothes rustling, quiet footsteps, and then the tent flap was thrown wide open, and a man stepped out into the morning air. He stopped and stretched his arms and legs, positioning himself so the three of them could see him clearly.
With a sudden, hoarse cry, the Hermit rushed forward and confronted the man.
With a sudden, hoarse shout, the Hermit rushed forward and faced the man.
"Foster Fairfax!" he shouted, with savage joy; "at last we are face to face!"[Pg 195]
"Foster Fairfax!" he yelled, filled with fierce joy; "finally, we’re face to face!"[Pg 195]
CHAPTER XXX.
SEARCH FOR THE TRAIL.
"Preston March!"
"Preston March!"
The man who had just stepped out of the tent fell back, a look of astonishment, not unmingled with fear, on his face.
The man who had just stepped out of the tent stumbled back, his face showing a mix of shock and fear.
"Yes, Preston March!" cried the Hermit. "You know me, and I know you, treacherous friend, base scoundrel that you are!"
"Yes, Preston March!" yelled the Hermit. "You know me, and I know you, deceitful friend, lowlife that you are!"
The man called Foster Fairfax lifted his hands, as if to ward off a blow.
The man named Foster Fairfax raised his hands, as if to deflect a punch.
"Preston, it was a mistake—a fearful mistake."
"Preston, it was a mistake—a really bad mistake."
"For you—yes! I have sworn by the heavens above to have your life if fate ever threw you across my path. I shall keep that oath!"
"For you—yes! I’ve sworn by the heavens above to take your life if fate ever puts you in my way. I’ll keep that promise!"
"I expect it."
"I anticipate it."
"Then draw your weapon, and defend yourself! I shall not murder you in cold blood. Draw, draw!"
"Then take out your weapon and defend yourself! I won’t kill you in cold blood. Draw, draw!"
"No! Shoot, if you will! I'll never lift a hand against you."
"No! Go ahead, shoot! I’ll never raise a hand against you."
"Coward?"
"Chicken?"
The Hermit was quivering with fury, while the face of the other man was still ghastly white.
The Hermit was shaking with anger, while the other man's face was still a deathly white.
Other men came from the tent, rubbing their eyes, all of them very much surprised. One of them attempted to intervene.
Other men emerged from the tent, rubbing their eyes, all looking quite surprised. One of them tried to step in.
"Here!" he cried, addressing the Hermit; "what do you mean by coming into this camp and raising such a row? Are you insane? You are not going to do any shooting here!"[Pg 196]
"Hey!" he shouted, looking at the Hermit. "What are you doing coming into this camp and making such a fuss? Are you crazy? You’re not going to start shooting here!"[Pg 196]
Old Rocks strode forward, Frank Merriwell at his heels.
Old Rocks walked ahead, with Frank Merriwell right behind him.
"I'll allow as how the Hermit has fair play," said the guide, grimly. "He ain't alone in this yar deal."
"I'll admit that the Hermit has a fair chance," said the guide, grimly. "He's not the only one involved in this situation."
"Who are you?" demanded the man, haughtily. "Are we to be assailed by a band of desperadoes?"
"Who are you?" the man asked arrogantly. "Are we going to be attacked by a group of outlaws?"
"None whatever. I'm hyar ter see fair play. I'll allow thar's some deeficulty atwixt these yere gents, an' ther Hermit feels like settlin' right now an' yere."
"Not at all. I'm here to see fair play. I know there’s some trouble between these guys, and the Hermit feels like sorting it out right here and now."
"It is an outrage! You have no right to come here and make trouble. Fairfax, if that ruffian touches you——"
"It’s outrageous! You have no right to come here and cause trouble. Fairfax, if that thug lays a hand on you——"
Foster Fairfax motioned the speaker to be silent.
Foster Fairfax signaled for the speaker to be quiet.
"This man is not a ruffian," he declared, speaking as calmly as possible. "There is a misunderstanding between us. I have wronged him, and he has a right to seek satisfaction."
"This man isn't a thug," he stated, trying to stay as calm as he could. "There's been a misunderstanding between us. I've done him wrong, and he has the right to seek justice."
The man's companions were astonished by his words. They looked at him in a dazed way.
The man's friends were shocked by what he said. They stared at him in disbelief.
Even the Hermit seemed a trifle surprised, but he said:
Even the Hermit seemed a bit surprised, but he said:
"It is true, and I demand satisfaction. Draw and defend yourself, Fairfax!"
"It’s true, and I want satisfaction. Draw your weapon and defend yourself, Fairfax!"
"No; you have not wronged me. Here, March—here is my heart! Shoot! You cannot miss it at this distance."
"No, you haven't hurt me. Here, March—here's my heart! Go ahead and shoot! You can't miss it from this distance."
Preston March, the Hermit of Yellowstone Park, half lifted the weapon which he had drawn. Then he fell back a step, hoarsely saying:
Preston March, the Hermit of Yellowstone Park, half-raised the weapon he had taken out. Then he stepped back, his voice hoarse as he said:
"Would you put a curse upon me by making me a murderer? You have a weapon. Draw it, and we will play fair and even. It shall be a duel to the death at twenty paces. One of us shall die! The other can go back to——"
"Are you really going to curse me by turning me into a murderer? You have a weapon. Draw it, and let's fight fairly. It’ll be a duel to the death at twenty paces. One of us will die! The other can go back to——"
"Hold! Speak not the name here! I tell you, Pres[Pg 197]ton, there was a blunder—a frightful blunder. If you will listen——"
"Stop! Don’t say that name here! I'm telling you, Pres[Pg 197]ton, there was a mistake—a terrible mistake. If you’ll just listen——"
"You will tell me a mess of lies. A man who would deceive his best friend as you deceived me would not hesitate to lie with his last breath!"
"You'll just feed me a bunch of lies. A guy who could betray his best friend like you did me wouldn't think twice about lying on his deathbed!"
"You shall judge if I lie. If you demand that I meet you, I demand that you first listen to my explanation."
"You can decide if I'm lying. If you want me to meet you, I want you to hear my explanation first."
"If I must——"
"If I have to——"
"On no other condition will I meet you."
"Under no circumstances will I meet you."
"But there are others to hear. Will you speak before them?"
"But there are others listening. Will you speak to them?"
"No. Come aside where no one but ourselves may hear."
"No. Step over here where it's just us, and no one else can hear."
The Hermit bowed, and they walked away, keeping several feet apart.
The Hermit nodded, and they walked away, staying a few feet apart.
"Wa-al," drawled Old Rocks, "we don't seem ter be in thet none whatever, an' so we'd best make ourselves easy."
"Well," drawled Old Rocks, "we don’t seem to be in that at all, so we’d better just relax."
He flung himself down upon the ground, produced his black pipe and a plug of tobacco, and began preparing for a smoke, whittling off the tobacco with his bowie-knife.
He threw himself down on the ground, pulled out his black pipe and a chunk of tobacco, and started getting ready to smoke, carving off pieces of the tobacco with his bowie knife.
The campers drew aside and talked among themselves, regarding their uninvited visitors with suspicion, which did not disturb the guide at all.
The campers stepped aside and talked among themselves, eyeing their unexpected visitors with suspicion, which didn't bother the guide at all.
Frank was restless. He walked up and down, keeping his eyes on Fairfax and the Hermit, who had halted at a distance and were talking earnestly.
Frank was feeling fidgety. He paced back and forth, keeping an eye on Fairfax and the Hermit, who had stopped at a distance and were having a serious conversation.
In the east the streaky clouds had flushed to a deep red and paled again to richest gold. To the west the mighty mountains which rose beyond the lake were wrapped in garments of rose. The light of day had spread itself over all the heavens, and the sun was shooting glittering glances above the horizon.
In the east, the streaky clouds turned a deep red and then faded to a rich gold. To the west, the towering mountains beyond the lake were draped in shades of pink. The light of day had spread across the sky, and the sun was casting sparkling glances above the horizon.
The campers began to move about. Wood was piled[Pg 198] upon the ashes where the last embers of the old fire still smoldered, and the crackling of a match was followed by a blaze.
The campers started to stir. Wood was stacked[Pg 198] on the ashes where the last embers of the old fire were still glowing, and the sound of a match being struck was followed by a flame.
Some of the campers prepared breakfast, while one of them approached Old Rocks, whom he questioned concerning the Hermit.
Some of the campers made breakfast, while one of them went over to Old Rocks and asked him about the Hermit.
"Yer know purty derned nigh ez much 'bout him ez I do," grunted the guide. "All I know is thet he's bin hyar in ther park fer ther last y'ar ur so. Some galoots has said as how he wuz cracked in ther upper story, but I'll allow thet's a mistake. Yer heard t'other gent admit thet he'd done the Hermit a crooked turn, an' I reckons thet's whut makes ther Hermit whut he is. Now I've tol' yer whutever I know 'bout ther Hermit, mebbe ye'll give me a few p'ints 'bout t'other gent?"
"You know about him just as much as I do," the guide grunted. "All I know is that he's been here in the park for the last year or so. Some people have said he's a bit off in the head, but I think that's not true. You heard that other guy admit that he did the Hermit wrong, and I think that's what makes the Hermit who he is. Now that I've told you everything I know about the Hermit, maybe you could share a few details about the other guy?"
"We know nothing in particular of him, save that he seems to be a man of leisure and means, rather melancholy, given to fits of despondency, followed by spells of wild hilarity."
"We don't know much about him, except that he appears to be a wealthy man with plenty of free time, somewhat sad, prone to bouts of depression, followed by periods of wild happiness."
A queer look came into the guide's eye, and he asked:
A strange look appeared in the guide's eye, and he asked:
"How much o' it does he drink a day?"
"How much of it does he drink in a day?"
"How much what?"
"How much for what?"
"Hilarity. Does he kerry it in quart bottles, or by ther gallon?"
"Hilarity. Does he carry it in quart bottles, or by the gallon?"
"He does drink at times," admitted the camper; "but he declares that he hates liquor, and I believe him. He seems to take it to drown memory."
"He does drink occasionally," the camper admitted; "but he insists that he hates alcohol, and I believe him. It seems like he drinks to forget."
"Wa-al, he may drown memory fer an hour ur so, but he'll find it comes back a derned sight harder when he lets up on drinkin'."
"Well, he might forget for an hour or so, but he'll find that it comes back a whole lot stronger when he stops drinking."
Rocks lighted his pipe, settled himself into a comfortable position, and began to smoke.
Rocks lit his pipe, got comfortable, and started to smoke.
The fire was burning brightly, and a blackened coffee-pot was brought forth. As soon as there were some coals, the pot was placed upon them, and it soon began to[Pg 199] simmer and send forth a delightful odor, making Frank ravenously hungry.
The fire was blazing, and a charred coffee pot was brought out. Once there were some coals, the pot was set on top, and it quickly started to [Pg 199] simmer and release a wonderful aroma, leaving Frank extremely hungry.
Old Rocks was hungry, but he showed no symptom of it, smoking on indifferently, all the while keeping an eye on the Hermit and Fairfax.
Old Rocks was hungry, but he didn’t show it at all, casually smoking while keeping an eye on the Hermit and Fairfax.
Frank offered to pay for something to eat and a cup of coffee; but the campers declined to take anything, telling him he was welcome. They then offered Old Rocks something, and the guide accepted gracefully.
Frank offered to pay for something to eat and a cup of coffee, but the campers turned him down, saying he was welcome to join them. They then offered Old Rocks something, and the guide accepted it graciously.
For nearly an hour the Hermit and Foster Fairfax talked. The manner of both became subdued, and the strange man of the park seemed to have lost his desire to meet Fairfax in a deadly encounter.
For almost an hour, the Hermit and Foster Fairfax talked. Both of them became more subdued, and the strange man from the park seemed to have lost his desire to face Fairfax in a deadly confrontation.
All at once they parted, and the Hermit hurried away, while Fairfax walked back toward the camp.
All of a sudden, they separated, and the Hermit quickly left, while Fairfax walked back to the camp.
Old Rocks shouted to the Hermit, but the man paid no heed to the call.
Old Rocks shouted to the Hermit, but the man didn’t pay any attention to the call.
"Come, youngster," said the guide, getting on his feet and picking up his rifle. "We'd best foller thet critter. He said he hed a chance, an' thet wuz whut we wuz arter."
"Come on, kid," the guide said, standing up and grabbing his rifle. "We should follow that animal. He said he had a lead, and that was what we were after."
Frank thanked the campers for their hospitality, and then hastened after Old Rocks, who was striding away after the Hermit, who had already vanished from view.
Frank thanked the campers for their hospitality and quickly followed Old Rocks, who was walking away after the Hermit, who had already disappeared from sight.
"Whatever's got inter ther man?" growled the guide. "He seems ter hev clean fergot we're on earth."
"What's wrong with that man?" grumbled the guide. "He seems to have completely forgotten we're on Earth."
For at least a mile Old Rocks followed on the trail of the Hermit, and it finally ended at the shore of the lake, where it was seen that the man had taken a canoe.
For at least a mile, Old Rocks followed the Hermit's trail, which finally led to the lake's shore, where it became clear that the man had taken a canoe.
And far out on the lake he was paddling swiftly away.
And way out on the lake, he was paddling quickly away.
Putting his hands to his mouth, the guide sent a call across the water:
Putting his hands to his mouth, the guide shouted a call across the water:
"Oh, Hermit!"
"Oh, Hermit!"
The man paddled on without looking back. Rocks[Pg 200] repeated the cry several times, but without apparent effect, and then gave up in disgust.
The man kept paddling without looking back. Rocks[Pg 200] shouted his name several times, but it didn’t seem to make a difference, so he eventually stopped in frustration.
"I'll allow this is onery!" he growled, as he sat down and lighted his pipe once more. "Dog my cats ef it ain't!"
"I'll admit this is annoying!" he grumbled, as he sat down and lit his pipe again. "I'll be damned if it isn't!"
Frank was disheartened.
Frank was feeling down.
"Poor little Fay!" he murmured, sadly. "What will become of her?"
"Poor little Fay!" he murmured, sadly. "What will happen to her?"
"We'll find her," declared Old Rocks, grimly. "We'll find her ef we hev ter tramp clean round this yar lake ter strike ther trail o' them p'izen Blackfeet!"
"We'll find her," declared Old Rocks, grimly. "We'll find her if we have to trek all the way around this lake to pick up the trail of those poisonous Blackfeet!"
"Do you think we can ever find their trail?"
"Do you think we can ever find their path?"
"Wa-al, I'll allow! Ain't we got ter find 'em? Ain't they got ter come ter shore somewhar? You bet yer boots! Old Rocks is on ther warpath, an' ther measly varmints want ter look out!"
"Well, I'll be! Don't we have to find them? Don't they have to come to shore somewhere? You bet your boots! Old Rocks is on the warpath, and the lousy varmints better watch out!"
The guide seemed very much in earnest, which gave Frank fresh hope. The boy was ready to spend any length of time in the search for the missing child.
The guide seemed really serious, which gave Frank new hope. The boy was willing to take as much time as needed to find the missing child.
Having smoked and meditated a short time, Old Rocks arose.
Having smoked and meditated for a short while, Old Rocks got up.
"Come," he said, and he struck out once more.
"Come on," he said, and he swung again.
Along the shore they went, the eyes of the guide always searching for the trail. Sometimes they were forced back from the water by steep bluffs and precipices, but the guide missed no places where the Indians could have landed.
Along the shore they traveled, the guide's eyes always scanning for the trail. Sometimes they had to pull back from the water due to steep cliffs and drop-offs, but the guide overlooked no spots where the Indians might have landed.
It was about midway in the forenoon that the trail was struck. The canoes were found craftily concealed, and in the soft ground near the lake were the imprints of tiny feet.
It was around mid-morning when they found the trail. The canoes were cleverly hidden, and in the soft ground near the lake were the footprints of small feet.
"Thar!" cried Old Rocks, looking at the marks; "thet shows we ain't on a wild-goose chase. Now we don't hold up none whatever till we overtakes ther p'izen skunks an' rescues ther gal. You hear me!"[Pg 201]
"Look there!" shouted Old Rocks, pointing at the marks. "That proves we’re not just wasting our time. Now we won't stop for anything until we catch those poisonous skunks and save the girl. You hear me!"[Pg 201]
"The grizzly folded Frank in his embrace, crushing the lad against his shaggy breast." (See page 205)
"The grizzly wrapped Frank in his arms, squeezing the guy against his furry chest." (See page 205)
CHAPTER XXXI.
A FIGHT WITH GRIZZLIES.
Frank found Old Rocks a hard man to follow, and the guide was amazed by the endurance of the boy.
Frank found Old Rocks a tough guy to keep up with, and the guide was impressed by the boy's stamina.
It was long past midday when Rocks sat down on a fallen tree, and filled his pipe.
It was well after noon when Rocks sat down on a fallen tree and filled his pipe.
"Say," he drawled, surveying his companion, "you beat all ther tenderfut kids I've ever seen, dog my cats ef you don't!"
"Say," he drawled, looking at his companion, "you outdo all the soft-hearted kids I've ever seen, no kidding!"
"How is that?" asked Frank, who was glad to have a few moments' respite. "What do you mean?"
"How’s that?" Frank asked, pleased to have a moment of break. "What do you mean?"
"Wa-al, I hev bin expectin' all along as how you'd peg out, but I'm derned ef you don't seem fresh as a daisy now!"
"Well, I've been expecting all along that you'd pass out, but I swear you look as fresh as a daisy now!"
"Oh, I am good for a few miles more," said the boy, smiling.
"Oh, I can go a few more miles," said the boy, smiling.
Rocks nodded.
Rocks agreed.
"Thet's whatever. You've got buckram; but I know yer ain't got sand. Tenderfeet never has any."
"That's whatever. You've got the appearance; but I know you don't have the guts. Softies never do."
"I don't suppose you have ever found any exceptions?"
"I don't think you've ever found any exceptions, have you?"
"Derned few! Now I've got somethin' ter say."
"Darn it! Now I've got something to say."
"Say it."
"Speak up."
"It's plain these yar red varmints are makin' a run fer it, kinder thinkin' they might be follered. It's liable ter be several days afore they're overtook."
"It's clear these red varmints are making a break for it, kind of thinking they might be followed. It’s likely to be several days before they’re caught."
"Well?"
"What's up?"
"Wa-al, we ain't fitted fer such a tramp."
"Well, we aren't suited for such a journey."
"What's that?" cried the boy in dismay. "You do not think of giving it up, do you?"[Pg 202]
"What's that?" the boy exclaimed in shock. "You aren't seriously thinking of giving it up, are you?"[Pg 202]
"Nary bit; but I kinder 'lowed you might feel thet way."
"Nah, not at all; but I kinda thought you might feel that way."
"I guess not!"
"I don't think so!"
"Stiddy! Don't be too quick. Wait till I tells yer whut yer may expect."
"Hold on! Don't rush. Wait until I tell you what you can expect."
"Go ahead."
"Go for it."
"Jest ez long ez I'm on this yar trail I shell keep up ther pace I hev bin makin' this day su fur."
"Just as long as I'm on this trail, I'll keep up the pace I've been making today so far."
"That is good."
"That's good."
"Huah! Think yer kin stan' it, eh? Wa-al, thet ain't all."
"Wow! Think you can handle it, huh? Well, that’s not everything."
"Give us the rest of it."
"Give us the rest of it."
"It'll be a case o' sleepin' in ther open, 'throut kiver, eatin' w'en yer kin, an' gittin' anything we kin shoot an' havin' it hafe cooked ur not cooked at all, an' lots o' other inconveniences thet'll make yer long fer ther comforts o' home."
"It'll be a case of sleeping outside, covering up with a blanket, eating when you're able, hunting for anything we can catch and having it half-cooked or not cooked at all, and dealing with a lot of other inconveniences that will make you long for the comforts of home."
"And you fancy I'll not be able to stand it?"
"And you think I won't be able to handle it?"
"I kinder 'lowed it'd be hard on a tender kid like you be."
"I thought it would be tough for a sensitive kid like you."
Frank had flung himself on the ground, but now he arose and faced the guide, speaking firmly and calmly:
Frank had thrown himself on the ground, but now he stood up and faced the guide, speaking confidently and calmly:
"Rocks, you heard the child say she'd be my fairy, you saw that she took to me, I sung her to sleep, and she clung to me. I will tell you now that I am ready to go through anything for Fairy Fay. She is in terrible danger. If she is not rescued, her fate is frightful to contemplate. I shall never rest till she is saved! I want to go along with you; but I shall continue the hunt alone, if you will not have me."
"Rocks, you heard the kid say she’d be my fairy, you saw how she took to me, I sang her to sleep, and she held onto me. I’m telling you now that I’m ready to do anything for Fairy Fay. She’s in serious danger. If she’s not rescued, her fate is too horrible to think about. I won’t rest until she’s safe! I want to come with you, but I’ll keep searching alone if you don’t want me with you."
The old fellow grunted sourly, and puffed away at the black pipe for some moments. At last, he got upon his feet and held out his hand to Frank.
The old guy grunted unhappily and puffed on his black pipe for a few moments. Finally, he got up and reached out his hand to Frank.
"Put ther thar!" he cried. "You talk all right; we'll see how yer pan out. You kin go erlong."[Pg 203]
"Put that there!" he shouted. "You talk a good game; we'll see how you do. You can go on now." [Pg 203]
They shook hands, and Frank was well satisfied.
They shook hands, and Frank felt content.
"You stay right yere by ther trail," directed the guide. "I'm goin' over yon a piece ter see ef thar is some mud geysers down thar. It's been some time sence I wuz in this yar part o' ther park, an' I wants ter git my bearin's. I'll be back yere directly, an' you kin be restin' meantime."
"You stay right here by the trail," the guide instructed. "I'm going over there for a bit to see if there are any mud geysers down there. It's been a while since I was in this part of the park, and I want to get my bearings. I'll be back here shortly, and you can rest in the meantime."
Frank felt like demurring, but he believed it best to do exactly as the guide directed, and so he nodded and sat down again, while Old Rocks strode away and soon disappeared.
Frank wanted to disagree, but he thought it was best to follow the guide's instructions, so he nodded and sat down again as Old Rocks walked away and soon vanished.
Nearly thirty minutes passed, and then, of a sudden, the boy was startled by the report of a rifle, the sound of the shot coming from the direction in which the guide had disappeared.
Nearly thirty minutes went by, and then suddenly, the boy was startled by the sound of a rifle shot coming from the direction where the guide had disappeared.
"I wonder what it can mean?" speculated Frank.
"I wonder what that could mean?" Frank thought.
He was uneasy. He knew the guide might have fired at some kind of small game, but for some reason he fancied such was not the case.
He felt uneasy. He knew the guide might have shot at some small game, but for some reason, he suspected that wasn’t true.
Was Old Rocks in trouble?
Is Old Rocks in trouble?
Catching up his rifle, Frank started on a run in the direction taken by the guide.
Catching up his rifle, Frank took off running in the direction the guide had gone.
Down into the valley he went, his eyes wide open. Suddenly, a short distance before him, there was a hissing, rushing roar, and a column of mud and water shot into the air.
Down into the valley he went, his eyes wide open. Suddenly, not far ahead of him, there was a hissing, rushing roar, and a column of mud and water shot up into the air.
There were the mud geysers Old Rocks had started out to look for.
There were the mud geysers that Old Rocks had set out to find.
Toward the geyser hurried Frank, still looking for his companion.
Toward the geyser rushed Frank, still searching for his companion.
Before the column of mud and water had ceased shooting into the air, Frank came upon a startling spectacle.
Before the column of mud and water had stopped shooting into the air, Frank encountered an unexpected sight.
Not far from the geysers Old Rocks was engaged in a hand-to-hand encounter with a huge grizzly bear![Pg 204]
Not far from the geysers, Old Rocks was in a close fight with a massive grizzly bear![Pg 204]
On the ground near by lay the body of another bear, telling how accurate had been the guide's first shot.
On the ground nearby lay the body of another bear, showing how precise the guide's first shot had been.
The guide was using his bowie knife, which was already stained with blood to the hilt.
The guide was using his Bowie knife, which was already stained with blood up to the hilt.
Frank did not hesitate about rushing straight toward the battling man and beast, and Old Rocks saw him coming.
Frank rushed straight toward the fighting man and beast without hesitation, and Old Rocks noticed him coming.
"Keerful, boy!" panted the man; "keerful with thet thar rifle! Don't shoot yere, fer yer might bore me."
"Careful, boy!" the man panted. "Be careful with that rifle! Don't shoot it here, or you might hit me."
"I won't hit you," promised Frank. "I will shoot the bear."
"I won't hit you," Frank promised. "I will shoot the bear."
"You don't know whar ter put yer lead, an' yer might fire a dozen bullets inter this varmint 'thout finishin' him."
"You don't know where to aim your shot, and you might fire a dozen bullets into this critter without taking him down."
It was evident that the old man was badly winded.
It was clear that the old man was out of breath.
Thus far he had avoided the bear's hug, but he could not hold out long. Barely had he uttered the last words when, with a sudden blow of one paw, the grizzly struck him to the ground.
Thus far, he had managed to avoid the bear's embrace, but he couldn't hold on much longer. Hardly had he finished speaking when, with a sudden swipe of one paw, the grizzly knocked him to the ground.
Frank rushed in, seeing the monster settle on all fours over Old Rocks.
Frank rushed in, watching the monster get down on all fours over Old Rocks.
"I'll fix him!" grated the boy, as he thrust the muzzle of his rifle almost against bruin's head and pulled the trigger.
"I'll take care of him!" the boy growled, as he shoved the muzzle of his rifle almost against the bear's head and pulled the trigger.
For the first time on record the weapon missed fire.
For the first time on record, the weapon misfired.
With a fierce growl, the bear whirled and knocked the rifle out of Frank's grasp.
With a fierce growl, the bear spun around and knocked the rifle out of Frank's hands.
In a dazed manner, Old Rocks saw everything.
In a confused state, Old Rocks saw everything.
"Ther kid's a goner!" thought the guide. "We're both done fer!"
"That kid's done for!" thought the guide. "We're both finished!"
Out Frank snapped a revolver, and then, taking a step toward the bear, he fired five bullets into the creature in marvelously rapid succession.
Out Frank pulled a revolver, and then, stepping toward the bear, he fired five shots into the animal in an impressively quick succession.
A roar came from the bear's throat, and the beast[Pg 205] reared on its hind feet, its jaws dripping blood and foam, and rushed upon the dauntless boy.
A roar came from the bear's throat, and the beast[Pg 205] stood up on its hind legs, its jaws dripping with blood and foam, and charged at the fearless boy.
Frank flung aside the revolver, just as Rocks struggled to a sitting posture, thickly crying:
Frank threw the revolver aside just as Rocks managed to sit up, crying heavily:
"Run, kid! run fer yer life!"
"Run, kid! Run for your life!"
"Not much!" came through Frank's set teeth. "Think I'd run and leave you to the bear! I guess not!"
"Not much!" Frank said through clenched teeth. "You think I'd just run away and leave you to the bear? No way!"
"Dog my cats!" murmured the guide, weakly.
"Curse my luck!" murmured the guide, weakly.
The bear, dripping blood from its many wounds, still fierce as a raging tiger, came at Frank. The boy dodged, managed to avoid the rush, and gave the beast a wicked stab with the knife.
The bear, covered in blood from its numerous wounds, just as fierce as an angry tiger, charged at Frank. The boy sidestepped, successfully evading the attack, and delivered a sharp stab to the creature with the knife.
"Dog my cats!" murmured the dazed guide once more.
"Dog my cats!" murmured the confused guide again.
Frank Merriwell's face bore a look of fearless determination, and he was ready for the bear to charge again.
Frank Merriwell's face showed a fearless determination, and he was ready for the bear to charge again.
It came.
It's here.
Frank tried to repeat the trick, slipped a bit, saw he could not escape, and then met the formidable beast.
Frank attempted to repeat the trick, lost his grip for a moment, realized he couldn’t get away, and then faced the intimidating beast.
"Now he is a goner!" gurgled Old Rocks, faintly.
"Now he's a goner!" gurgled Old Rocks weakly.
With outstretched paws the bear closed in.
With its paws stretched out, the bear moved closer.
Frank saw he was not going to be able to escape the hug, and he placed the haft of the knife against his own breast, with the point directed toward the bear.
Frank realized he wasn't going to be able to break free from the hug, so he pressed the handle of the knife against his own chest, with the tip aimed at the bear.
Uttering a great groan, it relaxed its hold, dropped on all fours, hung its head, and then sunk in a heap upon the ground, dying.
Uttering a deep groan, it let go, dropped onto all fours, hung its head, and then collapsed in a heap on the ground, dying.
Frank felt as if his ribs had been crushed, and he was covered with blood, but he had conquered.
Frank felt like his ribs had been shattered, and he was covered in blood, but he had won.
Old Rocks was so dazed that he sat on the ground, staring at the "tenderfoot kid," and faintly gasping:
Old Rocks was so stunned that he sat on the ground, staring at the "tenderfoot kid," and softly gasping:
Frank flung the knife to the ground, and then sat down, panting, in a desperate endeavor to get a full breath.
Frank threw the knife to the ground and then sat down, out of breath, desperately trying to catch his breath.
Old Rocks got up very slowly, stood looking at the dead bear some moments, and then looked at the boy.
Old Rocks got up very slowly, stood looking at the dead bear for a few moments, and then looked at the boy.
"This beats me!" he grunted. "Whoever heard o' a tenderfut doin' sech a thing! An' he didn't seem ter be scart a tall!"
"This confuses me!" he grunted. "Whoever heard of a softy doing something like that! And he didn't seem scared at all!"
Then he came nearer Frank, at whom he still stared.
Then he got closer to Frank, still staring at him.
"It ain't a mistake, none whatever. This yar kid done it, and he done it in great shape! Say, youngster."
"It’s not a mistake, not at all. This kid did it, and he did it well! Hey, kid."
"What?"
"What?"
"I wants ter 'polergize."
"I want to apologize."
"What for?"
"Why?"
"Fer sayin' tenderfeet never has sand. I'll take it all back. You've got sand enough fer anything, you hev! Do you know whut you done? Wa-al, a grizzly is harder ter kill then a hull tribe o' Injuns! I wuz dead lucky ter kill t'other one by a chance shot, an' I'd never done it ef I hedn't been so nigh ther muzzle o' my rifle wuz right up ag'in' ther varmint. You worked an old hunter's trick on him. Thet fust jab you gave ther whelp kinder spruced him up, an' he wuz ready ter crush ther stuffin' outer yer. By holdin' ther knife ez yer did, yer made him kill hisself. Guv us yer hand! I'll swar by you through thick and thin!"
"Forget what I said about tenderfeet never having any grit. I take it all back. You've got more than enough for anything, you really do! Do you know what you just did? Well, a grizzly is tougher to take down than a whole tribe of Indians! I was incredibly lucky to hit the other one with a lucky shot, and I wouldn't have done it if I hadn't been so close that the muzzle of my rifle was right up against the beast. You pulled an old hunter's trick on him. That first jab you gave the cub toughened him up, and he was ready to tear you apart. By holding the knife the way you did, you made him do himself in. Give us your hand! I swear by you through thick and thin!"
CHAPTER XXXII.
TRAILED DOWN.
"Ther trail's gittin' derned hot, boy!" said Old Rocks, near sunset. "Ther p'izen varmints can't be fur ahead."
"That trail is getting really hot, kid!" said Old Rocks, near sunset. "Those poisonous critters can't be far ahead."
They were passing through one of the wildest sections of the park. Mountains, capped with eternal snow, were on every hand. Their sides were seamed with mighty chasms and strewn with huge bowlders, many of which, it seemed, the weight of a hand would send crashing and thundering into the dark depths below.
They were going through one of the most untamed parts of the park. Mountains, covered in permanent snow, surrounded them. Their slopes were marked with huge canyons and scattered with enormous boulders, many of which seemed like even a light touch would send them crashing and booming into the dark depths below.
Some of the mountains bore traces of vegetation, pine and cedar showing darkly on many a jagged cliff. Some were bleak and barren, but none the less grand, impressive, and awe-inspiring.
Some of the mountains had hints of vegetation, with pine and cedar clearly visible on many jagged cliffs. Some were bare and desolate, but still grand, impressive, and awe-inspiring.
Amid these mountains were desolate canyons, which seemed to hold some dreadful secret locked fast in their silent bosoms.
Amid these mountains were empty canyons that seemed to hold a terrible secret trapped in their quiet depths.
Since the encounter with the grizzlies Old Rocks and Frank had paused to eat a square meal of bear-steak, and it had braced them for the tramp, so they were able to cover ground swiftly without fatigue or discomfort.
Since their encounter with the grizzlies, Old Rocks and Frank had stopped to eat a hearty meal of bear steak, which had energized them for the hike, allowing them to cover the distance quickly without getting tired or uncomfortable.
They had passed through a region of boiling geysers, where the water shot more than a hundred feet into the air, and came down in a rain, across which a beautiful rainbow formed, the roaring sound which accompanied this exhibition being as loud as the exhaust of a thousand locomotives.
They had gone through an area filled with boiling geysers, where the water shot more than a hundred feet up into the air and came down like rain, creating a stunning rainbow. The roaring noise that came with this display was as loud as the exhaust from a thousand locomotives.
In one marshy valley they had passed pools of water, sulphur yellow, bright green, pink, crimson, and nearly[Pg 208] all colors of the rainbow, the pools being from twenty to fifty feet apart.
In one boggy valley, they had come across pools of water in shades of sulfur yellow, bright green, pink, crimson, and almost all the colors of the rainbow, with the pools ranging from twenty to fifty feet apart.
They had seen other things which were not given a second glance by Old Rocks, but which Frank longed to stop and examine.
They had seen other things that Old Rocks didn’t give a second look to, but Frank really wanted to stop and check out.
But it was no time for sight-seeing, as the boy well knew, and he held close to the heels of the unwearying guide.
But it wasn't the time for sightseeing, as the boy clearly understood, and he stayed close behind the tireless guide.
And now, near nightfall, Old Rocks declared that the trail was getting hot.
And now, as night was approaching, Old Rocks said that the trail was getting hot.
"Shall we be able to overtake them before dark?" asked Frank, with the greatest anxiety.
"Will we be able to catch up to them before dark?" Frank asked, deeply worried.
"I dunno," was the answer. "But it's derned certun thet we ain't goin' ter come fur from it."
"I don't know," was the answer. "But it's pretty certain that we aren't going to get far with it."
"Oh, for two hours more of daylight!" sighed the boy.
"Oh, if only we had two more hours of daylight!" sighed the boy.
"We'd run ther critters down dead sure in thet time. But I don't want yer ter git ther idee thet they're goin' ter give up ther gal 'thout a murmur."
"We'd definitely catch those animals for sure in that time. But I don't want you to get the idea that they're going to let the girl go without a fight."
"But they will have to give her up."
"But they will have to let her go."
"Thet's whatever. All ther same, we may hev ter fight, an' ole Half Hand is a mighty bad critter ter buck agin'; you hear me shout!"
"Thet's whatever. Still, we might have to fight, and old Half Hand is a tough opponent to go up against; you hear me shout!"
"I am ready to fight, if necessary."
"I’m ready to fight, if needed."
"Ef I'd heerd yer say so this mornin', I w'u'dn't putt no dependence on it; but now I'll allow thet yer means whut yer says, an' yer've got sand ter give erway. Boy, you're a holy terror on trucks, an' you may quote me ez sayin' so."
" If I had heard you say that this morning, I wouldn't have trusted it; but now I'll admit that you mean what you say, and you've got guts to spare. Boy, you're a force to be reckoned with on trucks, and you can quote me on that."
Frank did not smile.
Frank didn't smile.
"Wait," he said. "I may not show up so well in the encounter with the Blackfeet. I was lucky in the bear fight."
"Hold on," he said. "I might not do as well in the confrontation with the Blackfeet. I got lucky in the bear fight."
"Wa-al, dog my cats ef you ain't ther fust tenderfut I ever saw thet wouldn't hev bragged his head off ef he'd[Pg 209] killed a grizzly! Why, boy, you don't seem ter know whut ye've done! You've made a record. Ary other tenderfut I ever saw'd go back East an' publish ther story in all ther papers. He'd be hailed ez a mighty chief an' a tin god on wheels."
"Well, I'll be surprised if you aren't the first tenderfoot I've ever seen who wouldn't have bragged about it if he'd[Pg 209] killed a grizzly! Honestly, boy, you don't seem to realize what you've done! You've made a mark. Any other tenderfoot I've ever known would go back East and publish their story in all the papers. He'd be celebrated as a great chief and a tin god on wheels."
"Tenderfeet are not all braggarts, any more than Westerners are all brave men."
"Tenderfeet aren't all show-offs, just like not all Westerners are courageous."
"Thet's whatever," nodded Rocks; "but it's took me a gaul derned long time ter find it out."
"Thet's whatever," nodded Rocks; "but it's taken me a darn long time to figure it out."
The sun was low behind the western mountains, and darkness was filling the great canyons.
The sun was setting behind the western mountains, and darkness was spreading through the vast canyons.
The guide swung onward at a steady pace, following the trail with the same readiness and ease that had proved a source of wonder all along to his companion.
The guide continued on at a steady pace, following the trail with the same readiness and ease that had constantly amazed his companion.
It was evident the Blackfeet had not anticipated hot pursuit, and so they had made little or no effort to hide their trail after passing across an arm of the lake.
It was clear that the Blackfeet hadn't expected to be chased, so they hadn't really tried to cover their tracks after crossing a part of the lake.
The trail grew hotter and hotter, but night came on swiftly, and Old Rocks was forced to bend low and keep his eyes on the ground.
The trail got hotter and hotter, but night fell quickly, and Old Rocks had to hunch down and keep his eyes on the ground.
"Watch out ahead, boy," he directed. "I've got all I kin' tend ter in follerin' ther trail. Don't let us run plump onter ther varmints, fer they might take a notion ter wipe us out."
"Watch out ahead, kid," he said. "I've got all I can handle following the trail. Don't let us run straight into those creatures, or they might decide to take us out."
So Frank followed the guide, keeping his eyes to the front, and watching for danger.
So Frank followed the guide, keeping his eyes straight ahead and watching for any danger.
Darker and darker it became. Rocks was forced to proceed more slowly, as there was danger of losing the trail entirely.
Darker and darker it became. Rocks had to move more slowly, as there was a risk of completely losing the trail.
Finally he found it necessary to stop now and then and examine the ground thoroughly.
Finally, he found it necessary to pause now and then to examine the ground closely.
"We shall not overtake them before dark, shall we?" asked Frank, anxiously.
"We won't catch up to them before dark, will we?" Frank asked nervously.
"Hard tellin'. Watch out. May run onter 'em any time."[Pg 210]
"Hard to say. Be careful. You might run into them any time."[Pg 210]
When they halted again, Frank suddenly uttered a low cry of warning, caught hold of the man, and exclaimed:
When they stopped again, Frank suddenly let out a quiet warning cry, grabbed the guy, and shouted:
"Look there!"
"Check that out!"
Through the darkness they saw the twinkle of a camp-fire.
Through the darkness, they saw the flicker of a campfire.
"Thet settles it!" breathed Old Rocks, exultantly. "The skunks are thar! We've run 'em down!"
"Thet settles it!" breathed Old Rocks, triumphantly. "The skunks are there! We've chased them down!"
He gave no further attention to the trail, but straightway made sure that every weapon he possessed was ready for use.
He didn't pay any more attention to the trail, but right away made sure that every weapon he had was ready to use.
"Now, boy," he whispered, "keep yer nerve. Thar'll be need enough o' it afore long."
"Now, kid," he whispered, "stay calm. You'll need plenty of that soon enough."
"I am with you," assured Frank. "I do not think I shall lose my nerves in this case."
"I’m with you," Frank reassured. "I don’t think I’ll lose my cool in this situation."
"Wa-al, I don't," confessed the man. "I've got heaps o' conferdence in yer now. We'll creep up."
"Well, I don't," admitted the man. "I've got a lot of confidence in you now. We'll sneak up."
Then followed something that sorely tried the patience of the boy, for Old Rocks seemed to crawl forward like a snail, taking advantage of every cover that would shield them from the sight of any one in front.
Then came something that really tested the boy's patience, as Old Rocks seemed to move forward like a snail, using every bit of cover to hide them from anyone ahead.
The guide warned Frank to "hug ther ground," and made him creep, and skulk, and wiggle along when there seemed no need of it.
The guide warned Frank to "stay low," and had him crawl, hide, and squirm along when it didn't seem necessary.
In this way they slowly drew near to the fire, about which figures moved now and then.
In this way, they gradually approached the fire, where figures occasionally moved around.
"It's ther onery Blackfeet," the guide finally announced. "We hev done a good job so fur ter-day, an' now we wants ter finish it right, you bet!"
"It's those pesky Blackfeet," the guide finally announced. "We've done a good job so far today, and now we want to finish it right, you bet!"
"What do you mean to do?" asked Frank.
"What are you planning to do?" Frank asked.
"Make a bluff," was the answer.
"Make a bluff," was the answer.
"What kind of a bluff?"
"What type of bluff?"
They had reached a point where they could look into the camp and see the savages feasting on some kind of game they had killed and cooked by the fire.
They had gotten to a point where they could look into the camp and see the tribespeople feasting on some game they had hunted and cooked over the fire.
"I'm goin' in thar an' demand ther gal," said the guide.[Pg 211]
"I'm going in there and demanding the girl," said the guide.[Pg 211]
"Won't that put us in their power?"
"Won't that give them control over us?"
"You won't go with me."
"You won't come with me."
"No?"
"Nope?"
"No. You'll keep in ther background."
"No. You’ll stay in the background."
"What for?"
"Why?"
"As a reserve force. You must keep yer peepers open, an' ef you see ther skunks is goin' ter do fer me, jest open up on 'em. I reckon you kin shoot some?"
"As a reserve force, you need to stay alert, and if you see any trouble coming my way, just go ahead and deal with it. I assume you can shoot a bit?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"Take good keer not ter bore me."
"Take good care not to bore me."
"I will."
"I'll."
"But, ef yer start, pump ther lead ter ther critters ter beat ther Ole Nick."
"But, if you're starting, pump the lead to the creatures to beat the old Nick."
"I will do it."
"I'll do it."
"Make sure whar ye're puttin' yer bullets, fer ye don't want ter kill ther leetle gal."
"Make sure where you're putting your bullets, because you don't want to kill the little girl."
"You may depend on me."
"You can count on me."
"While you're slingin' lead I'll try ter git ther gal an' git erway with her."
"While you're shooting, I'll try to get the girl and get away with her."
"Won't we get into trouble if I should kill one of these Indians?"
"Will we get in trouble if I kill one of these Indians?"
"How?"
"How?"
"Why, the Blackfeet are peaceable, and it may create a disturbance. We may be hauled over the coals."
"Well, the Blackfeet are peaceful, and this could cause some trouble. We might get in hot water."
"Haul an' be derned! Ther onery varmints hev kidnaped a white gal, an' they're poachin' on forbidden territory, besides bein' off ther reservation. Ef they try ter kill me, it will be a case o' self-defence. I'll allow as how we kin defend ourselves. You do ez I say, an we'll come out all right, dog my cats ef we don't!"
"Well, I'll be! Those rotten creatures have kidnapped a white girl, and they're trespassing in forbidden territory, not to mention being off their reservation. If they try to kill me, it’ll be self-defense. I’ll say that we can defend ourselves. You do as I say, and we’ll come out okay, I swear!"
"All right."
"Alright."
"But don't shoot 'less yer hev ter, remember thet."
"But don't shoot unless you have to, remember that."
"I will remember it."
"I'll remember it."
"Ef I hedn't seen ther b'ar, an' seen hwar yer putt five bullets inter him inside ther space uv a silver dollar,[Pg 212] I might be skerry 'bout lettin' yer shoot inter thet camp while I wuz thar; but I'll admit ez how I reckon ye kin shoot."
"Even if I hadn't seen the bear and noticed where you put five bullets into him within the space of a silver dollar,[Pg 212] I might be worried about letting you shoot into that camp while I was there; but I’ll admit that I think you can shoot."
They now crept forward till they were within easy shooting distance of the camp, and then Rocks paused once more, putting his lips close to Frank's ear, and whispering:
They quietly moved ahead until they were close enough to shoot at the camp, and then Rocks stopped again, leaning in to whisper in Frank's ear:
"See them rocks down thar?"
"See those rocks down there?"
The boy nodded.
The kid nodded.
"Wa-al, jest you creep down behind them an' take yer position ready ter sling lead."
"Well, just sneak down behind them and get into position to shoot."
"What are you going to do?"
"What are you going to do?"
"Git inter ther camp. I'm goin' ter walk in from t'other side, so they'll be lookin' fer any further danger frum thet quarter. Don't git impatient, fer it'll take me some time ter git round thar. Wait easy."
"Get into the camp. I'm going to walk in from the other side, so they'll be watching for any further danger from that direction. Don't get impatient, because it will take me some time to get around there. Just wait comfortably."
"I'll wait."
"I'll wait."
Then the old man crept away into the darkness, and Frank began working his way down to the rocks.
Then the old man quietly slipped away into the darkness, and Frank started making his way down to the rocks.
He finally reached the position, and there he waited, being able to look into the camp and see every figure revealed by the flaring fire.
He finally got to his spot, and there he waited, able to look into the camp and see every figure lit up by the flickering fire.
The little girl was there, exhausted by the day of hardships, sleeping soundly. One of the Indians had thrown a greasy blanket over her, so she was protected from the night air, which is always chilly in Yellowstone Park.
The little girl was there, worn out from a day full of challenges, sleeping peacefully. One of the Native Americans had draped a greasy blanket over her, keeping her warm from the night air, which is always cold in Yellowstone Park.
Frank's heart throbbed with sympathy as he gazed down on her.
Frank's heart raced with sympathy as he looked down at her.
"Poor little Fairy!" he thought. "How she did cling to me! I am ready to wade through fire and water for her. We will save her to-night if we live!"
"Poor little Fairy!" he thought. "How she held on to me! I'd go through fire and water for her. We'll save her tonight if we make it!"
He found it difficult to restrain his impatience as the time crept slowly away and Old Rocks failed to appear. Some of the Indians rolled themselves in their blankets[Pg 213] and prepared to sleep. Others sat and smoked in grim silence.
He struggled to control his impatience as time dragged on and Old Rocks didn’t show up. Some of the Indians wrapped themselves in their blankets[Pg 213] and got ready to sleep. Others sat and smoked in tense silence.
Frank had spotted Half Hand, and he felt that it would be some satisfaction to send a bullet after the villainous half-blood.
Frank had seen Half Hand, and he felt some satisfaction at the thought of firing a bullet at the treacherous half-blood.
"He is at the bottom of this business," thought the boy. "He would not hesitate at murder."
"He's at the bottom of this whole thing," the boy thought. "He wouldn’t think twice about killing someone."
Nearly an hour passed after Old Rocks crept away before the guide appeared. At last, to the astonishment of Frank and the utter consternation of the Indians, the man seemed to rise up in the very midst of the camp, as if he had suddenly sprouted from the ground.[Pg 214]
Nearly an hour went by after Old Rocks sneaked away before the guide showed up. Finally, to Frank's surprise and the complete shock of the Indians, the man seemed to emerge right in the middle of the camp, as if he had suddenly grown out of the ground.[Pg 214]
CHAPTER XXXIII.
THE RESCUE.
A yell of astonishment broke from the throats of the Indians who were awake, and it brought the sleepers out of their blankets in a moment.
A shout of surprise escaped the mouths of the awake Indians, and it quickly roused those still sleeping from their blankets.
With the utmost coolness, Old Rocks stepped toward the fire, sat down on a log near the sleeping child, and took out his black pipe.
With complete calm, Old Rocks walked over to the fire, sat down on a log next to the sleeping child, and pulled out his black pipe.
"Any o' you fellers got any good smokin' terbacker?" he asked, coolly. "I ain't got northin' left but chawin', an thet's derned pore stuff ter burn."
"Do any of you guys have any good smoking tobacco?" he asked casually. "I don't have anything left but chewing tobacco, and that's pretty bad stuff to smoke."
"Ugh!" grunted the Blackfeet, staring at him in unutterable amazement.
"Ugh!" groaned the Blackfeet, staring at him in complete disbelief.
"Hey?" questioned the guide. "Whut did yer say?"
"Hey?" asked the guide. "What did you say?"
"Where white man come from?" demanded Half Hand, harshly.
"Where does the white man come from?" demanded Half Hand, sharply.
"Over yon," was the answer, and Rocks made a sweep of his hand that took in half the horizon.
"Over there," was the reply, and Rocks gestured with his hand to indicate half the horizon.
"What white man want here?"
"What does the white man want here?"
"Terbacker."
"Terbacker."
The Indians looked at each other, and then looked at the cool visitor, their amazement not a whit abated.
The Indians glanced at each other, then at the calm visitor, their astonishment completely unchanged.
"Ugh!" they grunted in chorus.
"Ugh!" they groaned together.
"Wa-al, I'll allow thet you fellers know whut thet means all right," drawled Old Rocks, whimsically; "but dog my cats ef I do! Do I git ther terbacker? ur do I hev ter pull my liver out tryin' ter make chawin' terbacker burn?"
"Well, I’ll let you guys know what that means, alright," Old Rocks said with a playful grin; "but I swear I won’t! Do I get the tobacco? Or do I have to pull my guts out trying to make chewing tobacco burn?"
"Ain't got no 'backer," declared Half Hand, sullenly.
"Don't have a backer," Half Hand said, glumly.
"Thet may be so," admitted the guide, "an' may be[Pg 215] 't'sn't. Howsomever, I don't s'pose I've got any license ter search ye."
"Thet may be so," admitted the guide, "and it may not be. However, I don't think I have any right to search you."
He then appealed to the other Indians, but they all affirmed that they did not have a morsel of tobacco in their possession.
He then asked the other Indians, but they all insisted that they didn't have a single bit of tobacco on them.
"Blamed ef I ever saw sech a pore crowd," grunted Old Rocks. "Wa-al, I'm goin' ter smoke."
"Blamed if I ever saw such a poor crowd," grunted Old Rocks. "Well, I'm going to smoke."
He pretended to search round in his pockets, and, after a time, he drew forth a small bit of tobacco, uttering an exclamation of satisfaction.
He pretended to rummage through his pockets, and after a moment, he pulled out a small piece of tobacco, exclaiming with satisfaction.
"Dog my cats ef I ain't got a leetle mite o' smokin' terbacker left, an I 'lowed I wuz all out! I kin git erlong with this yere comfortable like."
"Dog my cats if I don't have a little bit of smoking tobacco left, and I thought I was all out! I can get by with this here comfortably."
He drew his knife, and began whittling at the tobacco, seeming to pay not the least attention to the Indians around him.
He pulled out his knife and started carving the tobacco, appearing completely oblivious to the Indians around him.
The Blackfeet were troubled, for they did not know what to make of the old fellow. Some of them put their heads together and spoke in their own language, but Rocks had sharp ears, and he understood them well enough to get the drift of what they said.
The Blackfeet were worried because they didn’t know what to think of the old man. Some of them huddled together and talked in their own language, but Rocks had keen hearing and understood enough to grasp what they were saying.
They were wondering if he had come there alone, or if he had companions near.
They were wondering whether he had come there alone or if he had friends nearby.
"Where come from?" Half Hand again asked.
"Where do you come from?" Half Hand asked again.
"Over yon," the guide once more replied, with a sweep that was fully as wide as before.
"Over there," the guide replied again, with a gesture that was just as wide as before.
"Ugh! Where others?"
"Ugh! Where is everyone?"
"What others?"
"What else?"
"Others that be with you?"
"Are there others with you?"
"Over yon."
"Over there."
Again that wide and baffling sweep of the hand.
Again that wide and confusing sweep of the hand.
Half Hand scowled blackly.
Half Hand scowled darkly.
"What white man here for?"
"What's the white guy doing here?"
"Terbacker."
"Terbacker."
Old Rocks was most aggravating in his answers. He[Pg 216] calmly filled his pipe, and then lighted it with a coal from the fire.
Old Rocks was really frustrating in his responses. He[Pg 216] calmly packed his pipe and then lit it with a coal from the fire.
"Thar," he said, flinging one knee over the other and settling into an easy position, "now I kin enjoy a good squar' smoke."
"Well," he said, throwing one knee over the other and getting comfortable, "now I can enjoy a nice, straight-up smoke."
Up behind the rocks the boy saw Rocks had not taken his rifle into the camp, and Frank knew well enough that was so he might not be incumbered with it if forced to take to flight suddenly and make an attempt to get away with the child.
Up behind the rocks, the boy saw that Rocks hadn’t brought his rifle into the camp, and Frank knew that he had done this so he wouldn't be weighed down by it if he suddenly had to flee and try to escape with the child.
The little girl heard his voice, and sat up, rubbing her eyes. She stared at him in wonderment, but he still pretended that he did not see her, puffing on.
The little girl heard his voice and sat up, rubbing her eyes. She stared at him in amazement, but he continued to act like he didn't see her, puffing away.
One of the Indians attempted to grasp the child and draw her back, but she saw him, avoided his hands, and ran to Rocks, crying:
One of the Indians tried to grab the child and pull her back, but she noticed him, dodged his hands, and ran to Rocks, crying:
"Oh, I's awsul dlad you've tome! Tate me to my mamma! I don't lite dese drefful mans!"
"Oh, I'm so glad you've come! Take me to my mom! I don't like these dreadful men!"
The Indian made a jump for her, but Old Rocks caught her and swung her beyond the Indian's grasp, exclaiming:
The Indian lunged for her, but Old Rocks caught her and swung her away from the Indian's reach, exclaiming:
"Hello! hello! Whatever is this yar? Dog my cats ef it ain't a babby—an' a white babby, at thet!"
"Hello! Hello! What on earth is this? I swear it's a baby—and a white baby, at that!"
"Don't you 'member me?" asked Fay, innocently. "I 'members you."
"Don't you remember me?" asked Fay, innocently. "I remember you."
"See hyar, Half Hand," said Old Rocks, grimly; "this yar looks kinder queer. How did you come by this white babby?"
"Look here, Half Hand," said Old Rocks, grimly; "this here looks kind of strange. How did you get this white baby?"
"Found her," sullenly answered the half-blood.
"Found her," the half-blood replied, sounding downcast.
"Is thet so?"
"Is that so?"
"Ugh."
"Ugh."
"Wa-al, whar wuz yer takin' her?"
"Well, where were you taking her?"
"Nowhere."
"Nowhere."
"Seems ter me it didn't look thet way."
"Seems to me it didn't look that way."
The half-blood said nothing, but he and his companions were beginning to finger their weapons.[Pg 217]
The half-blood didn’t say anything, but he and his friends were starting to grip their weapons.[Pg 217]
"You may hev found her all right," admitted Old Rocks; "but yer made a mistake in keepin' her. I'll take her now."
"You might have found her just fine," admitted Old Rocks; "but you made a mistake in keeping her. I'll take her now."
"Dunno 'bout that," muttered Half Hand.
"Dunno about that," muttered Half Hand.
"Whut?" roared the old man, suddenly aroused, having thrust his pipe into his pocket. "You dunno? Wa-al, I will allow thet I know! Look yar, you'll be gittin' inter one o' ther derndest scrapes you ever did ef you tries ter kerry off this yere gal. It'll be reported, an' ther United States soldiers will take an' hang yer all!"
"Whut?" roared the old man, suddenly alert, shoving his pipe into his pocket. "You don’t know? Well, I’ll tell you what! Look here, you’re about to get into one of the craziest situations you’ve ever faced if you try to take this girl away. It'll get reported, and the United States soldiers will come and hang you all!"
"Bah!" sneered the half-breed. "Who care for soldiers! We find gal; she b'long to us."
"Bah!" sneered the half-breed. "Who cares about soldiers! We find the girl; she belongs to us."
"Not much!"
"Not much!"
"What white man do?"
"What does the white man do?"
"Take her."
"Take her."
"Him can't."
"He can't."
"Dog my cats ef I don't!"
"Dog my cats if I don't!"
"Him can't git erway."
"He can't get away."
The Blackfeet had formed a circle about Old Rocks.
The Blackfeet had gathered in a circle around Old Rocks.
"Stiddy, critters!" he warned. "Don't try ter stop me, fer ef yer does, som' o' yer will bite ther dust."
"Steady, folks!" he warned. "Don't try to stop me, because if you do, some of you will be in big trouble."
"White man give up gal, we let um go 'thout hurtin'."
"White man gives up girl, we let her go without hurting."
"Thet's kind; but I reckons I'll hev ter be hurt, fer I'll never give her up."
"That's kind, but I guess I'll have to get hurt, because I'll never give her up."
"Then white man dies!"
"Then the white man dies!"
One of the Indians slipped up behind Old Rocks and lifted a hatchet to split open the head of the guide.
One of the Indians sneaked up behind Old Rocks and raised a hatchet to smash the guide's head.
Crack! the report of a rifle rang out.
Crack! The sound of a rifle shot echoed.
A yell of agony broke from the lips of the Indian, and the hatchet dropped from his hand. A bullet had shattered his forearm.
A scream of pain escaped the Indian's lips, and the hatchet fell from his hand. A bullet had shattered his forearm.
Frank's aim had been true, and he had saved the life of Old Rocks.
Frank's aim was spot on, and he had saved Old Rocks' life.
At that instant, just as the guide stooped to lift the child, a man broke through the circle of savages and[Pg 218] snatched up the child, tearing it from the fingers of the guide, to whom he cried:
At that moment, just as the guide bent down to pick up the child, a man burst through the group of savages and[Pg 218] grabbed the child, tearing it from the guide's grasp, shouting:
"Hold them off, and I will get away with her!"
"Keep them occupied, and I’ll escape with her!"
It was the Hermit.
It was the Hermit.
Out came a brace of revolvers in the hands of the weather-tanned guide, and the yells which broke from his lips awoke a hundred echoes. He began shooting to the right and left.
Out came a pair of revolvers in the hands of the sun-weathered guide, and the shouts from his lips awakened a hundred echoes. He started shooting to the right and left.
Over the top of the rocks, behind which he had been concealed, Frank was sending a shower of bullets whistling. After the first two shots, he aimed high, counting on demoralizing the savages by terror, instead of taking chances of hitting Old Rocks or the child.
Over the rocks where he had been hiding, Frank was firing a volley of bullets. After the first two shots, he aimed high, hoping to scare the savages into submission instead of risking hitting Old Rocks or the child.
The trick worked long enough for the guide to get away, and he followed close at the heels of the Hermit.
The trick worked just long enough for the guide to escape, and he stayed right on the Hermit's heels.
By chance the man with the child passed near Frank, and then Old Rocks came along, shouting:
By coincidence, the man with the child walked by Frank, and then Old Rocks showed up, yelling:
"Up an' dig, boy! Ther trick is did!"
"Get up and dig, boy! The trick is done!"
In a moment Frank dashed after the old man.
In a moment, Frank ran after the old man.
The Blackfeet recovered quickly, and they leaped in pursuit, uttering fierce cries.
The Blackfeet quickly bounced back and jumped into pursuit, shouting fierce cries.
Old Rocks was surprised by Frank's fleetness on foot.
Old Rocks was surprised by Frank's speed on foot.
"Derned ef you can't run, ez well ez do other things!" he muttered, as the lad forged along by his side. "You're a holy wonder, boy. It's twice you saved my life this day. I trusted everything ter you this last time, an' yer didn't fail me."
“Darned if you can’t run, just like you can do other things!” he muttered, as the kid kept pace beside him. “You’re a miracle, kid. You’ve saved my life twice today. I put everything in your hands this last time, and you didn’t let me down.”
"I broke the Indian's arm as he was on the point of striking."
"I broke the Indian's arm just as he was about to hit."
"Thet wuz ther only mistake yer made. You oughter broke his head, an' thar'd bin one less. They're arter us hot foot, an it's a race fer life now."[Pg 219]
"The only mistake you made was not breaking his head, and there would have been one less problem to deal with. They’re on our tail, and now it’s a race for our lives."[Pg 219]
CHAPTER XXXIV.
IN SAND CAVE.
Behind them the enraged Blackfeet began shooting, and the bullets whistled over the heads of the fugitives.
Behind them, the furious Blackfeet started firing, and the bullets zipped over the heads of the escapees.
"I pray none of those hits little Fairy," panted Frank.
"I hope none of those hit little Fairy," Frank panted.
"Ef we could strike some kind o' cover an' hed a minute to spar', we'd be able ter stan' ther varmints off," came from Old Rocks.
"If we could find some cover and had a moment to spare, we could hold those varmints off," came from Old Rocks.
"My rifle is empty."
"My gun is empty."
"I ain't got mine, an' I'll allow my small guns are empty; but I kin load 'em as we run."
"I don’t have mine, and I’ll admit my little guns are empty; but I can load them as we go."
"We may have to fight anyhow."
"We might have to fight anyway."
"Right, boy. Ef we do, dog my cats ef we don't make some o' them onery skunks gaul derned sick!"
"Alright, boy. If we do, I swear we’ll make some of those annoying skunks really sick!"
Still running, Old Rocks snapped the empty shells from his revolvers, and replaced them with fresh cartridges.
Still running, Old Rocks ejected the empty shells from his revolvers and loaded them with new cartridges.
At times it was not easy to keep track of the Hermit, who ran through the night with the speed of a deer and the tirelessness of a hound.
At times it was hard to keep up with the Hermit, who raced through the night with the speed of a deer and the stamina of a hound.
Now and then the frightened child cried out, and this aided Frank and the old guide in following.
Now and then, the scared child cried out, which helped Frank and the old guide follow along.
Rocks soon replenished his revolvers, and said:
Rocks quickly reloaded his revolvers and said:
"Thar, I kinder 'lows we kin make it interestin' fer them varmints ef they press us too hard. Dunno ez I kin find ther place whar I hid my rifle, but I reckons I oughter."
"Well, I guess we can make it interesting for those critters if they push us too hard. I don't know if I can find the spot where I hid my rifle, but I think I should."
"If we escape."
"If we get away."
"Ef we escape! Whut's ther matter with you, boy? Think we can't dodge them red whelps in ther dark?"[Pg 220]
"Hey, if we get away! What's wrong with you, kid? You think we can't avoid those guys in the dark?"[Pg 220]
"We might alone; but the man ahead of us may make no attempt to do so, and we must stand by him. It would not do to let the child fall into the hands of those wretches again. They would surely murder her."
"We might be alone; but the man in front of us may not try to help, and we have to stick by him. We can't let the child fall into the hands of those monsters again. They would definitely kill her."
"They'd be likely ter, an' that's facts. Oh, we'll back up ther Hermit, an' thar won't be no trouble 'bout gittin' erway, 'less them varmints behind manages ter hit one o' us with a lead pill."
"They're likely to, and that's a fact. Oh, we'll support the Hermit, and there won't be any trouble getting away, unless those varmints behind manage to hit one of us with a bullet."
The flight and pursuit continued, the Blackfeet seeming to have the eyes of owls or the scent of hounds. They pressed the fugitives hard, and Old Rocks feared that some of the flying bullets which whistled around them would find a mark.
The chase went on, with the Blackfeet acting like they had the keen sight of owls or the strong smell of hounds. They pushed the escapees relentlessly, and Old Rocks worried that some of the bullets whizzing past them would hit someone.
At length the guide gave an exclamation of satisfaction.
At last, the guide let out a satisfied exclamation.
"Reckon I knows whar ther Hermit is headin' fer," he said.
"Guess I know where the Hermit is heading," he said.
"Where?" asked Frank.
"Where?" Frank asked.
"Straight fer Sand Cave."
"Directly to Sand Cave."
"Where is Sand Cave?"
"Where's Sand Cave?"
"Not very fur ahead. Thar is some bowlders at ther mouth o' ther cave, and we oughter be able ter stand ther red niggers off thar."
"Not too far ahead. There are some boulders at the entrance of the cave, and we should be able to hold off the redskins there."
"Are you sure the Hermit is going there?"
"Are you sure the Hermit is going there?"
"I ain't sure, but it looks thet way. It ain't likely he kin keep up this pace much farther, an' kerry ther child."
"I’m not sure, but it looks that way. It’s unlikely he can keep up this pace much longer while carrying the child."
However, Old Rocks feared the man ahead might not be making for Sand Cave, and so he called to the Hermit, asking him if he knew where to find the cave. The Hermit replied that he did, and Rocks urged him to go there.
However, Old Rocks worried that the man in front might not be heading to Sand Cave, so he called to the Hermit, asking if he knew how to find the cave. The Hermit said he did, and Rocks encouraged him to go there.
"Git in with ther gal—git in out o' ther way o' bullets," advised the old guide. "Ther boy an' me will stand ther red dogs off all right."
"Get in with the girl—get out of the way of bullets," advised the old guide. "The boy and I will hold off the red dogs just fine."
A short time later, as they were rushing along the base of a bluff, the Hermit was seen to disappear.
A little while later, as they were hurrying along the bottom of a cliff, the Hermit was noticed to vanish.
"Hyar's ther cave!" panted Old Rocks, catching hold of the boy. "Right yar behind these boulders. In with yer!"
"Hyar's the cave!" panted Old Rocks, grabbing the boy. "Right here behind these boulders. Get in!"
Frank saw the dark mouth of the cave behind the bowlders, over which he vaulted.
Frank saw the dark entrance of the cave behind the boulders, which he jumped over.
The cry of the child came out of the darkness of the cave.
The child's cry echoed from the darkness of the cave.
The Hermit and little Fay were there.
The Hermit and little Fay were there.
"Reddy!" hissed Old Rocks, crouching behind the bowlders—"reddy ter repel invaders!"
"Reddy!" hissed Old Rocks, crouching behind the boulders—"ready to fend off intruders!"
The Blackfeet were coming on, and their dusky forms suddenly appeared near at hand in the darkness.
The Blackfeet were approaching, and their shadowy figures suddenly showed up close by in the darkness.
On his knees behind a bowlder, Frank had drawn a revolver, and he began firing with Old Rocks.
On his knees behind a boulder, Frank pulled out a revolver and started shooting at Old Rocks.
The flash of the weapons blinded the boy for the moment, and he stopped shooting when he had fired three times.
The flash from the guns temporarily blinded the boy, and he stopped shooting after firing three times.
Old Rocks stopped at the same moment, growling:
Old Rocks stopped at the same moment, growling:
"Thet's ther way with ther onery skunks! They'll never come up and be shot down ther way they oughter!"
"Their way is like that with those pesky skunks! They’ll never come up and get shot down the way they should!"
The Indians had disappeared.
The Indigenous people had vanished.
"Where are they?" asked Frank, wonderingly.
"Where are they?" Frank asked, curious.
"Right near yere, you kin bet yer dust," answered the guide. "They drapped down ther instant we begun slingin' lead, an' they're huggin' ther yearth, you bet!"
"Right over there, you can bet your money," replied the guide. "They dropped down the moment we started shooting, and they're hugging the ground, you can be sure!"
"Did we kill any?"
"Did we kill any enemies?"
"Wa-al, I dunno; but I'll allow thet I didn't do any shootin' fer fun. I don't b'lieve in thet under such circumstances."
"Well, I don’t know; but I'll admit that I didn’t do any shooting for fun. I don’t believe in that under these circumstances."
"This affair may bring on an Indian war."
"This situation could lead to a conflict with the Indigenous people."
"Let'er bring! It'll be er good thing ef it does, an' ther hull Injun nation is wiped out. But ther chances are thet it'll never be heard of by anybody except them we tell it[Pg 222] to. Ther varmints will make tracks outer ther park, fer they're on forbidden ground."
"Let it come! It'll be a good thing if it does, and the whole Native American nation is wiped out. But the chances are that it'll never be heard of by anyone except those we tell it to. Those guys will make a run for it because they're on forbidden ground."
"If the soldiers should turn up——"
"If the soldiers arrive——"
"It'd be a mighty good thing fer us. Still, I kinder reckon we'll be able ter hold Half Hand an' his gang off till they git weary."
"It would be really good for us. Still, I kind of think we'll be able to hold off Half Hand and his gang until they get tired."
They took care that their revolvers were replenished with cartridges, and then Frank loaded his rifle.
They made sure their revolvers were fully loaded with bullets, and then Frank loaded his rifle.
A sudden silence seemed to brood over the whole world.
A sudden silence hung over the entire world.
Old Rocks stirred uneasily.
Old Rocks stirred nervously.
"I don't like it," he muttered, speaking to himself.
"I don't like it," he murmured, talking to himself.
"Don't like what?" asked Frank, who felt a foreboding of some coming catastrophe.
"Don't like what?" Frank asked, feeling a sense of dread about some impending disaster.
"This yare stillness. Why, thar ain't even an owl hootin'."
"This quiet is so tense. I mean, there isn't even an owl hooting."
"What do you think it means?"
"What do you think that means?"
"Dunno; but it means somethin'. Keep yer eyes an' ears open, an' be ready fer what may come."
"Dunno; but it means something. Keep your eyes and ears open, and be ready for whatever might happen."
Little Fay had ceased her sobbing, and the silence was finally broken by her voice:
Little Fay had stopped crying, and the silence was finally broken by her voice:
"Who's doin' to tate me to my mamma?"
"Who’s going to take me to my mom?"
Then the Hermit was heard trying to comfort and reassure her.
Then the Hermit was heard trying to comfort and reassure her.
"Dog my cats ef I wouldn't like ter smoke!" muttered Old Rocks; "but I'll allow thet it w'u'dn't do ter light a match hyar."
"Dog my cats if I wouldn't love to smoke!" muttered Old Rocks; "but I guess it wouldn't be a good idea to light a match here."
"No; it might be fatal. The light——"
"No; it could be deadly. The light——"
The sharp report of a rifle rang out, and Frank fell backward behind the bowlder.
The loud bang of a rifle echoed, and Frank stumbled back behind the boulder.
With a grated exclamation, Old Rocks flung up his revolver, and took a snap shot at the spot where he had seen the red flash of the weapon as it was discharged.
With a sharp exclamation, Old Rocks raised his revolver and took a quick shot at the spot where he had seen the red flash of the weapon when it was fired.
"Did you get him?" asked Frank, as he sat up.[Pg 223]
"Did you get him?" Frank asked as he sat up.[Pg 223]
"Dunno," was the answer; "but I wuz afeared he'd got you."
"Dunno," was the answer; "but I was afraid he'd gotten you."
"The bullet whistled so close to my head that I felt the wind of it. It must have penetrated the cave."
"The bullet whizzed by my head so closely that I felt the wind from it. It must have gone into the cave."
To their ears came the sound of a deep groan, and then the voice of the Hermit reached them:
To their ears came the sound of a deep groan, and then the voice of the Hermit reached them:
"The bullet came in here. I am shot!"
"The bullet came in here. I’ve been shot!"
"Holy cats!" gasped Old Rocks.
"Holy cow!" gasped Old Rocks.
"The child!" panted Frank. "What if the red wretches fire again, and their bullets reach her? She must be placed where she will be safe."
"The child!" Frank gasped. "What if those red monsters fire again, and their bullets hit her? She needs to be placed somewhere safe."
"Right."
"Okay."
"Can you hold the mouth of the cave?"
"Can you keep the entrance of the cave secure?"
"I kin try it."
"I can try it."
"I will go in there and see how badly the Hermit is injured, and will see if both cannot be placed beyond the reach of bullets."
"I’ll go in there and check how badly the Hermit is hurt, and see if we can keep both of them out of harm's way."
"Thet's easy. Ther cave is a big one, but this hyar is ther only entrance ter it."
"That's easy. The cave is a big one, but this here is the only entrance to it."
Frank crept back into the cave, softly calling to the Hermit. The man was groaning, and, as Frank crept near, a pair of soft arms suddenly closed about the boy's neck, while a sweet voice sounded in his ear:
Frank quietly slipped back into the cave, gently calling for the Hermit. The man was groaning, and as Frank got closer, a pair of gentle arms suddenly wrapped around the boy's neck, while a soft voice whispered in his ear:
"I knows you w'en I hears you speak. You singed me to sleep. I tolt you I'd be your Fairy."
"I know you when I hear you speak. You lulled me to sleep. I told you I'd be your Fairy."
"So you did, dear," said the boy, giving her a tender embrace; "and I have done my best in the work of saving you from the Indians."
"So you did, dear," said the boy, giving her a gentle hug; "and I've done my best to save you from the Indians."
"Bad Injuns!" exclaimed Fay. "Dey tarry me off fwom my mamma. You tate me to my mamma?"
"Bad Indians!" exclaimed Fay. "They took me away from my mom. Can you take me to my mom?"
"We will, dear."
"We will, sweetheart."
Frank's hands found the wounded man, and he asked:
Frank found the injured man and asked:
"Where did the bullet strike you, Hermit?"
"Where did the bullet hit you, Hermit?"
"Here in the side," was the faint answer. "I think I am done for! I have found death at last!"[Pg 224]
"Over here," came the weak reply. "I think I'm done for! I've finally found death!"[Pg 224]
The boy shivered, for the words were uttered exultantly, as if the man actually rejoiced.
The boy shivered because the words were spoken with excitement, as if the man truly celebrated.
"Are you able to creep back farther into the cave?" Frank asked.
"Can you crawl further back into the cave?" Frank asked.
"I don't know. Why should I do so? It is too much exertion."
"I don't know. Why should I? It sounds like too much effort."
"If not for your own sake, you should do so for the child. Another bullet may reach her."
"If not for your own sake, you should do it for the child. Another bullet could hit her."
The man stirred and sat up.
The man woke up and sat up.
"That is true," he panted. "She must be returned uninjured, and Foster Fairfax must know that I did my best to save her."
"That's true," he gasped. "She has to be brought back safely, and Foster Fairfax needs to know that I did everything I could to save her."
"Foster Fairfax! He is the man you saw this morning?"
"Foster Fairfax! He's the guy you saw this morning?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"What is he to this child?"
"What does he mean to this child?"
"He is her father."
"He is her dad."
"And you—what are you to her?"
"And you—what do you mean to her?"
"Nothing."
"Nothing."
Frank was somewhat dazed, for he had felt sure that the Hermit was Fay's father.
Frank was a bit confused because he had been sure that the Hermit was Fay's dad.
"We were friends," explained the wounded man. "I can't tell all the story. We both loved Marian Dale. Our rivalry was fair and square, and we swore that the one who won her should still retain the friendship of the other. At last, she promised to be mine at the end of six months. Business took me into the Southwest, and there I met Fairfax, who had rushed away as soon as he learned of my success. He was somewhat bitter toward me, and accused me of using unfair means to win Marian. We parted, and the very next day I was in a railroad collision, being injured about the head, so I did not know my own name. I recovered, but I was still unable to tell my name or remember anything of my past. In this condition, I wandered over the country[Pg 225] four years. I was able to make a living, and seemed all right, with the exception that I could not remember anything back of the accident. One night in Omaha I was in a hotel fire, and I jumped from the window to escape. They took me up in an unconscious condition, and carried me to a hospital. I recovered, and my memory came back to me. Then I hurried East to Marian, and I found her married to Foster Fairfax, who had told her that I was dead, and that he had seen my dead body. This little girl is their child."
"We were friends," the injured man said. "I can't share the whole story. We both loved Marian Dale. Our competition was fair, and we promised that whoever won her would still keep the friendship of the other. Finally, she agreed to be mine after six months. Business took me to the Southwest, where I encountered Fairfax, who had run off as soon as he found out about my success. He was a bit resentful towards me and accused me of using dishonest tactics to win Marian. We had a falling out, and the very next day I got into a train crash, injuring my head, so I didn't even know my name. I healed, but I still couldn't remember my name or anything about my past. In that state, I roamed the country[Pg 225] for four years. I managed to make a living and seemed fine, except that I couldn't recall anything before the accident. One night in Omaha, there was a hotel fire, and I jumped from the window to escape. They found me unconscious and took me to a hospital. I recovered, and my memory returned. Then I rushed East to see Marian, only to find out she was married to Foster Fairfax, who told her that I was dead and that he had seen my dead body. This little girl is their child."
"While you are talking, you are losing blood," said Frank. "Move back, and let me see if I cannot stop the flow."
"While you’re talking, you’re losing blood," Frank said. "Step back, and let me see if I can stop the bleeding."
He induced the Hermit to move back into the cave, where he was able to light some matches and examine the wound. Not being a physician, Frank could not tell how severe it was; but, with considerable difficulty, he finally succeeded in stanching the flow of blood to a certain extent.
He convinced the Hermit to go back into the cave, where he managed to light some matches and take a look at the wound. Not being a doctor, Frank couldn’t determine how serious it was; but after some effort, he eventually managed to stop the bleeding to some degree.
"It is useless," declared the Hermit. "I am booked, and I am glad of that. I have nothing to live for."
"It’s pointless," said the Hermit. "I've got my plans, and I'm happy about that. I have nothing to live for."
"Yes, you has!" cried little Fay, creeping close to him. "I dess you is pretty dood man. One time I had a birdie that die, and it was all tovered up in the dround. You don't want to be all tovered up like dat. I don't want you to be."
"Yes, you do!" cried little Fay, creeping close to him. "I guess you are a pretty good man. One time I had a bird that died, and it was all covered up in the ground. You don't want to be all covered up like that. I don't want you to be."
"God bless you!" murmured the Hermit, thickly. "You are a dear, sweet child, and I shall not live to make more trouble for your father and mother."
"God bless you!" the Hermit said softly. "You’re a dear, sweet kid, and I won't live long enough to cause more trouble for your mom and dad."
All was quiet at the mouth of the cave. Frank was longing to hear more of the Hermit's story, and so he questioned the man.
All was quiet at the entrance of the cave. Frank was eager to hear more of the Hermit's story, so he asked the man.
"How does it happen that Foster Fairfax and his wife are not living together?"
"How is it that Foster Fairfax and his wife are not living together?"
"How?"
"How?"
"I appeared like one risen from the dead, and Marian was prostrated by the sight of me. I denounced Foster, called him a false friend and a dastardly traitor. I was insane at the moment, and it is remarkable that I did not kill him. However, I swore to have his life if we ever met again. Then I left them."
"I looked like someone who had come back from the dead, and Marian was completely overwhelmed by my appearance. I accused Foster, calling him a fake friend and a cowardly traitor. I was out of my mind at that moment, and it's surprising I didn't kill him. Still, I promised to take his life if we ever crossed paths again. Then I walked away from them."
"And you did not see Fairfax again till you met him here in the park?"
"And you didn't see Fairfax again until you ran into him here in the park?"
"No."
"No."
"How did it happen he left his wife?"
"How did it happen that he left his wife?"
"When I met him I did not know they were not living together. He forced me to listen, and he told me how he had taken a mangled corpse from the wreck and buried it as me—how he had firmly believed me dead. Then he bore the news to Marian, and she was prostrated.
"When I met him, I didn’t know they weren’t living together. He made me listen and told me how he had taken a mangled body from the wreck and buried it as if it were me—how he had truly believed I was dead. Then he broke the news to Marian, and she was devastated."
"He loved her, but it was long before she consented to marry him. At last, she did so, and they married, both believing me in my grave."
"He loved her, but it took a long time before she agreed to marry him. Finally, she did, and they got married, both thinking I was dead."
Frank was fascinated by the story.
Frank was captivated by the story.
"Go on," he urged.
"Go ahead," he urged.
"When I appeared both were horrified. When I left them, Marian accused Foster of treachery. She was unreasonable and would listen to nothing he could say. She bade him leave her and never return. He departed, and they have not seen each other since. He does not know she is somewhere in the park, as she must be, else the child would not be here. I did not tell him of the peril of his child, but I resolved to save her and restore her to his arms. I have saved her, but I shall be unable to take her to him. I shall not live to see the light of another day."
"When I showed up, both of them were shocked. After I left, Marian accused Foster of betrayal. She was being unreasonable and wouldn’t listen to anything he had to say. She told him to leave and never come back. He left, and they haven’t seen each other since. He doesn’t know she’s somewhere in the park, which she must be, or else the child wouldn’t be here. I didn’t tell him about the danger his child was in, but I made up my mind to save her and bring her back to him. I’ve saved her, but I won’t be able to take her to him. I won’t survive to see another day."
"Oh, you may not be so badly injured as all that."
"Oh, you might not be hurt as badly as you think."
"I am. I am sure of it. I will leave the child in your[Pg 227] care. Take her to him, and tell him that I forgive everything. Never again will I rise like one from the dead to come between Foster and Marian."
"I am. I know that for sure. I will leave the child in your[Pg 227] care. Take her to him and let him know that I forgive everything. I will never again rise like someone from the dead to come between Foster and Marian."
Frank remained with the man a while longer, and then, telling Fay to stay there that she might keep beyond the reach of bullets, he returned to the mouth of the cave.
Frank stayed with the man a bit longer, and then, telling Fay to stay put so she would be out of the line of fire, he went back to the entrance of the cave.
"I'm glad ye've come, boy," said Old Rocks. "Ef them pesky varmints ain't gone away entirely, they're up ter mischief, an' I needs yer hyar."
"I'm glad you’re here, kid," said Old Rocks. "If those pesky critters aren’t gone for good, they're up to no good, and I need your help."
They crouched behind the bowlders and waited, while the minutes slipped away, and the same silence reigned.
They crouched behind the boulders and waited, while the minutes passed by, and the same silence remained.
At least an hour passed, and then came a sudden sound that filled both with surprise and alarm.
At least an hour went by, and then suddenly a noise arose that caught both of them off guard and made them feel alarmed.
Behind them there was a faint dropping in the cave, a movement, a rush, and a roar. Then a cloud of dust swirled out and nearly smothered them.
Behind them, there was a faint dripping in the cave, a movement, a rush, and a roar. Then a cloud of dust swirled out and almost smothered them.
"What is the meaning of that?" said Frank, bewildered.
"What does that mean?" Frank said, confused.
"A cave-in!" shouted Old Rocks, making a hasty examination. "By ther livin' gods! ther hull derned cave is blocked, an' ther Hermit an' ther leetle gal is both buried beneath ur beyond thet fall!"
"A cave-in!" shouted Old Rocks, quickly looking around. "By the living gods! The whole damn cave is blocked, and the Hermit and the little girl are both buried under or beyond that collapse!"
Frank was horrified beyond measure.
Frank was utterly horrified.
"It is terrible!" he gasped. "Poor little Fay!"
"It’s awful!" he gasped. "Poor little Fay!"
"What you want?" asked the familiar voice of the child, near at hand. "It was lonetome in dere. The mans goed to sleep, an' I tomed out to see you."
"What do you want?" asked the familiar voice of the child, close by. "I was lonely in there. The man went to sleep, and I came out to see you."
"Thank God!" came fervently from Frank's lips, as he caught her up in his arms and covered her face with kisses.
"Thank God!" Frank exclaimed passionately as he lifted her into his arms and showered her face with kisses.
"Wa-al, thet's whut I call luck!" gurgled the guide.
"Well, that's what I call luck!" gurgled the guide.
"Luck!" cried Frank, rebukingly. "It was the hand of Providence! Can you doubt the wisdom and goodness of an Overruling Power after this?"[Pg 228]
"Luck!" Frank exclaimed, scolding. "It was the hand of Providence! Can you really question the wisdom and goodness of a higher power after this?"[Pg 228]
"Dunno ez I kin," admitted the old man. "It duz look like something a' ther kind took her out o' thar jest at ther right time."
"Dunno if I can," admitted the old man. "It does look like something the other kind took her out of there just at the right time."
A complete examination showed that the whole roof of the cave had apparently fallen in, and the passage was blocked with tons upon tons of earth and sand.
A thorough inspection revealed that the entire cave roof had seemingly collapsed, and the passage was obstructed by tons and tons of dirt and sand.
"This yar's ther end o' Sand Cave," said Old Rocks.
"This year's the end of Sand Cave," said Old Rocks.
They kept the child with them and waited behind the rocks for the attack of the Blackfeet, but no attack came. Thus the long night passed, and another day came round.
They kept the child with them and waited behind the rocks for the Blackfeet's attack, but it never came. So, the long night went by, and a new day arrived.
Then it was found that the Indians had departed.
Then it was discovered that the Native Americans had left.
"They didn't dar' stay hayer longer," said Old Rocks. "Ther whelps wuz afeared o' ther soldiers. I'd like ter run onter ther soldiers an' set 'em arter Half Hand an' ther gang."
"They didn't dare stay here any longer," said Old Rocks. "The pups were scared of the soldiers. I'd like to run into the soldiers and send them after Half Hand and the gang."
Led by the guide, they left the spot. Frank carried Fay in his arms.
Led by the guide, they left the place. Frank carried Fay in his arms.
Old Rocks first proceeded to the spot where he had hidden his rifle, and, with that again in his possession, he expressed himself as feeling ready to "chaw up ther hull Blackfeet tribe."
Old Rocks first went to the place where he had hidden his rifle, and with it back in his hands, he said he felt ready to "take on the whole Blackfeet tribe."
They found some game for breakfast and dinner, and before nightfall they reached the camp on the shore of the lake, where Preston March and Foster Fairfax had met.
They found some food for breakfast and dinner, and before night fell, they reached the camp by the lake, where Preston March and Foster Fairfax had met.
A large party of tourists had gathered there, and the appearance of the man and boy, the latter bearing Fay in his arms, created the greatest excitement. Several persons rushed into the tent and drew forth a man and woman, the latter white and grief-stricken, and pointed out the child, who was sitting on Frank's shoulder and waving her hand, as she laughingly called:
A big group of tourists had gathered there, and the sight of the man and boy, with the boy carrying Fay in his arms, caused a huge commotion. Several people hurried into the tent and pulled out a man and a woman, the woman pale and distraught, and pointed to the child, who was sitting on Frank's shoulder and waving her hand as she happily called out:
"I dess my mamma is dere! I knowed you'd tate me bat to my mamma!"
"I guess my mom is there! I knew you'd take me back to my mom!"
The man and woman were Foster Fairfax and his[Pg 229] wife, who had met by accident there in the Wonderland of America. She had told him how little Fay had wandered away and become lost, and both had feared that they would never see their child again.
The man and woman were Foster Fairfax and his[Pg 229] wife, who had met by chance in the Wonderland of America. She had explained to him how little Fay had strayed away and gotten lost, and both had dreaded that they would never see their child again.
Their unutterable joy cannot be depicted in words. Frank and Old Rocks were the heroes of the occasion.
Their indescribable joy can't be put into words. Frank and Old Rocks were the stars of the event.
"Yer don't want ter give me too much credit fer this yar," said the guide. "I done ther trailin', but this yar tenderfut saved me frum bein' killed twice, an' he's got nerves o' steel. It ain't often I take ter a tenderfut, but I will allow thet this yar chap is a boy ter tie to. Ther babby sticks by him; he has won her heart. Dog my cats ef I blame her either!"
"Don't give me too much credit for this, you know," said the guide. "I did the tracking, but this kid saved me from getting killed twice, and he's got nerves of steel. It's not often that I bond with a kid like him, but I have to admit that this young man is someone you can count on. The baby sticks by him; he has won her heart. I can't blame her for that!"
Then the old man told how Frank had saved him from the grizzly, how the boy had been tireless on the trail, how he had not murmured at any hardship, and how he had broken the arm of the Blackfoot Indian who was about to brain the guide.
Then the old man recounted how Frank had rescued him from the grizzly, how the boy had been relentless on the trail, how he hadn’t complained about any difficulties, and how he had broken the arm of the Blackfoot Indian who was about to attack the guide.
As a result, Frank found himself regarded with unspeakable admiration by all the tourists, while Foster Fairfax and his wife could not say or do enough to express their feelings.
As a result, Frank was looked at with incredible admiration by all the tourists, while Foster Fairfax and his wife could not find enough words or actions to show their feelings.
Frank told them of the death of Preston March, and, later, when Professor Scotch and Barney had been found by Rocks and brought into the party, all visited the spot where the Hermit of Yellowstone Park lay buried beneath tons of earth.
Frank told them about the death of Preston March, and later, when Professor Scotch and Barney were found by Rocks and brought into the group, everyone went to the place where the Hermit of Yellowstone Park was buried beneath tons of earth.
At the mouth of the cave Foster Fairfax caused a cross to be erected, bearing the name of the unfortunate man, the date of his birth and of his death.
At the entrance of the cave, Foster Fairfax had a cross put up, showing the name of the unfortunate man, along with the dates of his birth and death.
Frank remained in the park till he succeeded in photographing some "real wild buffalo," and then he was well satisfied to move on to other fields of adventure.
Frank stayed in the park until he managed to take pictures of some "real wild buffalo," and then he was happy to move on to other adventures.
Half Hand was shot while trying to get away with a stolen horse about a year later.[Pg 230]
Half Hand was shot while trying to escape with a stolen horse about a year later.[Pg 230]
When the time came to part from Frank, little Fay was almost heart-broken. She clung to him, sobbing:
When it was time to say goodbye to Frank, little Fay was nearly heartbroken. She held on to him, crying:
"Is you doin' to leave me? I don't want you to! You know I is your Fairy."
"Are you going to leave me? I don't want you to! You know I'm your Fairy."
"You will ever be my Fairy," said the boy, with deep feeling. "Your mamma has promised me your picture, and I shall keep it with me ever. Some time by and by, dear, I will come back to you again."
"You will always be my Fairy," said the boy, with deep emotion. "Your mom promised me your picture, and I will keep it with me forever. One day, my dear, I will come back to you again."
CHAPTER XXXV.
A PECULIAR GIRL.
The remainder of the stop in Yellowstone Park proved a delightful time.
The rest of our stay in Yellowstone Park was a great time.
"I wish I could sthay wid ye, Frankie, me b'y," said Barney, one day.
"I wish I could stay with you, Frankie, my boy," said Barney, one day.
"Stay with me? What do you mean?" asked Frank.
"Stay with me? What do you mean?" Frank asked.
"Oi have news from home. Oi must go back to Fardale to rasume me studies."
"Hey, I have news from home. I need to go back to Fardale to continue my studies."
"I'll be sorry to lose you Barney." And Frank spoke the truth, for he loved his Irish chum a good deal.
"I'll miss you, Barney." And Frank meant it, because he cared a lot for his Irish friend.
Just then Professor Scotch burst in on the pair, telegram in hand.
Just then, Professor Scotch burst in on the two, holding a telegram.
"I must return East at once," he cried. "A relative of mine has died and I must settle up his affairs."
"I need to head back East right away," he said. "A family member has passed away and I have to take care of his matters."
"Two at once!" ejaculated Frank. "Then I'll be left to continue my travels alone."
"Two at once!" exclaimed Frank. "Then I'll have to continue my travels on my own."
"Not for long, my boy," answered the professor. "I will soon return to see that you fall into no more danger."
"Not for long, my boy," the professor replied. "I'll be back soon to make sure you don’t get into any more trouble."
Two days later found Frank alone, the professor and Barney have taken the eastbound train the evening before. Frank proceeded to Ogden, Utah, where he spent three days in sight-seeing.
Two days later, Frank was alone; the professor and Barney had taken the eastbound train the night before. Frank went to Ogden, Utah, where he spent three days sightseeing.
But he was anxious to go farther West, and one fine day found him a passenger on the Pacific Express, bound for San Francisco.
But he was eager to travel further West, and one beautiful day, he became a passenger on the Pacific Express, headed for San Francisco.
Every seat in the parlor cars was taken, as Frank discovered, on endeavoring to obtain one. Then he decided that any kind of a seat would do, but nearly every one was occupied.[Pg 232]
Every seat in the parlor cars was taken, as Frank found out when he tried to get one. Then he figured any kind of seat would work, but almost all of them were occupied.[Pg 232]
As he passed through the train, he noticed a girl of seventeen or eighteen who seemed to be sitting alone. She was reading, and, as Frank came along, she dropped the book in her lap, looked up, and smiled.
As he walked through the train, he noticed a girl who looked about seventeen or eighteen sitting by herself. She was reading, and as Frank approached, she dropped the book in her lap, looked up, and smiled.
Frank touched his hat, paused, and asked:
Frank adjusted his hat, stopped for a moment, and asked:
"Is this seat taken, miss?"
"Is this seat taken?"
"No, sir."
"No way, sir."
"Would you object——"
"Do you mind——"
He paused significantly, smiling back at her.
He paused for a moment, smiling back at her.
"Not at all," was her immediate reply, as she drew a bit nearer the window, and he sat down.
"Not at all," she replied right away, moving a little closer to the window as he sat down.
The book in the girl's lap was a noted one of detective tales. Frank caught his breath in astonishment as he noted this.
The book in the girl's lap was a well-known collection of detective stories. Frank gasped in surprise as he noticed this.
"Queer literature for such a girl to be perusing," was his mental observation.
"Queer literature for such a girl to be browsing," was his thought.
He cast a sly glance at her. She was looking out of the window, but the side of her face was toward him. Frank noted that she had a beautiful profile, and that there was a most innocent and winsome expression about her mouth. Her hair was golden and her eyes were blue.
He shot her a sly look. She was gazing out the window, but the side of her face was turned toward him. Frank noticed she had a beautiful profile and a sweet, innocent expression on her lips. Her hair was golden and her eyes were blue.
There was a refinement and delicacy about the girl which impressed Frank favorably.
There was a grace and subtlety about the girl that impressed Frank positively.
Still, he wondered that a girl like her should be reading a book of detective tales. She was the sort of a girl he would have expected to see perusing love stories of the "Bertha M. Clay" class.
Still, he wondered why a girl like her would be reading a book of detective stories. She seemed like the type of girl who would be into romance novels of the "Bertha M. Clay" variety.
He longed to get into conversation with her, and yet, for all of the smile with which she had seemed to greet him, something held him back and told him it was not wise to be too forward.
He really wanted to talk to her, but even though she had greeted him with a smile, something stopped him and made him feel it wasn’t smart to be too eager.
At last she resumed reading again. She did not read long. With a faint, scornful laugh, she dropped the book in her lap.[Pg 233]
At last, she started reading again. She didn't read for long. With a slight, mocking laugh, she dropped the book in her lap.[Pg 233]
Frank fancied he saw an opportunity to "break the ice."
Frank thought he saw a chance to "break the ice."
"You do not seem to like those stories," he observed.
"You don't seem to like those stories," he noticed.
"They are very amusing, and utterly improbable and impossible," she said.
"They're really entertaining and completely unlikely," she said.
The boy laughed.
The kid laughed.
"Then you fancy the author overdrew his hero?" he asked.
"Do you think the author exaggerated his hero?" he asked.
"To be sure he did. There is no detective living who can do such astonishing things as this one is credited with. No such detective ever lived."
"Of course he did. There isn't a detective alive who can pull off the incredible feats that this one is said to have accomplished. No detective like this has ever existed."
"Possibly not."
"Maybe not."
"Surely not. You cannot make me believe that a detective could come in here, look me over, and then tell everything about me almost to my name and the hour of my birth. Rubbish!"
"Of course not. You can’t expect me to believe that a detective could walk in here, size me up, and then reveal everything about me, even my name and the time I was born. Nonsense!"
Frank's wonder at the girl was on the increase. She did not talk much like the ordinary girl of seventeen.
Frank's amazement at the girl kept growing. She didn’t speak like your average seventeen-year-old.
"If you dislike the stories so much how does it happen you are reading them?"
"If you hate the stories so much, why are you reading them?"
"Oh, I do not dislike them. I confess that I found them very amusing, but I am beginning to weary of them."
"Oh, I don't dislike them. I admit that I found them pretty entertaining, but I'm starting to get tired of them."
"I consider it remarkable that you attempted reading them."
"I think it's impressive that you tried to read them."
"Why?"
"Why?"
"Young ladies like you seldom care for this kind of literature."
"Young women like you hardly ever appreciate this type of literature."
"Oh, I see. I presume not. They are too sentimental—soft, some call it. Well, I am not sentimental."
"Oh, I get it. I guess not. They’re too emotional—soft, as some say. Well, I’m not emotional."
"Perhaps not."
"Maybe not."
She lifted her eyebrows and pursed her lips a bit.
She raised her eyebrows and slightly puckered her lips.
"You say that as if you do not believe me. Never mind. It makes no difference whether you believe me or not."[Pg 234]
"You say that like you don't believe me. Whatever. It doesn't matter if you believe me or not."[Pg 234]
She did not seem offended, and still she gave him to understand that what he thought was of little consequence to her.
She didn’t seem offended, but she made it clear that what he thought didn’t really matter to her.
"Well," laughed Frank, "I have never yet met a girl who did not declare she was bound to be an old maid, and those are the very ones who get married first."
"Well," laughed Frank, "I've never met a girl who didn't claim she was destined to be an old maid, and those are the ones who end up getting married first."
"And you think, because of that, that I must be sentimental, as I have said that I am not, do you?"
"And you think, because of that, that I must be sentimental, even though I’ve said I’m not, right?"
"Oh, well—you see—I—I——"
"Oh, well—you know—I—I——"
She interrupted him with a merry laugh.
She cut him off with a cheerful laugh.
"Do not be afraid to answer. I don't mind. We are strangers, and why should I be offended?"
"Don't be afraid to answer. I don't mind. We're strangers, so why should I take offense?"
"It is true we are strangers," said Frank; "and, as we may be seatmates for some time to come, I will offer my card."
"It’s true we don’t know each other," said Frank; "and since we might be sitting together for a while, I'll give you my card."
He drew out a cardcase and gave her a delicate bit of cardboard, with his name engraved upon it.
He pulled out a cardholder and handed her a delicate piece of cardstock with his name engraved on it.
"Frank Merriwell," she read. "Why, that is a splendid name, and it seems to fit you so well! I like you all the better for your name."
"Frank Merriwell," she read. "Wow, that’s a great name, and it really suits you! I like you even more because of your name."
"Whew!" thought Frank. "That is point-blank, and still she says she is not sentimental. She may not be, but she is decidedly complimentary on short acquaintance."
"Whew!" thought Frank. "That is straightforward, and yet she claims she isn't sentimental. She might not be, but she's definitely flattering for someone I barely know."
Aloud, he said:
He said aloud:
"I am happy there is something about me that you admire, if it is no more than my name."
"I’m glad there’s something about me that you admire, even if it’s just my name."
She smiled, looking at him in a big-eyed, innocent way.
She smiled, looking at him with wide, innocent eyes.
"Why, I didn't say that was all. I have not known you long enough to tell. I am no gifted detective, and I cannot read your character at a glance."
"Well, I didn't say that was it. I haven't known you long enough to tell. I'm not a skilled detective, and I can't figure out your character at a glance."
"Well, supposing we say the detective was a freak or a myth, and relegate him to the background."
"Okay, let's say the detective was just a weirdo or a legend and push him to the side."
"That goes," she said.
"That works," she said.
Then she clapped her hand over her mouth, with a little exclamation of dismay, quickly exclaiming:[Pg 235]
Then she covered her mouth with her hand, letting out a small gasp of surprise, quickly saying:[Pg 235]
"That is dreadful! I completely forgot myself! You see, I have been away to school, and I caught on to some slang there, and I find I can't shake it, although mamma doesn't like to have me make such breaks."
"That's awful! I totally lost track of myself! You see, I was away at school, and I picked up some slang there, and I can't seem to get rid of it, even though mom doesn't want me to talk like that."
She paused, a look of the utmost dismay coming to her face, as if she just realized what she had been saying.
She paused, an expression of deep distress appearing on her face, as if she had just realized what she had been saying.
It was with the utmost difficulty Frank restrained his laughter. At the same time he felt his liking and admiration for the strange girl growing swiftly. The little slip into slang seemed to add to her innocence, especially when followed by such utter dismay.
It was incredibly hard for Frank to hold back his laughter. At the same time, he felt his fondness and admiration for the unusual girl increasing rapidly. The use of slang seemed to enhance her innocence, especially when it was followed by such complete shock.
"I am bound to do it occasionally," she said, after a few moments. "I can't seem to get out of the habit, although I have tried. I trust you will pardon me."
"I have to do it sometimes," she said after a moment. "I can’t seem to break the habit, even though I’ve tried. I hope you’ll forgive me."
"Certainly."
"Of course."
"Thank you. I'll keep this card. I have none of my own with me. My name is Isa Isban."
"Thanks. I’ll hold onto this card. I don’t have any of mine with me. My name is Isa Isban."
Somehow, that name was a shock to Frank. He could not have told why, to save his life, but there was something unpleasant about it. It did not seem to fit the girl at all.
Somehow, that name shocked Frank. He couldn’t explain why, even if his life depended on it, but there was something off about it. It just didn’t seem to suit the girl at all.
However, this feeling soon passed, and they were chatting freely in a short time. Their conversation drifted from topic to topic, and Frank was delighted to find his fair companion wondrously well informed on subjects such as are given little attention by most young girls. She could even talk politics rationally, and she rather worsted Frank on a tariff discussion.
However, this feeling soon faded, and they were chatting comfortably in no time. Their conversation flowed from one topic to another, and Frank was thrilled to discover that his charming companion was surprisingly well-informed about subjects that most young women don't usually focus on. She could even discuss politics sensibly and she actually outmatched Frank in a debate about tariffs.
"You are beyond my comprehension," he declared, admiringly. "Where you ever learned so much is more than I can understand."
"You are beyond my understanding," he said, admiringly. "I have no idea where you learned so much."
"Do you fancy that young men are the only ones who know things? If you do, you are sure to find there are others—— Oh, dear! there I go again."
"Do you really think that only young men know things? If you do, you're definitely going to discover that there are others— Oh, no! I'm doing it again."
Having become so well acquainted, Frank asked if[Pg 236] she were bound for San Francisco, and, to his disappointment, she informed him that Carson City was her destination.
Having gotten to know each other so well, Frank asked if[Pg 236] she was headed to San Francisco, and, to his disappointment, she told him that Carson City was her destination.
The conductor came through the train for tickets. Frank had his ready, and the girl began searching for hers, but had not found it when the conductor came along.
The conductor walked through the train to collect tickets. Frank had his ready, and the girl started looking for hers, but she hadn't found it by the time the conductor reached her.
"Oh, dear!" she exclaimed, and Frank was about to offer to aid her, if she needed a loan, when she opened her purse and took out several bills, every one of them new and crisp, and of large denominations.
"Oh, no!" she exclaimed, and Frank was about to offer to help her if she needed a loan when she opened her purse and pulled out several bills, each one brand new and crisp, and in large denominations.
"The smallest I have is fifty dollars," she said. "Papa gave me large bills, as he said they would not be so bulky."
"The smallest I have is fifty dollars," she said. "Dad gave me large bills because he said they wouldn't be as bulky."
"I can't change a bill of that size," said the conductor.
"I can’t change a bill that big," said the conductor.
"I can," put in Frank, immediately producing his pocketbook. "I will break it for you."
"I can," Frank said, quickly pulling out his wallet. "I'll break it for you."
So he took the new bank-note, and gave her two twenties, a five and five ones for it, enabling her to pay her fare without difficulty.
So he took the new banknote and gave her two twenties, a five, and five ones for it, making it easy for her to pay her fare.
The conductor gave the girl a rebate ticket and passed on.
The conductor handed the girl a discount ticket and moved on.
"Thank you so much!" she said to Frank. "I believe I may have trouble in getting those large bills broken. Would you mind giving me small bills for another fifty?"
"Thanks a lot!" she said to Frank. "I think I might have a hard time getting those big bills changed. Would you mind giving me small bills for another fifty?"
Frank did not mind, and he gave them.
Frank didn’t mind, so he gave them.
CHAPTER XXXVI.
FRIENDS AND FOES.
The Pacific Express drew into Reno on time, and Frank Merriwell was about to bid adieu to the beautiful girl whom he had first met the day before.
The Pacific Express arrived in Reno right on schedule, and Frank Merriwell was about to say goodbye to the beautiful girl he had met just the day before.
"I shall not soon forget this pleasant journey," he said, sincerely. "Your company has made it very agreeable, Miss—Isban."
"I won't soon forget this nice trip," he said sincerely. "Your company has made it really enjoyable, Miss—Isban."
Somehow, he stumbled over that name, to which he had taken such a strong dislike.
Somehow, he tripped over that name, which he had come to dislike so much.
"Thank you," she said, and he half fancied her lip quivered a bit. "You have been very kind, Mr. Merriwell."
"Thank you," she said, and he almost thought her lip quivered a little. "You've been very kind, Mr. Merriwell."
Frank's heart fluttered a bit; the train was drawing into the station; the boy leaned toward her, his eyes shining, a flush in his cheeks.
Frank's heart raced a little; the train was arriving at the station; the boy leaned in closer to her, his eyes bright, a blush on his cheeks.
"And now we are to say good-by, without the least probability of ever seeing each other again," he said, his voice not quite steady.
"And now we have to say goodbye, probably never to see each other again," he said, his voice wavering slightly.
She turned away for a moment, and then, as she turned back, she swiftly said:
She glanced away for a moment, and then, as she faced back, she quickly said:
"It is possible we may never see each other again, but you have given me your home address, and you say any letter I may send will be forwarded to you. You may hear from me—some time."
"It’s possible we might never see each other again, but you’ve given me your home address, and you said any letter I send will be forwarded to you. You might hear from me—sometime."
"I may—but if you would promise to write——"
"I might—but if you promise to write——"
"I have told you I cannot promise that."
"I've told you I can't promise that."
"And you will not give me your address?"
"And you won't give me your address?"
"I cannot for reasons known to myself. Do not ask me."[Pg 238]
"I can't say, for reasons that are my own. Please don't ask me." [Pg 238]
"Miss Isban, I believe you are in trouble—some things you have told me have led me to believe so. If you need a friend at any time, let me hear from you."
"Miss Isban, I think you’re in trouble—some things you've shared with me make me think that. If you ever need a friend, just reach out."
She gave him her hand, looked straight into his eyes, and said:
She held out her hand, looked directly into his eyes, and said:
"I will."
"I will."
The brakeman thrust open the door and shouted:
The brakeman swung the door open and yelled:
"Reno. Change here for Carson, Virginia City, Candelaria and Keeler."
"Reno. Transfer here for Carson, Virginia City, Candelaria, and Keeler."
The train came to a dead stop.
The train came to a complete stop.
Frank escorted Isa from the car, carrying her traveling bag, which he gave to her when the station platform was reached.
Frank helped Isa out of the car, carrying her travel bag, which he handed to her when they arrived at the train station platform.
"Remember!" he breathed in her ear.
"Remember!" he whispered in her ear.
Her hand touched his, she smiled into his eyes, whispering:
Her hand brushed his, she smiled into his eyes, whispering:
"I will! Good-by."
"I will! Goodbye."
He lifted his hat, as she turned away.
He raised his hat as she turned away.
At that moment a youth came hurrying forward, lifted his hat, his face radiant, and accosted Isa:
At that moment, a young man rushed over, took off his hat, his face beaming, and greeted Isa:
"Vida," he said, "I am here. You did not come when you said, but I have been watching for you."
"Vida," he said, "I'm here. You didn't come when you said you would, but I've been waiting for you."
Frank staggered back.
Frank stumbled back.
"Cæsar's ghost!" he palpitated. "Is it possible, or do my eyes deceive me? Can that be Bart Hodge, my schoolmate, chum, and comrade of Fardale? As I live, I believe it is! And he knows Miss Isban! What's the matter? She does not seem to know him!"
"César's ghost!" he gasped. "Is it real, or am I imagining this? Could that be Bart Hodge, my schoolmate, buddy, and friend from Fardale? I think it really is! And he knows Miss Isban! What's going on? She doesn't seem to recognize him!"
The girl had drawn back, with an expression of alarm.
The girl had recoiled, her face showing fear.
"I think you have made a mistake, sir," she said, rather haughtily.
"I think you've made a mistake, sir," she said, quite arrogantly.
"A mistake!" gasped the handsome youth, astonished and dismayed. "Why, you know me! There is no mistake."
"A mistake!" shouted the attractive young man, shocked and upset. "You know me! There’s no mistake."
"Vida, you say that? Why, I am——"
"Vida, you say that? Well, I am——"
"An impertinent young scoundrel!"
"An impertinent young scoundrel!"
Smack!—an open hand struck Bart Hodge on the cheek, sending him reeling. The blow was delivered by a large man, with a heavy black mustache and the manner and appearance of a "gentleman rowdy." His clothes were flashy, and he "sported" several large diamonds.
Smack!—a hand hit Bart Hodge on the cheek, knocking him off balance. The hit came from a big guy with a thick black mustache and the look and attitude of a "gentleman rowdy." His clothes were flashy, and he was wearing several large diamonds.
Frank was not the boy to stand idle and see a friend struck. Without a word he made a leap for the big man. His fist was clinched, his arm shot out, and his knuckles took the fellow under the left ear.
Frank wasn't the type to sit back and watch a friend get hit. He jumped at the big guy without saying a word. His fist was clenched, his arm shot out, and his knuckles landed under the guy's left ear.
It was a beautiful knock-down blow. The man measured his length on the platform in an instant.
It was a stunning knockout punch. The man collapsed onto the platform in an instant.
"All aboard!"
"Everyone on board!"
The train was about to start, the conductor was giving the signal.
The train was about to leave, and the conductor was signaling.
"Let it go," said Frank, quietly. "It is possible I had better stay here and see this matter through. Bart may need me."
"Let it go," Frank said quietly. "I think it might be best for me to stay here and see this through. Bart might need me."
The train began to move.
The train started to move.
With a cry of dismay, the girl had knelt beside the fallen man.
With a cry of distress, the girl knelt beside the fallen man.
A bit dazed, Bart Hodge had faced around in time to see Frank strike that telling blow. Bart stared, almost doubting the evidence of his eyes.
A little confused, Bart Hodge turned around just in time to see Frank deliver that impactful punch. Bart stared, almost questioning what he was seeing.
"Great guns!" he gasped.
"Wow!" he gasped.
Then he sprang forward, his hand outstretched, shouting:
Then he jumped ahead, reaching out his hand, shouting:
"Frank Merriwell!"
"Frank Merriwell!"
"Bart Hodge!"
"Bart Hodge!"
They shook hands, both laughing forth their delight.
They shook hands, both laughing with joy.
"You are a sight for sore eyes, old man!" cried Bart.
"You’re a welcome surprise, old man!" shouted Bart.
The man with the black mustache pushed away the girl and sat up, staring, in a dazed way, at the two boys.
The man with the black mustache pushed the girl away and sat up, staring blankly at the two boys.
"Who struck me?" he asked.
"Who hit me?" he asked.
"I believe I had that pleasure," smiled Frank.
"I think I had that pleasure," smiled Frank.
"You? Did you knock me down? Why, you're a kid! I can kill you with one blow!"
"You? Did you just take me down? Come on, you’re just a kid! I could take you out with one punch!"
He got upon his feet, his face dark as a thundercloud.
He stood up, his face as dark as a storm cloud.
The girl caught him by the arm, crying, in distress:
The girl grabbed him by the arm, tears streaming down her face, clearly upset:
"Don't Paul—don't harm him! He has been kind to me on the train. I beg you not to hurt him!"
"Don’t, Paul—don’t hurt him! He was nice to me on the train. Please, I’m begging you not to hurt him!"
This seemed to anger the man still more.
This seemed to make the man even angrier.
"Kind to you, eh?" he snarled. "And the other one tried to flirt with you. I will——"
"Nice to you, huh?" he sneered. "And the other guy was trying to hit on you. I will——"
His hand went round to his hip, and there was a mad, deadly gleam in his eyes. He looked murderous.
His hand moved to his hip, and there was a wild, dangerous spark in his eyes. He looked ready to kill.
Neither of the boys made a move to draw a weapon.
Neither of the boys made a move to pull a weapon.
"I wouldn't do it," said Frank, coolly. "I know this section of the country is called 'the wild and woolly West,' but it is not sufficiently wild and woolly to overlook a cold-blooded murder. If you take a fancy to shoot two boys you will be pretty sure to get yourself beautifully hanged."
"I wouldn’t do it," Frank said coolly. "I know this part of the country is called 'the wild and woolly West,' but it’s not wild enough to ignore a cold-blooded murder. If you decide to shoot two boys, you can be pretty sure you’ll end up beautifully hanged."
"Oh, I won't shoot!" growled the man, his hand dropping away from his hip. "But I will——"
"Oh, I won't shoot!" the man snarled, his hand falling away from his hip. "But I will——"
"Easy, there!" came sharply from the lips of a police officer. "Somebody is going to get yanked here."
"Hold on!" a police officer said sharply. "Someone's about to get pulled in."
He forced his way through the crowd that had formed a circle about the principal actors on the scene.
He pushed his way through the crowd that had formed a circle around the main people in the scene.
"Who is talking about shooting here?" he demanded. "Where is the man who carries concealed weapons?"
"Who’s talking about shooting here?" he asked. "Where’s the guy who's carrying hidden guns?"
"Come away, Paul," whispered the girl, pulling at the man's arm.
"Come on, Paul," whispered the girl, tugging at the man's arm.
"All right," he muttered—"all right, but there are other days. Those young whelps had better keep out of my way."[Pg 241]
"Okay," he mumbled—"okay, but there are other days. Those young punks had better stay out of my way."[Pg 241]
"Disperse, here!" ordered the officer, commandingly, flourishing his stick. "Be lively about it, too."
"Get moving, now!" the officer shouted, waving his stick. "And make it quick!"
The crowd began to disperse.
The crowd started to break up.
The big man turned away, and the girl took his arm. Bart Hodge took a step after them, but Frank caught hold of his arm, saying, sharply:
The big man turned away, and the girl took his arm. Bart Hodge moved to follow them, but Frank grabbed his arm and said sharply:
"Easy, old boy! Let her go."
"Easy there, buddy! Let her go."
"But——"
"But—"
"Are you looking for further trouble right here?"
"Are you looking for more trouble right here?"
"No, but——"
"No, but—"
"Then mind me."
"Then pay attention to me."
"I suppose I'll have to, as you always were the boss. But I know that girl, and she refused to recognize me."
"I guess I will, since you were always in charge. But I know that girl, and she wouldn’t acknowledge me."
"Well, what do you think you can do about it?"
"Well, what do you think you can do about it?"
"I was going to demand an explanation, and——"
"I was going to ask for an explanation, and——"
"You would have received it—from the man who accompanies her."
"You would have gotten it—from the guy who is with her."
Frank drew Bart away, but the latter still grumbled.
Frank pulled Bart away, but Bart still complained.
"If you understood it—if you knew, Frank. Why, I have chased across the continent to meet her, and then to have her cut me dead! It is terrible!"
"If you understood it—if you knew, Frank. I’ve chased across the country to meet her, and then she just ignored me! It’s awful!"
Frank smiled.
Frank grinned.
"I should fancy it would seem a bit hard," he confessed. "But you may have made a mistake."
"I guess it might seem a bit tough," he admitted. "But you might have made a mistake."
"Not much!"
"Not a lot!"
"Still, it is possible you did, Bart—it is probable."
"Still, it's possible you did, Bart—it’s likely."
"Probable! Get out! I——"
"Probably! Get out! I——"
"Wait a minute. It happens that I am slightly acquainted with the young lady."
"Hold on a second. It turns out I'm a bit familiar with the young woman."
"You? She never mentioned you to me."
"You? She never talked about you to me."
"Still, I am slightly acquainted with her," smiled Frank, who knew well enough why she had never mentioned him. "I heard you call her Vida, and——"
"Still, I know her a little," smiled Frank, who understood very well why she had never brought him up. "I heard you call her Vida, and——"
"That is her name—Vida Melburn."
"Her name is Vida Melburn."
"It's just as I thought—you have mistaken this girl[Pg 242] for some one else. The name of this young lady is Isa Isban."
"It's just as I thought—you've confused this girl[Pg 242] with someone else. The name of this young lady is Isa Isban."
"Impossible!"
"Not possible!"
"It is the truth. I traveled with her from Ogden, and she left me a moment before you observed her. Now, I know what I am talking about, and you are twisted, old boy."
"It’s the truth. I traveled with her from Ogden, and she left me just before you saw her. Now, I know what I’m talking about, and you’re being ridiculous, old friend."
Bart smote his hands together, his dark eyes glowing.
Bart clapped his hands together, his dark eyes shining.
"I will not believe it yet; but, if it is true, there are two girls in the world who look exactly alike."
"I won't believe it just yet; but, if it's true, there are two girls in the world who look exactly the same."
"Come away from here," said Frank. "Where can we obtain something to eat? We can talk it over——"
"Let's get out of here," said Frank. "Where can we find something to eat? We can discuss it then——"
"Hold on, Frank. I believe those people are going to take the next train south, which leaves immediately."
"Hold on, Frank. I think those people are about to catch the next train south, which is leaving right now."
"That is right. Miss Isban is on her way to Carson."
"That's right. Miss Isban is headed to Carson."
"Then I shall take that train."
"Then I'll catch that train."
Frank looked his friend over from head to foot.
Frank scanned his friend from head to toe.
"Say," he chuckled, "you are hard hit! I will confess that I was a bit stuck on the girl, but I did not have it this way."
"Wow," he laughed, "you really took a hit! I’ll admit I was a little into the girl, but I didn’t think it would turn out like this."
"She is in trouble," asserted Bart. "I mean to be on hand to help her, if she needs assistance."
"She's in trouble," Bart said. "I plan to be there to help her if she needs it."
"All right; we'll take the next train south."[Pg 243]
"Okay; we'll catch the next train heading south."[Pg 243]
CHAPTER XXXVII.
BOY SHADOWERS.
And so they took the next train for Carson City.
And so they boarded the next train to Carson City.
Isa Isban and her companion of the dark mustache were on the same train, as they learned without difficulty.
Isa Isban and her companion with the dark mustache were on the same train, as they figured out easily.
The girl and the man were in the same car with the boys, but neither of them seemed to pay the least attention to the latter.
The girl and the man were in the same car with the boys, but neither of them seemed to care at all about the latter.
"Look here, Frank," said Bart, "tell me how you happened to get acquainted with her."
"Hey, Frank," Bart said, "fill me in on how you met her."
Frank did so, and Bart's face clouded as he listened.
Frank did that, and Bart's expression darkened as he listened.
"I know you are great at catching on with the girls," Bart observed; "but I swear I did not believe Vida Melburn was the sort to take up with a chance acquaintance, under any circumstances."
"I know you're really good at getting to know girls," Bart said; "but I honestly didn't think Vida Melburn would be the type to get involved with someone she just met, no matter what."
Frank laughed.
Frank chuckled.
"Now, you are jealous, old man," he said. "It came about naturally enough, and she acted like a lady."
"Now, you're just jealous, old man," he said. "It happened pretty naturally, and she carried herself like a lady."
"But not like the Vida Melburn I know."
"But not like the Vida Melburn I know."
"I do not believe she is the Vida Melburn you know. You have been deceived by a resemblance, my boy."
"I don't think she's the Vida Melburn you know. You've been fooled by a similarity, my boy."
Bart shook his head.
Bart shook his head.
"Not much! Don't take me for a fool, Frank! I am not such a dunderhead as that—oh, no!"
"Not much! Don't think I'm an idiot, Frank! I'm not that stupid—oh, no!"
"Then she lied to one of us."
"Then she lied to one of us."
Bart's face lighted a bit.
Bart's face lit up a bit.
"Possibly she did not care to give you her right name, having made your acquaintance in such a manner. That must be the real explanation."
"Maybe she didn't want to share her real name, considering the way you met. That has to be the actual reason."
"Look here, Bart, that girl is too unsophisticated, too[Pg 244] innocent to work that kind of a game. She has the most innocent face I ever saw."
"Listen, Bart, that girl is way too naive, too[Pg 244] innocent to be playing that kind of game. She has the most innocent face I've ever seen."
"You are right," the dark-haired lad confessed, "Vida would not be likely to do such a thing. She is frank and open as the day."
"You’re right," the dark-haired guy admitted, "Vida probably wouldn’t do something like that. She’s as honest and straightforward as can be."
"Well, what do you make of it?"
"Well, what do you think about it?"
"I don't know what to make of it."
"I don’t know what to think about it."
"Tell me how you came to know her."
"Tell me how you got to know her."
"She was visiting at Fardale, and I became acquainted with her. She liked me and—I liked her. We were together a great deal. She did not tell me much about herself, but, still, I learned a few things. Her home is in Sacramento, but she has relatives in Carson City. I found out that there had been trouble between her father and mother, and they had separated. That is how her father happened to send her East. Her relatives at Fardale did not regard me with favor for some reason, and they ordered me to have nothing more to say to her. Still, we met occasionally, and—to tell the truth, old boy—I fell in love with her. They found out we were seeing each other secretly, and they made a rumpus about it. Then they wrote to her father, and they sent for her to return to the West. She was shipped off in a hurry, so we would see no more of each other; but she wrote me a short note, telling me to address her at Austin, Nevada. I did so, and, as I happen to have a rich old uncle in California, I proposed to come out here. She answered, saying she would be in Reno just three days ago, and for me to meet her at the railway station, if possible. It looked impossible then, but I was hard hit, and I made a big hustle to get away from school and come out here. I worked all kinds of schemes on the governor, and he finally agreed to let me come West to visit Uncle Hiram. I came, and I was in Reno on the[Pg 245] date set, but she did not appear. I have been there every day since, and to-day she came. You know the rest."
"She was visiting Fardale, and I got to know her. She liked me, and I liked her. We spent a lot of time together. She didn't share much about herself, but I did learn a few things. She lives in Sacramento, but she has relatives in Carson City. I found out there had been some issues between her parents, and they had separated. That's why her dad sent her East. Her relatives at Fardale didn’t seem to like me for some reason and told me to stay away from her. Still, we met occasionally, and to be honest, old buddy, I fell for her. They found out we were seeing each other secretly and made a big fuss about it. Then they wrote to her dad and made her go back to the West. They rushed her off so we wouldn’t see each other again, but she sent me a short note telling me to write to her at Austin, Nevada. I did, and since I have a wealthy uncle in California, I suggested I would come out here. She replied, saying she was going to be in Reno three days ago and asked me to meet her at the train station if I could. It seemed impossible at the time, but I was really taken with her, so I worked hard to get away from school and come out here. I tried all sorts of schemes with the governor, and he finally agreed to let me go West to visit Uncle Hiram. I came, and I was in Reno on the[Pg 245] date she gave me, but she didn’t show up. I’ve been there every day since, and today she came. You know the rest."
Frank regarded his friend steadfastly for some moments, smiling covertly.
Frank looked at his friend steadily for a few moments, smiling quietly.
"You are a queer fellow, Bart," he said. "You go to extremes in everything. Now, stop and think of chasing away out here after a girl. It is——"
"You’re a strange guy, Bart," he said. "You take things to the extreme. Just stop and think about running around out here after a girl. It’s—"
Bart interrupted him with a sharp gesture.
Bart interrupted him with a quick gesture.
"Oh, I know—I don't deny that I am a fool! At the same time I can't help it. I never saw a girl before this one that I cared a snap for. She seems to be my affinity."
"Oh, I know—I don't deny that I'm a fool! At the same time, I can't help it. I've never met a girl before her that I cared even a little about. She feels like my soulmate."
Frank's laugh rang out merrily.
Frank's laugh echoed joyfully.
"Affinity is good!" he exclaimed. "You are hard hit. And the girl threw you down when you appeared on the scene. What do you make of that?"
"Affinity is great!" he exclaimed. "You really got hit hard. And the girl knocked you down when you showed up. What do you think about that?"
Bart scowled.
Bart frowned.
"I am sure of one thing."
"I know one thing for sure."
"And that is—what?"
"And that is—what now?"
"She is in trouble."
"She's in trouble."
"Who is the man with her?"
"Who is the guy with her?"
"That is what I'd like to know. I am sure she fears him. She must have seen him, and she must have feared to recognize me. There can be no other explanation."
"That’s what I want to know. I’m sure she’s afraid of him. She must have seen him, and she must have been afraid to acknowledge me. There’s no other explanation."
"He is not her father, is he?"
"He isn't her dad, is he?"
"That creature the father of that girl? Well, not much!"
"That guy is the father of that girl? Well, not really!"
"No, he is not. If I remember right, she called him Paul. Can he be her brother?"
"No, he isn't. If I remember correctly, she called him Paul. Could he be her brother?"
"Never!"
"Not a chance!"
"Then, what is he?"
"So, what is he?"
"You tell."
"You go ahead."
"I can't."
"I can't."
"More than ever am I sure she is in trouble—great trouble. I am determined to know the truth. I will learn it from her own lips."[Pg 246]
"More than ever, I’m sure she’s in trouble—serious trouble. I’m determined to find out the truth. I’ll hear it straight from her." [Pg 246]
"How?"
"How?"
"By following her till I get an opportunity to speak with her."
"By following her until I have a chance to talk to her."
"Well, Bart, you are so badly struck that all I can do is hang by you and see you through. We will solve the mystery of this girl, if we are capable of doing so."
"Well, Bart, you're so affected that all I can do is stick by you and support you. We will figure out the mystery of this girl, if we can."
"Right you are, Frank."
"You're right, Frank."
Then they spoke of other matters, old friends at Fardale, and how things were moving there. Bart told all about the events that had taken place at the academy since Frank left, how they had missed him as a leader in sports of all kinds, how often he was spoken of with admiration and affection by his old comrades, and how even the professors held him up as a model to be emulated.
Then they talked about different things, old friends at Fardale, and what was happening there. Bart shared everything about the events that had occurred at the academy since Frank left, how much they missed him as a leader in sports of all kinds, how often his old friends spoke of him with admiration and affection, and how even the professors regarded him as a role model to be followed.
"They seem to have forgotten the pranks you were up to and the larks you were in," said Bart; "but they remember that you stood at the head in everything you undertook."
"They seem to have forgotten the pranks you pulled and the fun you had," said Bart; "but they remember that you led in everything you took on."
Then Frank told of his own adventures in knocking about, and Bart regarded him with still greater admiration.
Then Frank shared his own adventures of wandering around, and Bart looked at him with even more admiration.
"You are the luckiest fellow alive!" declared the dark-haired lad. "I wish I had a rich and eccentric old uncle to kick the bucket and leave me a big fortune on condition that I would 'travel over the world to advance my education and broaden my ideas.' Say, that uncle of yours was a good thing!"
"You are the luckiest guy alive!" said the dark-haired kid. "I wish I had a rich and quirky old uncle who would kick the bucket and leave me a huge fortune on the condition that I would 'travel the world to expand my education and broaden my perspectives.' Man, that uncle of yours was a real blessing!"
"Uncle Asher was original in everything."
"Uncle Asher was one of a kind in everything."
"I should guess yes. When are you going abroad?"
"I would guess yes. When are you going overseas?"
"Very soon. Professor Scotch will make arrangements for such a move while he is in the East."
"Very soon. Professor Scotch will take care of the arrangements for such a move while he’s in the East."
"You are the envy of Fardale. Hans Dunnerwust returned with a stock of tales of astounding adventures, which he managed to bungle badly in the telling. And now I suppose Barney Mulloy will take his turn. Be[Pg 247]tween them they will make you out one of the most remarkable heroes of modern times."
"You are the talk of Fardale. Hans Dunnerwust came back with a bunch of incredible stories about his adventures, but he messed them up pretty badly while telling them. Now I guess it's Barney Mulloy's turn. Between the two of them, they'll make you look like one of the most amazing heroes of our time."
Thus the boys chatted till Carson City was reached.
Thus the boys chatted until they reached Carson City.
All the while Bart was watching the girl closely, and he saw that she really intended to get off at Carson.
All the while, Bart was keeping a close eye on the girl, and he realized that she really planned to get off at Carson.
The boys slipped out of the car, and were on the platform as soon as the pair they were following reached it. It happened that the station platform was crowded, and they were swallowed by the throng, so they found it easy to keep out of sight of the man and girl.
The boys got out of the car and were on the platform as soon as the couple they were following arrived. Luckily, the station platform was crowded, and they blended into the crowd, making it easy to stay out of sight of the man and woman.
The man seemed to watch to see if the boys left the car, while the girl tried to draw him away. After some moments he submitted, and they entered a closed carriage.
The man appeared to keep an eye on whether the boys got out of the car, while the girl attempted to distract him. After a little while, he gave in, and they got into a closed carriage.
"Here!" exclaimed Frank, catching hold of a sleepy driver and giving him a whirl; "see that carriage?"
"Here!" Frank shouted, grabbing a sleepy driver and spinning him around. "Do you see that carriage?"
"Yep."
"Yeah."
"Don't lose sight of it for a moment, but do not seem to follow it. Understand?"
"Don't lose track of it for even a second, but don't let it seem like you're following it. Got it?"
"I reckon."
"I think."
"Good! If you do the trick well, you get a tenner."
"Great! If you pull off the trick successfully, you’ll earn ten bucks."
"Got it?"
"Understood?"
"See."
"Check this out."
Frank showed his roll, on the outside of which were the bright new fifty-dollar bills.
Frank showed his roll, on the outside of which were the bright new fifty-dollar bills.
"Get in."
"Hop in."
The boys sprang in lively, the door closed on them, the driver leaped to his seat, the whip cracked, and away they went.
The boys jumped in excitedly, the door closed behind them, the driver hopped up to his seat, the whip snapped, and they took off.
"This is the first time I ever played the detective," said Bart.
"This is the first time I've ever played the detective," said Bart.
"But it is not the first time for me," declared Frank. "I have found it necessary, several times, in New York, Chicago, New Orleans and elsewhere."
"But this isn't the first time for me," Frank said. "I've found it necessary several times in New York, Chicago, New Orleans, and other places."
"I noticed how ready you were to do the proper thing. You did not give them the start."[Pg 248]
"I saw how eager you were to do the right thing. You didn't give them a head start."[Pg 248]
"Not a bit of it."
"Not at all."
"You are the same old, self-reliant, hustling, go-ahead Frank Merriwell. The only changes I can see in you are for the better."
"You’re still the same self-sufficient, hard-working, ambitious Frank Merriwell. The only differences I notice in you are positive."
"Thank you."
"Thanks."
The driver in advance was a hustling fellow, and he had two good horses. He sent them right along. Now, it was fortunate that, although, the driver behind was a sleepyhead, he, also, had some fine horses, and he did not make any great effort to keep them at a clipping pace.
The driver ahead was a busy guy, and he had two strong horses. He pushed them right along. Luckily, even though the driver behind was a bit of a slacker, he also had some great horses, and he didn’t really try hard to keep them moving fast.
It is probable that the man with the black mustache regarded the boys with no little contempt, for he surely made no effort to give them the slip. It is likely he did not fancy they would follow him so hotly.
It’s likely that the guy with the black mustache looked at the boys with some contempt, since he made no real effort to lose them. He probably didn’t think they would pursue him so eagerly.
At length the carriage in advance stopped before a certain house, and the driver got down to open the door.
At last, the carriage in front stopped in front of a specific house, and the driver got out to open the door.
The driver who was carrying the boys continued past, turned the first corner, stopped short, jumped down, opened the door, and said:
The driver who was taking the boys continued on, turned the first corner, stopped suddenly, jumped down, opened the door, and said:
"Got 'em? They're just round the corner back yon."
"Got them? They’re just around the corner over there."
"And you have earned your X," said Frank, springing out.[Pg 249]
"And you've earned your X," Frank said, jumping up.[Pg 249]
CHAPTER XXXVIII.
"QUEER" MONEY.
"This is counterfeit!"
"This is fake!"
It was in the First National Bank of Carson, between nine and ten o'clock of the day following Frank's arrival in the city.
It was at the First National Bank of Carson, between nine and ten o'clock on the day after Frank arrived in the city.
Frank had found it difficult to get either of the new fifty-dollar bills changed, and so he stepped into the bank and asked if he could be favored there.
Frank found it hard to get either of the new fifty-dollar bills exchanged, so he walked into the bank and asked if they could help him out.
The bill had been scrutinized closely, the cashier had examined it beneath a magnifying glass, after which he questioned the boy concerning his manner of obtaining the paper, and Frank had told the truth fully and without hesitation. Then the boy had been called into a private room, and the cashier had declared the bill counterfeit.
The bill had been examined thoroughly, the cashier had looked at it under a magnifying glass, after which he asked the boy how he had gotten the bill, and Frank had told the truth completely and without hesitation. Then the boy had been taken into a private room, and the cashier had stated that the bill was fake.
Frank had been prepared for such an assertion by what went before it, and he immediately opened his pocketbook and produced the other bill which he had received of Isa Isban.
Frank had expected such a claim based on what had happened earlier, so he quickly took out his wallet and pulled out the other bill he had gotten from Isa Isban.
"Please look at this, and see if it is also counterfeit," he asked, with remarkable coolness.
"Please take a look at this and see if it's counterfeit too," he said, with impressive composure.
In a moment the cashier said:
In a moment, the cashier said:
"It is a mate for the first one. Both are 'queer.' My boy, this is bad stuff to be carrying around. It is liable to bring you into no end of trouble."
"It’s a match for the first one. Both are 'weird.' My dude, this is dangerous stuff to be carrying around. It could get you into all kinds of trouble."
As he said this he was regarding Frank's face with a searching stare, as if seeking to discover if the lad were honest or crooked.[Pg 250]
As he said this, he looked closely at Frank's face, as if trying to figure out whether the kid was trustworthy or shady.[Pg 250]
Frank knew he was under suspicion, and he bore himself as quietly as possible.
Frank knew he was being suspected, and he kept himself as calm as possible.
"This is the first intimation I have received that the bills are bad," declared the lad. "I received them as I have explained, and I have tried in several places, this morning, to get one of them broken, but did not succeed. I finally came here."
"This is the first time I’ve been told that the bills are bad," the kid said. "I got them as I mentioned, and I've tried to cash one of them at different places this morning, but I couldn't make it work. I ended up coming here."
The cashier's brows lowered. He partially closed his eyes, and regarded the boy steadily. Then he began once more to ask questions.
The cashier furrowed his brows. He slightly closed his eyes and looked at the boy intently. Then he started asking questions again.
Frank knew he was in an unfortunate situation, and he decided the best thing he could do was to answer every question truthfully, which he did.
Frank realized he was in a tough spot, and he figured the best thing to do was to answer every question honestly, which he did.
It happened there was not much business going on in the bank. The paying teller and the receiving teller listened to the questions and answers. The receiving teller was a young man, and his face wore a sneering look of incredulity. He regarded Frank with open doubt, and, once or twice, muttered, "Ridiculous!" "Nonsense!" "A clever lie!" or something of the sort.
It turned out there wasn’t much business happening at the bank. The paying teller and the receiving teller listened to the questions and answers. The receiving teller was a young guy, and his face had a sneering look of disbelief. He looked at Frank with obvious doubt and, a couple of times, muttered, "Ridiculous!" "Nonsense!" "A clever lie!" or something like that.
The face of the paying teller was calm and unexpressive. It seemed that he had not determined in his own mind if the boy were telling the truth. He was listening to hear everything before he decided.
The teller's face was calm and expressionless. It appeared he hadn't made up his mind about whether the boy was telling the truth. He was listening intently to catch everything before making a decision.
Frank explained how he came to be in Carson City, having given his name, age, his guardian's name, told where his home was, and answered more than a score of other questions.
Frank explained how he ended up in Carson City, sharing his name, age, his guardian's name, where he lived, and answered more than twenty other questions.
The sneers of the receiving teller angered the boy; but he held his feelings in check, and did not seem to hear the man when he proposed that Merriwell be handed over to the special policeman in front of the bank.
The sneers of the receiving teller made the boy angry; but he kept his emotions in check and acted as if he didn't hear the man when he suggested that Merriwell be handed over to the special policeman in front of the bank.
"Mr. Merriwell," said the cashier, "I shall have to take possession of these bills."
"Mr. Merriwell," the cashier said, "I'm going to need to take these bills."
"It is my duty. I have such instructions. You are getting off easy at that."
"It’s my responsibility. I have specific instructions to follow. You’re getting off easy with that."
"But I shall not recover my hundred dollars."
"But I won't get my hundred dollars back."
"No; that is lost. Let me tell you something: There is a band of queer-makers somewhere in this vicinity. They do not attempt to run their stuff into circulation around here; the most of it is put out in Chicago. But they have been traced to this part of the country. Detectives are at work on the case—Secret Service men, in the employ of the government. Who these detectives are no one can say, although it has been reported that Dan Drake is in it. Up to this time they have been putting out tens and twenties. This fifty must be a new bit of work. And I have something more to tell you. It is said that the queen of this gang of counterfeiters is a beautiful young girl, who does not look to be more than seventeen years of age. It is possible——"
"No, that's lost. Let me tell you something: there's a group of counterfeiters nearby. They don't try to spread their stuff around here; most of it comes out of Chicago. But they have been tracked to this area. Detectives are working on the case—Secret Service agents working for the government. No one knows who these detectives are, although it's been said that Dan Drake is involved. So far, they've been producing tens and twenties. This fifty-dollar bill must be a new operation. And I have something else to tell you. It’s said that the leader of this counterfeiting gang is a beautiful young girl who looks like she’s no older than seventeen. It’s possible—"
But he made a gesture of anger, because such a thing should be thought for a moment.
But he gestured in anger because something like that should be considered for a moment.
"It is not possible!" he said, sharply. "She is innocent of such a thing as that! You cannot make me believe——"
"It’s not possible!" he said, sharply. "She’s innocent of something like that! You can't make me believe——"
He stopped, noting that the look of scorn on the face of the receiving teller was deepening. Then, slowly and surely, the thought that the girl had deceived him, that she was not as innocent as she looked, came upon him. The mystery that surrounded her deepened, and a sudden longing to know the truth grasped him.
He paused, noticing that the scorn on the teller's face was growing. Then, slowly but surely, the idea that the girl had tricked him, that she wasn't as innocent as she seemed, struck him. The mystery surrounding her intensified, and he felt a sudden urge to find out the truth.
The receiving teller laughed shortly, as he saw the changes which flitted across the lad's face.
The receiving teller let out a short laugh as he noticed the changes that flickered across the boy's face.
"There's guilt for you!" he muttered.
"There's guilt for you!" he said quietly.
Frank stiffened up, giving the man a cutting look.
Frank tensed up, shooting the man a sharp glare.
"What became of this girl for whom you changed two fifty-dollar bills?" asked the cashier.[Pg 252]
"What happened to the girl you changed those two fifty-dollar bills for?" asked the cashier.[Pg 252]
"I do not remember what became of her," declared Frank. "She was a passenger on the Pacific Express. I left the express at Reno."
"I don't remember what happened to her," Frank said. "She was a passenger on the Pacific Express. I got off the train in Reno."
"And she went on? Bound for 'Frisco, it is likely."
"And she went on? Probably headed for 'Frisco."
Frank had not said she went on. He explained that he met a friend at Reno, and that was how he happened to leave the express; that friend was coming to Carson, and that was how he happened to come to Carson.
Frank hadn't mentioned that she continued on. He explained that he ran into a friend in Reno, which is how he ended up leaving the express train; that friend was heading to Carson, and that's how he ended up in Carson.
He did not tell that they had followed the girl to Carson, had shadowed her to the house where she had stopped, and that his companion or himself had watched that house constantly, ever since.
He didn't mention that they had followed the girl to Carson, had tracked her to the house where she had stopped, and that either he or his companion had been watching that house constantly ever since.
"Bart is watching it now," he told himself. "She can't get away. She must explain to me how that bogus money came into her possession. I believe I know! The man with the black mustache must have given it to her!"
"Bart is watching it right now," he thought. "She can't escape. She has to tell me how that fake money got into her hands. I think I know! The guy with the black mustache must have given it to her!"
That the man with the sinister mustache was a villain he did not doubt, but he still doubted that the girl was anything but what she seemed—young, innocent, incapable of crime.
That the man with the creepy mustache was a villain he had no doubt about, but he still questioned whether the girl was anything other than what she appeared to be—young, innocent, and incapable of any wrongdoing.
The cashier spoke a low word to one of his companions, and a sudden fear came upon Frank. Was the man ordering his arrest? He could not afford to be detained and bothered at that time. How would he solve the mystery if they placed him under arrest?
The cashier whispered something to one of his coworkers, and a wave of fear hit Frank. Was the guy calling for his arrest? He couldn't afford to be held up and hassled at that moment. How would he figure out the mystery if they arrested him?
But Frank had nerve, and he would not take to his heels, knowing such an act would make it seem certain that he was guilty.
But Frank had guts, and he wouldn't run away, knowing that doing so would make it clear he was guilty.
The receiving teller spoke sharply to the cashier, seemingly urging him to some action; but the boy heard the cashier reply:
The receiving teller spoke sharply to the cashier, clearly pushing him to do something; but the boy heard the cashier respond:
"It will spoil the whole thing to be too hasty."
"It will ruin everything to be too quick."
"The boy can be made to peach on the gang," said the teller, in a guarded tone.
"The boy can be made to snitch on the gang," said the teller, in a cautious tone.
"That's folly!" declared the cashier, shortly. "The[Pg 253] boy is not connected with the gang. Think they would send him here—to a bank—if he were! Have a little sense, Burton!"
"That's ridiculous!" the cashier said abruptly. "The[Pg 253] boy isn't part of the gang. Do you really think they'd send him here—to a bank—if he were? Use some common sense, Burton!"
The teller mumbled, looking sullen and rebuffed, while Frank felt relieved.
The teller mumbled, looking downcast and rejected, while Frank felt relieved.
Then the cashier once more questioned Frank, as a lawyer might question a witness. He tried, in various ways, to entrap the boy, but Frank made no blunders.
Then the cashier questioned Frank again, like a lawyer might question a witness. He tried various tactics to trap the boy, but Frank didn’t make any mistakes.
After a time, the cashier seemed satisfied.
After a while, the cashier looked pleased.
"I am sorry for you," he said. "You have lost a hundred dollars, but you are fortunate to escape arrest and imprisonment."
"I'm sorry for you," he said. "You've lost a hundred dollars, but you're lucky to avoid arrest and jail time."
"I suppose I am," admitted Frank; "and I will tell you something, now; I propose to solve the mystery of this money. I am going to find that girl, I am going to find out how she came to have the bogus stuff, and I am going to bring this band of queer-makers to book, if possible."
"I guess I am," Frank admitted. "And let me tell you something now: I plan to solve the mystery of this money. I'm going to find that girl, figure out how she got the fake bills, and I will try to hold this group of counterfeiters accountable, if I can."
The receiving teller laughed scornfully.
The teller laughed mockingly.
"A fine bluff!" he muttered.
"A good bluff!" he muttered.
The cashier gave him a crushing glance.
The cashier shot him a withering look.
"You have undertaken a big job, my boy," said the latter. "I hardly think you will be able to carry it out when government detectives are bothered."
"You've taken on a huge task, my boy," said the latter. "I doubt you'll be able to get it done with government detectives on your back."
"I'll do my best."
"I'll give it my all."
"And you'll be pretty sure to get into further trouble."
"And you're probably going to get into more trouble."
"I may, but I am lucky about getting out of trouble."
"I might, but I'm lucky when it comes to avoiding trouble."
"Yes, you are dead lucky," muttered the receiving teller.
"Yeah, you’re really lucky," the teller said quietly.
The cashier gave Frank some outspoken advice, and then told the boy he might go.
The cashier gave Frank some blunt advice, and then told the boy he could leave.
Frank left the private office and walked out of the bank. There was a look of determination on his face.
Frank left the private office and walked out of the bank. There was a look of determination on his face.
"I don't fancy being beaten out of a hundred dollars,"[Pg 254] he said to himself. "It's not the money so much; but if that girl knew—if she played me——"
"I don't like the idea of losing a hundred dollars,"[Pg 254] he said to himself. "It's not really about the money; but if that girl knew—if she took advantage of me——"
He stopped short, anger and disgust expressed on his face. His pride was touched. He did not like to think that he had been thus deceived.
He stopped abruptly, anger and disgust visible on his face. His pride was hurt. He didn't like to think that he had been so easily fooled.
"I am going to know!" he vowed. "I am going to know the truth!"
"I will find out!" he vowed. ""I will discover the truth!"
He walked away, his head down, thinking. He was trying to form a plan of action. Within a short time the mystery that surrounded the beautiful girl with two names had deepened. He must find a way to learn the truth; he would not be satisfied till he knew the truth.
He walked away, his head down, lost in thought. He was trying to come up with a plan. Soon, the mystery surrounding the beautiful girl with two names grew even deeper. He needed to find a way to discover the truth; he wouldn’t rest until he knew it.
For some time he walked along, paying little heed to his surroundings, and then, all at once, a thought came to him:
For a while, he walked along, barely noticing his surroundings, and then, suddenly, an idea struck him:
"I am followed!"
"Someone's following me!"
He was confident of it. He did not look back, but he seemed to see the shadower on his trail. They were determined to know at the bank if he had told the truth, and a detective had been detailed to keep watch of him.
He was sure of it. He didn’t look back, but he felt the presence of someone following him. They were intent on finding out at the bank if he was telling the truth, and a detective had been assigned to keep an eye on him.
Frank loitered along, looking into windows. He betrayed no uneasiness. At last he came to a restaurant. Into this he wandered, proceeding to a table at the farther end. Here he sat and gave his order.
Frank hung around, peering into windows. He showed no signs of being uneasy. Finally, he reached a restaurant. He wandered in and made his way to a table at the far end. There, he sat down and placed his order.
The boy had taken a seat where he could watch the front door. In a short time a small man entered quietly, walked straight to a table, sat down, without glancing round, having hung his hat close at hand, and looked over the bill of fare.
The boy sat down where he could keep an eye on the front door. Before long, a short man came in quietly, walked right to a table, sat down without looking around, hung his hat nearby, and started looking at the menu.
"You are the shadower," decided Frank. "I wonder how I can give you the slip?"[Pg 255]
"You’re the one following me," Frank decided. "I’m curious how I can lose you."[Pg 255]
CHAPTER XXXIX.
PURSUED.
Fortune gave the boy the opportunity he desired.
Fortune gave the boy the chance he wanted.
Along the street came two runaway horses, attached to a carriage. In front of the restaurant they crashed into another team, and there was a rush to see how much damage had been done. The attention of every one seemed diverted toward the front.
Along the street came two runaway horses, pulling a carriage. In front of the restaurant, they collided with another team, and everyone rushed to see how much damage had occurred. Everyone's attention seemed focused on the front.
Frank had observed an open door at the back of the room, and through this he quickly sprang, ran along a narrow passage, and burst into the kitchen.
Frank noticed an open door at the back of the room, and through it, he quickly jumped up, ran down a narrow hallway, and burst into the kitchen.
"Hello, here!" cried the cook, in astonishment. "What's the matter?"
"Hey, over here!" shouted the cook, surprised. "What's going on?"
"Terrible smashup, out in front," replied the boy. "Don't know how many have been killed. It is awful!"
"There's a terrible crash out front," the boy said. "I don't know how many people have died. It's awful!"
"That so?" came stupidly from the bewildered man in white. "How did it—— Well, he was in a hurry!"
"Is that so?" said the confused man in white. "How did it— Well, he was in a rush!"
But Frank had sprung out by an open door and was gone.
But Frank had dashed out through an open door and was gone.
The boy reached a side street, sprinted round a corner, doubled and turned at every opportunity, and settled to a swift walk.
The boy reached a side street, dashed around a corner, zigzagged at every chance, and moved into a quick walk.
He soon discovered which direction he should take without having asked to be directed toward any particular point.
He quickly figured out which way to go without needing to ask for direction toward any specific place.
"This is an unpleasant scrape," muttered the boy; "and it came about through my readiness to exchange my good money for bad. If I remain in this town I am liable to be arrested at any moment."
"This is a terrible situation," muttered the boy; "and it happened because I was too quick to trade my good money for worthless stuff. If I stay in this town, I could get arrested at any moment."
He wondered what Bart would say when he was told.[Pg 256] What could Bart think about a girl who carried two bright new counterfeit fifty-dollar bills in her purse?
He wondered what Bart would say when he found out.[Pg 256] What could Bart think about a girl who had two brand new fake fifty-dollar bills in her purse?
Frank began to doubt. He was forced to confess to himself that such a thing was remarkable. If the girl had had but one bad bill in her possession, it would have seemed that she had obtained it unwittingly; but two—and exactly alike——
Frank started to doubt. He had to admit to himself that this was unusual. If the girl had only one fake bill on her, it might have seemed like she got it by accident; but two—and exactly the same
"Can it be possible she is, in some way, connected with a gang of counterfeiters?" Frank asked himself. "I will not believe it! Her face is too innocent."
"Could it be that she’s somehow involved with a gang of counterfeiters?" Frank wondered. "I won’t believe it! She has such an innocent face."
Then he remembered how, in the city of Chicago, he had encountered a beautiful girl who was connected with counterfeiters; but he also remembered that she was an unwilling tool, and had embraced the first opportunity to get clear of the meshes of the net into which she had fallen.
Then he recalled how, in the city of Chicago, he had met a beautiful girl who was involved with counterfeiters; but he also remembered that she was an unwilling participant and had jumped at the first chance to break free from the trap she had fallen into.
"If Isa Isban is connected with such a gang, I am certain it is against her will."
"If Isa Isban is involved with that gang, I'm sure it's not by her choice."
Then he thought how, when she had discovered that he had plenty of money, she had hastened to get him to change two fifty-dollar bills, and his faith was shaken.
Then he thought about how, when she found out he had a lot of money, she quickly urged him to change two fifty-dollar bills, and his trust was shaken.
"It looks bad," he confessed.
"It looks bad," he admitted.
As he approached the place where he had left Bart on guard over the house in which the girl was believed to be, he passed a livery stable. He was hurrying on when some one ran out of the stable and clutched him by the arm.
As he got closer to the spot where he had left Bart watching over the house where they thought the girl was, he walked past a horse stable. He was rushing forward when someone burst out of the stable and grabbed him by the arm.
"Just in time!" palpitated the voice of Bart Hodge.
"Just in time!" the voice of Bart Hodge thumped with excitement.
"Hello!" exclaimed Frank, surprised. "Just in time for what?"
"Hey!" Frank said, surprised. "Just in time for what?"
"They're gone!"
"They're gone!"
"Who?"
"Who?"
"Vida Melburn and that man."
"Vida Melburn and that guy."
"Gone where?"
"Where did they go?"
"Taken the lake road. Something has caused them to[Pg 257] hustle out on the jump. I do not believe they are coming back here."
"Got on the lake road. Something made them [Pg 257] rush out on the jump. I don’t think they’re coming back here."
"Then we must follow."
"Then we have to follow."
"Sure."
"Of course."
"How——"
"How—"
"Here—in the stable. I have ordered a horse. We'll have two. They'll not slip us easily."
"Here—in the stable. I’ve arranged for a horse. We’ll get two. They won’t get away from us easily."
"How did they travel?"
"How did they get there?"
"Horseback."
"On horseback."
"How much of a start?"
"How far ahead?"
"Twenty minutes."
"20 minutes."
Together the boys ran back into the stable, and another horse was ordered saddled.
Together the boys ran back into the stable, and another horse was instructed to be saddled.
"Look here," cried Frank, displaying his money. "We wish to overtake some people who have a start on us. Give us the best animal in the stable."
"Hey there," shouted Frank, showing off his cash. "We want to catch up to some people who are ahead of us. Give us the best animal in the stable."
The proprietor of the stable was on hand, and he looked the boys over doubtfully.
The owner of the stable was present, and he examined the boys with some skepticism.
"How do I know I'll ever see my critters again?" he asked.
"How do I know I'll ever see my pets again?" he asked.
"We'll make a deposit," declared Frank. "We'll stick up a hundred dollars apiece on 'em. If they are worth more you can afford to take chances. If we're horse thieves you won't have much trouble in tracing us. Besides that, horse thieves do not work in this way. If they did they'd get the worst end most of the time, for they'd have to chance it on the horses being worth a hundred each."
"We'll put down a deposit," Frank said. "We'll each put up a hundred dollars. If they're worth more, you can take the risk. If we're horse thieves, you won't have a hard time tracking us. Plus, horse thieves don’t operate like this. If they did, they'd usually lose out, because they'd have to gamble on the horses being worth a hundred each."
The proprietor was rather bewildered. He believed something was wrong, but still he did not wish to refuse to let the boys have the horses.
The owner was quite confused. He thought something was off, but he still didn’t want to deny the boys the chance to use the horses.
The money was counted out and thrust into his hands.
The cash was counted and shoved into his hands.
"Hustle!" cried Merriwell. "We can't afford to lose a moment."
"Hurry!" shouted Merriwell. "We can't waste a second."
The stable-keeper roared out an order to his assistants.[Pg 258] The horse that Bart had ordered was quickly brought out, ready for mounting, and then he was followed by another, onto which a saddle was flung. Frank looked the animals over with a critical eye.
The stable manager shouted an order to his helpers.[Pg 258] The horse Bart had requested was quickly brought out, ready to ride, and then another horse was brought in, with a saddle thrown on it. Frank inspected the horses closely.
"They'll do," he said, approvingly.
"They're fine," he said, approvingly.
In a few seconds the lads were mounted and dashing away from the stable. The proprietor stood looking after them, doubt written on his face.
In just a few seconds, the guys were on their horses and racing away from the stable. The owner stood by, watching them, with concern on his face.
"Gee whiz!" he muttered. "I never thought of that! Bet I've made a derned fool of myself! Well, I reckon I'll git the critters back."
"Wow!" he muttered. "I never thought of that! I bet I've made a complete fool of myself! Well, I guess I'll go get the animals back."
"What is it you did not think of?" he was asked.
"What didn’t you think of?" he was asked.
"Why, it's remarkable kids like them should be so flush with money. And they looked scared. They're runnin' away. I reckon they've been stealin' an' they wuz hustlin' to get away before they wus arrested."
"Wow, it's surprising that kids like them have so much money. And they looked scared. They're running away. I guess they've been stealing and they were hustling to get away before they got arrested."
The boys disappeared down the street.
The boys vanished down the street.
Frank allowed Bart to take the lead.
Frank let Bart lead.
"I suppose you know the shortest cut to the lake road?" he asked.
"I guess you know the quickest way to the lake road?" he asked.
"I do," said Bart. "You follow close, that's all."
"I do," Bart said. "Just stay close, that's all."
As they rode, Frank related his adventure in the bank.
As they rode, Frank shared his story about what happened at the bank.
Bart whistled in astonishment.
Bart whistled in disbelief.
"Bogus money?" he cried. "And you received it of the girl? That is strange."
"Fake money?" he exclaimed. "And you got it from the girl? That's odd."
"It looks bad," said Frank.
"It looks bad," Frank said.
"I don't understand it. How do you suppose she happened to have it? It's not at all probable she knew what it was."
"I don't get it. How do you think she ended up with it? It's really unlikely she even knew what it was."
"I am not so sure of that."
"I’m not so sure about that."
The dark-eyed boy gave his companion a reproving look.
The dark-eyed boy shot his friend a disapproving glance.
"She is as innocent as a flower! I will not believe she could do such a thing! But she is in trouble."
"She’s as innocent as a flower! I refuse to believe she could do something like that! But she’s in trouble."
They were regarded with some surprise as they dashed[Pg 259] along the streets. The citizens wondered why two boys were riding at such speed. A sleepy policeman shouted at them, but they gave him no heed.
They were looked at with some surprise as they raced[Pg 259] through the streets. The townspeople wondered why two boys were going so fast. A drowsy policeman yelled at them, but they ignored him.
Soon they came to the outskirts of the city. Before them lay the lake road.
Soon they reached the edge of the city. In front of them was the lake road.
"This is the way they came?" questioned Frank.
"This is how they arrived?" Frank asked.
"Sure," nodded Bart. "They are somewhere ahead."
"Sure," Bart nodded. "They're somewhere up ahead."
"What makes you think they are skipping the city? It strikes me they may be simply out for a canter. Perhaps they are going to take a look at Tahoe up there among the mountains."
"What makes you think they’re skipping the city? It seems to me they might just be going for a ride. Maybe they’re planning to check out Tahoe up in the mountains."
"They did not buy horses for a canter of a few hours."
"They didn’t buy horses for a short ride of a few hours."
"They bought horses?"
"They got horses?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"Then it is pretty certain they have no notion of coming back to Carson. You have a level head, my boy. Forward!"
"Then it's pretty clear they have no intention of returning to Carson. You think clearly, my friend. Let's move ahead!"
The road became rugged and steep. They were looking for a mounted man and girl in advance, and they constantly urged forward their sweating horses.
The road got rough and steep. They were searching for a guy on horseback and a girl ahead, and they kept pushing their sweating horses to move faster.
"I do not see anything of them."
"I can't find them anywhere."
"The road crooks away up yonder, so they would be hidden. They have quite a start, and they are in a hurry."
"The road curves up there, so they would be out of sight. They have a good head start, and they’re in a rush."
A cloud of dust rose behind the galloping horses, drifting away to the left. The road was rough, but the boys did not mind that.
A cloud of dust kicked up behind the galloping horses, drifting off to the left. The road was bumpy, but the boys didn’t care.
"Tahoe must be on the top of a mountain," grumbled Bart, after a time.
"Tahoe has to be up on a mountain," complained Bart after a while.
"It is six thousand, two hundred and eight feet above the level of the sea," said Frank. "That is elevated somewhat."
"It’s six thousand, two hundred and eight feet above sea level," Frank said. "That’s pretty high up."
"I should say so. It must be the highest body of water in this country, if not in the world."
"I would say so. It has to be the highest body of water in this country, if not in the world."
"It is higher than the peaks of many lofty mountains."[Pg 260]
"It is taller than the tops of many high mountains."[Pg 260]
"And this so-called 'lake road' is hardly better than an ordinary trail. We are in for a hard pull of it."
"And this so-called 'lake road' is barely better than a regular trail. We're in for a tough journey ahead."
"But the ones we are pursuing are in for just as hard a pull."
"But the ones we are going after are in for just as tough a time."
"That's right, and one of them is a girl."
"That's right, and one of them is a girl."
The mountains loomed formidably before them. The bleak heights seemed to block their way. But the road wound onward and upward, and they followed it.
The mountains towered ominously in front of them. The harsh peaks appeared to obstruct their path. But the road twisted on and climbed higher, and they continued down it.
"What was that?" questioned Frank.
"What was that?" asked Frank.
"What? I did not hear anything."
"What? I didn't catch that."
"It sounded like a cry. There it is again."
"It sounded like a shout. There it is again."
"I heard it that time. It did not seem to be ahead of us, and so it—— Great Scott! Look back!"
"I heard it that time. It didn’t seem to be in front of us, so it—— Wow! Look back!"
Frank looked back down the road. Far away, several horsemen were riding toward them. They were urging forward their animals, and the sunlight glinted on polished weapons.
Frank glanced back down the road. In the distance, several riders were approaching them. They were pushing their horses forward, and the sunlight sparkled on their shiny weapons.
"We are pursued, partner!" said Frank, grimly. "We are in for a hot chase."[Pg 261]
"We're being chased, partner!" Frank said grimly. "We're in for a wild ride."[Pg 261]
CHAPTER XL.
ELUDED.
"Who are our pursuers?" asked Bart, angrily. "What do they want? They are shouting and waving their hands."
"Who are chasing us?" Bart asked angrily. "What do they want? They're shouting and waving their hands."
"They are shouting for us to stop. They want me."
"They're shouting for us to stop. They want me."
"For what?"
"For what reason?"
"Have you forgotten, as soon as this, what I told you about the queer money I tried to get changed at the bank?"
"Have you forgotten already what I told you about the strange money I tried to get exchanged at the bank?"
"Think that is why they are after you, eh?"
"Think that's why they're after you, huh?"
"Without a doubt?"
"Are you sure?"
"Then they must be officers."
"Then they must be officers."
"It is certain that at least one of them is an officer. The others he may have called to his aid hastily."
"It’s clear that at least one of them is an officer. The others he might have called in quickly."
"It will not do for them to overtake us."
"It won't work for them to catch up to us."
"Surely not. I would be arrested and taken back into Carson. Even if I were sure of proving my innocence, the man and girl would get away."
"Definitely not. I'd get arrested and taken back to Carson. Even if I were confident I could prove I'm innocent, the guy and girl would slip away."
"And you cannot be sure you could prove your innocence. The working of the law is sometimes strange and erratic. That money has placed you in great danger, Frank."
"And you can't be sure you could prove you're innocent. The way the law works can be strange and unpredictable. That money has put you in serious trouble, Frank."
"You are right. I wish I had kept my money in my pocket, and had not been so ready to break fifty-dollar bills for a pretty girl."
"You’re right. I wish I had kept my money in my pocket and hadn’t been so quick to break fifty-dollar bills for a pretty girl."
Frank said this laughingly, but Bart's dark face wore a very serious look. He was not at all inclined to regard serious matters in a humorous light, while Frank had[Pg 262] faced deadly dangers many times, and had come to laugh in the face of the gravest peril.
Frank said this with a laugh, but Bart's serious expression showed he wasn't amused at all. He didn't find serious issues funny, while Frank had[Pg 262] faced deadly dangers numerous times and had learned to laugh in the face of the greatest threats.
"We'll have trouble in escaping those men," came soberly from Bart's lips. "It is still rather wild up around Tahoe, I fancy, and this road must end at the lake."
"We're going to have a hard time getting away from those guys," Bart said seriously. "It's still pretty wild around Tahoe, I think, and this road has to lead to the lake."
"Well, we'll leave the road and ride over the mountain tops, if we do not overtake the man and girl."
"Alright, we'll get off the road and ride over the mountain tops, unless we catch up to the man and girl."
"What if we do overtake them?"
"What if we actually pass them?"
"It will be a good plan to freeze onto them, and hold them for the officers."
"It’s a good idea to hold onto them and keep them for the officers."
"No," cried Bart, sharply. "I will not agree to that."
"No," Bart said sharply. "I won't agree to that."
"You will not?"
"You're not going to?"
"No."
"No."
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"It would place the girl in peril. She would be——"
"It would put the girl in danger. She would be——"
"That's where you're off, my boy. It might rescue her from peril. If she is in trouble, as we imagine, it would be the very best thing that could happen for her."
"That's where you're wrong, my friend. It could save her from danger. If she's in trouble, like we think, it would be the best thing that could happen to her."
"How is that?"
"How's that?"
"She could tell her story truthfully, and it might get her out of trouble by putting the man with the black mustache in a box. At the same time it would clear me."
"She could tell her story honestly, and it might help her avoid trouble by pinning it on the man with the black mustache. At the same time, it would clear me."
Bart was obliged to confess that Frank had made a point, and still he did not like to think of turning the girl over to the officers of the law.
Bart had to admit that Frank had a point, but he still didn't like the idea of handing the girl over to the police.
"Perhaps she would not 'peach' on the gang, if there is a gang behind her, which I doubt. She might keep her mouth closed, might swear she never let you have the queer money."
"Maybe she won't 'snitch' on the gang, if there is a gang behind her, which I doubt. She might stay quiet, might claim she never gave you the weird money."
"And I can prove she did by the conductor of the Pacific Express. He saw me give her the small stuff for the two bills."
"And I can prove she did by the conductor of the Pacific Express. He saw me give her the small change for the two bills."
"Still, I do not feel like nabbing her and turning her over to the officers. We might not be able to nab her, anyway."[Pg 263]
"Still, I don't feel like catching her and handing her over to the cops. We might not even be able to catch her, anyway." [Pg 263]
"That is true enough. I rather fancy her companion would be likely to put up a stiff fight. He looks to me like a dangerous man."
"That's definitely true. I really think her companion would probably put up a tough fight. He seems like a dangerous guy to me."
Frank fancied that he was beginning to understand Bart's feelings. He believed the boy was afraid the girl might prove to be one of a gang of counterfeiters, and he was so badly smitten that he did not wish to be instrumental in her arrest.
Frank thought he was starting to understand Bart's feelings. He believed the boy was worried the girl might be part of a gang of counterfeiters, and he was so infatuated that he didn't want to be responsible for her arrest.
Frank, himself, had been highly interested in Isa Isban; but events had transpired which caused him to doubt that she was all her innocent face would lead a casual observer to believe, and his admiration for her had waned swiftly.
Frank had been really interested in Isa Isban, but things had happened that made him doubt she was as innocent as her face suggested, and his admiration for her faded quickly.
Having been brought beneath a cloud of suspicion, Frank was determined to vindicate himself in some manner. He sincerely hoped it might turn out that the girl was innocent. If she were innocent, then she must be in trouble, and he hoped to be instrumental in relieving her.
Having been placed under a cloud of suspicion, Frank was determined to clear his name somehow. He genuinely hoped that the girl was innocent. If she was innocent, then she must be in trouble, and he wanted to help her.
It was well the lads had obtained two good horses, for they were able to keep well in advance of the pursuers.
It was a good thing the guys had gotten two strong horses, because they were able to stay well ahead of those chasing them.
Once or twice they fancied they saw rising dust in the far distance, which led them to believe the man and girl were there.
Once or twice, they thought they saw dust rising in the far distance, which made them believe the man and girl were there.
If they were right, then the couple in advance were urging their horses to the limit, for they kept beyond view.
If they were correct, then the couple ahead was pushing their horses to the max, because they remained out of sight.
The road grew rougher and rougher. The mountains shut in on either hand, and still they climbed upward. The horses panted and perspired, while horses and lads were covered with dust.
The road got bumpier and bumpier. The mountains closed in on both sides, and they kept climbing higher. The horses were breathing heavily and sweating, and both the horses and the guys were covered in dust.
"Do you know how far it is to the lake by this road?" asked Bart.
"Do you know how far the lake is on this road?" asked Bart.
"It can't be over ten miles."
"It can't be more than ten miles."
"Well, it is the longest ten miles of road I ever passed."
"Well, it's the longest ten miles of road I've ever traveled."
The windings of the road shut the pursuers out from[Pg 264] view. They were coming on when last seen, but had not seemed to gain in the least. At last an exclamation of satisfaction broke from Bart's lips.
The twists of the road hid the pursuers from[Pg 264] sight. They had been closing in when last spotted, but it didn't look like they were making any progress. Finally, a shout of relief escaped Bart's lips.
"There they are!"
"There they are!"
Far up the road, halted and looking back, were the man and girl, mounted on two dust-covered horses.
Far up the road, stopped and looking back, were the man and girl, riding on two dust-covered horses.
"Sure as you live!" cried Frank. "We have been gaining on them."
"Absolutely!" shouted Frank. "We've been closing in on them."
The boys were seen by the ones in advance, and the man made a gesture of rage, while the girl reached out and caught him by the arm, seeming to speak earnestly to him. He listened a moment, and then both touched up their horses, quickly galloping from view.
The boys were spotted by those ahead, and the man gestured in anger, while the girl reached out and grabbed his arm, appearing to speak to him earnestly. He listened for a moment, and then they both urged their horses on, quickly galloping out of sight.
Now the chase became hot, although the road became more difficult and perilous. Several times the lads obtained glimpses of the man and girl.
Now the chase intensified, even though the road became tougher and more dangerous. Several times, the guys caught sight of the man and girl.
Finally, with appalling suddenness, they came out upon the shore of Lake Tahoe, resting like a blue gem upon the mountain tops, upheld like a perfect mirror to a cloudless sky.
Finally, with shocking suddenness, they emerged on the shore of Lake Tahoe, resting like a blue gem among the mountaintops, reflecting the clear sky like a perfect mirror.
Cries of surprise and admiration broke from the lips of both boys, for never before had they beheld such a lovely sheet of water. The surface of the lake was unbroken by a ripple, and the water, into which the heated horses thrust their noses, was clear as crystal.
Cries of surprise and admiration escaped from both boys, for they had never seen such a beautiful lake before. The surface of the water was completely calm, and the water, which the hot horses dipped their noses into, was as clear as crystal.
Afar, the mountain peaks rose like sentinels, their outlines softened to a purple shade. Along the shores were unmarred forests.
Afar, the mountain peaks stood like guardians, their outlines softened to a shade of purple. Along the shores were pristine forests.
For a few seconds the boys sat silent, gazing in speechless admiration on the beautiful scene, and then Frank gave a start and drew the nose of his horse from the water, saying:
For a few seconds, the boys sat quietly, staring in awe at the beautiful scene, and then Frank suddenly reacted and pulled his horse's nose out of the water, saying:
"Don't let your animal drink too much, Bart. They are very hot."[Pg 265]
"Don't let your animal drink too much, Bart. They are really hot."[Pg 265]
"That's right," nodded the dark-haired lad, following Frank's example. "But where are the man and girl?"
"That's right," nodded the dark-haired kid, following Frank's lead. "But where are the guy and girl?"
"They must have hidden up or down the shore of the lake. Look for the tracks of their horses."
"They must have hidden somewhere along the shore of the lake. Check for the tracks of their horses."
It did not take them long to discover which direction had been taken, and away they went.
It didn't take them long to figure out which way to go, and off they went.
"I don't see how they are going to escape us," said Bart. "We have them cornered."
"I don't see how they're going to get away from us," said Bart. "We've got them cornered."
"And we must be ready to fight, for that man will raise a rumpus."
"And we need to be prepared to fight, because that guy is going to cause a stir."
They looked at their revolvers, making sure they were in good working order. There was a look of resolution on Frank's face that contrasted strongly with the expression of doubt and uncertainty which had been growing on the face of his companion.
They checked their revolvers to ensure they were in good working order. Frank's face showed determination, which sharply contrasted with the look of doubt and uncertainty growing on his companion's face.
They rode round a point and came in view of a beautiful cove. Then they again uttered exclamations of surprise, for out of the cove a light canoe was skimming, and the canoe contained the man and the girl. The man was handling the paddle with strength and skill.
They rode around a point and caught sight of a stunning cove. Then they exclaimed in surprise again, for a light canoe was gliding out of the cove, and it held a man and a girl. The man was skillfully and powerfully handling the paddle.
"Tricked!" exclaimed Frank, somewhat dismayed. "They have slipped us after all."
"Tricked!" Frank exclaimed, a bit upset. "They managed to get us after all."
As he saw this, the expression of doubt on Bart's face turned to one of intense anger. He was enraged at being baffled. Riding his horse into the edge of the water, he drew a revolver, pointed it at the canoe, and shouted:
As he saw this, the look of doubt on Bart's face changed to one of intense anger. He was furious at being confused. Riding his horse to the water's edge, he pulled out a revolver, aimed it at the canoe, and shouted:
"Hold on, there! If you don't come back, you are liable to find yourself dodging bullets."
"Wait a minute! If you don’t come back, you might end up dodging bullets."
The reply of the man was a scornful laugh, the sudden uplifting of one hand, a puff of smoke, and the singing of a bullet that passed over Bart's head.
The man's response was a mocking laugh, a quick lift of one hand, a puff of smoke, and the sound of a bullet whizzing past Bart's head.
"Don't shoot!" cried Frank. "You might hit the girl."
"Don’t shoot!" shouted Frank. "You could hit the girl."
Bart was in a white rage; he quivered with anger.
Bart was furious; he shook with rage.
"Oh, I won't shoot!" he said; "but, if he were alone I'd give him a few lead pills, hang him!"[Pg 266]
"Oh, I won't shoot!" he said; "but, if he were alone, I'd give him a few lead pills and hang him!"[Pg 266]
After the shot, which seemed flung at the boys in derision, the man resumed paddling, and the canoe glided on.
After the shot, which seemed aimed at the boys in mockery, the man continued paddling, and the canoe moved forward.
But that shot had aroused some on the opposite side of the cove, for a man came bursting out of the trees, rushed down to the shore, and stared after the canoe.
But that shot had caught some attention on the opposite side of the cove, as a man emerged from the trees, ran down to the shore, and stared after the canoe.
He was a gigantic fellow, being at least six feet and six inches in height, roughly dressed in woolen clothes, wearing long-legged boots and a wide-brimmed hat. He had a heavy mustache, and a long imperial.
He was a massive guy, standing at least six feet and six inches tall, dressed in rough woolen clothes, wearing tall boots and a wide-brimmed hat. He had a thick mustache and a long goatee.
Suddenly his voice rang in a roar across the cove:
Suddenly, his voice boomed across the cove:
"Hold on, thar! Whatever are you doin' with my canoe? Ef yer don't bring it back, burn my hide ef I don't turn a cannon on yer an' sink yer at sea!"
"Hold on there! What are you doing with my canoe? If you don’t bring it back, I swear I’ll turn a cannon on you and sink you at sea!"
The man in the canoe made no immediate reply, but pulled the harder at the paddle.
The guy in the canoe didn’t respond right away but started paddling harder.
"Derned ef yer don't git grapeshot an' canister!" howled the big man. "I'll riddle yer!"
"Darned if you don't get grapeshot and canister!" yelled the big man. "I'll shoot you full of holes!"
Then the man in the canoe shouted:
Then the guy in the canoe shouted:
"Don't shoot! You will find two horses hitched to a tree near where we obtained this canoe. They're yours in exchange."
"Don't shoot! You'll see two horses tied to a tree close to where we got this canoe. They're yours in exchange."
"W'at do I want uv hawses!" roared the big man. "Bring back thet canoe instanter! I won't take yer hawses!"
"Wha t do I want with horses!" shouted the big man. "Bring back that canoe right now! I won't take your horses!"
But the man in the canoe continued to pull at the paddle, and the little craft glided straight out on the tranquil bosom of the lake.[Pg 267]
But the guy in the canoe kept paddling, and the small boat smoothly moved across the calm surface of the lake.[Pg 267]
CHAPTER XLI.
BIG GABE.
The big man roared and raged, but he did not do any shooting.
The big guy shouted and fumed, but he didn't do any shooting.
"I'll see yer ag'in," he shouted, "an' burn my eyebrows, ef I don't make yer settle fer this yar!"
"I'll see you again," he shouted, "and I'll be damned if I don't make you pay for this!"
Then he saw the mounted boys on the opposite side of the cove, and he stared at them inquiringly.
Then he saw the boys on horseback across the cove, and he looked at them with curiosity.
"Wa-al," he shouted, "who be you, an' what do yer want?"
"Well," he shouted, "who are you, and what do you want?"
"We will meet you and make an explanation," Frank shouted back.
"We'll meet you and explain," Frank shouted back.
The two lads began riding along the shore of the cove, and the big man moved to meet them, regarding them with no little suspicion.
The two guys started riding along the beach of the cove, and the big guy walked over to meet them, looking at them with a fair amount of suspicion.
They finally met at the head of the cove, where the giant stood, with folded arms, scowling blackly at them.
They finally met at the edge of the cove, where the giant stood, arms crossed, glaring at them.
A short distance away two dust-covered horses were standing, hitched to trees, their heads hanging low, while they still breathed heavily.
A short distance away, two dusty horses stood tied to trees, their heads hanging low as they continued to breathe heavily.
They were the animals abandoned by the man and girl.
They were the animals left behind by the man and the girl.
"Ef you youngsters want ter steal anything, ye'd best mosey outer this yar part uv ther kentry," growled the big man, sullenly. "First it's a gang uv pleasure seekers thet comes an' takes my sailboat, then it's a man an' gal thet kerries off my canoe, an' next it's two boys as ain't got anything yit, but looks like they want something."
"Hey kids, if you want to steal anything, you'd better get out of this part of the country," the big man grumbled, sulking. "First, it's a bunch of partygoers who take my sailboat, then it's a couple who carries off my canoe, and now it's two boys who don’t have anything yet but look like they want something."
"We do," palpitated Frank. "We want some kind of a boat in which to follow those people—the man and the girl."[Pg 268]
"We do," Frank said, his heart racing. "We need some kind of boat to follow those people—the man and the girl."[Pg 268]
"Wa-al, yer won't git it."
"Well, you won't get it."
"We will pay you—we have plenty of money."
"We'll pay you—we have lots of money."
"Ter thunder with yer money! What duz Gabe Blake want uv money! All I want is ter be let alone. Ther fust crowd promised me money fer my boat, but I told 'em ter take her an' bring her back before night. They took her, an' I ain't seen hide ner ha'r uv 'em sense. Ther man an' ther gal took my canoe without askin' leave."
"Thunder with your money! What does Gabe Blake want with money! All I want is to be left alone. The first group promised me cash for my boat, but I told them to take it and bring it back before night. They took it, and I haven't seen hide nor hair of them since. The guy and the girl took my canoe without asking."
"They left those horses——"
"They abandoned those horses——"
"Burn their hawses! What do I want uv hawses! Hawses ain't no good harabouts. Ther fust gang left four hawses, an' I've got ther critters ter feed. Hyar's two more! Burn ther hawses!"
"Burn their houses! What do I need with houses! Houses aren't any good around here. Their first gang left four houses, and I've got their animals to feed. Here are two more! Burn their houses!"
It was plain the giant was in anything put a pleasant frame of mind. He scowled blackly at the boys.
It was clear the giant was in anything but a good mood. He glared darkly at the boys.
"If you will furnish us with a boat——" began Frank.
"If you could provide us with a boat——" started Frank.
"Ain't got no more boats. Can't go out fishin'. An' I'm too blamed lazy ter build another boat. Built ther sailboat an' canoe afore I got lazy livin' hyar. Man thet lives hyar six weeks gits too blamed lazy ter work. What 'm I goin' ter do when I want ter go out fishin'?"
"I don't have any more boats. Can't go fishing. And I'm too lazy to build another one. I built the sailboat and canoe before I got lazy living here. A man who lives here for six weeks gets too lazy to work. What am I going to do when I want to go fishing?"
Bart Hodge made a gesture of dismay.
Bart Hodge shared his disappointment.
"Do you know where we can get a boat?" he asked.
"Do you know where we can find a boat?" he asked.
"Thar's none round hyar."
"There's none around here."
"Then we cannot follow that man and girl?"
"Then we can't follow that guy and girl?"
"Not 'less yer kin walk on ther water."
"Not unless you can walk on the water."
"It's hard luck," declared Frank. "I did not believe they would be able to slip us."
"It's tough luck," Frank said. "I didn't think they could get past us."
"What did yer want uv 'em?" asked the big man, his curiosity getting the better of his anger.
"What did you want from them?" asked the big man, his curiosity getting the better of his anger.
Frank dismounted.
Frank got off.
"Might as well get off and give the horses a breathing spell, Bart," he said. "They are blowed."
"Might as well get off and let the horses catch their breath, Bart," he said. "They’re worn out."
"But the party pursuing us—what of them?"
"But what about the party that's chasing us?"
"Let them come."[Pg 269]
"Let them come."
"Are you going to give up thus easily?"
"Are you really going to give up that easily?"
"No; but I am not going to run like a criminal. Why should I? Let them come."
"No; but I'm not going to flee like a criminal. Why should I? Let them come."
"You do not mean to fight?"
"You don't plan to fight?"
"Not if a regular officer attempts my arrest."
"Not if a regular officer tries to arrest me."
"What they goin' ter arrest yer fer, youngster?" asked the man, becoming still more curious. "Hev yer bin stealin' hawses?"
"What are they going to arrest you for, kid?" asked the man, growing even more curious. "Have you been stealing horses?"
"No."
"No."
"Wa-al, yer needn't tell ef yer don't want ter!" resentfully said the giant. "I don't keer."
"Well, you don’t have to say if you don’t want to!" the giant replied resentfully. "I don’t care."
"I will tell you the whole story," said Frank. "When you have heard it you may be able to advise us about continuing the pursuit."
"I'll share the whole story with you," Frank said. "Once you’ve heard it, you might be able to help us figure out whether to keep going with the chase."
Bart dismounted, and the boys sat down on the ground. The man took a seat near at hand, and brought forth a cob pipe, which he leisurely filled and lighted. He was brawny, weather-tanned, and healthy in appearance. He did not look like a person who had ever seen an hour of illness.
Bart got off his horse, and the boys settled down on the ground. The man sat close by and pulled out a cob pipe, which he casually filled and lit. He was muscular, sun-kissed, and looked very healthy. He didn’t seem like someone who had ever experienced a moment of sickness.
"Fire away, youngster," he urged. "Somehow, I kinder take ter you. You've got an honest face on yer, burn me ef yer hain't!"
"Go ahead, kid," he encouraged. "For some reason, I kind of like you. You’ve got an honest face, I swear!"
Frank expressed thanks for the compliment, and then, as concisely and plainly as possible, he told of his experiences since meeting the girl on the train.
Frank thanked her for the compliment, and then, as briefly and straightforwardly as he could, he shared his experiences since meeting the girl on the train.
The big man listened closely, his interest growing each minute. When the boy had finished, the man slapped his thigh and cried:
The big guy listened intently, his interest increasing with each passing minute. When the boy finished, the man slapped his thigh and exclaimed:
"Brand me deep ef I don't reckon ye've guv it ter me fair an' squar! I know somethin' about this yar gang uv queer-makers."
"Mark my words, if I don’t believe you’ve given it to me straight and honest! I know a thing or two about this gang of oddballs."
"You do?"
"Really?"
Both lads ejaculated the words.
Both guys shouted the words.
"What do you know?"
"What do you know?"
"I hev heard ez how they has a young gal who is queen uv ther band, an' she shoves ther queer on ther market fer them."
"I have heard that they have a young girl who is the queen of their band, and she puts their goods out on the market for them."
"Is that all?" asked Frank, with a trace of disappointment.
"Is that it?" Frank asked, a hint of disappointment in his voice.
"Hold yer critters!" advised the big man, with a lazy wave of one hand. "Don't git too oneasy. I said I know something erbout 'em. What I told yer wuz what I had heard."
"Hold your animals!" the big man advised, waving one hand lazily. "Don’t get too uneasy. I said I know something about them. What I told you was what I had heard."
"Well, tell us what you know."
"Okay, tell us what you know."
"See them mountains over thar, beyond ther lake, right whar I'm p'intin'?"
"See those mountains over there, past the lake, right where I'm pointing?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"Purty wild place over thar."
"Pretty wild place over there."
"Well?"
"What's up?"
"Thet's whar ther den uv them thar counterfeiters is."
"Thet's where the den of those counterfeiters is."
Frank clutched the man's arm, his face full of eagerness.
Frank grabbed the man's arm, his face full of excitement.
"How do you know?"
"How do you know that?"
"I hev bin over thar."
"I have been over there."
"What did you discover?"
"What did you find?"
"Say, I don't keer ter mix in no rows, an' so I ain't troubled myself ter inform on 'em."
"Look, I don't want to get involved in any conflicts, so I haven't bothered to report on them."
"But you will tell us what you discovered? We will pay——"
"But you'll tell us what you found out? We'll pay——"
"Pay be derned! I tell yer I don't keer a hoot erbout money. Ef I git enough ter buy some terbacker an' clothes, an' sech provisions ez I want, thet's all I ask. I don't keer how much bad money is in circulation, an' thet's why I ain't meddled with them critters. Ef I blowed, they might take a notion ter call on me, some time, an' make it derned onpleasant fer me."
"Pay be damned! I tell you I don't care a bit about money. If I get enough to buy some tobacco and clothes, and the supplies I want, that’s all I need. I don't care how much counterfeit money is out there, and that’s why I haven't gotten involved with those folks. If I spoke out, they might decide to come after me sometime and make things really unpleasant for me."
The hopes of the boys dwindled.
The guys' hopes faded.
"But think what it may mean to me—my liberty, honor,[Pg 271] everything!" cried Frank. "You must understand the situation in which I am placed."
"But think about what it could mean for me—my freedom, my reputation,[Pg 271] everything!" Frank exclaimed. "You need to understand the situation I'm in."
"I do. Ef them critters hedn't run off with my boat, I might hev kept my mouth shet; but now, burn me deep, ef I don't git squar!"
"I do. If those animals hadn't run off with my boat, I might have kept my mouth shut; but now, I swear, I'm going to get even!"
The hopes of the lads rose again.
The guys' hopes lifted again.
"I'll tell yer whut I found over thar," the big man went on, slowly. "I found ther place whar ther queer-makers hang out."
"I'll tell you what I found over there," the big man continued slowly. "I found the place where the weirdos hang out."
"You did?" fluttered both lads.
"You did?" exclaimed both guys.
"Thet's whatever. Thar's a hidden cabin on a cliff, an' thet thar is their headquarters."
"Thet's whatever. There's a hidden cabin on a cliff, and that is their headquarters."
"Will you guide us there?"
"Can you show us the way?"
"Wa-al, what do you two youngsters think you could do? Thar's a gang. You say yer wuz pursued by officers. Wa-al, I know Jack Long, ther sheriff, an' I kin fix it with him, ef he is in ther crowd. He wuz one as brought me hyar ter die uv consumption two years ago."
"Well, what do you two young folks think you can do? There's a gang. You say you were chased by officers. Well, I know Jack Long, the sheriff, and I can talk to him if he’s in the group. He was the one who brought me here to die of consumption two years ago."
The boys looked at the giant in amazement.
The boys stared at the giant in awe.
"Brought you here to die of consumption?" cried Frank. "You—you? Impossible!"
"Brought you here to die from tuberculosis?" Frank shouted. "You—you? No way!"
The giant smiled lazily.
The giant smiled faintly.
"I don't look like a consumptive, now, do I? Wa-al, ther doctors said thar warn't one chance in a thousan' fer me. They hed guv me up. I come hyar ter die; but I got well. This is ther greatest place I ever struck fer bracin' up a feller's lungs; but it takes all ther ambition outer him. It hes made me so I don't care ter do anything but be lazy. Let ther old world wag, Gabriel Blake won't bother with her none whatever."
"I don’t look sickly, do I? Well, the doctors said there wasn’t a chance in a thousand for me. They had given up on me. I came here to die, but I got better. This is the best place I’ve found for strengthening a guy’s lungs, but it takes away all his ambition. It’s made me someone who doesn’t care to do anything but be lazy. Let the world keep going; Gabriel Blake won’t bother with it at all."
"How can we reach the mountains over there?" asked Frank.
"How do we get to those mountains over there?" asked Frank.
"Reckon we'll hev ter go round ther shore, thet's all ther way."
"Looks like we'll have to go around the shore, that's the only way."
"Ef Jack Long shows up an' wants ter go, I s'pose so."
"Well, if Jack Long shows up and wants to go, I guess that's fine."
Blake said this somewhat reluctantly, as if he dreaded the exertion.
Blake said this somewhat hesitantly, as if he feared the effort.
"If Long should not show up—what, then?"
"If Long doesn't show up—what happens then?"
"It won't be nary dern bit uv use fer one ur two uv us ter go rampin' off over thar. Ef Jack Long locates their hangout, he'll bring a posse an' scoop 'em."
"It won't be any use for one or two of us to go rushing over there. If Jack Long finds their hideout, he'll grab a posse and round them up."
The boys found the giant was set in his ways, and it was not strange that, as they were boys, he should consider them of minor importance in case of a collision with the counterfeiters.
The boys realized that the giant was stubborn, and it made sense that, since they were just boys, he thought they were less important if there was a confrontation with the counterfeiters.
He once more expressed his conviction that the lads were "squar," and it was his belief that he could thus convince Jack Long.
He again expressed his belief that the guys were "cool," and he thought he could convince Jack Long this way.
"Can we use our horses in getting round the lake?" asked Frank.
"Can we use our horses to get around the lake?" Frank asked.
"Wa-al, I dunno but I kin pick out a trail fer yer; but fer me it'd be as much work ter travel hawseback ez afoot."
"Well, I don't know, but I can find a trail for you; but for me, it would be just as much effort to travel on horseback as it would be on foot."
He then invited them to his cabin, and they followed him, leading the horses. He gave no heed to the animals the man and girl had abandoned.
He then invited them to his cabin, and they followed him, leading the horses. He paid no attention to the animals the man and girl had left behind.
Big Gabe's cabin was tucked away in a secluded nook, close to the shore of the lake, and not far from the cove. It was fairly comfortable in a rude way.
Big Gabe's cabin was hidden away in a secluded spot, near the edge of the lake, and not far from the cove. It was pretty comfy in a basic sort of way.
"Long will come hyar," he said. "Ef he wuz with yer pursuers he'll show up afore a great while. Make yourselves comfertable till he comes."
"He's going to be here soon," he said. "If he was with your pursuers, he'll show up in no time. Make yourselves comfortable until he arrives."
CHAPTER XLII.
OVER THE PRECIPICE.
In time the sheriff appeared, but one man—a rough, awkward-looking fellow—was his only companion.
In time, the sheriff showed up, but he was accompanied by just one guy—a rough, clumsy-looking dude.
Long uttered a cry of satisfaction when he saw the boys.
Long let out a shout of joy when he saw the boys.
"Well, I have caught you, after all!" he exclaimed. "The boys allowed you had given me the slip, and they went back."
"Well, I caught you, after all!" he shouted. "The guys thought you slipped away from me, and they went back."
His hands fell on the butts of ready revolvers, and he ordered them to surrender without resistance.
His hands rested on the grips of ready revolvers, and he instructed them to surrender without a fight.
"Hold on hyar a bit, Jack," said Big Gabe, stepping between the lads and the officer. "Let's we hold a little plarver. You know me, I'll allow."
"Hold on here a minute, Jack," said Big Gabe, stepping between the guys and the officer. "Let's have a little chat. You know me, I'll go along with it."
"To be course I do, Gabe, and I am mighty glad to see you alive and well. You once had the name of being the strongest man in Nevada; but you didn't look very strong when we brought you up here, two year ago. You'll be up to the old tricks again, before long."
"Of course I do, Gabe, and I'm really glad to see you alive and well. You used to have the reputation of being the strongest man in Nevada, but you didn't look very strong when we brought you up here two years ago. You'll be back to your old tricks again before long."
The giant shook his head.
The giant shook his head.
"I reckon not," he said. "Liftin' bolders an' wrastlin' with four men at a time is outer my line ferever, arter this. I'm too lazy, an' besides thet, I'll allow it wuz a strain I got at that business as brought on my first bleedin' spell arter I hed ther grip. I'm purty well, now, but I don't make no exerbitions uv my strength, burn me ef I do!"
"I don’t think so," he said. "Lifting boulders and wrestling with four guys at once is definitely not for me anymore, after this. I’m too lazy, and besides that, I think that strain I got from that work caused my first bleeding episode after I had the flu. I’m doing pretty well now, but I’m not putting on any demonstrations of my strength, believe me!"
"Wait till you get away from here. Everybody that comes here gets lazy, and stays lazy as longs as they stay here."
"Just wait until you leave this place. Everyone who comes here becomes lazy and stays lazy as long as they’re here."
At this Big Gabe nodded.
At this, Big Gabe nodded.
"Thet's sure as preachin'. It's ther derndest place ter[Pg 274] make a critter feel ez if he don't keer a hoot whether school keeps ur not!"
"That's for sure. It's the darnedest place to[Pg 274] make a creature feel like they don't care at all whether school is in session or not!"
The sheriff had half drawn his revolvers. He now thrust one of them back into its holster, but motioned for Blake to stand aside.
The sheriff had partially drawn his revolvers. He now pushed one of them back into its holster but signaled for Blake to step aside.
"I judge you don't know the kind of youngsters these are as I have found here," said Long.
"I think you don't really understand what kind of kids these are that I've encountered here," said Long.
"And I judge I do," returned the big man, quietly. "I know all about 'em, an' they're all right."
"And I think I do," replied the big man, calmly. "I know all about them, and they're just fine."
The officer looked surprised.
The officer seemed shocked.
"How does it happen you know about 'em?" he asked, wonderingly.
"How do you know about them?" he asked, curiously.
"They're old acquaintances uv mine," asserted Gabe, greatly to the surprise of the lads; "an' they're on the dead level. They came hyar to see me, sayin' as how they wuz in some trouble down at Carson over some counterfeit money as they hed got by accident."
"They're old friends of mine," asserted Gabe, much to the surprise of the guys; "and they’re totally reliable. They came here to see me, saying they were in some trouble down in Carson because of some counterfeit money they got by accident."
Long was scowling and looking disgusted. He listened in silence, motioning for the giant to go on.
Long was frowning and looking grossed out. He listened quietly, signaling for the giant to continue.
"I hev listened ter their story," said Blake, "an' knowin' 'em ez I do, I'll allow it's straight, an' you ain't got no cause whatever ter rope 'em, Jack."
"I've listened to their story," said Blake, "and knowing them as I do, I have to say it's true, and you don't have any reason at all to go after them, Jack."
"Mebbe you're right," admitted the sheriff, fishing in a pocket and drawing forth a paper; "but here is a warrant for the arrest of one Frank Merriwell, and I must serve it. It is sworn out by Ezra Coburn, a leading citizen of Carson."
"Maybe you're right," admitted the sheriff, rummaging in a pocket and pulling out a paper; "but here is a warrant for the arrest of one Frank Merriwell, and I have to serve it. It was filed by Ezra Coburn, a prominent citizen of Carson."
"Burn Ezra Coburn!" roared Big Gabe, becoming somewhat excited. "Burn him and double burn him! I tell yer them youngsters is my friends, an' I'm standin' by 'em! You an' I don't want any trouble, Jack."
"Burn Ezra Coburn!" shouted Big Gabe, getting a bit worked up. "Burn him and really burn him! I'm telling you those kids are my friends, and I'm backing them up! You and I don’t want any trouble, Jack."
"No, we don't want any trouble; but, at the same time, I'll have to do my duty," came firmly from the lips of the sheriff.[Pg 275]
"No, we don't want any trouble, but at the same time, I have to do my duty," said the sheriff firmly.[Pg 275]
"By thet yer mean yer'll hev ter arrest Frank Merriwell?"
"By that you mean you'll have to arrest Frank Merriwell?"
"Exactly."
"Exactly."
"Stiddy, Jack! Don't be too quick ter lay yer paws on ther boys. You know me."
"Hold on, Jack! Don't be too hasty to grab the guys. You know me."
"I do, and I do not fancy having trouble with you. At the same time I must do my duty."
"I do, and I don't want to have trouble with you. But at the same time, I have to do my duty."
"Wa-al, hold hard a bit. Don't be in a hurry about nabbin' them. I'll give yer my pledge as how yer kin hev 'em any time. Does thet go?"
"Well, hold on a second. Don't rush into grabbing them. I promise you can have them anytime. Does that work?"
The sheriff hesitated a bit, and then said:
The sheriff paused for a moment, then said:
"It goes, if you are responsible for 'em, Gabe."
"It goes, if you're responsible for them, Gabe."
"All right. Boys, this yar is Jack Long, sheriff from Carson, a white man clean through. He'll guv yer a squar' deal."
"All right. Guys, this is Jack Long, the sheriff from Carson, a white guy all the way. He'll give you a fair deal."
The boys shook hands with the officer, after which the latter said:
The boys shook hands with the officer, who then said:
"This man with me is Silas Jones, of Michigan, relation to my wife, somehow or other. He is thinking of locating out this way."
"This guy with me is Silas Jones from Michigan, related to my wife in some way. He’s considering moving out this way."
Jones grinned all over his bearded face, shook hands in a strong, blundering fashion, and said:
Jones grinned widely, his beard bristling, shook hands with a firm, clumsy grip, and said:
"I swan if this ain't a great country, out here! Beats all natur! But I don't feel to hum, fer I was raised right in ther middle of the woods, an' there's too much open land out this way. I don't mean right round here, you understand; but I've seen more'n forty thousan' miles of prairie sence comin' out this way, an' it makes me lonesome."
"I swear this is an amazing country out here! It’s unbelievable! But I don’t feel like singing because I was raised right in the middle of the woods, and there’s just too much open land around here. I don’t mean right here, you get that; but I’ve seen more than forty thousand miles of prairie since coming this way, and it makes me feel lonely."
Having expressed himself thus, he sat down on a box and relapsed into silence, listening to the others and grinning now and then, but seldom speaking unless addressed.
Having said that, he sat down on a box and fell silent, listening to the others and grinning occasionally, but rarely speaking unless he was addressed.
Big Gabe urged them all to sit down, and they did so. He then directed Frank Merriwell to relate to the sheriff the story of his adventures since meeting Isa Isban on the[Pg 276] train, and the boy was obliged to go over the ground once more.
Big Gabe urged everyone to sit down, and they did. He then asked Frank Merriwell to tell the sheriff about his adventures since meeting Isa Isban on the[Pg 276] train, and the boy was forced to recount everything again.
Bart was impatient, thinking how much time was being wasted; but he held himself in check as far as possible.
Bart was feeling impatient, annoyed at how much time was being wasted, but he tried to control himself as best as he could.
The dark-eyed boy noticed that Silas Jones listened to Frank's story with great attentiveness, apparently greatly interested in the narrative.
The dark-eyed boy saw that Silas Jones was listening to Frank's story with a lot of attention, clearly very interested in what was being said.
When the boy had finished, Blake explained how his sailboat had been engaged by a pleasure party of four persons, two men, a woman and a girl, and how they had failed to return with it, making it impossible for him to pursue the man and the girl who ran off with his canoe.
When the boy was done, Blake explained how his sailboat had been taken by a group of four people: two men, a woman, and a girl. He shared how they hadn’t come back with it, making it impossible for him to chase after the man and the girl who took off with his canoe.
"Then you saw the man and girl?" asked Long.
"Did you see the man and girl?" Long asked.
"I did that," nodded the giant. "An' I said a few things ter them, but it wuz a case uv wasted breath."
"I did that," the giant nodded. "And I said a few things to them, but it was a waste of breath."
The sheriff seemed to hesitate, doubtfully, and then Frank spoke:
The sheriff seemed to hesitate, unsure, and then Frank spoke:
"Mr. Blake believes he knows where the retreat of the counterfeiters is, and he has offered to guide us there."
"Mr. Blake thinks he knows where the counterfeiters are hiding, and he has offered to take us there."
"How about it?" asked Long, quickly. "Is it right?"
"Well, what do you think?" Long asked quickly. "Is it correct?"
"Wa-al, purty nigh right. I reckon I do know whar they're located, an' I offered ter guide ther party ef you brung a good crowd with yer. You only brung one man."
"Well, pretty much right. I think I do know where they're located, and I offered to guide the group if you brought a good crowd with you. You only brought one man."
"Here are five of us, in all," said Frank. "Two of us may be boys, but it is possible we can fight harder than you imagine."
"Here are five of us in total," said Frank. "Two of us might be guys, but it's possible we can fight harder than you think."
"If such a thing can be avoided, we do not want to fight at all," said Long. "We want to take the makers of the queer by surprise and capture them in a strategic manner."
"If there's any way to avoid it, we don't want to fight at all," said Long. "We want to catch the people behind the strange things off guard and capture them strategically."
Silas Jones nodded.
Silas Jones nodded.
"Either that or send for plenty of officers ter ketch 'em on ther jump," he said. "Ther United States Secret Service men would be mighty tickled ter git such a show."[Pg 277]
"Either that or call for a lot of officers to catch them on the run," he said. "The United States Secret Service agents would be really excited to get such an opportunity."[Pg 277]
Long gave Jones a peculiar look.
Long gave Jones a strange look.
"The Secret Service men may be mighty glad if they get an opportunity to play second fiddle in this affair," he said.
"The Secret Service agents might be really happy if they get a chance to take a back seat in this situation," he said.
Whereat the man from Michigan grinned, but made no further remark.
Where the guy from Michigan smiled, but didn’t say anything else.
The sheriff was for taking the boys back to Carson, leaving them in custody, and then seeking the retreat of the counterfeiters.
The sheriff wanted to take the boys back to Carson, put them in custody, and then track down the counterfeiters.
To this Big Gabe would not agree.
To this, Big Gabe wouldn’t agree.
"Give ther youngsters a show," he said. "I hev pledged myself ter stand good fer 'em. Take 'em erlong on ther expedition."
"Give the kids a show," he said. "I have promised to take care of them. Take them along on the expedition."
There was considerable discussion over this, and Long finally gave in, although he expressed himself as certain that the boys would prove a great incumbrance.
There was a lot of talk about this, and Long finally agreed, even though he made it clear that he was sure the boys would be a big burden.
Both Frank and Bart resolved to show him his mistake, in case an opportunity was offered.
Both Frank and Bart decided to point out his mistake if the chance came up.
They made preparations for the trip, which Big Gabe declared would take the better part of four days, as they would have to pick their way carefully through the mountains.
They got ready for the trip, which Big Gabe said would take almost four days since they would need to navigate carefully through the mountains.
The two horses left by the man and girl were brought up and stripped of their saddles, packs being substituted.
The two horses left by the man and girl were brought in and had their saddles removed, with packs being put on instead.
Big Gabe was almost entirely cleaned out of provisions, but he did not murmur because of that.
Big Gabe was nearly out of supplies, but he didn’t complain about it.
The giant insisted on making the jaunt on foot, saying he did not wish to be incumbered with a horse.
The giant insisted on making the trip on foot, saying he didn’t want to be burdened with a horse.
When everything was ready, they started out, Gabe in the lead, carrying his Winchester at his side.
When everything was set, they headed out, Gabe in front, carrying his Winchester by his side.
It did not take the giant long to convince them that he was far from an invalid. He seemed built of iron, and he was sure footed as a mountain goat.
It didn’t take the giant long to show them that he was anything but an invalid. He looked like he was made of iron, and he was as sure-footed as a mountain goat.
Before long they were forced back from the shore of the lake and compelled to pick their way through a rough[Pg 278] and rocky region, where progress was exasperatingly slow.
Before long, they were pushed back from the edge of the lake and had to carefully navigate through a rough[Pg 278] and rocky area, where moving forward was incredibly frustrating.
It was midafternoon, when they halted at the beginning of a desperate and dangerous climb amid mighty bowlders, with yawning chasms on every hand.
It was midafternoon when they stopped at the start of a steep and risky ascent among huge boulders, with deep chasms on every side.
Here they opened one of the packs and brought forth provisions enough for the party to satisfy their hunger, the food being washed down with water from a tinkling brook that ran toward the lake.
Here, they opened one of the packs and brought out enough supplies for the group to satisfy their hunger, the food being washed down with water from a sparkling brook that flowed toward the lake.
After they had satisfied their hunger, and allowed the horses to feed, the animals were saddled again, the packs made fast, and once more they started onward.
After they had filled their stomachs and let the horses eat, they saddled the animals again, secured the packs, and set off once more.
Although Big Gabe had explored the greater part of the rough region lying around the lake, he had never before attempted to find a road for horses along the precipices and black ravines.
Although Big Gabe had explored most of the rugged area around the lake, he had never before tried to find a path for horses along the cliffs and dark ravines.
After eating, they set about the most severe and dangerous part of the journey yet reached. Up amid the giant bowlders they climbed, at times working around some part of the mountain where there would be a bare bluff on one hand and a yawning chasm on the other.
After eating, they tackled the toughest and most dangerous part of the journey they had encountered so far. They climbed among the massive boulders, sometimes maneuvering around sections of the mountain where there was a steep cliff on one side and a deep chasm on the other.
The giant guide warned them to look out for the loose bowlders, saying that some of them could be sent crashing down the mountain almost by the pressure of a hand.
The giant guide warned them to watch out for the loose boulders, saying that some of them could come tumbling down the mountain with just a little shove.
The dangers from these huge rocks were made apparent before they had passed beyond that region.
The dangers from these enormous rocks became clear before they moved past that area.
Frank's horse proved far more skillful in climbing, keeping close to Big Gabe's heels, and the others were left at a considerable distance, so it became necessary to pause once or twice for them to come up.
Frank's horse was much better at climbing, staying right behind Big Gabe, while the others fell quite far behind, so they had to stop once or twice for them to catch up.
A nearly level bit of the mountain had been reached, and they were pausing before the next climb, when a rumbling jar was heard, and a cry of warning broke from the guide.
A nearly flat spot on the mountain had been reached, and they were taking a break before the next climb when a loud rumble was heard, and the guide let out a warning shout.
The others were yet some distance away, so that Frank and Gabe were together, the boy being astride his heavily breathing horse.
The others were still a bit far off, so Frank and Gabe were alone together, the boy sitting on his horse, which was breathing heavily.
With each moment the roaring grew louder, till it swelled to jarring thunder, and then past them shot a huge black mass, enveloped in a cloud of dust. This mass leaped down into the black depths of a great chasm that yawned close at hand.
With every second, the roar got louder until it turned into a deafening thunder, and then a massive black shape zoomed past them, wrapped in a cloud of dust. This shape jumped down into the dark abyss of a huge chasm that gaped right nearby.
Frank's horse was frightened and began to plunge. The boy tried to quiet the animal, which was no easy task. In its mad plunging the creature reached the edge of the chasm. Big Gabe leaped forward with a second shout of warning, but it came too late.
Frank's horse got scared and started to rear up. The boy tried to calm it down, which wasn't easy at all. In its wild thrashing, the horse got close to the edge of the cliff. Big Gabe jumped forward with another shout of warning, but it was too late.
CHAPTER XLIII.
A FRIGHTFUL PERIL.
Not a sound came from the lips of our hero as his horse went plunging into the chasm, although, in the moment when he went over the brink, the boy fully expected to be dashed to death in the dark depths below.
Not a sound escaped our hero's lips as his horse plunged into the chasm, even though, at the moment they went over the edge, the boy fully expected to be smashed to pieces in the dark depths below.
He saw Big Gabe leap to clutch him, but realized that the giant was too late.
He saw Big Gabe jump to grab him, but realized that the giant was too late.
In that fateful moment Frank cleared his feet from the stirrups and made a desperate effort to save himself.
In that moment, Frank kicked his feet out of the stirrups and made a last-ditch attempt to save himself.
Too late!
Too late!
All he could do was to clutch at the high pommel of the Mexican saddle, to which he clung tenaciously.
All he could do was grip the high pommel of the Mexican saddle, which he held on to tightly.
A wild, half human scream of terror came from the throat of the horse.
A wild, half-human scream of terror erupted from the horse's throat.
"Whoa up, thar!" roared the giant, as he made a clutch at the horse.
"Whoa there!" shouted the giant as he lunged for the horse.
By rare good fortune the man clutched the flowing tail of the animal fairly and firmly. His heels settled into a rift of the rocks, and he surged backward.
By some rare luck, the man grabbed the animal's flowing tail tightly. His heels dug into a crack in the rocks, and he pulled himself back.
Over went the horse, dangling, head downward, above the terrible chasm, while the giant held it thus by clinging to the creature's tail!
Over went the horse, hanging upside down, above the terrible chasm, while the giant held it like this by gripping the creature's tail!
And our hero held fast to the Mexican saddle!
And our hero held on tightly to the Mexican saddle!
Frank was amazed when he found the horse was not going downward, and, being unable to see the big man, he wondered what held the animal suspended in the air.
Frank was shocked when he realized the horse wasn’t going down, and since he couldn’t see the big guy, he wondered what was keeping the animal up in the air.
In a moment the man above cried:
In an instant, the man above shouted:
"Are you gone, boy? Are yer done fer, youngster?"
"Are you gone, kid? Are you finished, young one?"
"No," replied Frank, with sudden hope. "I am hang[Pg 281]ing to the saddle. Drop a rope to me, and pull me up—quick, before the horse falls!"
"No," Frank said, suddenly hopeful. "I'm hanging from the saddle. Drop a rope to me and pull me up—hurry, before the horse falls!"
"Can't do it."
"Can't do that."
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"I'm holdin' ther critter by ther tail, an', burn me, ef yer both won't go to ther bottom ef I leggo!"
"I'm holding the creature by the tail, and, honestly, if you two don't go down to the bottom if I let go!"
Then the boy realized what had saved him, impossible as it seemed, and he marveled at the astonishing strength of the strange giant who had been sent to Lake Tahoe to die of consumption.
Then the boy realized what had saved him, as unbelievable as it seemed, and he marveled at the incredible strength of the strange giant who had been sent to Lake Tahoe to die of tuberculosis.
"But he can't hold out long!" thought the lad. "He must give up in a moment, and then we'll go down to death!"
"But he can't hold out much longer!" thought the boy. "He has to give up any moment now, and then we'll be doomed!"
It was not a pleasant thought, and still Frank was not terrified. He wondered at his own coolness. He speculated on the length of time they would be falling. Would he be conscious when they struck, or would the fall rob him of his senses?
It wasn't a nice thought, yet Frank wasn't afraid. He was surprised by his own calmness. He wondered how long they would be falling. Would he be aware when they hit the ground, or would the fall knock him out?
He looked down. Far below, ragged points of rocks jutted out from the chasm wall, seeming to beckon to him. They would bruise and tear him, and it seemed that they were awaiting, with impatience, for him to fall.
He looked down. Far below, jagged rocks jutted out from the chasm wall, seeming to call to him. They would hurt and tear him, and it felt like they were eagerly waiting for him to fall.
He could not see the bottom of the chasm!
He couldn't see the bottom of the chasm!
"It is sure death!"
"It's definitely death!"
Without knowing that he did so, he uttered the words aloud.
Without realizing it, he said the words out loud.
"Not ef I kin hold on a little longer, boy."
"Not if I can hold on a little longer, kid."
The giant had heard him and made reply, much to his surprise, for he had seemed to forget that Blake was holding him from falling.
The giant had heard him and responded, much to his surprise, as he had seemed to forget that Blake was preventing him from falling.
Then he marveled more than ever at the strength of the man, for it began to seem that he had been suspended thus many hours. Surely Gabriel Blake possessed supernatural prowess.
Then he was more amazed than ever at the strength of the man, as it started to feel like he had been hanging there for hours. Surely, Gabriel Blake had some sort of supernatural power.
Something like a laugh came from the boy's lips.[Pg 282]
Something like a laugh escaped the boy's lips.[Pg 282]
"It is foolish to try to hold on longer," he said, a bit wildly. "Let go, before you, too, are dragged over to death."
"It’s stupid to try to hold on any longer," he said, a little frantically. "Let go, before you end up getting dragged down to your death too."
"Hyar, hyar!" called the man from above. "Don't git nutty, boy! I kin hold yer some time yit."
"Hyar, hyar!" called the man from above. "Don't get crazy, kid! I can hold you for a while longer."
Still Frank was sure it was all folly; it could only end in one way.
Still, Frank was sure it was all foolishness; it could only end in one way.
"I must fall at last!"
"I have to fall now!"
The giant heard these hoarsely muttered words, and he feared the boy would let go.
The giant heard these rough, muttered words, and he was worried the boy would let go.
And now Bart Hodge and the two men had become aware of Frank's peril, and they were spurring their horses madly forward, having reached the top of the climb.
And now Bart Hodge and the two men had realized Frank was in danger, and they were frantically urging their horses ahead, having reached the top of the slope.
The giant saw them coming, and it gave him new strength.
The giant saw them approaching, and it filled him with new energy.
"Hold fast, down thar, youngster!" Big Gabe shouted to Frank. "Thar's help comin' hot-foot an' hustlin'. We'll hev yer out uv thar in two shakes, brand me deep ef we don't!"
"Hang on tight down there, kid!" Big Gabe yelled to Frank. "Help is on the way, coming fast and eager. We'll have you out of there in no time, mark my words!"
Still, Frank did not dare to hope. Once or twice it seemed that the horse, wild-eyed and snorting with terror, slipped a bit, and the boy fancied Gabe was losing his grip.
Still, Frank didn’t dare to hope. Once or twice it looked like the horse, with wide eyes and snorting in fear, slipped a little, and the boy thought Gabe was losing his hold.
It was a fearful strain on the giant, but he held fast as if his own life depended on it. The cords stood out on his neck and forehead, and perspiration rolled down his face. He could hear his own heart thumping like a hammer in his breast.
It was an intense strain on the giant, but he held on as if his life depended on it. The veins bulged on his neck and forehead, and sweat dripped down his face. He could hear his heart pounding like a hammer in his chest.
The sheriff, Sile Jones and Bart Hodge came tearing up to the spot, flung their horses back with a surge at the bit, and leaped to the ground.
The sheriff, Sile Jones, and Bart Hodge rushed to the location, pulled their horses back sharply on the reins, and jumped down.
In a moment Jones had leaped to the side of Big Gabe and obtained a hold on the tail of the horse, relieving the giant a bit.[Pg 283]
In an instant, Jones jumped to Big Gabe's side and grabbed the horse's tail, giving the giant a little relief.[Pg 283]
A lariat dangled from the sheriff's saddle, and this he had freed before he brought his horse to a halt. With it in his hand, he sprang to the ground and leaped toward the brink of the chasm, on which Bart was already kneeling.
A lasso hung from the sheriff's saddle, and he had taken it off before bringing his horse to a stop. Holding it in his hand, he jumped to the ground and leaped toward the edge of the chasm, where Bart was already kneeling.
"Hang on, old boy!" breathed the dark-haired lad. "The horse will not fall now. You are all right. We will have you out of that in a moment."
"Hold on, buddy!" the dark-haired guy said breathlessly. "The horse isn't going to fall now. You're fine. We'll get you out of there in a minute."
Frank looked up and saw Bart peering down. The sight of his friend's face gave the imperiled lad new hope.
Frank looked up and saw Bart looking down. The sight of his friend's face gave the in danger guy new hope.
"It's all right, if you say so, partner," he said, coolly. "But I don't care how quick you get me out of this."
"It's fine, if you think so, partner," he said casually. "But I don't care how fast you get me out of this."
Jack Long reached the brink of the chasm, lariat in hand.
Jack Long stood at the edge of the chasm, lasso in hand.
"Say," he cried, "whatever are you trying to do, boy? Think you can slip me this way? Not much!"
"Hey," he shouted, "what do you think you're doing, kid? You think you can sneak by me like this? Not a chance!"
He ended with a reassuring laugh, which was meant to encourage Frank. In a moment the rope was lowered, and the end dangled close by the boy.
He finished with a comforting laugh, intended to encourage Frank. Soon, the rope was lowered, and the end hung close to the boy.
"Catch hold!" cried the sheriff.
"Grab it!" shouted the sheriff.
Frank did so, first getting a firm hold with one hand, and then with the other. By the time he had hold of the lariat Bart was ready to pull with Long.
Frank did that, first getting a solid grip with one hand, and then with the other. By the time he had a hold of the lariat, Bart was ready to pull with Long.
"All right!" shouted Frank. "Lift away, up there."
"Alright!" shouted Frank. "Lift away, up there."
They did so, carefully lifting him over the edge of the ledge, so his hold would not be broken, and he was drawn safely to the solid ground.
They did so, carefully lifting him over the edge of the ledge, so his grip wouldn’t slip, and he was safely brought to solid ground.
Some boys would have been completely overcome and unmanned by such a close call, but such was not the case with Frank. The moment all peril was past for him, he exclaimed:
Some boys would have been totally overwhelmed and lost by such a close call, but that wasn't the case with Frank. Once the danger had passed, he exclaimed:
"Save the horse!"
"Save the horse!"
"Don't know as we can," said the sheriff, breathing heavily. "We'll try it. If we can get the beast up without strangling it we'll be dead lucky."[Pg 284]
"Not sure we can," said the sheriff, panting. "We'll give it a shot. If we can get the creature up without choking it, we’ll be really lucky."[Pg 284]
Long was skillful with the lariat, and he dropped the noose over the horse's head with a wide sweep. He did not draw it tight till the time came, and that was when every man and boy were ready to lift to the extent of their strength.
Long was skilled with the lasso, and he tossed the loop over the horse's head in a wide arc. He didn't pull it tight until the moment came, and that was when every man and boy was ready to pull with all their strength.
"Heave!" shouted Big Gabe, in a stentorian tone.
"Heave!" shouted Big Gabe, in a loud voice.
After a desperate struggle they dragged the horse up over the brink, but the unfortunate creature was more dead than alive, and nearly an hour passed before it recovered.[Pg 285]
After a tough struggle, they pulled the horse over the edge, but the poor animal was barely clinging to life. It took almost an hour for it to recover.[Pg 285]
CHAPTER XLIV.
A GIRL'S MAD LEAP.
By nightfall they were encamped—or bivouacked—in a sheltered pocket, close by a clear bubbling spring. A fire was lighted, and, having eaten supper, they sat around and talked over the journey and adventures of the day.
By nightfall, they were set up for the night—or camping—in a cozy spot, right by a clear, bubbling spring. A fire was started, and after having dinner, they gathered around and talked about their journey and the day's adventures.
The men smoked. The horses fed on some tender grass near at hand. Bart said:
The men were smoking. The horses were grazing on some fresh grass nearby. Bart said:
"Do you know, Frank, I never touched a cigarette since you induced me to swear off at Fardale?"
"Do you know, Frank, I haven't touched a cigarette since you got me to quit at Fardale?"
"I am glad to hear that," said Frank. "There is nothing more hurtful than cigarettes used to excess, and one who smokes them regularly is almost certain to use them to excess, after a time."
"I’m glad to hear that," said Frank. "There’s nothing more harmful than smoking too many cigarettes, and someone who smokes them regularly is almost guaranteed to overdo it eventually."
"When you left Fardale I told you I feared I might fall back into my old ways—might become reckless and dissipated as I was before you gave me a helping hand and pulled me out. You remember it?"
"When you left Fardale, I told you I was worried I might slip back into my old habits—might become careless and self-destructive like I was before you helped me and pulled me out. Do you remember that?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"And do you remember that you said you were confident I would not go back—that you felt sure I had stamina of character enough not to take up with my old associates?"
"And do you remember saying you were sure I wouldn't go back—that you believed I had enough strength of character not to reconnect with my old friends?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"Well, Frank, by saying so you saved me. Whenever I have been tempted to do a mean thing, or to take up with any of the old gang, I have always thought of your words, and knowing you had faith in me has given me strength to resist."[Pg 286]
"Well, Frank, you really saved me by saying that. Whenever I've been tempted to do something bad or hang out with the old crowd, I've always remembered your words, and knowing you believe in me has helped me stay strong." [Pg 286]
"I am glad of it, old fellow. For all that we were enemies to begin with at Fardale, I found you had good stuff in you, and so I stood by you when others were against you."
"I’m glad to hear that, my friend. Even though we were enemies at first at Fardale, I realized you had a lot of good qualities, and that’s why I supported you when others didn’t."
"You stood by me when I was falsely accused of a theft, even though I had treated you shamefully, and it was that which made me ashamed and disgusted with myself. I saw you were white clean through, and I resolved to mend my ways if I ever pulled through the scrape I was in."
"You stood by me when I was wrongly accused of stealing, even though I had treated you badly, and that’s what made me feel ashamed and disgusted with myself. I saw that you were completely innocent, and I decided to change my ways if I ever got out of the trouble I was in."
"You kept your resolution."
"You stuck to your resolution."
"With your aid. I did not expect you would accept me for a roommate, after what had happened, but you did. I do not believe I should have been able to remain in Fardale Academy but for that. Now——"
"Thanks to you, I didn’t think you would want to be my roommate after everything that happened, but you did. I don’t think I would have been able to stay at Fardale Academy without that. Now—"
"Now what?"
"What's next?"
"Well, it may sound like boasting, but you know I am not given to that, Frank."
"Well, it might sound like bragging, but you know I’m not the type to do that, Frank."
"I know. Go on."
"I get it. Continue."
"Now, to a certain extent, I have taken the place you left vacant at Fardale. I was captain of the football team last fall, and we came out champions in the series we played. This year I was unanimously chosen captain of the baseball team, and we have had a most successful season thus far. The fellows who would have nothing at all to do with me originally are ready to stand by me to the last gasp now. All this came about through your influence, Frank."
"Now, to some extent, I’ve filled the spot you left open at Fardale. I was captain of the football team last fall, and we ended up being champions in the series we played. This year, I was elected captain of the baseball team by unanimous vote, and we’ve had a really successful season so far. The guys who wanted nothing to do with me at first are now ready to back me up no matter what. All of this happened because of your influence, Frank."
"You make me blush," laughed our hero. "Don't tell me anything more, or you will give me a case of swelled head."
"You’re making me blush," our hero laughed. "Don’t say anything else, or you’ll fill my head with ego."
"There is no danger of that," Bart declared. "For a fellow who was so popular at school, you were and are reprehensibly modest. You had a way of holding your own, and still you never thrust yourself forward, which[Pg 287] is something I cannot understand, for, as a rule, if a person does not push himself right ahead, he does not get there. Modesty may be all right, but, in most cases, the modest fellow gets left. Not that I believe in the braggart and blowhard, but a chap must have nerve to put himself ahead if he wants to keep in the game. I have seen lots of inferior individuals get a start on those with ability simply because they had the gall to sail right in and make their bluff. I believe there are two kinds of modesty, and one kind is closely allied to cowardice. The fellow who has confidence in himself, thinks he can do a thing, says he can do it, and does his level best to do it, is the one who will come out on top. If a chap wants an opportunity to try at anything, he makes a fool of himself if he says, 'I don't know, perhaps I can do it.' The one who says, 'I can and will' is the one people have confidence in, even though he may not be so smart as some modest coward."
“There’s no danger of that,” Bart said. “For someone who was so popular in school, you are ridiculously modest. You had a way of holding your own, yet you never pushed yourself forward, which[Pg 287] I just don’t get. Usually, if someone doesn’t assert themselves, they don’t get very far. Modesty can be a good thing, but most of the time, the modest guy gets left behind. I don’t support the braggart or the blowhard, but you need to have the guts to put yourself out there if you want to stay in the game. I’ve seen plenty of less capable people get ahead of those with talent just because they had the nerve to step up and bluff. I think there are two types of modesty, and one is pretty close to cowardice. The person who believes in himself, thinks he can do something, says he can do it, and puts in the effort is the one who will be successful. If someone wants a shot at anything, it makes them look foolish to say, ‘I don’t know, maybe I can do it.’ The person who says, ‘I can and I will’ is the one people trust, even if he’s not as smart as some humble coward.”
Frank whistled softly.
Frank softly whistled.
"Hodge," he said, gravely, "you are a philosopher. Your philosophy may be a trifle mixed, but it will untangle itself later on. Such words from your lips rather daze me. I think I'll have to sleep and rest in order to recover."
"Hodge," he said seriously, "you're a philosopher. Your philosophy might be a bit jumbled, but it'll sort itself out eventually. Hearing those words from you throws me off a bit. I think I need to sleep and rest to get back on track."
He ended by a light laugh, in which, however, Bart did not join.
He ended with a light laugh, but Bart didn’t join in.
The dark-haired boy would have been glad to talk of the mysterious girl, but Frank rolled himself in a blanket, with his feet toward the fire and showed no desire to continue the conversation.
The dark-haired boy would have been happy to talk about the mysterious girl, but Frank wrapped himself in a blanket, with his feet facing the fire, and showed no interest in continuing the conversation.
Bart soon followed this example, but the men continued to smoke and talk for some time.
Bart soon followed suit, but the guys kept smoking and chatting for a while.
Bart was awakened by feeling himself vigorously shaken, but, when he started to speak, a hand was over his mouth, and a voice whispered, in his ear:[Pg 288]
Bart was jolted awake by someone shaking him hard, but when he tried to say something, a hand covered his mouth, and a voice whispered in his ear:[Pg 288]
"Easy, old boy; don't make a racket. We want to take a little stroll by ourselves, and there might be objections."
"Easy, man; don't make a fuss. We just want to take a quick walk by ourselves, and there might be some objections."
He knew it was Frank who spoke, although it was still dark, with just a hint of approaching dawn in the east.
He recognized Frank's voice, even though it was still dark, with just a hint of dawn on the horizon to the east.
When Frank was sure Bart understood he removed his hand from the latter's mouth, and the dark-haired boy crept softly from his blanket.
When Frank was sure Bart got it, he took his hand off the other boy's mouth, and the dark-haired kid quietly slipped out from under his blanket.
"Where are you going?" whispered Hodge, in surprise.
"Where are you headed?" Hodge whispered, surprised.
"Never mind," was the answer. "Take your rifle and come along."
"Don't worry about it," was the response. "Grab your rifle and let's go."
The men were sleeping heavily. The horses stamped restlessly at a distance of two or three rods. The stars were fading before the gray light that slowly spread in the east.
The men were sleeping deeply. The horses stomped nervously a couple of yards away. The stars were fading away as the gray light gradually spread in the east.
Bart secured his rifle. Frank had his already, and they stole out of the bivouac.
Bart grabbed his rifle. Frank already had his, and they quietly slipped out of the camp.
Frank led the way, walking swiftly, and making no noise.
Frank stayed ahead, walking quickly and without making a sound.
Bart wondered what the boy meant to do. Surely he did not think of skipping the party, for the horses were abandoned.
Bart wondered what the boy was planning to do. Surely he didn’t think about skipping the party since the horses were left behind.
The dark-haired lad could not restrain his curiosity long, and he asked a question as soon as they were beyond earshot of the camp.
The dark-haired boy couldn't hold back his curiosity for long, and he asked a question as soon as they were out of earshot of the camp.
"What do you mean to do, Frank?"
"What are you planning to do, Frank?"
"Take a morning stroll," was the laughing reply. "It is good for one's health. Why, it's a regular tonic."
"Go for a morning walk," was the laughing response. "It's good for your health. Honestly, it's like a booster."
Bart was puzzled, for he knew Frank was not out for his health.
Bart was confused because he knew Frank wasn't doing this for his health.
"You are not skipping them?" he asked.
"You aren't skipping them?" he asked.
"Not for long," was the reply.
"Not for long," was the reply.
"But what will they think when they awaken and find we are gone?"
"But what will they think when they wake up and realize we're gone?"
"Where?"
"Where at?"
"Pinned to Big Gabe's breast."
"Pinned to Big Gabe's chest."
"What did you say?"
"What did you mean?"
"That we would be back, and for them not to think we were running away."
"That we would return, and for them not to believe we were fleeing."
"They will think so, all the same."
"They'll think that, anyway."
"They are likely to."
"They're likely to."
"And I fail to see the object in this move. If they catch us before we return, Jack Long is liable to tie us up and take us back to Carson without delay."
"And I don’t see the point in this move. If they catch us before we get back, Jack Long will probably tie us up and take us back to Carson right away."
Frank laughed softly.
Frank chuckled quietly.
"They will not catch us till we are ready to return. I will tell you just what this move means."
"They won't catch us until we're ready to come back. I'll explain what this move is all about."
"Fire away."
"Go ahead."
"Last night, after we both seemed to be asleep, Big Gabe told his companions just where this hidden cabin of the counterfeiters is located. I was not asleep, although I seemed to be, and I heard every word."
"Last night, after we both looked like we were asleep, Big Gabe told his friends exactly where the hidden cabin of the counterfeiters is. I wasn't asleep, even though it seemed like I was, and I heard every word."
"Well?"
"What's up?"
"Well, we are going there."
"Okay, we're going there."
"For what reason?"
"Why?"
"To see what we can do. I also overheard the men talking, and they seemed extremely doubtful as to our ability to do much of anything. In fact, they regarded us as an incumbrance. That touched my pride. I resolved to see if we could not convince them that they had made a mistake."
"To figure out what we can accomplish. I also heard the men talking, and they seemed very skeptical about our ability to do anything. In fact, they saw us as a burden. That hurt my pride. I decided to see if we could show them that they were wrong."
"Are you sure you can find this hidden cabin?"
"Are you sure you can locate this hidden cabin?"
"No; but I can try. I remember every word Gabe spoke, and I'll come pretty near it, you may bet."
"No, but I can give it a shot. I remember every word Gabe said, and I’ll get pretty close, you can count on that."
"Go ahead. I am with you."
"Go for it. I'm here for you."
Bart did not question his friend further, although it seemed a foolish move to him. But he remembered that, in the past, Frank had seldom made a mistake when he set out to do anything.[Pg 290]
Bart didn't press his friend any further, even though it felt like a dumb decision to him. But he recalled that, in the past, Frank hardly ever messed up when he decided to do something.[Pg 290]
Merriwell moved at a swinging pace, and Hodge held close to his heels.
Merriwell moved quickly, and Hodge stayed right on his tail.
The light in the east broadened, flushed, and rose to the zenith. The stars were blotted from the sky; but there were deep shadows far down in the ravines and gorges when the sunlight lay on the mountain peaks.
The light in the east grew wider, turned rosy, and climbed to the highest point. The stars disappeared from the sky; however, there were dark shadows deep in the ravines and gorges while the sunlight hit the mountain peaks.
Having left the pocket, Frank led the way along a twisting ravine. Out of this he climbed at a certain point, and they made their way over a ridge into another ravine, from which they branched into yet another. Finally, with the bare face of a great mountain rising abruptly on their left, the boys advanced slowly.
Having left the pocket, Frank took the lead along a winding ravine. At one point, he climbed out of it, and they moved over a ridge into another ravine, from which they split into yet another. Finally, with the steep face of a huge mountain rising sharply to their left, the boys continued to move forward slowly.
"It cannot be far from here," said Frank, keeping his eyes about him. "We shall not be able to see the cabin from this ravine, but we may locate the cliff on which it is built."
"It can't be too far from here," Frank said, scanning his surroundings. "We won't be able to see the cabin from this ravine, but we might be able to find the cliff it's built on."
"How can we locate it?"
"How can we find it?"
"Big Gabe said there was a wide streak that ran perpendicularly in the rocky precipice not far from the cliff—and there it is!"
"Big Gabe said there was a wide line that ran across the rocky cliff not far from the edge—and there it is!"
The boys fell back a bit, gazing intently at the wide, white strip that seemed to hang along the face of black stone, like a wide streak from a monster whitewash brush.
The boys stepped back slightly, staring intently at the wide, white strip that appeared to cling to the surface of the black stone, like a broad mark from an enormous whitewash brush.
"I am certain we are very near the place," said Frank. "We will look for the cliff."
"I’m sure we’re really close to the place," Frank said. "Let’s look for the cliff."
This they did, and, in a very short time, they fancied they had discovered it.
This they did, and soon, they thought they had found it.
"There seems no possible way of reaching the ledge up there," said Bart, somewhat despondently.
"There seems to be no way to get to the ledge up there," Bart said, feeling a bit down.
"But there must be a way, if the hidden cabin is built there," declared Frank.
"But there has to be a way if the hidden cabin is built there," Frank stated.
"I don't doubt it. At the same time, we are not likely to find it. Instead of making queer money in a city, where they would be in constant danger of discovery and arrest, they have come here to this wild region, where[Pg 291] they are not likely to be discovered, and where there is very little chance that they will be arrested if they are discovered."
"I don't doubt it. At the same time, it's unlikely we'll find it. Instead of making shady money in a city, where they'd always be at risk of being found out and arrested, they've come to this remote area, where[Pg 291] they're not likely to be discovered, and where there's a very low chance of being arrested if they are."
For some time the boys speculated concerning the possibility of reaching the ledge. They were about to seek a way out of the ravine when something happened that astonished them both.
For a while, the boys wondered if they could reach the ledge. They were just about to look for a way out of the ravine when something happened that shocked them both.
"Look, Bart!" softly cried Frank, catching the shoulder of his friend—"look there!"
"Hey, Bart!" Frank said softly, grabbing his friend's shoulder—"look over there!"
He pointed upward to the ledge.
He pointed up to the ledge.
On the very verge of the sheer descent a girl had suddenly appeared. In her hand she carried a huge umbrella, which she was struggling to open, her movements seeming to indicate that she was in great terror. Her unbound golden hair was falling over her shoulders.
On the edge of the steep drop, a girl suddenly appeared. She was trying to open a large umbrella, and her movements suggested she was extremely frightened. Her loose golden hair cascaded over her shoulders.
"It's Vida!" palpitated Bart Hodge.
"It's Vida!" exclaimed Bart Hodge.
"It's Isa!" asserted Frank Merriwell.
"It's Isa!" declared Frank Merriwell.
"What does she mean to do?"
"What does she plan to do?"
"Wait! Look!"
"Hold on! Check this out!"
"Merciful goodness!"
"Oh my goodness!"
Both lads were horrified, for, having succeeded in opening the huge umbrella, the girl suddenly turned, and, with a wild cry, leaped out into space from the edge of the ledge.[Pg 292]
Both boys were freaked out because, after managing to open the huge umbrella, the girl suddenly turned around and, with a wild scream, jumped off the edge into the air.[Pg 292]
"Frank brought the butt of his Winchester to his shoulder, and began to work the weapon." (See page 296)
"Frank brought the stock of his Winchester to his shoulder and started to operate the gun." (See page 296)
CHAPTER XLV.
QUEEN OF THE COUNTERFEITERS.
It seemed an act of madness.
It seemed like an insane thing to do.
A moment after she made the frightful leap a man came rushing to the edge of the ledge and clutched at her.
A moment after she made the terrifying leap, a man rushed to the edge of the ledge and grabbed for her.
He was too late.
He arrived too late.
Already she was shooting downward toward the depths of the ravine.
Already she was plunging downward into the depths of the ravine.
With no small difficulty he saved himself from toppling over the brink.
With quite a bit of effort, he managed to keep himself from falling over the edge.
Down in the ravine two boys gazed in unutterable horror at the falling form of the girl.
Down in the ravine, two boys stared in complete horror at the girl as she fell.
Then they beheld what seemed like a marvel.
Then they saw what looked like a miracle.
To a certain extent the umbrella acted like a parachute, and, assisted by the girl's clothing, served to check the swiftness of her fall.
To some degree, the umbrella functioned like a parachute and, along with the girl's clothing, helped slow down her descent.
Down she came into the ravine, alighting within a few rods of the boys, collapsing in a motionless heap, while the huge government umbrella, which must have been stolen from its former owners, turned bottom up and rolled a few feet away.
Down she came into the ravine, landing within a few yards of the boys, collapsing in a motionless heap, while the huge government umbrella, which must have been stolen from its previous owners, flipped upside down and rolled a few feet away.
Frank was the first to recover. With a low cry, he sprang toward the girl, knelt beside her, and lifted her in his arms.
Frank was the first to bounce back. With a quiet shout, he ran over to the girl, knelt next to her, and picked her up in his arms.
"Is she dead?" fluttered Bart, over his friend's shoulder.
"Is she dead?" Bart gasped, peering over his friend's shoulder.
"I do not think she struck hard enough," said Frank. "No—she moves. She is alive!"
"I don't think she hit hard enough," said Frank. "No—she's moving. She’s alive!"
The beautiful girl, whose face was very pale, opened her eyes, caught her breath convulsively, looked straight past Frank, saw the face of the other boy, and murmured:[Pg 293]
The beautiful girl, whose face was very pale, opened her eyes, gasped for air, looked right past Frank, saw the other boy's face, and whispered:[Pg 293]
"Bartley!"
"Bartley!"
In a moment Bart Hodge was on his knees, and he almost tore her from Frank's hands.
In an instant, Bart Hodge was on his knees, and he nearly yanked her out of Frank's hands.
"Give her to me!" he panted. "She knows me now! She will not refuse to recognize me here!"
"Give her to me!" he breathed heavily. "She knows who I am now! She won't ignore me here!"
Seeing how agitated his friend was, Frank surrendered the girl, asking:
Seeing how upset his friend was, Frank gave up the girl, asking:
"Are you severely harmed, Miss Isban?"
"Are you hurt badly, Miss Isban?"
She looked at him in a bewildered way, but did not reply.
She stared at him in confusion, but didn't say anything.
Bending over her, Bart echoed the question:
Bending down to her, Bart repeated the question:
"Are you severely harmed, Miss Melburn?"
"Are you seriously hurt, Miss Melburn?"
"I—I think not," she replied, faintly. "I lost my breath, and I feared I would lose my hold on the handle of the umbrella before I reached the bottom. I did not strike very hard, but everything seemed to float away when I knew I was at the bottom."
"I—I don’t think so," she said weakly. "I lost my breath, and I was afraid I would lose my grip on the umbrella handle before I got to the bottom. I didn’t hit very hard, but everything felt like it was floating away when I realized I was at the bottom."
"It is wonderful—marvelous! What made you do such a mad thing?"
"It’s amazing—fantastic! What made you do something so crazy?"
"The horrid wretch who insisted on making love to me! I became awfully afraid of him. He was pursuing me."
"The awful creep who wouldn't stop hitting on me! I got really scared of him. He was chasing me."
"But it seemed like a leap to certain death."
"But it felt like a jump straight into danger."
"I didn't care much. I was crazy with fear. I saw this old umbrella, and, remembering how I had once seen a man descend by means of a parachute from a balloon, I caught it up, rushed out of the cabin, slamming the door in his face, opened it, and jumped when he came hurrying after me."
"I didn't care much. I was overwhelmed with fear. I spotted this old umbrella, and recalling how I had once seen a guy parachute down from a balloon, I grabbed it, dashed out of the cabin, slammed the door in his face, opened it, and jumped when he came rushing after me."
"The brute!" grated Bart.
"The brute!" grunted Bart.
"He is a brute!" echoed the girl, "I had rather die than fall into his power again!"
"He’s a monster!" the girl exclaimed. "I would rather die than fall into his hands again!"
"You shall not fall into his power. We will protect you."[Pg 294]
"You won't fall under his control. We will keep you safe."[Pg 294]
"But how does it happen you are here?" she asked, bewildered. "I cannot understand that."
"But how did you end up here?" she asked, confused. "I just can't get my head around it."
"This is no time or place for explanations," Frank cut in. "That fellow has disappeared from the cliff, but he will be back. We must get out of this."
"This isn't the time or place for explanations," Frank interrupted. "That guy has vanished from the cliff, but he’ll be back. We need to get out of here."
To this Bart fully agreed, and he lifted the girl to her feet. She was rather weak, and so she was forced to lean on his shoulder.
To this, Bart completely agreed, and he helped the girl up to her feet. She felt quite weak, so she had to lean on his shoulder.
They had moved but a little way when a shout came from the cliff, and they saw three men looking down at them. These men were armed, and Frank saw them taking aim with rifles.
They had only gone a short distance when a shout rang out from the cliff, and they saw three men looking down at them. These men were armed, and Frank noticed them aiming their rifles.
"Look out!" he shouted. "They're going to send bullets after us!"
"Watch out!" he yelled. "They’re going to shoot at us!"
A second later the men on the cliff began shooting, the white smoke puffing from their rifles, the reports of which awoke the echoes.
A second later, the men on the cliff started shooting, white smoke puffing from their rifles, and the gunfire echoed back.
The bullets whistled about the trio in the ravine.
The bullets whizzed around the three in the ravine.
"Run!" shouted Frank, wheeling and flinging his rifle to his shoulder.
"Run!" yelled Frank, turning around and raising his rifle to his shoulder.
He sent several bullets up at the cliff and then turned and dashed after Bart, who had lifted the girl in his arms, and made a rush for a place of safety.
He fired several shots at the cliff and then turned and sprinted after Bart, who had picked up the girl in his arms and was rushing to a safe spot.
The bullets spat spitefully against the rocks as he ran, whistled about him, dislodged pebbles and tore up little sprays of earth, but not one of them touched him.
The bullets spat angrily against the rocks as he ran, whistled around him, knocked loose pebbles, and kicked up little sprays of dirt, but not a single one hit him.
The trio reached a turn in the ravine and passed beyond view of the cliff, so they were safe from the bullets of the men above.
The three of them reached a bend in the ravine and went out of sight of the cliff, so they were safe from the bullets of the men above.
For some moments they paused, panting from their exertions.
For a moment, they stopped, breathing heavily from their efforts.
The girl looked at her companions in admiration.
The girl looked up to her friends.
"You are strong and brave," she said. "I feel that you will save me."[Pg 295]
"You’re strong and brave," she said. "I believe you will save me."[Pg 295]
"But we are not out of the woods yet," said Frank. "Those fellows will be sure to give us a chase."
"But we’re not in the clear yet," said Frank. "Those guys will definitely come after us."
"How can they get down from the cliff?" asked Bart.
"How are they going to get down from the cliff?" Bart asked.
"There is a way to do that, you may be sure. As soon as we get our breath we must hasten on. We will be fortunate if we strike Blake, Long, and Jones without delay."
"There’s a way to make that happen, you can count on it. As soon as we catch our breath, we need to move quickly. We’ll be lucky if we come across Blake, Long, and Jones right away."
They did not wait long before hastening forward. The boys took the girl between them, both assisting her, sometimes carrying her over the worst places.
They didn't wait long before moving ahead quickly. The boys took the girl between them, both helping her, sometimes lifting her over the toughest spots.
Her strength came back to her, after a time, and they were surprised by her skill and fleetness of foot.
Her strength returned after a while, and they were impressed by her skill and quickness.
Out of the ravine they made their way, and dropped over into the other, beginning to feel relieved by the non-appearance of their enemies.
Out of the ravine, they climbed their way up and dropped into the other one, starting to feel relieved that their enemies hadn’t shown up.
But they were not to escape without a further encounter.
But they weren't going to escape without another encounter.
Five minutes after entering the second ravine they heard a clatter of hoofs behind them. There was no time to get out of the ravine, and it happened that they were unable to find a place of concealment in time to escape observation.
Five minutes after entering the second ravine, they heard the sound of hooves clattering behind them. There wasn't enough time to get out of the ravine, and they couldn’t find a place to hide in time to avoid being seen.
Six men came riding madly toward them, sending up a wild shout when they were observed.
Six men came riding wildly toward them, letting out a loud shout when they were seen.
"Behind these rocks here!" cried Frank. "We must stand them off. It's our only show. Put the girl behind that large one, so that she will be safe from bullets."
"Behind these rocks here!" Frank shouted. "We have to hold them off. It's our only chance. Get the girl behind that big rock so she’ll be safe from bullets."
Bart was desperate. His teeth showed, his face was very pale, and he grated:
Bart was desperate. His teeth were visible, his face was extremely pale, and he grated:
"They shall not touch her again—I vow they shall not touch her!"
"They won't lay a hand on her again—I swear they won't touch her!"
Behind the bowlders plunged the trio, just as a bullet whistled over Frank's head.
Behind the boulders dove the trio, just as a bullet whizzed over Frank's head.
Dropping on one knee behind a stone on which he could rest his elbow, our hero brought the butt of his[Pg 296] Winchester to his shoulder, and began to work the weapon.
Dropping to one knee behind a stone where he could rest his elbow, our hero raised the butt of his[Pg 296] Winchester to his shoulder and started to operate the weapon.
Even then Frank was not quite ready to shoot straight at the breasts of human beings, and so his first five shots brought down three of the horses, throwing the band into confusion.
Even then, Frank wasn't quite ready to aim directly at people, so his first five shots took down three of the horses, throwing the group into chaos.
Bart was more desperate, as his words indicated, for he half snarled:
Bart was more desperate, as his words showed, for he half-snapped:
"Don't kill the poor horses! Shoot the human brutes!"
"Don't hurt the poor horses! Target the human monsters!"
Then he began firing, and, if his nerve had been as steady as Frank's, scarcely one of the six would have escaped. As it was, he quickly wounded two of them.
Then he started shooting, and if he had been as steady as Frank, hardly any of the six would have gotten away. As it turned out, he quickly injured two of them.
This was a reception the men had not counted on. Those whose horses had not been shot made haste to rein about and dash away, one with a dangling arm, while the others leaped to the shelter of the rocks.
This was a reception the men hadn't expected. Those whose horses weren't shot quickly turned around and rushed off, one with a hanging arm, while the others jumped to the safety of the rocks.
"Now they have us cornered!" came fiercely from Bart's lips. "If you had not wasted your bullets, Frank, we would have the advantage now."
"Now they’ve got us trapped!" Bart shouted angrily. "If you hadn’t wasted your bullets, Frank, we would have the upper hand now."
"Don't you care," laughed Frank, lightly. "We are hotter company than they were looking for, and I rather fancy we'll be able to give them a jolly good racket."
"Don't you care," Frank laughed, casually. "We're way more fun than they were expecting, and I think we'll definitely be able to create quite a stir."
Frank was in a reckless mood. Danger ever seemed to affect him thus. A bullet tore his hat from his head, but he picked it up, laughing, as if it were all sport.
Frank was feeling reckless. Danger always seemed to have this effect on him. A bullet ripped his hat off his head, but he just picked it up and laughed, as if it were all just a game.
For some minutes the boys and their enemies popped away at each other, and then, from the opposite direction along the ravine, came the sound of galloping horses.
For a few minutes, the boys and their rivals shot at each other, and then, from the other side of the ravine, they heard the sound of galloping horses.
"Here come our friends!" cried Bart, joyfully. "We are all right now! Those chaps will have to take to their heels."
"Here come our friends!" shouted Bart happily. "We're all good now! Those guys will have to run away."
Suddenly a sharp whistle rang through the ravine from above, and the party below answered in a similar manner.
Suddenly, a loud whistle echoed through the ravine from above, and the group below responded in the same way.
The boys looked at each other in astonishment.[Pg 297]
The boys stared at each other in disbelief.[Pg 297]
"Shield yourselves as far as possible in both directions," cried Frank. "If I am not mistaken, we have enemies above and below!"
"Protect yourselves as much as you can in both directions," shouted Frank. "If I'm right, we have threats above and below!"
Crouching behind the rocks, they saw the second party dash into view—four in all. Three of them were men, but their leader was a girl, who wore a mask over her face.
Crouched behind the rocks, they watched as the second group came into view—four in total. Three of them were men, but their leader was a girl wearing a mask over her face.
"There!" exclaimed Frank—"there is the queen of the counterfeiters!"[Pg 298]
"There!" Frank shouted, "there’s the queen of the counterfeiters!"[Pg 298]
CHAPTER XLVI.
AFTER THE FIGHT.
The masked girl seemed to have the eyes of an eagle, for she immediately located the trio behind the rocks. A wild cry broke from her lips, and then she caught the rein in her teeth, snatched out two revolvers, and charged straight down upon the boys and the girl they were defending, firing as she came.
The masked girl had eagle-like eyes, as she quickly spotted the three hiding behind the rocks. A wild scream escaped her lips, and then she took hold of the reins with her teeth, pulled out two revolvers, and charged straight at the boys and the girl they were protecting, firing as she approached.
The men followed her.
The guys followed her.
With hoarse shouts, the first party of pursuers joined in the charge, and the trio of defenders were between two fires.
With loud shouts, the first group of pursuers joined the charge, and the three defenders were caught in the crossfire.
"Shoot to kill! Shoot to kill!" screamed Bart. "Do not waste bullets now! It will be fatal if you do."
"Shoot to kill! Shoot to kill!" yelled Bart. "Don’t waste any bullets now! It will be deadly if you do."
Only too well did Frank realize that he must seek human targets for his bullets. It was not the first time in his life that he had been compelled to do such a thing, but he always regretted the necessity, and did so only when forced to the last ditch.
Only too well did Frank realize that he needed to look for human targets for his bullets. This wasn't the first time in his life that he had to do something like this, but he always regretted having to resort to it and only did so when he was pushed to the very limit.
It is a very easy thing to sit down quietly and think or write of shooting a human being in self-defense; but such a thing is not easy for conscientious persons to do. When the time comes, they either shoot in desperate haste, before they can think much about it, or hold off as long as possible.
It’s very simple to sit quietly and contemplate or write about shooting someone in self-defense; however, for people with a strong conscience, that’s not an easy thing to do. When the moment arrives, they either fire in a panic, before they can think it through, or they hesitate for as long as they can.
Frank held off as long as possible, but now he realized it would not do to hesitate longer. Bart was shooting in one direction, and he began shooting in the other. Through the smoke that leaped from the muzzle of his[Pg 299] rifle he saw one man fling up his hands and plunge forward on his face.
Frank delayed as long as he could, but now he understood that he couldn’t hold back any longer. Bart was shooting in one direction, so he started shooting in the other. Through the smoke that erupted from the muzzle of his[Pg 299] rifle, he saw a man throw up his hands and fall forward onto his face.
Either the men were utterly reckless, or they had not believed the boys would offer much resistance, for they exposed themselves fearlessly and rushed fiercely on the rocks behind which the trio crouched. It is possible they fancied that by shooting recklessly among the rocks they could keep the lads quiet till the barrier was reached.
Either the men were completely careless, or they didn’t think the boys would put up much of a fight, because they boldly revealed themselves and charged aggressively toward the rocks where the trio was hiding. They might have thought that by firing wildly into the rocks, they could silence the boys until they reached the barrier.
This was a fatal mistake for some of them. The ones who were mounted came forward more swiftly, but some of them were toppled from the saddle, others were thrown into confusion, the horses were wounded and frightened, and the riders who could escape, reined about and made haste to do so.
This was a deadly mistake for some of them. Those on horseback moved in more quickly, but some were thrown off their saddles, others became disoriented, the horses were hurt and scared, and the riders who could flee turned their horses around and hurried to get away.
All but the masked girl!
Everyone except the masked girl!
With the utmost reckless abandon, she charged right up to the rocks. Being a girl, neither of the boys had shot toward her, or her horse.
With complete disregard for safety, she raced straight up to the rocks. Since she was a girl, neither of the boys aimed at her or her horse.
Now, however, Bart Hodge rose to his feet, took good aim at the animal, and shot it dead.
Now, however, Bart Hodge stood up, took careful aim at the animal, and shot it dead.
The creature fell, flinging the girl headlong.
The creature fell, throwing the girl headfirst.
She struck solidly, and lay still, in a huddled mass upon the ground.
She hit hard and lay still, curled up on the ground.
"Hurrah!" cried Frank, seeing the enemy was repulsed. "I fancy they have had about enough of us."
"Hooray!" yelled Frank, seeing that the enemy was pushed back. "I think they've had just about enough of us."
He hastened to replenish the magazine of his rifle.
He quickly reloaded his gun.
Bart's first thought, on seeing the fight was over, was of the girl they had been defending. He turned and found her safe where she had been placed behind the large bowlder, but she was still holding her hands over her ears, and her face was very pale.
Bart's first thought, when he saw the fight was over, was about the girl they had been protecting. He turned and found her safe where she had been placed behind the large boulder, but she was still covering her ears, and her face was very pale.
Frank sprang outside the rocks, caught up the other girl, and leaped back quickly, placing her gently on the ground.[Pg 300]
Frank jumped out from behind the rocks, grabbed the other girl, and quickly hopped back, gently putting her on the ground.[Pg 300]
"I hope she is not harmed," he said, as he deftly removed the mask.
"I hope she's okay," he said, as he skillfully took off the mask.
The moment the girl's face was exposed a shout of amazement broke from the lips of both lads. They stared first at one girl and then at the other, looking bewildered.
The moment the girl's face was revealed, both boys gasped in surprise. They looked first at one girl and then at the other, seeming confused.
The girls were almost counterparts of each other!
The girls were almost mirror images of each other!
"They are doubles!" exclaimed Frank. "Taken separately, it would be impossible to tell one from the other."
"They're identical!" Frank exclaimed. "If you look at them separately, you wouldn't be able to tell them apart."
Then he turned on the girl they had been defending, stared straight into her face for a moment, and asked:
Then he looked at the girl they had been defending, locked eyes with her for a moment, and asked:
"What is your name?"
"What's your name?"
"Vida Melburn."
"Melburn Life."
"It is not Isa Isban?"
"Isn't it Isa Isban?"
"No, sir."
"Not a chance."
"Did I not change two fifty-dollar bills for you on the Pacific Express, shortly after leaving Ogden?"
"Did I not exchange two fifty-dollar bills for you on the Pacific Express, right after we left Ogden?"
"I never saw you till this morning."
"I didn't see you until this morning."
"That settles it!" cried Frank; "the other girl is Isa Isban, and she is queen of the counterfeiters. She was the one for whom I changed the money, and she completely fooled me by her innocent face and manner."
"That’s it!" shouted Frank. "The other girl is Isa Isban, and she’s the queen of the counterfeiters. She’s the one I changed the money for, and she totally tricked me with her sweet face and behavior."
"And I mistook her for Miss Melburn," said Bart. "Such a thing seems impossible, but it actually occurred."
"And I confused her for Miss Melburn," Bart said. "It seems unbelievable, but it really happened."
"But how Miss Melburn came to be here is what I cannot understand," asserted Frank.
"But I just can't figure out how Miss Melburn ended up here," Frank declared.
"I came up to Tahoe with my father, an uncle, and an aunt," said the girl, who was recovering from her terror. "My uncle and aunt live in Carson, and father and I were visiting them. We hired a sailboat of a big hermit who lives somewhere on the shore of the lake, and sailed over here, coming ashore to have a picnic dinner. The wind went down, and we could not get back. That evening I took a little stroll from camp, and I was suddenly seized from behind, nearly smothered in a blanket and carried away. I was held a captive in a cabin, far up on a high[Pg 301] cliff. Back of the cabin was a cave through which the men reached the spot. Last night, or this morning, before daybreak, a man with a heavy dark mustache came to see me. I had not undressed, and he made me get up, so he could look me over. After some minutes, he cried, 'I swear she is handsomer than the queen!' Then he told me how he had seen me in Carson, and had mistaken me, at first, for some one else. How he found out his mistake, when he received a message from the other, who had been away to the east. How he vowed to know me better, and how, when he found our party were going to visit the lake, he sent word to friends of his to kidnap me. The monster! Then he tried to make love to me. I repulsed him, and he went away in an angry mood, swearing he would come back. He did so, in the morning, and once more tried to make love to me. I was filled with terror, and, clutching the big umbrella, I rushed out of the cabin. When he followed, I opened the umbrella and jumped from the cliff."
"I came up to Tahoe with my dad, an uncle, and an aunt," said the girl, who was recovering from her fear. "My uncle and aunt live in Carson, and my dad and I were visiting them. We rented a sailboat from a big hermit who lives somewhere on the shore of the lake, and sailed over here to have a picnic dinner. The wind died down, and we couldn’t get back. That evening, I took a little walk from camp, and suddenly someone grabbed me from behind, nearly smothered me in a blanket, and carried me away. I was held captive in a cabin, way up on a high[Pg 301] cliff. Behind the cabin was a cave that the men used to reach the spot. Last night, or this morning, before dawn, a man with a heavy dark mustache came to see me. I hadn’t gotten dressed, and he made me get up so he could look me over. After a few minutes, he exclaimed, 'I swear she’s even more beautiful than the queen!' Then he told me how he had seen me in Carson and had initially mistaken me for someone else. He explained how he realized his mistake when he got a message from the other person, who had been away in the east. He swore he wanted to know me better, and when he found out our group was going to visit the lake, he sent word to his friends to kidnap me. The monster! Then he tried to flirt with me. I pushed him away, and he left in a huff, swearing he would come back. He did, in the morning, and tried to flirt with me again. I was filled with terror, and grabbing the big umbrella, I rushed out of the cabin. When he followed me, I opened the umbrella and jumped from the cliff."
"You did not meet me in Reno, as you agreed," said Bart.
"You didn't meet me in Reno like you said you would," Bart said.
"Because father got hold of your letter, and he watched me constantly. I could not."
"Because Dad found your letter, and he kept an eye on me all the time. I couldn't."
The other girl suddenly sat up. Her eyes had been wide open for some moments, and she had heard the whole of the story from the lips of her double, at whom she now stared, her face working strangely.
The other girl suddenly sat up. Her eyes had been wide open for a few moments, and she had heard the entire story from the lips of her double, at whom she now stared, her face looking oddly animated.
"So he made love to you—the traitor!" she cried, passionately. "Said you were prettier than I! I saw he had begun to tire of me! He would not let me see you; now I know why. You are a fine half-sister to steal my husband!"
"So he was intimate with you—the traitor!" she exclaimed, passionately. "He said you were prettier than me! I could see he was starting to lose interest in me! He wouldn't let me see you; now I understand why. You're a lovely half-sister for stealing my husband!"
"Half-sister!" gasped the other girl, shrinking back. "What do you mean?"
"Half-sister!" the other girl exclaimed, pulling back. "What do you mean?"
"Don't you know. Why, we are half-sisters. You are[Pg 302] two years the older, although you do not look so. You do not remember your mother, for she left you when you were a baby. Your father must have kept the story from you. Mother told me everything. Your father has been forced to pay well to have the secret kept. He was proud, and his pride has been expensive."
"Don’t you know? We’re half-sisters. You’re[Pg 302] two years older than me, even though you don’t look it. You don’t remember your mom because she left when you were just a baby. Your dad must have kept that story from you. Mom told me everything. Your dad had to pay a lot to keep it a secret. He was proud, and that pride has cost him."
Vida seemed dazed.
Vida appeared confused.
"I can scarcely believe it," she murmured.
"I can hardly believe it," she said quietly.
Isa laughed rather harshly.
Isa laughed harshly.
"I don't suppose it makes you feel any happier to know you have such a sister. What do I care! You robbed me of my happiness, for you made Paul fall in love with you."
"I don't think it makes you any happier to know you have a sister like that. What do I care! You took away my happiness because you made Paul fall in love with you."
"I repulsed him as best I could. He is repugnant to me."
"I pushed him away as hard as I could. I find him disgusting."
"Well, I suppose you tell the truth. I was longing to strangle you till I heard your story. I shall not molest you now. Where is Paul? Where are the men?"
"Well, I guess you’re being honest. I wanted to strangle you until I heard your story. I won’t bother you now. Where’s Paul? Where are the guys?"
"Some of them are dead," answered Bart. "We did not wish to shoot them, but they forced us to do so in self-defense."
"Some of them are dead," Bart replied. "We didn't want to shoot them, but they left us no choice; we were defending ourselves."
At this moment shots and cries came from up the canyon, and, a few seconds later, a man came into view and rode his horse down toward the bowlders which had served the boys as a fort.
At that moment, gunshots and screams echoed from up the canyon, and a few seconds later, a man appeared and rode his horse down toward the boulders that the boys had used as a fort.
It was Jack Long, the sheriff.
It was Jack Long, the sheriff.
"Hurrah!" cried Frank, leaping to his feet and waving his hat. "Our friends are coming!"
"Hooray!" shouted Frank, jumping to his feet and waving his hat. "Our friends are here!"
Long rode up slowly, gazing in unutterable amazement at dead horses and men stretched on the ground.
Long rode up slowly, staring in disbelief at the dead horses and men sprawled on the ground.
"Well," he said, as he drew rein, "it looks like there had been a right smart scrimmage here. Who was in it?"
"Well," he said, as he stopped his horse, "it looks like there was quite a fight here. Who was involved?"
"We were attacked, and had to stand them off," explained Frank.[Pg 303]
"We were attacked, and we had to hold them off," Frank explained.[Pg 303]
"You?" cried the sheriff, his amazement increasing—"you youngsters? Did you do all this shooting?"
"You?" the sheriff exclaimed, his surprise growing. "You kids? Did you do all this shooting?"
"We didn't do all the shooting you may have heard, but we did some of it, and what you see shows we did not waste all our bullets."
"We didn't do all the shooting you might have heard about, but we did some of it, and what you see shows we didn't waste all our bullets."
"Holy smoke! We captured two fellows, back there, both wounded, and they said you boys did it; but I couldn't hardly credit that. You must have fought like wildcats! This knocks me. If I ever open my trap about kids again I hope I may choke!"
"Holy smokes! We caught two guys back there, both hurt, and they said you guys did it; but I can hardly believe that. You must have fought like crazy! This blows my mind. If I ever talk about kids again, I hope I choke!"
In a few moments Big Gabe and Sile Jones appeared, escorting the wounded prisoners, and the boys felt that there was no further danger of another attack from the counterfeiters.
In a few moments, Big Gabe and Sile Jones showed up, bringing the injured prisoners with them, and the boys realized there was no longer any risk of another attack from the counterfeiters.
Paul Scott, the husband of Isa, had been killed in battle. Great was her grief when she came upon his dead body.
Paul Scott, Isa's husband, had been killed in battle. She was overcome with grief when she found his lifeless body.
The men slain in the struggle were buried there in the ravine.
The men killed in the fight were buried there in the ravine.
The counterfeiters' cave and the hidden cabin were visited. Dies and presses, together with a large amount of "queer" money, were found. The counterfeiters who had escaped from the battle had taken to their heels, and they were not captured.
The counterfeiters' cave and the hidden cabin were explored. Stamping tools and machines, along with a large stash of fake money, were discovered. The counterfeiters who had run away from the fight took off, and they weren’t caught.
Then it transpired that "Silas Jones, of Michigan," was, in truth, Dan Drake, of the Secret Service, a fact which had been known to Jack Long all the while. Drake had been working for a long time to find the den of this band of counterfeiters.
Then it turned out that "Silas Jones, from Michigan," was actually Dan Drake, from the Secret Service, a fact Jack Long had known all along. Drake had been working for a long time to locate the hideout of this group of counterfeiters.
On the return to the lake Vida Melburn's nearly distracted father, uncle, and aunt were found, and the girl was restored to them.
On the way back to the lake, Vida found her almost distracted father, uncle, and aunt, and she was reunited with them.
Then Bart Hodge and Frank Merriwell were introduced, and the girl somewhat maliciously informed her father that the person who had fought to save her from[Pg 304] her kidnapers was the very boy he had forbidden her to see or correspond with.
Then Bart Hodge and Frank Merriwell were introduced, and the girl, a bit spitefully, told her father that the person who had fought to save her from[Pg 304] her kidnappers was the very boy he had told her not to see or communicate with.
It is needless to say that Bart and Frank were treated with great courtesy.
It goes without saying that Bart and Frank were treated with a lot of respect.
Drake did not wish to make anything unpleasant for Isa, so she accompanied the party as if she were one of them, although the detective tried to keep an eye on her. But she was shrewd, and she gave him the slip before Carson was reached. She was not overtaken and recaptured.
Drake didn't want to put Isa in a tough spot, so she went along with the group as if she was one of them, even though the detective tried to keep an eye on her. But she was clever and managed to lose him before they got to Carson. She wasn't caught or brought back.
The detective was not forced to call Frank and Bart to testify against the captured counterfeiters, as both fellows confessed freely.
The detective didn't have to call Frank and Bart to testify against the arrested counterfeiters, since both guys confessed willingly.
Big Gabe parted from Frank with a show of affection.
Big Gabe said goodbye to Frank with a display of fondness.
"'Low yer wuz squar' when I fust saw yer, burn me deep ef I didn't!" said the lazy giant. "I wuz right, too. No, I ain't goin' ter leave Tahoe. Reckon I'll live ther rest uv my natteral days hyar. Ef yer ever git round this yar way, don't yer fail ter call on Gabe Blake. Yer'll alwus be welcome at his shanty. Ef yer ain't, you may brand me."
"'You were square when I first saw you, believe me if I didn't!' said the lazy giant. 'I was right, too. No, I'm not going to leave Tahoe. I guess I'll live the rest of my natural days here. If you ever come around this way, don't forget to visit Gabe Blake. You'll always be welcome at his place. If you aren't, you can brand me.'"
When Frank left Carson City Bart was the guest of Vida Melburn's uncle. Vida and her father were stopping there, and Frank was urged to remain longer.
When Frank left Carson City, Bart was staying with Vida Melburn's uncle. Vida and her dad were visiting there, and Frank was encouraged to stay longer.
But Frank made haste to get away. He had a secret locked fast in his heart; he knew he, too, might become smitten by Vida's charms, if he remained, and he did not wish to "cross the trail" of his friend.
But Frank hurried to leave. He had a secret tightly held in his heart; he knew he could also be captivated by Vida's charms if he stayed, and he didn't want to "cross the trail" of his friend.
The boys parted with a warm handshake and a sincere wish to meet again, before long.
The guys said goodbye with a friendly handshake and a genuine hope to see each other again soon.
"And where will you go next?" asked Bart.
"And where are you heading next?" asked Bart.
"To San Francisco, and from there to South America," answered our hero.
"To San Francisco, and from there to South America," our hero replied.
He told the truth, and his many adventures that followed will be related in the next volume of this series, [Pg 305]entitled "Frank Merriwell's Hunting Tour." In this story we will meet not only Frank, but also many other old friends, and learn what they did while after big game.
He told the truth, and his many adventures that followed will be shared in the next volume of this series, [Pg 305] entitled "Frank Merriwell's Hunting Tour." In this story, we'll encounter not only Frank but also many other familiar faces and find out what they did while pursuing big game.
And now good-by to Frank Merriwell, a typical American lad of to-day, as honest as he is brave.
And now goodbye to Frank Merriwell, a typical American kid of today, just as honest as he is brave.
THE END.
THE CREAM OF JUVENILE FICTION
THE BOYS' OWN LIBRARY
A Selection of the Best Books for Boys by the Most Popular Authors
The titles in this splendid juvenile series have been selected with care, and as a result all the stories can be relied upon for their excellence. They are bright and sparkling; not over-burdened with lengthy descriptions, but brimful of adventure from the first page to the last—in fact they are just the kind of yarns that appeal strongly to the healthy boy who is fond of thrilling exploits and deeds of heroism. Among the authors whose names are included in the Boys' Own Library are Horatio Alger, Jr., Edward S. Ellis, James Otis, Capt. Ralph Bonehill, Burt L. Standish, Gilbert Patten and Frank H. Converse.
The titles in this fantastic series for kids have been carefully chosen, ensuring that all the stories are excellent. They are engaging and lively, not weighed down by long descriptions, but packed with adventure from start to finish—in fact, they are just the type of tales that strongly appeal to a healthy boy who enjoys thrilling exploits and acts of heroism. Some of the authors featured in the Boys' Own Library include Horatio Alger, Jr., Edward S. Ellis, James Otis, Captain Ralph Bonehill, Burt L. Standish, Gilbert Patten, and Frank H. Converse.
SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE BOYS' OWN LIBRARY
All the books in this series are copyrighted, printed on good paper, large type, illustrated, printed wrappers, handsome cloth covers stamped in inks and gold—fifteen special cover designs.
All the books in this series are copyrighted, printed on quality paper, in large type, illustrated, with printed covers, and attractive cloth bindings stamped in ink and gold—fifteen special cover designs.
150 Titles—Price, per Volume, 75 cents
150 Titles—Price per Volume: $0.75
For sale by all booksellers, or sent, postpaid, on receipt of price by the publisher,
For sale at all bookstores, or shipped with free shipping upon receipt of payment by the publisher,
DAVID McKAY,
DAVID McKAY,
610 SO. WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA, PA.[Pg ii]
610 South Washington Square, Philadelphia, PA.[Pg ii]
HORATIO ALGER, Jr.
One of the best known and most popular writers. Good, clean, healthy stories for the American Boy.
One of the most famous and popular writers. Great, wholesome, healthy stories for the American Boy.
- Adventures of a Telegraph Boy
- Dean Dunham
- Erie Train Boy, The
- Five Hundred Dollar Check
- From Canal Boy to President
- From Farm Boy to Senator
- Backwoods Boy, The
- Mark Stanton
- Ned Newton
- New York Boy
- Tom Brace
- Tom Tracy
- Walter Griffith
- Young Acrobat
C. B. ASHLEY.
One of the best stories ever written on hunting, trapping and adventure in the West, after the Custer Massacre.
One of the best stories ever written about hunting, trapping, and adventure in the West, following the Custer Massacre.
- Gilbert, the Boy Trapper
ANNIE ASHMORE.
A splendid story, recording the adventures of a boy with smugglers.
A fantastic story that captures the adventures of a boy with smugglers.
- Smuggler's Cave, The
CAPT. RALPH BONEHILL.
Capt. Bonehill is in the very front rank as an author of boys' stories. These are two of his best works.
Capt. Bonehill is at the forefront as a writer of boys' stories. These are two of his top works.
- Neka, the Boy Conjurer
- Tour of the Zero Club
WALTER F. BRUNS.
An excellent story of adventure in the celebrated Sunk Lands of Missouri and Kansas.
An amazing adventure story set in the famous Sunk Lands of Missouri and Kansas.
- In the Sunk Lands
FRANK H. CONVERSE.
This writer has established a splendid reputation as a boys' author, and although his books usually command $1.25 per volume, we offer the following at a more popular price.
This author has built an excellent reputation as a writer for boys, and although his books typically sell for $1.25 each, we're offering the following at a more affordable price.
- Gold of Flat Top Mountain
- Happy-Go-Lucky Jack
- Heir to a Million
- In Search of An Unknown Race
- In Southern Seas
- Mystery of a Diamond
- That Treasure
- Voyage to the Gold Coast
HARRY COLLINGWOOD.
One of England's most successful writers of stories for boys. His best story is
One of England's most successful writers of stories for boys. His best story is
- Pirate Island
GEORGE H. COOMER.
Two books we highly recommend. One is a splendid story of adventure at sea, when American ships were in every port in the world, and the other tells of adventures while the first railway in the Andes Mountains was being built.
Two books we highly recommend. One is an amazing story of adventure at sea, when American ships were in every port around the globe, and the other recounts the adventures during the construction of the first railway in the Andes Mountains.
- Boys in the Forecastle
- Old Man of the Mountain
WILLIAM DALTON.
Three stories by one of the very greatest writers for boys. The stories deal with boys' adventures in India, China and Abyssinia. These books are strongly recommended for boys' reading, as they contain a large amount of historical information.
Three stories by one of the greatest writers for boys. The stories focus on boys' adventures in India, China, and Abyssinia. These books come highly recommended for boys' reading, as they include a wealth of historical information.
- Tiger Prince
- War Tiger
- White Elephant
EDWARD S. ELLIS.
These books are considered the best works this well-known writer ever produced. No better reading for bright young Americans.
These books are regarded as the writer's best work. There's no better reading for smart young Americans.
- Arthur Helmuth
- Check No. 2134
- From Tent to White House
- Perils of the Jungle
- On the Trail of Geronimo
- White Mustang
GEORGE MANVILLE FENN.
For the past fifty years Mr. Fenn has been writing books for boys and popular fiction. His books are justly popular throughout the English-speaking world. We publish the following select list of his boys' books, which we consider the best he ever wrote.
For the past fifty years, Mr. Fenn has been writing books for boys and popular fiction. His books are well-loved across the English-speaking world. We present the following curated list of his boys' books, which we believe are the best he ever wrote.
- Commodore Junk
- Dingo Boys
- Golden Magnet
- Grand Chaco
- Weathercock
ENSIGN CLARKE FITCH, U. S. N.
A graduate of the U. S. Naval Academy at Annapolis, and thoroughly familiar with all naval matters. Mr. Fitch has devoted himself to literature, and has written a series of books for boys that every [Pg iv]young American should read. His stories are full of very interesting information about the navy, training ships, etc.
A graduate of the U.S. Naval Academy in Annapolis and well-versed in all things naval, Mr. Fitch has dedicated his efforts to literature and has authored a range of books for boys that every [Pg iv] young American should read. His stories are packed with fascinating information about the navy, training ships, and more.
- Bound for Annapolis
- Clif, the Naval Cadet
- Cruise of the Training Ship
- From Port to Port
- Strange Cruise, A
WILLIAM MURRAY GRAYDON.
An author of world-wide popularity. Mr. Graydon is essentially a friend of young people, and we offer herewith ten of his best works, wherein he relates a great diversity of interesting adventures in various parts of the world, combined with accurate historical data.
An author with global popularity, Mr. Graydon is truly a friend to young people. Here, we present ten of his best works, in which he shares a wide range of exciting adventures from different parts of the world, along with accurate historical information.
- Butcher of Cawnpore, The
- Camp in the Snow, The
- Campaigning with Braddock
- Cryptogram, The
- From Lake to Wilderness
- In Barracks and Wigwam
- In Fort and Prison
- Jungles and Traitors
- Rajah's Fortress, The
- White King of Africa, The
LIEUT. FREDERICK GARRISON, U. S. A.
Every American boy takes a keen interest in the affairs of West Point. No more capable writer on this popular subject could be found than Lieut. Garrison, who vividly describes the life, adventures and unique incidents that have occurred in that great institution—in these famous West Point stories.
Every American boy is really interested in what happens at West Point. There's no better writer on this popular topic than Lieutenant Garrison, who brings to life the experiences, adventures, and unique events that have taken place at this great institution—in these famous West Point stories.
- Off for West Point
- Cadet's Honor, A
- On Guard
- West Point Treasure, The
- West Point Rivals, The
HEADON HILL.
The hunt for gold has always been a popular subject for consideration, and Mr. Hill has added a splendid story on the subject in this romance of the Klondyke.
The search for gold has always been a popular topic, and Mr. Hill has contributed a fantastic story about it in this romance set in the Klondike.
- Spectre Gold
HENRY HARRISON LEWIS.
Mr. Lewis is a graduate of the Naval Academy at Annapolis, and has written a great many books for boys. Among his best works are the following titles—the subjects include a vast series of adventures in all parts of the world. The historical data is correct, and they should be read by all boys, for the excellent information they contain.
Mr. Lewis graduated from the Naval Academy at Annapolis and has written numerous books for boys. Some of his best works include the following titles, which cover a wide range of adventures in different parts of the world. The historical information is accurate, and all boys should read them for the valuable knowledge they offer.
- Centreboard Jim
- King of the Island
- Midshipman Merrill
- Ensign Merrill
- Sword and Pen
- Valley of Mystery, The
- Yankee Boys in Japan
LIEUT. LIONEL LOUNSBERRY.
A series of books embracing many adventures under our famous naval commanders, and with our army during the War of 1812 and the Civil War. Founded on sound history, these books are written for boys, with the idea of combining pleasure with profit; to cultivate a fondness for study—especially of what has been accomplished by our army and navy.
A collection of books featuring various adventures with our renowned naval commanders and our army during the War of 1812 and the Civil War. Based on solid history, these books are aimed at boys, intended to combine enjoyment with learning; to grow an interest in studying—especially what our army and navy have achieved.
- Cadet Kit Carey
- Captain Carey
- Kit Carey's Protegé
- Lieut. Carey's Luck
- Out With Commodore Decatur
- Randy, the Pilot
- Tom Truxton's School Days
- Tom Truxton's Ocean Trip
- Treasure of the Golden Crater
- Won at West Point
BROOKS McCORMICK.
Four splendid books of adventure on sea and land, by this well-known writer for boys.
Four amazing adventure books set on land and sea, by this well-known author for boys.
- Giant Islanders, The
- How He Won
- Nature's Young Nobleman
- Rival Battalions
WALTER MORRIS.
This charming story contains thirty-two chapters of just the sort of school life that charms the boy readers.
This delightful story has thirty-two chapters filled with the kind of school life that really engages young readers.
- Bob Porter at Lakeview Academy
STANLEY NORRIS.
Mr. Norris is without a rival as a writer of "Circus Stories" for boys. These four books are full of thrilling adventures, but good, wholesome reading for young Americans.
Mr. Norris has no equal as a writer of "Circus Stories" for boys. These four books are packed with exciting adventures, yet they provide good, wholesome reading for young Americans.
- Phil, the Showman
- Young Showman's Rivals, The
- Young Showman's Pluck, The
- Young Showman's Triumph
LIEUT. JAMES K. ORTON.
When a boy has read one of Lieut. Orton's books, it requires no urging to induce him to read the others. Not a dull page in any of them.
When a boy finishes reading one of Lieut. Orton's books, he needs no encouragement to read the rest. There isn't a boring page in any of them.
- Beach Boy Joe
- Last Chance Mine
- Secret Chart, The
- Tom Havens with the White Squadron
JAMES OTIS.
Mr. Otis is known by nearly every American boy, and needs no introduction here. The following copyrights are among his best:
Mr. Otis is familiar to almost every American boy and doesn't need an introduction here. The following copyrights are some of his best:
- Chased Through Norway
- Inland Waterways
- Unprovoked Mutiny
- Wheeling for Fortune
- Reuben Green's Adventures at Yale
GILBERT PATTEN.
Mr. Patten has had the distinction of having his books adopted by the U. S. Government for all naval libraries on board our war ships. While aiming to avoid the extravagant and sensational, the stories contain enough thrilling incidents to please the lad who loves action and adventure. In the Rockspur stories the description of their Baseball and Football Games and other contests with rival clubs and teams make very exciting and absorbing reading; and few boys with warm blood in their veins, having once begun the perusal of one of these books, will willingly lay it down till it is finished.
Mr. Patten has the honor of having his books selected by the U.S. Government for all naval libraries on our warships. While trying to steer clear of the flashy and over-the-top, the stories have enough exciting moments to satisfy any kid who enjoys action and adventure. In the Rockspur stories, the descriptions of their baseball and football games and other competitions with rival clubs and teams make for very thrilling and engaging reading; and few boys with any spirit in them, having started one of these books, will willingly put it down until they've finished it.
- Boy Boomers
- Boy Cattle King
- Boy from the West
- Don Kirke's Mine
- Jud and Joe
- Rockspur Nine, The
- Rockspur Eleven, The
- Rockspur Rivals, The
ST. GEORGE RATHBORNE.
Mr. Rathborne's stories for boys have the peculiar charm of dealing with localities and conditions with which he is thoroughly familiar. The scenes of these excellent stories are along the Florida coast and on the western prairies.
Mr. Rathborne's stories for boys have a unique charm because they focus on places and situations he knows very well. The settings of these great stories are along the Florida coast and on the western prairies.
- Canoe and Camp Fire
- Paddling Under Palmettos
- Rival Canoe Boys
- Sunset Ranch
- Chums of the Prairie
- Young Range Riders
- Gulf Cruisers
- Shifting Winds
ARTHUR SEWELL.
An American story by an American author. It relates how a Yankee boy overcame many obstacles in school and out. Thoroughly interesting from start to finish.
An American story by an American author. It tells how a Yankee boy faced and overcame many challenges both in school and outside of it. Completely engaging from beginning to end.
- Gay Dashleigh's Academy Days
CAPT. DAVID SOUTHWICK.
An exceptionally good story of frontier life among the Indians in the far West, during the early settlement period.
An incredibly engaging story about frontier life with the Native Americans in the far West during the early settlement period.
- Jack Wheeler
The Famous Frank Merriwell Stories.
BURT L. STANDISH.
No modern series of tales for boys and youths has met with anything like the cordial reception and popularity accorded to the Frank Merriwell Stories. There must be a reason for this and there is. Frank Merriwell, as portrayed by the author, is a jolly whole-souled, honest, courageous American lad, who appeals to the hearts of the boys. He has no bad habits, and his manliness inculcates the idea that it is not necessary for a boy to indulge in petty vices to be a hero. Frank Merriwell's example is a shining light for every ambitious lad to follow. Twenty volumes now ready:
No modern series of stories for boys and young men has received the same warm welcome and popularity as the Frank Merriwell Stories. There’s a reason for this, and it’s clear. Frank Merriwell, as the author describes him, is a cheerful, genuine, honest, and brave American young man who resonates with the hearts of boys. He doesn’t have any bad habits, and his strong character teaches that a boy doesn’t need to indulge in small vices to be a hero. Frank Merriwell’s example is a bright inspiration for every aspiring young man to follow. Twenty volumes now ready:
- Frank Merriwell's School Days
- Frank Merriwell's Chums
- Frank Merriwell's Foes
- Frank Merriwell's Trip West
- Frank Merriwell Down South
- Frank Merriwell's Bravery
- Frank Merriwell's Races
- Frank Merriwell's Hunting Tour
- Frank Merriwell's Sports Afield
- Frank Merriwell at Yale
- Frank Merriwell's Courage
- Frank Merriwell's Daring
- Frank Merriwell's Skill
- Frank Merriwell's Champions
- Frank Merriwell's Return to Yale
- Frank Merriwell's Secret
- Frank Merriwell's Loyalty
- Frank Merriwell's Reward
- Frank Merriwell's Faith
- Frank Merriwell's Victories
VICTOR ST. CLAIR.
These books are full of good, clean adventure, thrilling enough to please the full-blooded wide-awake boy, yet containing nothing to which there can be any objection from those who are careful as to the kind of books they put into the hands of the young.
These books are packed with exciting, wholesome adventures that will thrill active boys, yet they include nothing that anyone would have a problem with, especially those who are particular about the types of books they give to young readers.
- Cast Away in the Jungle
- Comrades Under Castro
- For Home and Honor
- From Switch to Lever
- Little Snap, the Post Boy
- Zig-Zag, the Boy Conjurer
- Zip, the Acrobat
MATTHEW WHITE, JR.
Good, healthy, strong books for the American lad. No more interesting books for the young appear on our lists.
Good, healthy, strong books for the American boy. No more engaging books for the young show up on our lists.
- Adventures of a Young Athlete
- Eric Dane
- Guy Hammersley
- My Mysterious Fortune
- Tour of a Private Car
- Young Editor, The
ARTHUR M. WINFIELD.
One of the most popular authors of boys' books. Here are three of his best.
One of the most popular authors of books for boys. Here are three of his best.
- Mark Dale's Stage Venture
- Young Bank Clerk, The
- Young Bridge Tender, The
GAYLE WINTERTON.
This very interesting story relates the trials and triumphs of a Young American Actor, including the solution of a very puzzling mystery.
This fascinating story recounts the challenges and successes of a young American actor, along with the resolution of a perplexing mystery.
- Young Actor, The
ERNEST A. YOUNG.
This book is not a treatise on sports, as the title would indicate, but relates a series of thrilling adventures among boy campers in the woods of Maine.
This book isn't just a discussion about sports, like the title suggests; it tells a series of exciting adventures involving boy campers in the Maine woods.
- Boats, Bats and Bicycles
DAVID McKAY, Publisher, Philadelphia.
David McKay, Publisher, Philly.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!